How to pickle garlic

At its simplest, you can pickle garlic in red or white wine vinegar and salt. But for a more flavoursome pickle, try our recipe below – or be inventive and add your own favourite spices to the mix!


  • 3 garlic bulbs, separated into cloves. The amount will vary slightly depending on the size of your garlic.
  • 700 ml vinegar, eg: white wine vinegar, red wine vinegar or cider vinegar
  • 1 teaspoon pure salt (not table salt, which has anti-caking additives that will make the brine cloudy)
  • 1 teaspoon mustard seeds
  • 3 all spice berries
  • 1 whole dried chilli, or 0.5 teaspoon chilli flakes
  • sprig fresh basil
  • Sterilised 500ml jar


    1.Blanch the garlic cloves in boiling water for one minute. This will loosen the papery skins and allow you to slip them off easily, once cool.

    2.Measure all the spices into a sterilised jar

    3.Add the garlic cloves

    4.Boil the vinegar, then pour it over the garlic cloves

    5.Seal the jar and leave to cool overnight, before refrigerating.

    Pickled cloves can be used in place of fresh garlic. Or try using them to stuff pitted olives, served alongside cheese canapés, added to Mediterranean stews, mashed into potato with olive oil, or served alongside other zingy palate cleansers at a raclette dinner. The brine also makes a fantastic base to salad dressings, when you have eaten all your pickled garlic.

    Can be stored in the fridge for up to 4 weeks, if kept in an airtight container/jar, and recipe is followed as above.


    How to pickle garlic

    Looking for a way to add some extra flavor to your meals? Look no further than pickled garlic! This amazing condiment can be used on just about anything, from salads and sandwiches to pizzas and pasta dishes. Plus, it’s super easy to make at home. How to pickle garlic

    Whether you’re looking to add a little extra flavor to your meals or just want to try something new, pickled garlic is a great option. This condiment is made by pickling whole cloves of garlic in vinegar and water. The result is a flavorful, slightly tangy addition to any dish.

    Pickled garlic is easy to make at home and can be used in a variety of ways. Add it to salads, sandwich spreads, or even use it as a topping for pizzas and pasta dishes. It’s also a great addition to Charcuterie boards or as an appetizer served with crackers and cheese.

    The History of Pickled Garlic

    Pickled garlic is believed to have originated in ancient China. It was then introduced to Europe by the Romans and became a popular way to preserve it for long periods of time. Today, it is still a popular condiment and can be found in many grocery stores.

    How to pickle garlic

    -2 tablespoons sugar

    -1 tablespoon salt

    -2 cloves garlic, peeled and halved

    In a small saucepan, combine the water, vinegar, sugar, and salt. Bring to a boil over medium heat, stirring until the sugar and salt have dissolved. Add the garlic cloves and remove them from the heat. Let the mixture cool to room temperature.

    Once cooled, transfer the pickled garlic (along with the liquid) to a clean jar or container. It will keep in the fridge for up to 2 months.

    How to pickle garlic


    -Add red pepper flakes to the pickling mixture for a spicy kick.

    -Try using white vinegar or apple cider vinegar instead of regular distilled vinegar.

    -Add other spices like dill or oregano to give your pickled garlic a unique flavor.

    -Experiment with different types of salt (e.g., kosher salt, sea salt, etc.) to see what you like best.

    -For a sweeter pickle, add a teaspoon of sugar to the pickling mixture.

    How to pickle garlic

    Benefits of Pickled Garlic

    Garlic is a staple in many dishes and has been used for centuries for its flavor and health benefits. Here are a few reasons why garlic is good for us:

    -It helps boost our immune system.

    -It can help lower cholesterol levels.

    -It has anti-inflammatory properties.

    How to pickle garlic

    How to Use Pickled Garlic

    There are many ways to incorporate it into your cooking. It can be used as a flavoring for meats, fish, and vegetables. It can also be added to salads, sauces, and soups. You can even eat it straight out of the jar!

    Here are a few more tips:

    -Add it to soups or stews for extra flavor.

    -Use it as a replacement for fresh garlic in recipes.

    -Chop it up and add it to salads or dips.

    – Add it to your favorite marinade or BBQ sauce for an extra zing.

    – Toss it with roasted vegetables for a flavorful side dish.

    – Mix it into mayonnaise or cream cheese for a flavorful spread.

    – Use it as a garnish on soup, salad, or cooked dishes.

    How to pickle garlic

    Can You Freeze Pickled Garlic?

    Yes, it can be frozen. To do so, place the garlic in a freezer-safe container and pour the pickling liquid over it. Seal the container tightly and freeze for up to 3 months. Thaw in the refrigerator before using.

    How long does pickled garlic last?

    It will last for several weeks when stored in the refrigerator. The pickles will become more sour over time, so be sure to use them within a few weeks for the best flavor.

    Can you pickle garlic in olive oil?

    Yes, you can pickle garlic in olive oil. However, it is important to note that pickled garlic made with olive oil will not last as long as pickles made with vinegar. Pickled garlic made with olive oil should be used within a week or two.

    Can you pickle garlic without vinegar?

    No, it must be made with vinegar in order to pickle properly. Vinegar is necessary for the pickling process and helps to preserve the pickles.

    What can I do with leftover pickling liquid?

    The pickling liquid can be reused to pickle other vegetables or fruits. It can also be used as a dressing or marinade. If you don’t want to reuse it, you can simply discard it.

    I hope you’ll give this a try! Leave a comment and let us know how yours turned out!

    Introduction: How to Pickle Garlic

    How to pickle garlic

    How to pickle garlic

    How to pickle garlic

    Pickled garlic make a great hors d’oeuvres to serve at a party; a garnish, or a side addition to any meal. My pickled garlic started as an old french family recipe I grew up on, traditionally made with white vinegar. I like to make my pickled garlic spicy with apple cider vinegar. So I always make a couple jars with a hot pepper in them just for me.

    Peeling garlic in mass can be tedious and time consuming, however I have an amazing trick to peel garlic that makes it so incredibly fast and easy, you will fall in love with if you use a lot of garlic.

    Vinegar based pickling is a much faster process than fermentation pickling. In its quickest form, you’ll just boil a vinegar solution, pour it over the the object of your pickling desire, let it all cool and stash it in the fridge.

    For maximum preservation power, you’ll want to brine the vegetables, then drain them, then boil them in a vinegar solution. Package the vegetables and liquid into jars, cover them in the remaining hot vinegar solution and can them.

    Either way, the vinegar’s acetic acid will increase the the vegetables’ acidity and kill off any existing microorganisms, which will help prevent prevent short-term spoilage.

    Special note: I have used raw and pickled garlic, to stave off an infection until I could get to modern medicine, it works.

    This recipe makes about 6 to 7 x 1/2 pint or 250 ml jars.

    Step 1: Ingredients & Supplies

    1 kg or 2 pounds Peeled Garlic

    Red Tie Peppers if you like it hot.

    Apple Cider Vinegar

    Sea Salt or Coarse Pickling Salt

    7 x 250 ml or 1/2 pint canning jars & lids.

    Step 2: Peeling the Garlic

    This is an amazingly easy way to peel garlic.

    Break up a bunch of garlic and place it in a jar.

    Close the lid and shake the jar vigorously until you see the skins coming loose.

    Poor it out onto a bowl and separate the cloves from the skins.

    Do this until you have 2 pounds or 1 kg of good garlic.

    Step 3: Sorting the Garlic

    Sort out any wilted or soft cloves of garlic.

    You can cut off any bad spots and still use the clove.

    You can use cloves that have started to grow however they can turn green from chlorophyll in the growing garlic.

    They look a little funkey until the chlorophyll is bleached by the vinegar.

    Step 4: Packing the Jars

    Fill the jars to about 1/2 inch or 1 cm from the rim.

    Sprinkle a few pepper corns on top.

    Since I wanted a couple jars of spicy pickled garlic I added a Red Tie pepper to two of the jars.

    Step 5: Making the Brine

    In a saucepan, combine two cups apple cider vinegar, one cup water, and one tablespoon salt.

    Bring the brine to a rolling boil and simmer until the salt dissolves.

    Using a ladle and the pickling funnel, pour the brine over the garlic in the jars.

    Place the lids on the jars loosely

    Step 6: Sealing

    Place the jars in a pot.

    Add water to the pot and a splash of white vinegar. The white vinegar prevents minerals from the water collecting on the pot and the jars.

    Bring the water to a boil, then reduce the heat so it just simmers for ten minutes.

    Tighten the lids and let the jars cool to room temperature.

    You can now store the jars in a cool dark place or the refrigerator.

    Step 7: Serve

    Refrigerate for 3 days to 1 week before serving.

    When the garlic is cured you can serve them whole as your favorite hors d’oeuvres or crushed and diced in your favorite dish.

    How to pickle garlic

    Be the First to Share

    Did you make this project? Share it with us!

    A DIY recipe to help you make a jar of naturally healthy supplements.

    Pickled Garlic, mildly sweet and less pungent. Diy recipe, vegan, vegetarian, gluten-free, low- carb, low-fat

    It’s been a while since I posted a recipe, just as I was managing to stick to my new year blogging goals, I’ve had to set them aside for, well every other reason every out there has.

    The reasons for my lofty goals were because I had funny man finally at home and ten months of having him around to help me with home and kids, scratch that having another person to lean on to was a huge relief and gave me extra time to work on the blog.

    Unfortunately, having him around, taking over the simplest chores to handling dramas with the terrible four ended a few weeks ago and here I am flying solo again.

    Getting back to the routine of doing stuff on my own is tough, the only consolation about this is that with funny man working away from home means I get to travel to a different part of the world.

    I get to experience food, art, culture and most importantly the people.

    Now that we’ve cleared away my reasons for not blogging for the past month, I’m getting back into the groove of things with a simple DIY recipe.

    This pickled garlic that can be a great way of having a daily dose of the clove without the pungent odor of garlic breath.

    With so much medicinal properties, Garlic is one of the best raw foods you can consume and be sure of its health benefits to your body. but raw garlic can be unpleasant as they have a strong after taste and pungent smell that lingers, for this reason, many might find it difficult to eat even when cooked but they are undeniably the best way to flavor a dish.

    What flavors go well with Garlic?

    With its sharp, warm taste, Garlic is a great flavor enhancer to meats, poultry and fish and any type of vegetarian dish

    How to pickle garlic

    How to use your homemade pickled Garlic.

    Once the Garlic is pickled, they lose the strong taste that makes them difficult to eat in their raw form but when they are pickled this way, they become slightly sweet and subtle in flavor, I couldn’t stop myself from popping a few now and then, I find them addictive.

    It’s also a great way of preserving the extra Garlic cloves without them spoiling and it’s so easy(except for the peeling of course)

    Here are a few ways to use them.

    1/ Slice and toss them in your salads

    2/ Add a bowl of these Garlic pickles to your party cheese platter.

    3/ Mix of these pickled garlic pods with your favorite minced meat sauce and make some sloppy joes.

    4/ For those lazy days when you don’t feel like peeling a few Garlic just substitute the raw ones with a few of these pickled ones.

    5/ Add them to your roasted Potatoes.

    How to pickle garlic


    How to pickle garlic

    How to make Pickled Garlic(DIY recipe).

    Please make sure to read the recipe instructions carefully to avoid mistakes.


    Ingredients mentioned below use standard measuring cups and spoons.

    Keep a glass airtight container ready, the jar should be sterilized and dry.

    250g Garlic peeled

    2 cups white vinegar( use any type of vinegar you have in hand)

    2 teaspoons of dried thyme

    1 and 1/2 teaspoons of whole Black Peppercorns

    2/3 cup of white Sugar( reduce if you prefer the brine and pickles to be less sweet)

    1/2 teaspoon salt

    1/2 teaspoon Turmeric


    Peel, wash and drain the Garlic.

    Place a pan on medium heat, pour in the Vinegar and white sugar, leave it to simmer for 1 minute.

    Add the Bay leaves, dried thyme, salt and finally Turmeric, increase heat and boil for 4-5 minutes.

    Include the Garlic and Peppercorns while boiling it for another 5 minutes.

    Remove from the stove and leave it to cool.

    Once cooled, pour the liquid and garlic in the sterile, dry container, Seal and store in the refrigerator for a few weeks but I actually used them after 24 hours.

    Join me on islandsmile you tube channel.

    Made this recipe? great!
    If you are a regular on the blog and would love to help me grow, here’s how you do it.
    *When you make the recipe, please do leave a review and a rating on the recipe card.
    *subscribe if possible.
    *Catch my mistakes and send me a scolding to correct them.
    *Spread the word, share links to my recipes with your friends and family. every little thing you do helps me grow the site.

    How to pickle garlic

    Here’s how to make pickled garlic! Pickling mellows its flavor to be sweet and tangy, perfect for snacking or using in recipes.

    How to pickle garlic

    Hello, garlic lovers. Welcome to your dream recipe: Pickled Garlic! Pickling takes this vegetable to a whole new level: it mellows into a sweet, savory and tangy version of itself. It’s got none of the intense bite of the raw version of itself. Pickled garlic works on cheese and charcuterie boards, but it’s so much more than that: use it in vegetable sautés, pasta sauces, grains, and more. Here’s how to make it!

    What is pickled garlic?

    Pickled garlic is whole garlic cloves pickled in brine, which mellows its spicy flavor. It’s used in Italian and Spanish cuisine as part of antipasti or tapas, and is also very popular in Korean cuisine (called manul changachi).

    Pickled garlic was popularized on Tiktok when the account Lalaleluu shared a recipe that mixes Sriracha with store-bought pickled garlic. You can buy pickled garlic online at at your local grocery store. But why not make your own? This recipe is a quick pickle recipe that is ready to eat in just 24 hours.

    How to pickle garlic

    What to know about quick pickles

    This recipe is for an American-style quick pickle. Here’s what to know about quick pickles:

    • Quick pickles don’t require special canning equipment. This is because you’ll be storing the jar refrigerated.
    • This pickled garlic recipe is not shelf stable! Don’t put this jar on the shelf! You can store it in the refrigerator for up to 1 month. This is more than enough time to enjoy this delicious treat.

    What if my garlic turns blue?

    You may notice parts of the garlic cloves may turn a blue color in the jar. Why does garlic turn blue when pickling? Garlic contains something called anthocyanins, water-soluble pigments that can turn blue or purple under acidic conditions. Don’t worry: it’s still safe to eat and doesn’t affect the flavor.

    Notice in the photo below, the garlic clove has a slight blue color to the tip. It’s perfectly ok to eat!

    How to pickle garlic

    How to make pickled garlic

    It’s fast and easy to make pickled garlic! The hardest part is peeling all the garlic cloves. Once you’ve done that, it’s a total breeze! Here are the basic steps (or jump right to the recipe):

    • Wash and air dry the jar. While you don’t need fancy sterilization equipment for canning, you will want start with a clean and dry jar.
    • Peel the garlic cloves: Here’s a trick to peel lots of garlic cloves at once! Cut off the ends of each garlic clove, then place all the cloves into a small container. Cover and shake it vigorously to loosen all the peels.
    • Bring the brine ingredients to a boil: Place the white vinegar, water, sugar, salt, peppercorns, bay leaf, celery seed and dill in a pot with the garlic and bring to a boil (see the recipe below for the exact quantities).
    • Pour in the jar and wait until it cools (about 1 hour). You can eat immediately, or store in the refrigerator.

    How to pickle garlic

    Storage info

    Once it’s in the jar, how long does it last? You can store pickled garlic refrigerated for up to 1 month. Again, because this recipe is for quick pickles, it’s not shelf stable.

    Ways to use pickled garlic

    What’s the best way to use pickled garlic? You can nosh on it whole, or use it in your favorite recipes that use garlic for an added punchy flavor. Here are some ideas:

    • Add to cheese and charcuterie boards
    • Make the famous TikTok spicy pickled garlic
    • Mince or slice it for vegetable sautés
    • Add to pasta sauces
    • Sauté and add to rice, farro or quinoa
    • Use in soups and stews as a substitute for plain garlic

    More pickles recipes

    Are you a pickles fan like we are? Here are a few more homemade pickles recipes you’ll love:

    How to pickle garlic

    • Pin
    • Share
    • Email

    Some of my most vivid childhood memories are when my parents would leave us with a babysitter and go out to dinner with friends. Their restaurant of choice was a place called Saigon Express, where the cook had a generous hand with the garlic. They’d come in from dinner, smelling of cool night air, puckery dipping sauces and fragrant garlic.

    Of all the kitchen training I received from my mother while growing up, the importance of fresh garlic in the kitchen has stuck with me above all. Thanks to her, garlic has always been one of my kitchen staples. I keep several fresh heads in a bowl by the stove, often roast some up in olive oil to keep in the fridge and even grind it up to eat raw when I feel a cold coming on (my husband just loves it when I do that).

    How to pickle garlic

    In the last year or so, I’ve added another form of staple garlic to my kitchen rotation. Pickled garlic. If you’ve ever made a batch of homemade pickles that included a handful of peeled garlic cloves for flavor, I do hope you eat those garlic cloves when the jars is nearly done. The vinegar takes the edge off their natural spiciness and makes them flavorful without being overpowering.

    Use pickled garlic in salad dressings or as part of a pickle plate. They’re particularly good when drizzled with a bit of fruity oil. During dinner prep, I’ll often coarsely chop the pickled cloves and add them to sautéed vegetables, as they add both flavor and add an acidic punch to the finished dish. When the jar is all gone, I save the leftover brine and use in homemade bean purees or quickly dressed bowls of salad greens.

    How to pickle garlic

    People hear scary things about canning garlic. Happily, it’s only an issue when you’re dealing with foods that are in an acidity grey zone, like pasta sauces and salsas. This pickle can be safely canned in a boiling water bath canner because you’re submerging the garlic cloves in a brine of highly puckery red wine vinegar.

    Before You Get Started

    How to pickle garlic

    Choose heads of garlic that feel tight and heavy for their size. Stay away from heads where the cloves are starting to pull away from the center.

    To quickly separate garlic cloves from their heads, place the head on a large cutting board root side down. Put the palm of your hand on the head and gently press down, using the weight of your body (tables work better than countertops for this), until the cloves split apart from the head.

    How to pickle garlic

    The easiest way to peel a large number of garlic cloves that I’ve found is to blanch them. Bring a large pot of water to a boil and prep an ice water bath. When the water is boiling, drop the garlic cloves in and let them dance in the water for two to three minutes. When the time is up, transfer them to the ice water bath. When they’re cool enough to handle, you should be able to pop the cloves right out of their peels.

    December 8, 2014 by Lina

    How to pickle garlic

    I loooved my refrigerator pickles this summer. They were so fresh and tasty and crunchy and flavorful, and more times than I could count I found myself snacking on them straight out of the fridge. I didn’t know that pickling could be so easy, and I loved the simplicity and immediacy of those delicious pickles.

    Well, it seems that I’ve been hearing a lot lately of people pickling garlic. And garlic is my favorite seasoning/herb, so of course I needed to try it! The most interesting variation I’ve heard of is pickling garlic in honey, but I’m not feeling that adventurous yet so I figured I’d try a more simple and traditional pickle of garlic in olive oil.

    This delicious condiment (can it be called a condiment? Seasoning? Flavor …thing…?) was so easy to make. These adorable garlic pickles were done in less than 10 minutes!

    How to pickle garlic

    The garlic gets infused with the olive oil and the herbs and the olive oil gets infused with the garlic and the herbs, and happy flavor blending occurs all up in those little jars. The garlic mellows out to lose the spicy zing that fresh garlic often has, and instead boasts a creamy, savory, herby garlic flavor that made me pop more than a few into my mouth like candy.

    The happy herb marriage going on in this jar has made this easy pickled garlic quickly become one of my favorite things to add to soups, stews, and roasts.

    How to pickle garlic

    I love these adorable little glass jars for storing my garlic pickles. The cute jars not only make the pickles look great and fit easily anywhere, but it also makes them easy to pack up for great holiday gifts!

    10 minutes is all that stands between you and delicious pickled garlic, and a wonderful, easy, tasty gift for (yourself or) any cook or food lover on your gift list!

    Published: Sep 9, 2021 by Michelle · 9 Comments

    This Pickled Garlic recipe is a delicious and tasty way to amplify your pasta, rice, and noodle dishes. Elevate your charcuterie board or enjoy it in a sandwich — the possibilities are endless.

    Disclosure: This post is sponsored by Bernardin®. All images and opinions expressed are solely my own.

    How to pickle garlic

    I’m super excited to be partnering with Bernardin® for this recipe post. You can find a whole variety of recipes on
    their website.

    Bernardin® jars have been a staple in my kitchen for the past 10 years.

    How to use canning jars

    I love the quality and how versatile the jars are — they’re most commonly used for canning, but can be used in a multitude of ways.

    Bernardin® jars are durable, sustainable and come in various sizes.

    Personally, I use the different sized jars to store dried foods and pickles in my pantry and fridge.

    My favourite way is to utilize the jars as drinking glasses.

    Whereas my kids use the jars to store their homemade crafts and DIY trinkets.

    Why you’ll love this recipe

    This Pickled Garlic recipe is provided by Bernardin®

    It’s a great way to preserve that abundant harvest of garlic, especially during this time of year.

    The garlic remains crunchy and has a delicious, tangy flavour from the vinegar and white wine.

    Enjoy the Pickled Garlic in various ways: in a sandwich, charcuterie board, or served alongside noodles and rice.

    Best of all, it consists of 7 ingredients.

    Ingredients you’ll need

    • fresh garlic cloves: peeled; from about 12 heads of garlic
    • white vinegar: use distilled white vinegar, which is clear
    • dry white wine: choose a wine that you would enjoy drinking
    • pickling salt: if you don’t have pickling salt, you can alternatively use kosher salt; just be sure that the salt you use has no additives
    • granulated sugar: you can use granulated regular sugar or cane sugar
    • dried oregano: a culinary herb with a warm, earthy taste, similar to marjoram
    • dried chilies (optional): if you don’t like spice, you can omit

    How to pickle garlic

    How to make it

    Prepare the jars:

    Wash Bernardin® jars, lids and rings with hot soapy water.

    Add a canning liner to a large, clean stock pot.

    Place the clean jars and SNAP LIDS® sealing discs to the pot and bring the water to a simmer (180°F/82°C). Set the rings aside.

    Leave the jars in the hot water while you prepare the ingredients.

    Make the pickling liquid:

    In a large stainless-steel saucepan, combine the white vinegar, dry white wine, pickling salt, granulated sugar and dried oregano.

    Bring to a boil and gently boil for 1 minute.

    Remove from heat. Add the peeled garlic cloves into the hot liquid. Use a spatula to constantly stir for 1 minute.

    Assemble the jars:

    Using jar tongs or a Bernardin® Jar Lifter, carefully remove 1 jar from the hot water and empty it. Place onto a wooden board or tea towel.

    Add a dried chili to the jar (if using) and ladle the garlic and hot liquid into the jar to ¾” of the top of the jar one jar at a time.

    Cover the garlic with enough hot liquid to bring it up to ½” to the top of the jar. (Canners can review headspace details on

    Use a non-metal utensil to remove any air bubbles and check headspace.

    Wipe the rim of the jar with a clean paper towel.

    Remove a SNAP LID® sealing disc from the hot water and centre it on top of the jar rim.

    Screw on the lid band until fingertip tight.

    Return the jar (using jar tongs) to the hot water and repeat with the remaining jars.

    Processing the jars:

    When the jars have been filled, ensure the water level is at least 1″ covering over the top of the jars.

    Cover the pot and bring to a full rolling boil before starting the processing time.

    Process for 10 minutes (for altitudes up to 1000 ft).

    After the processing time, remove the lid and wait 5 minutes.

    Use the jar tongs to remove the jars in an upright position.

    Place the jars onto a wooden board or tea towel about 1cm apart and let cool, upright and undisturbed for 24 hours.

    Check the seal:

    After cooling, check the seal on the jars.

    The sealing discs will curve downward (a vacuum is created which pulls the lid down) and won’t pop up when pressed.

    You can remove the bands, wipe down the jars and bands. Alternatively, you can loosely replace the band on the jar.

    Label the jars and store in a dark, cool place for up to 1 year.

    How to pickle garlic

    Tips & troubleshooting

    Make sure to check the jars for any cracks prior to using.

    Process according to your altitude.

    If you don’t have a canning rack, you can use a wire rack.

    Other recipes you may like

    Visit Bernardin® for more canning recipes. #CanningwithBernardin

    And be sure to check out these recipes to pair with the Pickled Garlic:

    Let me know if you try out this recipe — be sure to tag me on Instagram @siftandsimmer or leave me a comment/rating below!

    Pickled garlic is kind of unassuming, but it’s super popular and universally loved, especially in Korean food.

    How to pickle garlic

    Pickled garlic is crunchy and salty with a little bit of sweet. It has a huge garlicky hit and is completely addictive.

    What is pickled garlic?

    Pickled garlic is kind of unassuming, but it’s super popular and universally loved, especially in Korean food. You can snack on it as is (as people have been doing with tiktok spicy pickled garlic) or you can slice it or crush it and add it to rice, noodles, or stir fries. If you like kimchi, you’ll love this.

    How to pickle garlic

    The best snack

    If it sounds crazy to you that people are eating cloves of garlic as a snack, don’t worry, the pickled version tastes vastly different than raw. Just like how garlic gets sweet and caramelized when you slow roast it, garlic also mellows out and sweetens as you pickle it. The longer it pickles, the more mellow, sweet, and tangy it turns. Pickled garlic is truly wonderful.

    How to pickle garlic

    How to make spicy pickled garlic

    There are two ways of making pickled garlic. The fast and easy way and the slow and easy way. Either way is good, it’s just a question of how much time your have on your hands.

    From scratch

    1. Peel your garlic, keeping the cloves whole.
    2. Add the garlic to a jar.
    3. Top the jar up with a pickling solution made of soy sauce, vinegar, sugar, and Korean chili flakes.
    4. Pickle. Let the magic of pickling do its job for 2 weeks minimum. The longer the raw garlic sits in the brine, the more mellow and sweet, yet garlicky it gets.

    How to pickle garlic

    With store bought pickled garlic:

    1. Drain your jar of store bought garlic.
    2. Mix in 1-2 tbsp of your favorite hot sauce and 1-2 tsp gochugaru/Korean chili flakes, and 1-2 tsp fresh thyme.
    3. Put the lid back on the jar and shake it up. Enjoy!

    Homemade ingredients

    • garlic – you need a lot of it, we’re talking multiple heads of garlic
    • rice vinegar – rice vinegar is my preferred vinegar but you can also use white vinegar too
    • sugar – sugar adds a extra bit of sweetness
    • Korean chili flakes -also known as gochugaru, Korean chili flakes are fruity, sweet, smoky, sun dried bright red flakes. It’s not too spicy and perfect for spicy garlic

    How to pickle garlic

    Tiktok pickled garlic ingredients

    This store bought spicy version was made popular by @lalaleuu on Tiktok.

    • store bought prepickled garlic
    • hot sauce – use your favorite hot sauce, the Tiktok version uses sriracha but I think sambal oelek would be even better
    • Korean chili flakes – add as desired
    • fresh thyme – there’s a bit of fresh thyme leaves in the Tiktok version – it’s pretty optional in my opinion

    How to pickle garlic

    How to easily peel garlic

    For best results, you want to keep the cloves whole. Separate all the cloves from the base, then place the garlic into a bowl of very hot tap water. Trim the ends off the garlic and the peels should just slide right off.

    Separate all the cloves from the base and put the separated unpeeled cloves into a bowl and cover with another bowl (you can use a large jar too). Shake to remove the skins.

    How to pickle garlic

    The Spruce / Preethi Venkatram

    Nutrition Facts (per serving)
    270 Calories
    1g Fat
    57g Carbs
    12g Protein


    Nutrition Facts
    Servings: 4
    Amount per serving
    Calories 270
    % Daily Value*
    Total Fat 1g 1%
    Saturated Fat 0g 1%
    Cholesterol 0mg 0%
    Sodium 3522mg 153%
    Total Carbohydrate 57g 21%
    Dietary Fiber 3g 10%
    Total Sugars 18g
    Protein 12g
    Vitamin C 35mg 177%
    Calcium 228mg 18%
    Iron 3mg 16%
    Potassium 733mg 16%
    *The % Daily Value (DV) tells you how much a nutrient in a food serving contributes to a daily diet. 2,000 calories a day is used for general nutrition advice.

    Manul changachi—Korean pickled garlic—is crunchy, salty, and a little bit spicy, as well as slightly addictive. It’s not the flashiest banchan (side dish), but it’s almost universally loved among Koreans. You can also slice the cloves into thin discs and use them as a way to flavor rice and noodle dishes.

    The general rule when making manul changachi is that you need 3 parts soy sauce to 1 part vinegar and 1 part sugar. You calculate this by pouring out and measuring the water you added to cover all of the garlic cloves and using the same amount of soy sauce. The ingredient list here uses 1 cup soy sauce.

    Table of Contents

    Use pickled garlic in salad dressings or as part of a pickle plate. They’re particularly good when drizzled with a bit of fruity oil. During dinner prep, I’ll often coarsely chop the pickled cloves and add them to sautéed vegetables, as they add both flavor and add an acidic punch to the finished dish.

    What is pickled garlic good for?

    Garlic has unique antiviral, antibacterial and antibiotic properties. It’s a good source of antioxidants, anzymes, minerals and vitamins(vitamin C, vitamin B6). Both raw and pickled garlic are used to cure many health conditions. Garlic is found to be beneficial against common cold and flu by boosting your immunity.

    Can you eat pickled garlic by itself?

    Pickled garlic can be eaten alone as a tangy snack or used in salads, to accompany meat or fish or as a standout on your next antipasto platter.

    How long is pickled garlic good for after opening?

    Refrigerator pickled garlic — Simply assemble the jars and refrigerate. them. After marinating in the fridge for at least 3 days, they’re ready to eat. They’ll be good stored in the fridge for several months.

    How many pickled garlic cloves should you eat a day?

    You have to take a pretty high amount of garlic per day — about four cloves’ worth — to see these benefits. Eating garlic can lower your LDL or “bad” cholesterol and total cholesterol levels.

    Is pickled garlic good for your liver?

    A mineral present in Garlic, called selenium can cleanse the liver. It can trigger liver enzymes, and naturally flush out the toxins from your body.

    Does pickled garlic make your breath smell?

    Another idea that goes for eating garlic without bad breath and body smells is to make a pickle of garlic in vinegar which just takes all the garlic odor off. As such, this compound when sent into the bloodstream results in you getting body odor of garlic as well as garlic on your breath.

    Is garlic in vinegar good for health?

    Recent research shows vinegar and garlic do have some health benefits. In laboratory tests, garlic has been shown to help fight bacteria, viruses and fungi. And in a recent study in Japan, researchers saw new evidence that vinegar can help prevent the accumulation of body fat.

    Is pickled garlic probiotic?

    This week, we’re enjoying pickled garlic. This garlic is full of enzymes and probiotics after its fermentation. The primary bacteria in lacto-fermented foods is lactobacilli, which helps increase digestibility and nutrient absorption.

    Can you get botulism from pickled garlic?

    BOTULISM WARNING Regardless of its flavor potency, garlic is a low- acid vegetable. The pH of a clove of garlic typi- cally ranges from 5.3 to 6.3. As with all low-acid vegetables, garlic will support the growth and subsequent toxin production of the bacterium Clostridium botulinum when given the right con- ditions.

    How can you tell if pickled garlic is bad?

    It has darkened in color a little, but it still smells OK. A: If it smells OK (or as OK as garlic ever smells) and there’s no mold or obvious discoloration, it’s probably fine. Remember that the date on a jar often isn’t an expiration date.

    Can you freeze garlic?

    Garlic is pretty versatile when it comes to freezing. You can freeze raw whole unpeeled bulbs, individual cloves (peeled or unpeeled), or chopped garlic. Frozen garlic lacks the crunchy texture of fresh, but the flavor remains strong—and definitely lacks the chemical taste that sometimes accompanies jarred garlic.

    Can garlic cause liver damage?

    According to several studies, it is found that garlic is loaded with a compound called allicin, which can cause liver toxicity if taken in large quantities.

    What will happen if you eat one clove of garlic daily?

    Raw garlic also retains more allicin, which is the sulfur-containing compound responsible for many of garlic’s beneficial health effects. For best results, aim for around 1–2 cloves per day and reduce your intake if you experience any side effects, such as heartburn, acid reflux, or increased bleeding.

    Is garlic good for heart blockage?

    It is rich in blood-thinning compounds, which in turn prevent the formation of blockages in the arteries. The polysulphides present in garlic also dilate blood vessels that assist in controlling blood pressure, cholesterol and formation of plaque in the arteries.

    Is garlic good for lungs?

    Garlic contains a compound called allicin, which acts as a powerful antibiotic agent and helps overcome respiratory infections that clog our lungs and leads to breathlessness and congestion. It also helps reduce inflammation, improves asthma and reduces the risk of lung cancer.

    What are the side effects of taking too much garlic?

    Garlic supplements are generally well-tolerated, but taking too much of the herb may cause upset stomach, bloating, diarrhea, bad breath, and body odor.

    Is garlic good for cholesterol?

    A 2016 review of studies on garlic determined that garlic has the potential to reduce total cholesterol up to 30 milligrams per deciliter (mg/dL). Garlic tastes better than butter, and it’s a whole lot healthier — particularly for lowering cholesterol.

    Is eating pickles good for you?

    Pickles are great sources of vitamin c and vitamin e, two essential antioxidants that are found in many fruits and veggies. These natural antioxidants fight free radicals, which are chemicals in the body that can cause cancer and heart disease.

    What neutralizes garlic in the stomach?

    Drink Lemon Juice The acid in lemon juice neutralizes alliinase, an enzyme produced by crushing garlic that causes our unfortunate odor situations.

    How to pickle garlic

    How to pickle garlic

    How to pickle garlic

    How to pickle garlic

    How to pickle garlic

    Pickled garlic is a healthy and delicious snack that is easy to make. All you need is just a handful of ingredients and a few minutes and you’ll have this trendy treat!

    How to pickle garlic

    Garlic lovers, this one is you for you! Not a garlic lover? You will be after trying pickled garlic.

    All you need for pickling vegetables is a simple brine that you can customize to your liking using different combination of vegetables, herbs, and spices to make your own custom flavors. We’ve made pickled carrots, radishes, green beans, and cauliflower just to name a few.

    We use a little more vinegar in our brine for pickling garlic because the vinegar helps to neutralize the sharp flavor of the garlic.

    Garlic normally has a really strong, sharp flavor but as it is pickled it loses that overwhelming flavor and becomes much more mild and some people describe it as having an almost sweet flavor.

    Note: This post may contain affiliate links. That means if you click on a link and make a purchase we may receive a small commission. Thank you!

    How to pickle garlic

    Ingredients You’ll Need

    • Garlic – You’ll use approximately 6 -8 heads of garlic to fill up 2 half pint mason jars.
    • White vinegar – You can substitute any vinegar you would like including rice vinegar, apple cider vinegar, or white wine vinegar. Do note that if you use red wine vinegar, it will color your garlic red.
    • Water
    • Kosher salt – The salt must be non-iodized. We suggest kosher salt or sea salt. Iodized salt will turn vegetables a dark color and make your brine cloudy.
    • Sugar – You can use alternatives to sugar such as honey, agave, maple syrup, or an artificial sweetener such as Stevia or Splenda.
    • Black Peppercorns – always a good choice for giving your dish some spice
    • Crushed red pepper flakes – this will give your garlic a little spice

    You can also add any other herbs or spices you would like to your pickled garlic recipe, depending on your own tastes. Try adding bay leaves, coriander, or mustard seeds. Play with the spices and see what you like best!

    How to pickle garlic

    How to Peel Garlic

    You’ll be peeling a lot of garlic so try one of these simple tips for making it go a little faster.

    Method 1 – Blanche it. Break garlic bulb into individual cloves. Place the garlic cloves in bowl. Pour very hot water over the garlic and let them soak for 1 minute.

    After soaking pour them through a strainer to remove the water. cut the end off of each clove and then press on the tip of the clove. The garlic will slip from the peel.

    Method 2 – Shake it. Break garlic bulb into individual cloves. Place the cloves in a jar and fasten the lid in place. Shake hard for 1 minute. The garlic cloves will separate from the peel.

    How to Pickle Garlic

    Step 1 – Prepare the garlic. Peel the garlic cloves and pack them into the jar.

    Step 2 – Make the brine. In a small saucepan combine vinegar, water, salt, sugar, peppercorns, and red pepper flakes. Stir together.

    Bring the mixture to a boil and then remove the pot from the heat.

    Step 3 – Add the liquid. Let the mixture cool for 2-3 minutes and then pour the liquid into the jar until the garlic is fully covered.

    Step 4 – Pickle. Screw the lid on and store in the refrigerator for 2-3 months. Garlic can be used as soon as you like but we recommend letting it pickle for 2-3 weeks for the best flavor.

    How to pickle garlic

    Best Container To Use

    We recommend glass wide mouth pint jars. The glass won’t react with the vinegar and they are durable and reusable with air tight seal.

    How to Use It

    Pickled garlic is a great addition to charcuterie board along with pickled carrots, pickled radishes, and pickled red onions, olives, cheeses, and meats.

    Pickled garlic can also be used in any recipe that you would use regular garlic. We add it to dishes like our sheet pan honey garlic chicken or restaurant style salsa.

    Lots of people also eat it on it’s own as a snack. Since the pickling process, more specifically the vinegar, mellows out the sharpness of the garlic you can just pop them in your mouth and enjoy!

    Pickled garlic has a more mellow flavor thank regular raw garlic. The vinegar tames down the sharp, overwhelming taste of the garlic and makes it more palatable.

    The herbs and spices you include in your brine will also chance the flavor. You can make it taste more like a pickle by adding dill, or make it spicier by adding red pepper flakes or including sliced up chili peppers.

    Garlic has lots of health benefits. Civilizations throughout history have used garlic for its medicinal properties. It is low in calorie and rich in minerals and vitamins, including vitamins C and B6. It is has prebiotic fiber which is good for your digestion and is full of antioxidants.

    Garlic helps fight off illness, reduce blood pressure, lower your risk for heart disease, may also help protect against any heavy metals (such as lead) in your body!How to pickle garlic

    Sometimes during the pickling process, your garlic can take on a blue hue. Don’t panic! There is nothing wrong with your garlic and it is totally safe to eat!

    The reason this happens is sometimes the enzymes and sulfur-containing amino acids in the garlic react to the acidity in the vinegar. This can cause a blueish color. It is a natural process and not harmful.

    Because this is a quick pickling recipe, your pickled garlic is not shelf-stable and should not be stored at room temperature. It will need to be refrigerated. It will be good for up to 3 months in the fridge.

    Looking for More Quick Pickled Vegetables?

    • Pickled Green Beans
    • Quick Pickled Radishes
    • Quick Pickled Cucumber
    • Quick and Easy Pickled Cauliflower
    • Easy Refrigerator Zucchini Pickles
    • More Pickled Recipes…

    Like this recipe?
    Make sure to follow us on Instagram and Pinterest for more recipes like this.

    Garlic not only tastes delicious when added to meals but has many health benefits to eating it, as well. Unfortunately, an unpeeled garlic bulb only has a shelf life of about five months. Learn how to make pickled garlic in a few simple steps and how to use pickled garlic in recipes.

    Store garlic in the pantry, refrigerator, and freezer, and depending on which storage method you choose, garlic lasts from five months to one year. Peeled or chopped garlic has a shorter shelf life of only a few days.

    Pickled garlic has a slightly different flavor than raw garlic. The process mellows out the sharp garlic bite without losing its essential character. Pickling garlic is yet another step in the garlic storing process, ensuring that you can enjoy garlic for several months.

    1. Making Pickled Garlic
      • Choosing and Preparing Garlic for Pickling
      • Blanching Garlic to Remove Skins for Pickling
      • Basic Pickled Garlic Recipe without a Water Bath
      • How to Make Pickled Garlic Cloves with Red Wine Vinegar
      • Making Korean Style Pickled Garlic
      • Using Pickled Garlic

    Making Pickled Garlic

    There are many different ways to preserve the extra garlic you grew or purchased at the store. It’s so simple to plant garlic from cloves that it is amazing that more people don’t do it.

    The best way to store garlic depends on how you plan to use it later and how much you have on hand. Feel free to substitute minced garlic for garlic cloves in your favorite recipes, but for a real kick, pickled garlic is ideal.

    Choose one or more of the different types of garlic to experiment with pickling to see which one you like best. There are many from which to choose.

    If you will add it to your favorite recipes, it’s probably wise to freeze garlic. For other types of meals, you can pickle it or can it. Does peeled garlic go bad? Yes, unfortunately, garlic can spoil. That’s why it’s important to choose a good recipe for preservation.

    Note that you can also choose to make granulated garlic vs fresh garlic. This process is simple and you can not only have fresh pickled garlic but garlic powder for yummy recipes.

    Pickled garlic is relatively easy to make, and you can alter the final result by adding or omitting certain herbs and seasonings. We have included several pickling recipes to suit your needs, whether you are a novice or an expert in the kitchen.

    We also added some tips on how to use your pickled garlic. How long is garlic good for after pickling? Pickled garlic usually lasts for three to four months in the refrigerator. Fresh garlic stored in the pantry has a shelf life of a couple of months.

    Pickling is a great way to preserve all kinds of fruits and vegetables. It offers a different flavor than simply canning your produce. After you master garlic pickling, try a recipe for pickling jalapenos or pears. You might find that it’s your new favorite storage method.

    Choosing and Preparing Garlic for Pickling

    Before you get started with the pickling process, make sure that the garlic you select is suitable for pickling. We’ll show you some tips for preparing the garlic by peeling and breaking it up into cloves. These steps are necessary if you have a large quantity of garlic. You don’t want to waste your day peeling all those cloves of garlic.

    This post may contain affiliate links which means I will get a commission if you make a purchase at no additional cost to you. As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases. Please read my disclosure for details.

    • Share
    • Tweet
    • Pin

    This french pickled garlic recipe is incredibly easy to make and so delicious! The perfect Mediterranean appetizer or salad topping, this mellow garlic is a mouthwatering treat.

    If you’ve never heard about pickled garlic before or if you have never tasted them you’re probably wondering how they are. Pickled garlic it’s the perfect mix between pickles and garlic cloves. A slightly tangy, mellow and soft garlic clove that’s the perfect addition to cheese boards, appetizers and salads.

    How to pickle garlic

    It’s also delicious as a part of salad dressings and for making a tangy garlic butter. You can also use them as part of any Mediterranean inspired marinade and pretty much any other place you would use olives or anchovies. They are little nuggets of flavor after all!

    How to pickle garlic

    If you are worried about them being too strong, or biting your tongue (I wondered how on Earth people could eat a whole garlic clove before trying them) don’t worry at all. The cooking process gets rid of all that, you get all the garlic flavors and none of the bite. You also get the herby notes and a bit of sweetness and some tanginess.

    A recipe developer weighs in do ’ s and don’ts before trying this trend.

    Related To:

    Yeaa. I will finish this glass in the next 5 minutes. UPDATE: oops saw this in my drafts I meant to post it last night haha

    From shower onions to “Nature’s Cereal,” TikTok has blessed us with some seriously bizarre recipes and food-related trends, but the latest fad swirling around the social media platform might just take the cake.

    Earlier this month, TikTok user @lalaleluu, who goes by Lala, shared a video of herself eating pickled garlic straight from a jar, several whole cloves at a time. The clip soon went viral and now has more than one million views and hundreds of comments.

    In the clip, Lala explains that she “loves” eating ordinary pickled garlic, but decided to literally spice things up by adding some Sriracha, chili flakes and thyme to the snack, after draining the vinegar from the jar.

    “It’s delicious. It’s so good,” she declared as she spooned several cloves of garlic into her mouth. “Try it out and tell me if you like it.”

    While spicy pickled garlic certainly sounds like a bold, potent snack, the combination of pickled garlic and spices isn’t quite as intense as you might think. “At first glance, it’s a little startling to watch Lala, the TikTok user eating whole cloves of garlic with a spoon! But like other pickled veggies, pickled garlic has a mild-garlic flavor and is packed with acidity and sweetness,” says Food Network recipe developer Amanda Neal. “The garlic also softens in texture when pickled and no longer has that raw-crunch.”

    As Lala demonstrates in her video, this recipe is easy to throw together. “To make this recipe at home, you’ll need a jar of pickled garlic cloves, Sriracha, gochugaru and dried thyme,” Neal adds. “If you don’t have gochugaru, you can also use crushed red pepper flakes.”

    Additionally, Neal advises against purchasing pre-seasoned pickled garlic for this recipe, because, as Lala noted, those varieties tend to have excess oil. “As suggested in the video, avoid buying pickled garlic that has other seasonings or is jarred in an oil-based liquid; this may conflict with the spicy sauce you’re creating,” Neal explains. “Also be sure to buy the pickled cloves, not whole heads. That way, there are no garlic skins and the marinade will sit directly on the garlic cloves themselves.”

    And if you’re looking for tips on how to create an even more flavorful version of this dish, Neal suggests letting the garlic cloves marinate for a bit before you dig in. “It’s also beneficial to let the garlic marinate in the refrigerator overnight before enjoying,” she says. “This will allow garlic to soak in the marinade, and have the flavors meld together more.”

    While you can certainly enjoy this snack solo, like Lala, Neal notes you can also use it to spice up your next gathering. “You can eat them straight out of the jar, but these would also be enjoyable on a charcuterie board with sliced spicy meets and sharp cheeses,” she explains. “You can also chop these garlic cloves up and mix into salsas, guacamole and more.”

    Will you be whipping up some spicy pickled garlic soon?

    By Theresa Loe on October 29, 2013

    How to pickle garlic

    Share this episode:

    Learn How To Peel One Pound of Garlic in Seconds!

    For this recipe, you need a whole pound of peeled garlic and that would normally take FOREVER to peel. You can’t just smash the cloves to get the peel off because you want them whole and in good condition. So peeling them the traditional way would take a lot of time.

    So here is a trick for how to peel garlic…FAST!

    How to pickle garlic

    You really can peel a whole pound of garlic in just one minute!

    As you can see in the video above, you can actually peel one pound of garlic in about a minute. I swear this works! The hardest part is holding the two metal bowls together without letting the papery peels fly all over the kitchen. (And your arms get a little tired.)

    • First, smack the garlic down on the counter and break up the large cloves. (I do this wearing an oven mitt so that my hand doesn’t get sore.)
    • Then, place the individual (un-peeled) cloves in a metal bowl.
    • Cover with another metal bowl and while holding the two bowls closed, shake as violently as you can.
    • After about a minute, check the cloves. Most will be peeled. Honest!
    • Pull the peeled cloves out, cover the bowls again and shake a bit longer to get the stubborn cloves peeled.
    • Ta-da! Peeled!

    Why Should You Pickle Garlic?

    How to pickle garlicIf you grow garlic, you know that it basically all comes on at once. Yes, you can store it for long periods of time in the pantry. But many times, I end up with way more garlic than I can use up before it goes bad. That’s when I turn to pickling it! It allows for longer storage AND when given as gifts, I am sharing some of my garden with my friends.

    But more importantly, Garlic is also one of those produce items that can cause botulism if not preserved properly. It has a pH that puts it in the “danger zone” and it is grown below the soil line. It is very common for it to harbor botulism spores and therefore should never be stored in oil, which is an anaerobic environment (even though many people do it). Instead, you should store it out in the open air (like potatoes), freeze it or pickle it in vinegar. I prefer to pickle it because there are so many benefits!

    Benefits of Pickled Garlic:

    • Lasts for up to a year on the pantry shelf
    • Can be used as “fresh” garlic in recipes
    • The texture stays the same
    • Gives you a very flavorful brine
    • Tastes just like fresh garlic in any recipe

    The Flavor:

    Now, you may be wondering about how the vinegar affects the flavor of your garlic. Other than toning down the bite a bit, it does not change the flavor much at all. When I remove a garlic clove from the vinegar, I just give it a quick rinse (Optional) and use it as I would any fresh garlic. The flavor is basically the same.

    What If Your Garlic Turns Blue?

    Yes, you read that right. Occasionally, when garlic is stored in any vinegar (even in dill pickles, flavored vinegar, etc) it sometimes turns an odd blue color. Don’t worry! The garlic is still perfectly safe! The garlic is just reacting to minerals.

    That is why it is important to always use non-reactive pans and utensils (stainless steel is best) and if you have water that is high in mineral content, you should use purified water in this recipe. But rest assured that it is only a color thing – nothing toxic and the flavor is the same. (But good luck explaining that to your kids!)

    The Brine is Like a Secret Flavor Elixir!

    The beauty of this recipe is that the leftover brine is packed with flavor. It is basically a spiced garlic vinegar. When you have used up the garlic, do NOT throw the brine away. Use it in salad dressings, sauces or to season vegetables. It can even be used to add a little “kick” to a bloody Mary recipe. Be creative!

    How to pickle garlic

    If you enjoyed this video:

    We have a whole series of canning videos like this – each with a special tip or trick. Be sure to checked out my canning blog with other how-to and safety information as well!

    Pickle Garlic Recipe

    Makes 4 (1/2-pint) jars

    Notes: In this recipe, it is perfectly safe to change up the herbs or spices as long as you keep the vinegar – water – salt ratio the same. So if you don’t have (or don’t like) a particular herb, change it out for a different herb. I highly recommend you use pickling salt or kosher salt to keep the brine clear. Regular salt has anti-caking agents, which will make the liquid cloudy.


    • 1 1/4 cups white wine vinegar
    • 3/4 cup water (see note)
    • 1 tbsp. pickling salt (or kosher salt)
    • 1 lbs. garlic cloves, peeled
    • 4 bay leaves
    • 4 sprigs of fresh rosemary
    • 4 sprigs of fresh thyme (lemon thyme is great!)
    • 4 tsp. brown or yellow mustard seeds (divided)
    • 4 pinches crushed red pepper flakes (divided)
    • 1 tsp. whole black peppercorns (divided)
    • 4 lemon slices


    1) Fill your water bath canner with water and heat it up.

    2) Place four, clean 1/2-pint sized canning jars in your water bath canner to warm up.(You do not have to sterilize the jars because you will be processing for longer than 10 minutes.)

    3) In a small nonreactive pot, combine vinegar, water and salt and bring to a simmer. Stir until the salt is dissolved.

    4) Into each of the jars, place: a bay leaf, rosemary sprig and thyme sprig.

    5) Then into each of the jars, place: 1 tsp. mustard seeds, 1 pinch of crushed red pepper, 1/4 tsp. black peppercorns.

    6) Fill the jars with the peeled garlic and pour hot brine over everything in each jar leaving just a little more than a ½-inch headspace in each. (You will adjust the headspace again before sealing.) Make sure all the cloves of garlic are covered in the liquid.

    7) Top each filled jar with a lemon slice to help hold the garlic in the vinegar.

    8) Use a plastic knife, skewer or chopstick to dislodge any air bubbles. Add more brine if needed to achieve a 1/2-inch headspace.

    9) Wipe the rims of the jars and add lids with rings.

    10) Process for 15 minutes in a hot water bath. After cooling, store any unsealed jars in the refrigerator and use within 3 weeks. Store sealed jars on the pantry shelf and use within one year.

    About Theresa Loe

    Theresa Loe is an award-winning garden writer for television, print media and video. She is also one of the founding producers of Growing A Greener World, bringing her voice and expertise both on-camera and behind-camera from day one. She is passionate about taking the garden full circle (from seed, to pantry, to table) and shares how to capture seasonal, fresh-picked flavor.

    This post may contain affiliate links. Please read my disclosure policy for more info.

    How to pickle garlic

    How to pickle garlic

    How to pickle garlic

    How to pickle garlic

    How to pickle garlic

    How to pickle garlic

    Enjoy the deep tangy flavor of Korean pickled garlic (maneul jangajji) for your next side dish (banchan). This Korean marinated garlic is fermented over time which deepens the umami (flavor) and can last in your fridge for many months!

    How to pickle garlic

    As much as I welcome the challenge of complex recipes, I assure you that this is very easy and can be made before you finish reading this article.

    Even though I married into a beautiful Japanese family, Korean jangajji (pickled vegetables) continues to be a staple in my household. It turns out that jangajji is not just Korean, but many Asian countries (such as Japan) adopted and cultivated their own versions of pickled vegetables (more on this below). Not to mention, the pickled garlic benefits! (also more on that below)

    As a kid, I couldn’t eat raw garlic because it was simply too pungent for me. However, when garlic is pickled properly, it turns into a mildly sweet, salty, and tangy flavor with a crunchy and refreshing bite — perfect with rice. Hence, one of my most favorite ways to eat garlic is pickled.

    Some recipes use garlic cloves, garlic slices, or the entire garlic bulb. To me, I love the texture of peeled whole garlic cloves because it still has its crunchy snap. Nevertheless, this recipe can be used for all forms of garlic. Furthermore, if you feel fancy, you can add onions or even sliced jalapenos to give it extra flavor and a spicy kick.

    The best guideline to make delicious jangajji is two main parts: 1) The brine. 2) Fresh (good quality) vegetables; in this case, garlic. But it also helps to know a little more about the history of pickled vegetables and why it’s still a huge iconic banchan today.

    How to pickle garlic


    How to pickle garlic

    Garlic in Korean is 마늘 (maneul)

    Though pickling has been around since the ancient Mesopotamians ( SOURCE), pickling and fermenting has been a cultural norm all throughout Asia to ensure that food didn’t go bad (aka food preservation).

    In Asia, people had to think of creative ways to preserve food since they did not have access to modern day technology (i.e.: refrigerators). As a result, you can see various types of pickled vegetables (Asian pickled garlic) using some sort of salty brine.


    How to pickle garlic

    The beauty behind garlic is that it’s packed with amazing nutritional properties no matter what state it is in – boiled, fermented, raw, etc…

    Specifically, studies have shown that pickling garlic (also commonly known as aged black garlic) has antioxidant, anti-inflammatory, anti-cancer, anti-obesity, anti-diabetic, anti-allergic, cardioprotective, and hepatoprotective properties. Additionally, Ji Hyeon Ryu and Dawon Kang stated in their article, Physicochemical Properties, Biological Activity, Health Benefits, and General Limitations of Aged Black Garlic: A Review, that “aged black garlic shows lower anti-inflammatory, anti-coagulation, immunomodulatory, and anti-allergic effects compared to raw garlic ( SOURCE).”


    How to pickle garlic

    Where to buy Korean pickled garlic?
    If you want to purchase premade pickled garlic, you can easily find it in your local Asian grocery store such as H Mart or online such Amazon.

    Does pickled garlic have the same health benefits as raw garlic?
    As mentioned earlier, garlic in all forms have proven to be highly beneficial. Additionally, pickled garlic has added benefits of easier digestion, anti-inflammatory, and even cold fighting properties.

    What is allicin which is found in garlic?
    According to Allicin: chemistry and biological properties, “Allicin (diallyl thiosulfinate) is a defense molecule from garlic (Allium sativum L.) with a broad range of biological activities.” In other words, Allicin is a compound found in garlic (pickled garlic benefits), which provides health benefits such as antioxidants.

    How to pickle garlic

    Pickled garlic uses
    Pickled garlic uses are not just for rice. You can slice them and top them over noodles, grill them with meats and even mince them over your favorite porridge.

    How would you describe Korean cuisine?
    Korean cuisine has an array of flavors packed with pickled vegetables, hearty soups, and spicy stews. Traditional Korean food is also presented with multiple side dishes also called “banchan,” that is served with purple rice.

    Why do Koreans have so many vegetables in their cuisine?
    Agriculturally and simply culturally, Koreans grow vegetables, which they use to make many side dishes (banchan) such as Shigumchi (seasoned spinach), kongnamul (seasoned soy bean sprouts), or maneul jangajji (Korean pickled garlic).

    What’s the easiest way to eat raw garlic?
    Pickling, of course (wink). No, but seriously, pickling is the easiest way to eat raw garlic as it is easily digested and tastes less pungent.

    How to pickle garlic

    What is the best home recipe for making pickles?
    To be honest, I love my mom’s recipe because I grew up with it. But more importantly, my mom’s recipe has less sodium and it’s easier to eat with rice. Sometimes it can be tricky to create a brine that doesn’t taste like straight up salt. However, the trick is to boil the brine to ensure the pickling doesn’t spoil.

    How to pickle garlic

    Is Korean food tasty?
    Absolutely! I love Korean food so much, it’s in my blood. The intense flavors are reflected through each dish whether it is a side or a main dish. I can eat Korean food everyday and never get sick of it.

    How to pickle garlic

    How popular is Korean food in America?
    According to Yelp, the demand for Korean food in America is growing faster than its supply with over 34% growth ( SOURCE).

    Is kimchi a pickle?
    Technically kimchi is fermented by being pickled. To learn more, read the difference between pickling and fermenting here ( LINK).

    Published 01/16/2021 . Updated 01/23/2021

    Pickled garlic is a staple side dish in Korea. With a two-step process in this recipe, the garlic loses much of its pungent bite and becomes slightly sweet and tangy.

    How to pickle garlic

    Pickled garlic (maneul jangajji – 마늘장아찌) is a staple side dish in Korea. It’s one of my father’s favorite dishes.Jeju Island, where my parents are from, is well known for its abundance of quality garlic. We used to get the freshest garlic shipped from our relatives inJeju –sometimes green young garlic and other times mature garlic.

    Either way, my parents always pickled some of them. They would first soak garlic cloves in a vinegar brine for a few days and then pickle in a soy brine. Through this two-step process, the garlic loses much of its pungent bite and becomes slightly sweet and tangy.

    There’s really no right or wrong amount of time the garlic need to be in the brine as long as you give it a few days. The longer you wait, the mellower the garlic will become.

    You can use the garlic infused vinegar brine in anything that uses vinegar, but be aware it’s been diluted with water and quite pungent. The garlic infused soy brine can be used as a dipping or seasoning sauce.

    How to pickle garlic

    As is the case with my vegetable pickles, this type of mild soy sauce and vinegar pickling is similar to “quick pickling” or “refrigerator pickling” in America. It’s not for canning! These pickles are not fermented because of the vinegar in the solution.

    Why does garlic turn blue or green?

    Don’t worry! According to the scientists, it’s safe to eat even if the garlic turns color. You can find many articles on this topic on the web. Here’s an excerpt from Epicurious:

    The good news is, the color doesn’t affect the taste or safety of the garlic. “Nothing suggests the color affects the taste or flavor of the food,” says LaBorde. “You’re just rearranging some molecules inside the garlic. Even if it’s blue, it should be okay.”

    The color change involves garlic’s natural sulfur content and enzyme that can react with a small trace of copper in the water or in the cooking utensils. It may or may not happen depending on many variables including garlic varieties and growing conditions. To help reduce the chance of discoloration:

    1. Avoid exposure to sunlight. Try to keep the pickle jar in a dark place, such as inside the kitchen cabinet or cover with a dark cloth or bag.
    2. Use no iodine salt such as kosher or sea salt.
    3. Use bottled water for less mineral content.

    It’s also important to use fresh, good quality garlic for pickling. Look for garlic heads that are firm to touch with no visible sprouts.

    How to pickle garlic

    For more Korean cooking inspirations, follow along on YouTube, Pinterest, Twitter, Facebook, and Instagram.

    How to pickle garlic

    If you’ve never canned before, you can make it easier on yourself and make them as refrigerator pickles. (We’ve also included the canning instructions.) Get the recipe »

    [Photograph: Marisa McClellan]

    • Pin
    • Share
    • Email

    I was raised to believe in the power of the pickle. Turkey sandwiches required a layer of carefully blotted garlic dills. Giant dinner salads weren’t done until the pickled beets were passed. And don’t even get me started on the idea of a hot dog without some sour pickle relish. It was unthinkable.

    My people just happen to like a good pucker.

    During my childhood, our vinegar vehicles were the store-bought variety. All that changed about four years ago when I discovered just how easy it was to pickle at home. I haven’t looked back since.

    Homemade pickles aren’t complicated, but there are a few things you should know before getting started.

    5 Things to Know Before Pickling

    1. Always start with the freshest produce you can find. The less time those cucumbers spend in your crisper drawer, the crunchier your finished pickle will be.
    2. When you’re working with cucumbers, make sure to slice off the blossom end. It can harbor an enzyme that will lead to softer pickles. And no one likes a soggy pickle.
    3. When you’re chopping your pickles before packing them into the jars, take into consideration the number of cuts you’re making. The larger the pieces, the more structural integrity the pickles will retain, again protecting that crunch. This means that whole pickles will always have more bite than spears, which will have more texture than slices. It’s just something to keep in mind.
    4. One of the joys of making your own pickles is that you can customize the flavor to suit your taste buds. This doesn’t mean you should go monkeying around with the balance of vinegar to water (that ratio needs to stay stable to keep your pickles safe), but you can alter the amounts of garlic, dill, peppercorns and chili flakes you add to each jar. Love garlic? Throw a couple more cloves in there! Can’t stand spice? Skip the hot stuff altogether.
    5. Don’t mess with the amount of salt. Salt does two necessary things in this recipe. First, it helps draw the water out of the cucumbers, creating space that the vinegar brine will then occupy. Second, it acts as a preservative, keeping your pickles fresher longer.

    The Recipe

    How to pickle garlic

    This recipe can either be made shelf stable or it can be a refrigerator pickle. For the shelf stable version, you give the jars a 10-minute dip in a boiling water bath in order to sterilize and put enough heat in the jars to create a seal (this does make for a slightly softer pickle). For a refrigerator pickle, once the jars have cooled, they can go into the fridge.

    Either way, give them at least a week before you crack open the jar, so that they get nice and puckery.

    How to pickle garlic

    For thousands of years raw garlic has been recognized and utilized not only for its wonderful, savory taste, but for its purported health benefits as well. However, eating raw garlic can also provide social difficulties from breath odor, and side effects such a burning sensation in the mouth or stomach, heartburn, body odor, or digestive upsets.

    Fermenting or pickling garlic in apple cider vinegar not only preserves but is said to help eliminate most of the complications from eating the garlic raw. It also opens up a whole new world of delicious ways to eat garlic. Apple cider vinegar is a prebiotic and naturally fermented food that supports and feeds the probiotics existing in the gut, contributing to a healthier environment in the body.

    How to Preserve Garlic in Apple Cider Vinegar

    Preserving garlic in apple cider vinegar is extremely easy, requiring very few steps.

    1. Purchase or take from your garden 5 or 6 garlic bulbs, which will fill approximately 1-pint jar with garlic cloves.
    2. Separate all the cloves from the bulbs and peel. In order to retain the full health benefits of garlic you should leave them whole and not cut or crush them when preparing for preservation. There is a component in garlic called allicin that provides its health benefits, and the allicin is released when the clove is crushed or cut open. Leave the clove whole until eaten if possible.
    3. Place the peeled, whole cloves in pint or quart canning jars. (Or you can use any glass jar with a closeable lid, such as a mayonnaise or peanut butter jar.) Leave 1-inch space from the top.
    4. Pour apple cider vinegar to cover the cloves. Raw, organic apple cider vinegar is ideal; however, a less expensive, generic apple cider vinegar will work well also. You may prefer to experiment by adding a little honey or other herbs and spices to customize the flavor.
    5. Close the lid and leave the garlic at room temperature for 1 to 2 weeks, then move it to a cellar or other cold storage. You may need to “burp” the lids a few times over the first couple of days to release any built-up pressure in the jars.

    There is a process of interaction between the garlic and vinegar that will turn the cloves a green color over the course of the first several days. This is a normal part of the process. Eventually, the cloves will turn back towards their original color.

    How Long Should Let the Garlic Pickle?

    The longer the garlic is left to pickle, the more mellow the taste will be. You can wait at least 2 to 3 weeks before eating, or you can experiment with time and ingredients in order to discover your personal preferred taste. The length of the process may vary depending upon the climate and season.

    The taste of garlic preserved in apple cider vinegar is tangy, yet mellow and delicious. You might like to eat it raw by itself, or you can add it to a multitude of hot and cold dishes.

    How to pickle garlic

    If you’ve never canned before, you can make it easier on yourself and make them as refrigerator pickles. (We’ve also included the canning instructions.) Get the recipe »

    [Photograph: Marisa McClellan]

    • Pin
    • Share
    • Email

    I was raised to believe in the power of the pickle. Turkey sandwiches required a layer of carefully blotted garlic dills. Giant dinner salads weren’t done until the pickled beets were passed. And don’t even get me started on the idea of a hot dog without some sour pickle relish. It was unthinkable.

    My people just happen to like a good pucker.

    During my childhood, our vinegar vehicles were the store-bought variety. All that changed about four years ago when I discovered just how easy it was to pickle at home. I haven’t looked back since.

    Homemade pickles aren’t complicated, but there are a few things you should know before getting started.

    5 Things to Know Before Pickling

    1. Always start with the freshest produce you can find. The less time those cucumbers spend in your crisper drawer, the crunchier your finished pickle will be.
    2. When you’re working with cucumbers, make sure to slice off the blossom end. It can harbor an enzyme that will lead to softer pickles. And no one likes a soggy pickle.
    3. When you’re chopping your pickles before packing them into the jars, take into consideration the number of cuts you’re making. The larger the pieces, the more structural integrity the pickles will retain, again protecting that crunch. This means that whole pickles will always have more bite than spears, which will have more texture than slices. It’s just something to keep in mind.
    4. One of the joys of making your own pickles is that you can customize the flavor to suit your taste buds. This doesn’t mean you should go monkeying around with the balance of vinegar to water (that ratio needs to stay stable to keep your pickles safe), but you can alter the amounts of garlic, dill, peppercorns and chili flakes you add to each jar. Love garlic? Throw a couple more cloves in there! Can’t stand spice? Skip the hot stuff altogether.
    5. Don’t mess with the amount of salt. Salt does two necessary things in this recipe. First, it helps draw the water out of the cucumbers, creating space that the vinegar brine will then occupy. Second, it acts as a preservative, keeping your pickles fresher longer.

    The Recipe

    How to pickle garlic

    This recipe can either be made shelf stable or it can be a refrigerator pickle. For the shelf stable version, you give the jars a 10-minute dip in a boiling water bath in order to sterilize and put enough heat in the jars to create a seal (this does make for a slightly softer pickle). For a refrigerator pickle, once the jars have cooled, they can go into the fridge.

    Either way, give them at least a week before you crack open the jar, so that they get nice and puckery.

    Can I preserve garlic in olive oil?

    To keep fresh garlic on hand, you can store it submerged in olive (or vegetable) oil. Another perk for storing garlic this way is that you can also use the garlic flavored oil for cooking. Just remember to replenish the oil to keep your cloves submerged.

    How long does garlic last in olive oil?

    Raw garlic cloves can be safely stored in oil for up to 4 days when refrigerated. Cooked garlic cloves can be safely stored in oil for up to 2 weeks when refrigerated. Raw or cooked garlic cloves can be safely stored in oil for up to 4 months when frozen. Never store garlic in oil (raw or cooked) at room temperature.

    How do you pickle garlic cloves?

    Use pickled garlic in salad dressings or as part of a pickle plate. They’re particularly good when drizzled with a bit of fruity oil. During dinner prep, I’ll often coarsely chop the pickled cloves and add them to sautéed vegetables, as they add both flavor and add an acidic punch to the finished dish.

    Does garlic in olive oil cause botulism?

    Garlic in oil is very popular, but homemade garlic in oil can cause botulism if not handled correctly. Unrefrigerated garlic -in- oil mixes can foster the growth of clostridium botulinum bacteria, which produces poisons that do not affect the taste or smell of the oil.

    What is the best way to preserve fresh garlic?

    Garlic cloves are best kept either in a cool, dry and dark place or preserved in oil or frozen. If they are stored in the refrigerator, they will deteriorate quickly and grow mold. If you have leftover garlic, mince the garlic, then store refrigerated in an airtight container.

    What is the best way to preserve garlic?

    Instead, store both hardneck and softneck garlic bulbs in a cool, dry, well- ventilated place in well-ventilated containers such as mesh bags. Storage life is 3 to 5 months under cool (60°F, or 16°C), dry, dark conditions. When stored too long the garlic cloves may shrivel or begin to sprout.

    What is the best garlic keeper?

    Here are our picks for the best garlic keepers on the market. Fitz And Floyd Everyday White Garlic Keeper. Henry Watson Suffolk Collection Garlic Keeper. Mud Pie Ceramic Garlic Keeper. Norpro Large Garlic Baker. Joie Terracotta Garlic Keeper. Henry Watson Terracotta Garlic Cellar. Cooks Innovations Ceramic Garlic Keeper.

    What happens when you put garlic in vinegar?

    There is a process of interaction between the garlic and vinegar that will turn the cloves a green color over the course of the first several days. This is a normal part of the process. Eventually, the cloves will turn back towards their original color.

    Does roasted garlic in olive oil need to be refrigerated?

    You can thaw roasted garlic out for a few minutes at room temperature before using. Top the jar with olive oil so that the garlic is submerged. Cover tightly and refrigerate for up to 2 weeks. Do NOT leave garlic and olive oil jar out at room temperature, this provides perfect conditions for producing botulism toxin.

    Does garlic help sexually?

    Garlic is not only good for health, but can make improve your sex drive. This is due to the presence of allicin in garlic, a compound, which increases the blood flow to the sexual organs in both men and women.

    Is it safe to pickle garlic?

    After marinating in the fridge for at least 3 days, they’re ready to eat. They’ll be good stored in the fridge for several months. Canned pickled garlic — This recipe is suitable and safe for water-process canning.

    Can I eat raw garlic everyday?

    Most of the benefits of raw garlic come from an enzyme called allicinAllicin has anti-inflammatory, antioxidative, antibacterial, and anticancer properties. Allicin also gives garlic its characteristic odor. It is safe to eat a clove of garlic a day after a meal.

    Does cooking garlic kill botulism?

    Heat as well as acid can destroy the C. Botulinum spores (the thing present in all garlic ) are fairly heat resistant, and breaking them down requires high enough temperatures that USDA requires pressure canning. Just cooking garlic in an oven or on the stovetop is not sufficient.

    Does cooking kill botulism?

    botulinum are heat-resistant, the toxin produced by bacteria growing out of the spores under anaerobic conditions is destroyed by boiling (for example, at internal temperature greater than 85 °C for 5 minutes or longer).

    Why is my garlic in olive oil bubbling?

    Bubbles are probably anaerobic germs growing off the garlic, maybe botulism, probably others. Either way, dump it. Next time, boil garlic before adding it to oil. This is not an approved technique for rendering the garlic safe.

    How to pickle garlic

    For thousands of years raw garlic has been recognized and utilized not only for its wonderful, savory taste, but for its purported health benefits as well. However, eating raw garlic can also provide social difficulties from breath odor, and side effects such a burning sensation in the mouth or stomach, heartburn, body odor, or digestive upsets.

    Fermenting or pickling garlic in apple cider vinegar not only preserves but is said to help eliminate most of the complications from eating the garlic raw. It also opens up a whole new world of delicious ways to eat garlic. Apple cider vinegar is a prebiotic and naturally fermented food that supports and feeds the probiotics existing in the gut, contributing to a healthier environment in the body.

    How to Preserve Garlic in Apple Cider Vinegar

    Preserving garlic in apple cider vinegar is extremely easy, requiring very few steps.

    1. Purchase or take from your garden 5 or 6 garlic bulbs, which will fill approximately 1-pint jar with garlic cloves.
    2. Separate all the cloves from the bulbs and peel. In order to retain the full health benefits of garlic you should leave them whole and not cut or crush them when preparing for preservation. There is a component in garlic called allicin that provides its health benefits, and the allicin is released when the clove is crushed or cut open. Leave the clove whole until eaten if possible.
    3. Place the peeled, whole cloves in pint or quart canning jars. (Or you can use any glass jar with a closeable lid, such as a mayonnaise or peanut butter jar.) Leave 1-inch space from the top.
    4. Pour apple cider vinegar to cover the cloves. Raw, organic apple cider vinegar is ideal; however, a less expensive, generic apple cider vinegar will work well also. You may prefer to experiment by adding a little honey or other herbs and spices to customize the flavor.
    5. Close the lid and leave the garlic at room temperature for 1 to 2 weeks, then move it to a cellar or other cold storage. You may need to “burp” the lids a few times over the first couple of days to release any built-up pressure in the jars.

    There is a process of interaction between the garlic and vinegar that will turn the cloves a green color over the course of the first several days. This is a normal part of the process. Eventually, the cloves will turn back towards their original color.

    How Long Should Let the Garlic Pickle?

    The longer the garlic is left to pickle, the more mellow the taste will be. You can wait at least 2 to 3 weeks before eating, or you can experiment with time and ingredients in order to discover your personal preferred taste. The length of the process may vary depending upon the climate and season.

    The taste of garlic preserved in apple cider vinegar is tangy, yet mellow and delicious. You might like to eat it raw by itself, or you can add it to a multitude of hot and cold dishes.

    4 star values:

    3 star values:

    2 star values:

    1 star values:

    • Read Reviews
    • Add Review
    • 8 Ratings
    • 7 Reviews
    • 2 Photos

    A quick and easy recipe for delicious pickled peppers! My husband loves these, and the amount of garlic can be adjusted depending on personal taste. We use a lot because we’re big fans of pickled garlic too. You could also substitute serrano peppers for the jalapenos, cauliflower for the carrots, or add small onions. Pickles will keep approximately 6 weeks in the fridge.


    Recipe Summary


    Combine white vinegar and olive oil in a pot; bring to a boil. Add carrots; simmer until tender, about 10 minutes. Stir in jalapenos, garlic, peppercorns, coriander, salt, mustard seeds, and thyme; simmer until jalapenos soften, 5 to 10 minutes.n

    Pour the jalapeno mixture into 2 jars, making sure that the jalapenos are fully submerged in the vinegar mixture. Cool for about 1 hour; cover and refrigerate.n

    Cook’s Note:

    If a milder pickle is desired, remove seeds when chopping the peppers.

    Reviews ( 7 )

    Most helpful positive review

    These make excellent gifts. I sliced the jalapenos instead of chopping them and used a spiralizer to make carrot ribbons. The herbs/spices gave the flavor a new, welcome, dimension. Thank you for the recipe.

    Most helpful critical review

    I was so excited to find a pickled Jalapeno recipe without sugar but with a healthy oil instead. I made it up and got it in the fridge and a couple days later I pulled it out to find that the oil had separated out and clumped up into a ball of spice filled fat at the top leaving the veggies sitting in a very strong vinegar solution in the bottom. I did try pulling some out and putting it in a bowl along with a little of the oily mixture. I stuck it in the microwave and zapped it for 10 seconds to see what it would taste like. It was way more of a vinegar taste than I really cared for but did I get the right mixture of the fat and vinegar? What I might try doing, is taking it out of the fridge for 30 minutes before I want to use it and let warm a bit before I shake or stir it up. Then see how it tastes with some chicken or something. I’ll re-review it after I do that!

    Scientific review: Dr Heben’s Team

    Garlic is among the more common vegetables found in almost anyone’s kitchen. There are numerous world cuisines that practically depend on garlic for their unique tastes. Italian food and Indian curries would not be the same without them. Be that as it may, there is a whole other world to this vegetable than simply extraordinary taste.

    For your information, garlic is a member of a similar plant family as the onion. What is more, just like onions, garlic is a bulb that grows underground. One reason for garlic’s prominence all throughout the world is its nourishing substance. Particularly on the off chance that you pickle it.

    To know more about that, make sure to read the article about the health benefits of pickled garlic down below. Happy reading.

    List of Health Benefits of Pickled Garlic

    1. Brings Down LDL

    Pickled garlic is extraordinary for bringing down your LDL levels by about 10%. It does not seem to help your HDL or fatty substances, yet adding it to your eating routine to help the LDL (bad cholesterol) is unquestionably an extraordinary beginning.

    You may take a shot at adding garlic to your eggplant and asparagus to help your cholesterol as well. You might also be interested in the health benefits of beet for cholesterol.

    1. Treats Brain Cancer

    The organosulfur compound in pickled garlic has been known to assist with removing one of the dangerous cells in brain tumors. Exploration has shown that three organosulfur compounds got from pickled garlic like the DADS, DAS, and DATS have shown incredible impact at eliminating bad brain cells. DATS has demonstrated to be the best of the lot. However, there is still a need to confirm a portion of the cases.

    1. Treats Cold

    Less immunity is one of many reasons for potential assaults of cold. Pickled garlic has antibacterial and antioxidant properties which can help the human immune system.

    Adding a limited quantity of pickled garlic to your eating routine can secure your body against the common cold and influenza. Read also, the health benefits of oregano oil for flu.

    1. Boosts Athletic Performance

    Tracing all the way back to old Greece Olympians, garlic was seen as an athletic supplement. Garlic oil containers might assist with lessening high blood pressures and increase practice limits.

    Being in excellent condition can truly help your times and increase perseverance. Exhaustion after an exercise may likewise be diminished when pickled garlic is added to your supplement routine.

    1. Addresses Lung Cancer

    Individuals who utilize raw garlic multiple times every week showed a lower risk of experiencing a cellular breakdown in the lungs. A similar impact is in consuming pickled garlic.

    Studies have shown that garlic can go about as a chemo-preventive agent for tending to a cellular breakdown in the lungs. Speaking of lungs, here are the benefits of eucalyptus for the lungs.

    1. Treats Arthritis

    Pickled garlic lessens pain brought about by arthritis diallyl sulfide (DAS) and thiacremonone are the purposes behind pickled garlic’s anti-arthritic properties. The spread of joint pain can be prevented by consuming garlic, either pickled or raw.

    1. Controls High Blood Pressure

    Try not to attempt this one without your doctor’s advice. However, you may perhaps bring it up in a conversation since garlic could be pretty much as viable as standard circulatory strain medications in lessening blood pressure an average of 10 points.

    Polysulfides in pickled garlic might help open or enlarge veins, which will help your circulatory strain since it has more space to move.

    1. Useful for the Heart

    Quite possibly one of the most significant explorations done on pickled garlic has to do with its cardiovascular advantages. Cholesterol might be a significant pointer to the condition the heart health.

    In any case, it is not the lone factor for respiratory failure and atherosclerosis. Pickled garlic has helped in the decrease of the cholesterol levels of the body.

    Be that as it may, the significant advantage of pickled garlic is in its capacity to bring down oxidative and inflammatory stress which is the significant underlying foundations of blood circulatory and atherosclerosis issues.

    Moreover, the sulfuric substance of pickled garlic has helped in the decrease of oxidative pressure as well as some different compounds.

    Likewise, pickled garlic additionally helps the protection of the human veins while also helping with preventing the development of blood clumps that are the fundamental driver of heart conditions.

    1. Works on Iron Metabolism

    Pickled garlic helps iron absorption in the blood. The protein called Ferroportin is responsible for iron dissemination among cells and the blood. Low hemoglobin or iron lack might prompt Anemia and a few different illnesses. Iron-rich food sources like green vegetables, red meat, pumpkin seeds ought to be devoured to recapture iron levels, which is vital to battle illnesses.

    So, those are the health benefits of pickled garlic. While you are at it, make sure to also check out the health benefits of garlic oil and the benefits of garlic nail polish.

    How to pickle garlic

    How to pickle garlic

    L aba Garlic is a traditional dish, which is popular in the north of China, especially in the northeast. It is a custom of Laba Festival. It is named Laba Garlic because it is made on the eighth day of December in the lunar calendar.

    How to pickle garlic

    In fact, the ingredients are very simple, that is, vinegar and garlic.
    Garlic soaked in vinegar will turn green, eventually, it is totally green both inside and outside, like the jade. Laba Garlic is the best condiment for Jiaozi.

    How to pickle garlic

    The word suàn (pinyin) of Laba garlic is the same as the word suàn (pinyin) of suàn zhàng (pinyin),which means collect accounts. Each company calculated the income and expenditure of last whole year on 8 December in the lunar calendar (Laba Festival), including foreign debts. This is là bā suàn (pinyin). The creditor sent notice to ask debtor pay the debt on that day. So the debtor used suàn (garlic) replace to avoid taboo.

    • garlic 250g
    • rice vinegar or mature vinegar 300ml ( could cover all garlic)
    • sugar 3g (optional)

    Up until about a year ago, I had never really eaten pickled garlic more than one clove at a time. That’s because the only time I ever ate it pickled was when it was added to a jar of something else, like pickled cucumbers, green beans or okra. I loved the taste of the garlic, but I never thought much about pickling it all by itself. As it turns out, I didn’t know what I was missing!

    How to pickle garlic

    pickled garlic from 2010 (click on any image to enlarge)

    For the last few years I have been growing more and more garlic here at Happy Acres. I have been harvesting 15 to 20 pounds of garlic every year, and looking for ways to preserve all that bounty. Dehydrating it is one great way to make it last, and you can read how I do it in this article.

    How to pickle garlic

    Dehydrated Garlic (click on any image to enlarge)

    Last year I pickled garlic using a recipe from another blogger who has since made her blog private. Her recipe calls for some sugar in addition to vinegar, and is processed in a boiling water bath so it keeps for a longer period of time. It made for some delicious pickled garlic. This year I wanted to try a different recipe that skipped the BWB and wasn’t as sweet. After some investigating, I settled on a recipe for refrigerator pickled garlic I found in Mother Earth News.

    This easy to make pickled garlic may not taste exactly like fresh garlic, but it has a great mellow flavor that every garlic lover should consider trying. Some of the heat is retained, but the pickling process does tame it a lot. And the garlic stays crunchy. And it’s yummy!

    How to pickle garlic

    peeling garlic for pickling

    Since this recipe calls for a lot of peeled garlic, you can speed up the process by using a garlic peeler. Alternately, you can dip the cloves into boiling water briefly, which helps loosen the skins.

    How to pickle garlic

    ingredients for pickled garlic

    While researching food safety information about preserving garlic, I found a link to a UC Davis publication called Garlic: Safe Methods to Store, Preserve and Enjoy. It makes for quick and informative reading, and assured me I could safely keep garlic pickled in vinegar or wine for up to 4 months in the refrigerator. It also has the warning to discard both the garlic and liquid if any mold or yeast growth develops, and to NEVER store the pickled garlic at room temperature.

    How to pickle garlic

    Easy Refrigerator Pickled Garlic

    How to pickle garlic

    peeled whole cloves of garlic
    1 cup white wine vinegar (with at least 5% acidity)
    1 Tbsp kosher salt

    1. Peel garlic cloves. Drop in a clean, sterilized jar that has a tight fitting lid.
    2. Mix vinegar and salt, pour over garlic. If more liquid is needed, use the same ratio of vinegar to salt.
    3. Screw lid on jar, place in refrigerator.
    4. Let sit for at least a week before tasting to let flavors mellow.
    5. Garlic can be stored in the refrigerator for a couple of months.

    After over a year of being cooped up indoors, cooking to alleviate any boredom TV couldn’t fix, I now prefer to spend my evenings sitting on my stoop striking up conversations with every human being that crosses my path. Before COVID, I barely knew my neighbors. Now that we’ve all been vaccinated, everyone on my block is becoming friends, and we never want to go inside again. Any time I spend making dinner is time I could be spending outside chatting and noshing.

    To optimize my fridge for nibbling, I make small batches of interesting sauces , spreads , and pickles that have a relatively long shelf life, including this pungent pickled garlic, which takes maybe five minutes to make, doesn’t require turning on the stove, dirties few dishes, and stays good in the fridge for up to four months. A bold condiment such as this turns a hunk of cheese and a loaf of bread into a meal—plus, do you have any idea how impressed your neighbors will be when they find out you’re the kind of person who makes your own condiments? That’s a hallmark of sophistication. You want all your new friends to know straight off the bat that you’re one classy sonofabitch, don’t you?

    Lemon Pickled Garlic

    • 3 bulbs garlic, peeled and sliced (around 1/2 cup; don’t worry about an exact measurement)
    • 1 medium lemon
    • White wine vinegar
    • 1/3 cup water
    • 1 1/4 tsp. kosher salt
    • 1/4 tsp. freshly cracked pepper
    • 1/2 tsp. red chili flakes (Use more, less, or none, depending on your tolerance for spicy foods)
    • 2 tsp. fresh oregano leaves, or 3/4 tsp. dried (or any herb you like)

    Use a vegetable peeler to remove long strips of zest from the lemon, then cut the zest lengthwise into thin matchsticks. Layer into an 8-ounce jar with the garlic, chili flakes, and oregano leaves.

    This refrigerator garlic pickle recipe is easy to make and lasts for about a month in the fridge (but you’ll likely eat them before then!).

    How to pickle garlic

    I have faint memories of a closet full of canned goods growing up. We canned everything from fruit to green beans, and tomato sauce to pickles. My family stopped canning as I hit my teenage years, so I’ve lost any recollection or skill that would help me fill my basement with loaded mason jars. Someday I’d like to can a summer’s bounty again, but until I’m ready to commit to a more labor-intensive canning process these refrigerator pickles will do the trick.

    Making homemade dill pickles is super easy when you use the refrigerator pickle, or quick pickle, method. No special equipment is needed and there’s no boiling involved in this recipe, which makes the entire process fast and simple. The only downside to the quick pickle method is that these refrigerator pickles will last only about a month in the fridge, unlike “real” dill pickles that are shelf-stable for a year or more. However, we’ve found that these pickles are crunchier than their store-bought counterparts, which makes the shorter shelf life worth it.

    Making these refrigerator garlic pickles

    This garlic pickle recipe calls for Kirby cucumbers, as they’re especially good for pickling thanks to their small size and firm flesh. However, an English cucumber will work in a pinch. You’ll just want to cut an English cucumber into smaller pieces so it fits into the jar, and you’ll likely need just one or two, depending on how big they are. The pickles should taste the same though, and I’m sure they’ll disappear from your fridge just as quickly!

    One word of caution on making these homemade dill pickles: you must use kosher salt. Regular table salt is much finer in texture than kosher salt and will change the flavor of these pickles. Kosher salt is our seasoning of choice for most of our recipes since the larger flakes make it easier to sprinkle over veggies and other dishes.

    Once all your garlic refrigerator pickles are gone, save the brine and use it in place of vinegar in salad dressings and marinades. It adds an extra zing to any dish without being too overpowering. Plus, this is a great way to avoid food waste!

    Want more with preserving? Try our easy DIY: How to Make Sauerkraut.

    How to pickle garlic

    Looking for more homemade pickle recipes?

    Homemade pickles go way beyond cucumbers. Here are a few of our favorite pickle recipes:

    Looking for ways to eat garlic pickles?

    • Incredible No Mayo Potato Salad
    • Ultimate Rainbow Vegetable Sandwich
    • Radish and Egg Salad Sandwiches
    • Detox Bloody Mary

    This recipe is…

    Vegetarian, vegan, plant-based, dairy-free, and gluten-free.

    Garlic pickle is an easy-to-make recipe that is packed with salty, sour and spicy flavours. If you like pickles we can guarantee you will love this recipe. The aroma of the Indian spices makes it so fresh and delicious. You can serve this side dish recipe with a dish of your choice to make it even more mouth-watering. Occasions like kitty parties, game nights and family get-togethers are apt to serve this pickle recipe and will surely impress everyone with its taste. You can make a large batch of Garlic pickle and then store it in an airtight container for later usage. You must try this easy recipe for your loved ones, it will give your taste buds a delectable experience.

    Ingredients of Garlic Pickle

    How to make Garlic Pickle

    Step 1 / 4 Roast the ingredients

    Firstly, take a chopping board and peel the garlic cloves. Now chop them finely. Now take a frying pan and add coriander seeds, fenugreek seeds and cumin seeds. Roast them without oil. Once roasted, keep them aside.

    Step 2 / 4 Saute the garlic

    Now, take a heavy-bottomed saucepan and pour 2 tablespoons of oil in it. Once heated, add chopped garlic cloves into it. Saute it for 2 minutes. On the other hand, take a grinder and grind the roasted coriander, cumin and fenugreek seeds into a fine powder.

    Step 3 / 4 Cook the mixture

    Add the ground mixture into the saucepan with garlic and saute for 3 minutes. Now add salt, chilli powder, turmeric and lemon juice. Cook the mixture until the consistency is thick. Now add the remaining quantity of oil into the thick mixture and cook for 10 minutes.

    Step 4 / 4 Ready to be served

    Let the pickle cool down completely. Pour into glass bottles and store.

  • How to get coupons


  • How to get coupons
  • Popular Posts

    How to get coupons

    How to get coupons

    How to get coupons

    How to get coupons

    How to get coupons

    Lauren Greutman » Blog » How to get Free Coupons by Mail

    Since I started teaching others about debt-free and frugal living, I get a lot of inquires asking for free coupons. I do not provide free coupons myself, but I decided to write up a blog post to explain the many ways how to get free coupons by mail. Once you know where to look, when, and how to request them, it’s really pretty easy. Plus there are great resources for printable coupons as well!

    How to get coupons

    How to Get Free Coupons by Mail

    Getting free coupons can be an exhilarating rush and there are so many ways to get them.

    Many people try using coupons and give up, they become discouraged that coupons are not available for the foods or products they need.

    There are definitely more coupons for junk food, but there are also so many companies that will give you free coupons just for doing simple tasks.

    I thought I would teach you my favorites ways – how to get free coupons by mail. But first, if you love coupons you will also love meal planning and cooking with dump recipes. If you want to try it out download my free mini-meal plan below and make 10 meals in under an hour for only $80! Seriously – it will SAVE YOUR SANITY!

    How to get coupons

    How can I get free coupons online?

    1.) Sign up for Kellogg’s Family Rewards

    Print off Free Kellogg’s coupons every month! Okay, so this may not technically be by mail, but you can print or use digital coupons for your favorite Kellog’s brand products to earn points and redeem them for rewards. Not only do you save money while shopping, but you can receive gift cards for stores and restaurants, enter sweepstakes, sport Kellogs apparel, and gear, or donate to charity.

    2.) Sign up for Vocalpoint

    They love for you to share your thoughts through surveys, try exclusive products & offers, and provide feedback about your experience.

    Many times they offer FREE coupons too. This is for women only, so get your wife to sign up if you are a man reading this.

    3.) Email companies directly

    If you love a company, email them directly through the contact form on their website. Give them a genuine compliment and ask them if they ever give out coupons for products. This works almost every time I call – give it a shot!

    How to get coupons

    4.) Get printable coupons mailed to your home

    Print free coupons from which happens to be my favorite place to print online coupons.

    5.) ‘Like’ your favorite brands on Facebook

    At least once a week we see a company offering a FREE Sample or a FREE product coupon. These are typically mailed to you.

    How to get coupons

    6.) Sign up for Birthday Freebies

    Many companies mail out FREE product coupons around your birthday. You can see a full list of which companies do this in my HUGE Birthday Freebies list.


    Sign up for newsletters of companies that you like. They send out emails with free samples (which usually include coupons) and also printable coupons. Request as many free samples as you can as well!

    What is the best free coupon app?

    Here are 5 of my favorite free coupon apps, they are totally free and easy to use!

    1. Features: The app provides access to hundreds of paperless coupons while you shop (enable your location for nearby offers) or at home before you go to the store. …
    2. The Coupons App. …
    3. Fetch Rewards
    4. Target (with Cartwheel)
    5. CouponCabin

    How do extreme couponers get free stuff?

    Here is a list of companies that I’ve requested free coupons by mail from:

    Start here and then work your way through your cupboards and see what foods you love! I did this when I first started eating gluten-free. It helped me find the foods that I loved and the ones I didn’t.

    • Apple & Eve – Email them here
    • International Delight – Email them here
    • Enjoy Life Foods – Email them here
    • Barber Foods – Email them here
    • Blue Bunny Ice Cream – Email them here
    • Almond Breeze / Blue Diamond – Email them here
    • Bolthouse Farms – Email them here
    • Celestial Seasonings Tea – Email them here
    • Challenge Butter – Email them here
    • Chobani – Email them here
    • Domino’s Sugar – Email them here
    • Welch’s Grape Juice – Email them here
    • Glutino – Email them here

    When I updated this post, I did want to respond to a lot of the comments where my readers shared concerns about difficulty in getting free coupons by mail. They said they didn’t have printers or tech-challenged to work their smartphones or many companies were stopping mail coupons in favor of printable or digital coupons now. Some of my great audience did respond that surveys or coupons helped them to get an inexpensive printer within a couple weeks, and the printer has more than paid for itself! What a great suggestion!

    Another idea I thought was helpful was a coupon swap with friends. If there are things you see coupons for but don’t use, consider exchanging with friends. I can’t eat gluten foods, so if I see coupons for things like traditional pasta, I can give those to friends in exchange for their gluten-free brand ones.

    While I can’t provide you with free coupons, I would love to know in the comments your favorite ways to receive FREE coupons in your mailbox?

    29th May 2019 – by Katie

    How to get coupons

    You may be asking, “How to get coupons mailed to you?” These days, a lot of companies have switched over to digital coupons on smartphone apps, but paper coupons are still very valuable and widely accepted at stores.

    You also want to receive your coupons for free, without having to subscribe to a newspaper that you don’t have any interest in reading.

    If you want to save while you shop, you need to make the most of couponing. But how can you find the coupons that you need?

    Fortunately, there are many ways to get coupons into your postal box! Here’s everything you need to know about how to get coupons mailed to you.

    How to Get Coupons Mailed to You: 5 Easy Methods of Saving Money

    1. Contact Companies Directly

    The most direct way to get coupons mailed to you – especially for a specific company’s product – is to contact the company itself!

    If you contact a specific company with either a complaint or a compliment, the company may respond by sending you coupons.

    You can also ask them directly for coupons, without beating around the bush. Though, it never hurts to throw in a compliment!

    Take a look at the “contact us” page of the company’s website to find their email. There will often be a contact box on that page. Be sure to keep your message polite and to the point!

    If you are looking for a specific kind of coupon from a preferred brand, then this method is the way to go, rather than other, more random methods.

    Also, it costs you nothing but a couple of seconds of your time to send an email!

    For a place to start, check out Krazy Coupon Lady’s list of companies that are known to send coupons to your mailbox in response to emails.

    Not all companies will respond to your emails at all, let alone with coupons.

    For some people, sending emails for the purpose of receiving coupons can also feel a lot like begging, which is no fun!

    2. Get Store Grocery Cards

    Most grocery stores have a loyalty program these days, usually in the form of a shopper card. Typically, this requires providing your name and address to the store’s customer service department.

    Once you have the shopper card, you will be able to access exclusive deals and discounts when you shop at the store. It may also give you access to any paper coupons that the store mails or emails out!

    If you have a grocery store that you go to frequently, then this is a great option for you.

    See if your grocery store sends out yearly coupon booklets or booklets for special events, like Giant Eagle does during their well-known annual sale of freezer goods!

    Most grocery store coupons and discounts don’t last much longer than a week or two. If you don’t go to this specific grocery store often, then you might not get the most out of a shopper card.

    Also, the coupons you get in the mail are often for the product you just bought with your shopper card. You’re not likely to need a refill that quickly.

    3. Receive Flyers or Weekly Ads

    When you’re trying to figure out how to get coupons mailed to you, it’s a good idea to start getting other things mailed to you, too.

    Most stores love to send out flyers and ads to loyal customers, which you might be inclined to just throw in the recycling bin.

    However, you may find coupons hidden in the flyers of your mailbox, which you then can take to the store. You can even use them when shopping online! For example, Michael’s Crafts often offers a 50-percent-off-one-item coupon in their sales flyer.

    The next time you shop, tell a salesperson that you’d like to receive their weekly ads, or check out the store’s website for an email sign-up link.

    This method is free and does not require buying into a loyalty program. Also, the coupons found in ads tend to vary more than the ones you will find on a shopper card.

    Not all flyers and weekly ads contain a coupon so you may end up unnecessarily cluttering your mailbox with extra paper.

    The more flyers you have stuffed in the mailbox, the harder it will be to find the coupons that are there. It can also be hard to unsubscribe from these ads!

    4. Subscribe to Newsletters

    Some brands go even further than a weekly ad, publishing and sending out a weekly or monthly newsletter to their customers.

    SC Johnson and Proctor and Gamble are two such brands. These newsletters often contain coupons, too!

    Simply go to the brand’s website and provide your name, home address, and potentially your email address. The newsletter will either come in the mail or, in today’s digital age, be provided as a document you can print at home.

    Newsletter coupons often have a farther-away expiration date than the usual ad coupon. They may have a higher than normal value as well.

    Just like with the weekly ads, not all companies send them out. Not all newsletters have coupons inside, either!

    It’s also impossible to know whether you are going to get a coupon for the product you wanted.

    5. Register for Birthday Clubs

    Another method for how to get coupons mailed to you is to register for a birthday club!

    A birthday club is a program offered by a restaurant or a retailer, where, once your birthday month comes around, they send you a coupon in the mail!

    For example, Designer Shoe Warehouse will send you a money-off coupon good throughout your birthday month. Petco offers a coupon program for your pet’s birthday!

    Birthday clubs are easy, low-commitment programs that reward you for simply making it through another year!

    It may go without saying, but birthday club coupons are only good for your birthday month, and not the rest of the year.

    Additionally, most restaurants and retailers are moving to digital coupons these days, so you’re unlikely to receive a birthday coupon in the mail anymore.

    Bonus Idea: Try Sunday Coupon Inserts

    If you’re still trying to figure out how to get coupons mailed to you, you should check out Sunday Coupon Inserts.

    Instead of searching through various brands’ websites to find the coupons you want, Sunday Coupon Insert offers a Weekly Subscription program. You’ll receive the coupon combo pack that you choose, delivered right to your house, every week!

    You are completely in control of your subscription, what coupons you receive, and when you start or stop receiving the coupons.

    With just a few dollars in shipping cost, you will reliably receive hundreds of dollars in coupon savings each week to save big while shopping. Sign up for a Weekly Subscription today!

    How to get coupons

    Many or all of the products featured here are from our partners who compensate us. This may influence which products we write about and where and how the product appears on a page. However, this does not influence our evaluations. Our opinions are our own. Here is a list of our partners and here’s how we make money.

    For decades, coupons have helped shoppers save money on groceries and household items. But the number of ways to find them has grown in recent years.

    Now, discounts are available almost everywhere, including inboxes, websites and smartphone apps. Here’s how to get coupons , in both paper and digital form.

    1. Join store loyalty programs

    Enroll in rewards programs or sign up for the mailing list for the retailers you frequent most. Many stores send returning customers exclusive coupons or apply discounts automatically during checkout.

    “Those are savings that you’re going to get without doing a thing except for swiping your card,” says Cindy Livesey, frugal-living expert from coupon website Living Rich With Coupons . Livesey says coupons have saved her family about $11,000 a year, on average, on groceries.

    Exercise caution, though, when signing up for rewards programs. Retailers may flood your inbox with unwanted messages or use your information, such as demographics and shopping habits, for marketing purposes.

    2. Check the Sunday newspaper

    While you’re catching up on current events, look for coupon inserts in your local or national newspaper. The Sunday edition usually contains $50 to $300 worth of savings, Livesey says. Typically, larger or more expensive publications will have bigger inserts with higher-value coupons, she says.

    Before you pay extra for a subscription, make sure it’s worthwhile. You might be able to get access to newspapers through friends, businesses and other sources free of charge. Free papers often have coupons, too.

    How to get coupons

    3. Ask the manufacturer

    If you favor certain brands, contact the companies directly. They’ll often send coupons or samples when you provide feedback (or simply request them). As a plus, you can use a manufacturer’s coupon at any store that sells the featured product, barring exclusions.

    “ Companies will often send coupons or samples when you provide feedback. ”

    Here’s how to get in touch with the manufacturer: Look for a “contact us” link on the company’s website. This should direct you to an email form, live chat feature, customer service phone number or mailing address. Another option? Leave a comment on the brand’s social media page.

    4. Search a coupon database or app

    Coupon databases are websites that compile printable and digital coupons, including rebates. You can use them to search deals by brand, product or store and save time. Search “coupon database” on Google to get started. For on-the-go savings, try a free coupon app .

    5. Visit retailer websites and apps

    If you plan to purchase an item, check retailer websites first. Most major merchants have a weekly ad, coupon or offers section online. Or you might see a limited-time discount code on the homepage or a banner ad.

    Livesey recommends downloading apps for the stores you shop at regularly. Some have features, like Target’s Cartwheel , that make it easy to find store and manufacturer coupons in one place.

    6. Pick up weekly ads at the store

    Watch for weekly circulars on display near the front doors or registers. These might include store-specific offers that you can redeem immediately or during a future shopping trip.

    7. Install a browser extension

    When shopping online, use a browser extension to track down discounts on your behalf. The plug-in Honey, for example, locates coupons and automatically applies the codes to your cart, so you can save money without putting in extra work.

    8. Look at the product packaging

    Some discounts hide in plain sight at the grocery store. Inspect items, like meat and cereal, for a peel-off coupon attached to the box or packaging. You could get instant savings.

    9. Browse store aisles

    Don’t see a voucher on the product itself? Check shelves and other locations in the store.

    “Usually when they have a new product coming out, they’ll put a display with a tearpad on there enticing you to get that product,” Livesey says. Don’t let a good deal tempt you to buy something unnecessarily, though.

    10. Use social media

    Follow social media accounts for stores, brands and products you like. Many share coupon codes on Twitter, Facebook or Instagram.

    11. Check your receipts

    Take a close look at your receipt after every transaction. Some stores print coupons on the back. The cashier might also hand over a few extra slips of paper printed from a machine next to the register. These offers, known as Catalina coupons, are usually based on shopping habits. For example, if you buy a toothbrush, you may receive a voucher for toothpaste.

    No matter where you find coupons, be sure to read the fine print and familiarize yourself with store policies.

    About the author: Lauren Schwahn is a personal finance writer at NerdWallet. Her work has been featured by USA Today and The Associated Press. Read more

    The Ultimate Shopping Guide: 8 Proven Ways to Get the Best Deals Online

    How to Coupon

    11 Ways to Get Free Stuff

    Disclaimer: NerdWallet strives to keep its information accurate and up to date. This information may be different than what you see when you visit a financial institution, service provider or specific product’s site. All financial products, shopping products and services are presented without warranty. When evaluating offers, please review the financial institution’s Terms and Conditions. Pre-qualified offers are not binding. If you find discrepancies with your credit score or information from your credit report, please contact TransUnion® directly.

    Property and Casualty insurance services offered through NerdWallet Insurance Services, Inc.: Licenses

    NerdWallet Compare, Inc. NMLS ID# 1617539

    California: California Finance Lender loans arranged pursuant to Department of Financial Protection and Innovation Finance Lenders License #60DBO-74812

    8 Tricks to Snag More Coupons

    • Share
    • Email

    More coupons means more savings at checkout. It’s simple enough math, but how do you get your hands on more coupons? Read on for several winning strategies to add to your arsenal.

    Sign Up for Newsletters to Get Coupons

    How to get coupons

    Are you devoted to a particular product or brand? If so, check the company’s website to see if they have a free email newsletter that you can sign up for. Subscribers are often rewarded with special coupons, promotions and freebies.

    And it’s not just the big national brands that do this. Make a list of the all the local stores and restaurants that you like to shop at. Then, see if they have a newsletter that you can sign up for.

    Buy an Extra Paper to Get More Coupon Inserts

    How to get coupons

    There’s no rule that says you can only buy one newspaper. So, when you discover a good coupon inside, go ahead and pick up an extra one (or five). Some stores discount their unsold Sunday papers on Monday, so you’ll get those extra coupons for even less money out of pocket, if you track down a store that does this.

    Tip: Buy your papers at the Dollar Tree, and you’ll only pay a dollar a piece for them. They have a limit of three newspapers per customer to keep the extreme couponers in check.

    Collect Unwanted Newspaper Coupon Inserts

    How to get coupons

    People often leave unwanted portions of their newspapers behind at coffee shops, restaurants, bus stops and anywhere there’s a waiting room. Keep your eyes open for the opportunity to take these home. If you have friends and family who work in such establishments, see if they’d mind saving the old Sunday papers for you.

    Another way to get more inserts: Ask friends and neighbors who don’t coupon to save their coupon inserts for you. They probably won’t mind a bit.

    Have Coupons Sent to Your Cell Phone Via Apps

    How to get coupons

    Turn your phone into a source of savings by downloading a few coupon apps. Just have the cashier scan your phone at checkout, and your coupons will automatically be deducted from your total. This is a great way to coupon, if you don’t have the time or energy to clip coupons, or don’t want to spend a bunch of money on printer ink.

    Tip: Use little bits of downtime (i.e. when you’re waiting on your kids or waiting for an appointment ) to check for new coupons.

    Call Companies to Get Coupons

    How to get coupons

    Take a look at your favorite products and find the toll-free number listed on the label. Then, give those companies a call, and ask if they have any coupons that they can send you. While you’re at it, check their websites, too. They may have printable coupons, a loyalty app or a newsletter you can sign up for.

    Get Electronic Coupons

    How to get coupons

    Load coupons onto your grocery store rewards cards, and the savings will come off automatically when they scan your card at the register. This is another good way to get coupon savings even if you want to avoid using, storing and sorting paper coupons.

    Most grocery store chains have digital coupons on their website that you can load to your card before you shop. These are usually single-use coupons, but be sure to look at the fine print. Some digital coupons can be used up to five times.

    Snag More Digital Coupons

    How to get coupons

    New printable coupons sites keep popping up. You’re leaving money on the table if you don’t browse them for savings on groceries and household goods. Make sure you’re not missing out on any opportunities to print coupons.

    Think Outside the Box

    How to get coupons

    Coupons are all over the place; you just have to look for them. Have you just been stuffing receipts and ticket stubs into your purse or wallet? Flip them over and you may discover coupons for the very items and entertainment you just bought.

    Printing a Lot of Coupons? Use These Tips to Conserve Ink

    Printing coupons is still a common practice, but using your own printer means using your own supplies.

    1st Jul 2020 – by Katie

    How to get coupons

    If you’re new to coupon clipping, you may underestimate the power of manufacturer coupons. But what exactly are they, and how do you use them? Here are the ways to get or buy manufacturer coupons, and how to get the best savings out of them.

    What are Manufacturer Coupons?

    Manufacturer coupons come from the brands and companies of the things you buy. Unlike store coupons that come from the store, manufacturer’s coupons are directly from the manufacturer. This means that when you use a manufacturer’s coupon, the manufacturer pays for the value of the coupon.

    3 Advantages of Manufacturer’s Coupons

    Why should you buy manufacturer coupons? Here are some advantages over store coupons.

    1. More flexible

    Because they’re funded by the manufacturer, it’s the item that counts, not the store. You can use a manufacturer’s coupon at any store, as long as they accept coupons and carry the item that matches the coupon.

    Aside from it being more convenient, flexibility also lets you save more. You don’t have to stick to the items, prices, and deals of one store. With a manufacturer’s coupon, you have more to choose from, and more opportunities to save.

    2. More common

    Manufacturer’s coupons are also more common. For this reason, they tend to be easier to find than store coupons.

    3. Can be stacked

    The biggest reason to use manufacturer coupons is that they stack. Stores commonly allow customers to use one store coupon along with one manufacturer’s coupon per item.

    Where to Buy Manufacturer Coupons

    There are many places to buy manufacturer coupons; most of the time, you can find them for free online. Here are some websites that let you browse and print manufacturer coupons for free.

    • Coupons (
    • Smart Source (
    • Common Kindness (
    • Box Tops 4 Education (
    • P&G EveryDay (

    Tips and Tricks

    How do you get the most out of your manufacturer’s coupons? Here are some tips and tricks.

    1. Don’t Forget To Stack: Stacking lets you get more bang for your buck, so don’t forget to do it!
    2. Always Read The Fine Print: A coupon’s expiry date, how many items you can use, and other limitations are in the fine print. Read it to make sure you’re using your coupon right.
    3. Make Sure You Have The Right Items: Make sure you have the right brand, flavor, or quantity for the coupon before checkout.

    Sunday Coupon Inserts

    There are many places to find manufacturer coupons, both online and in-store. But what if you don’t have to do it yourself?

    Get manufacturer coupons without the hassle. Sunday Coupon Inserts can send both store and manufacturer coupons straight to your door. Simply sign up for the Weekly Subscription that works best for you.

    What’s more, subscriptions are free to pause, cancel, or change anytime. So you are sure to get more savings, without the hassle.

    Make your hunt for coupons a little easier with these tips.

    • Share
    • Email

    How to get coupons

    How to get coupons

    Torrey Kim combined her passion for bargain hunting with her experience as a writer and editor to create expert content on saving money through the use of coupons, apps, and other tools for Dotdash Meredith.

    Whether you’re hunting for a particular manufacturer coupon to buy a big-ticket item or you’re hoping to stack manufacturer coupons with store coupons and other deals during your weekly grocery trip, you need a good source to find the best offers. In addition to clipping coupons from the Sunday paper, you can find manufacturer coupons in a wide variety of other places.

    What they are: Manufacturer coupons are released by companies that produce products that you can find in the store or online. Because they are released directly by the manufacturer, you can typically use them at any store that accepts coupons. This is in contrast to store coupons, which you can often only use at the store that released them. For example, a coupon for 50 cents off a tube of toothpaste issued by Colgate would be a manufacturer coupon, while a coupon for 50 cents off any toothpaste at Target would be a store coupon.

    You’ll find a wide variety of resources online where you can find printable manufacturer coupons, but the following list will help give you a jump start, since each of these sites has a plethora of options for many of your favorite products.


    When you visit, you’ll find several groups of coupons that you can either browse one by one or save to your computer for printing. This site typically has coupons for major manufacturers and big grocery brands that will help you save on foods, personal care products and many other items you’ll find in grocery stores.


    You’ll find that is extremely user-friendly, almost offering a similar experience to what you’d get in the Sunday paper. You simply click on the coupons that appeal to you, add them to your print file, and print them out before you leave the site. It has hundreds of coupons at any given time, so you’re sure to find something appealing here.


    If the name SmartSource rings a bell, that’s because it’s operated by the same company that publishes many of the coupons distributed in the Sunday newspaper. offers quite a few of the same coupons from the Sunday circulars, as well as additional savings that aren’t in the paper, allowing you to have a well-rounded variety of options for saving.


    RedPlum is another publisher that distributes coupons in the Sunday circulars, and you can find many of those deals on the company’s site, When you click on the site, you’ll see that it offers coupons that are organized either by brand or by category, making them easy to locate, download and print.


    Many couponers complain that they have trouble finding coupons for healthy foods, but aims to remedy that issue. The company allows you to virtually “clip” the coupons for natural food and healthcare products that appeal to you, and then you can print them out to use in stores.


    Surely you’re familiar with Valpak, the company that sends coupons through the mail that allow you to save on local products and services. The company has translated those deals into printable coupons on its website,, where you can find a wide variety of offers for major brands. You can click on the deals and print the coupons to use in stores.


    On, you can browse coupons by category or product and then add the ones that appeal to you to a list. When you’re done creating your list, you can then print them all out. In addition to saving money on food and personal care products, offers coupons for other items, like apparel and furniture.


    Similar to MamboSprouts, you’ll find that offers coupons for healthy products that you can find in stores nationwide. What’s unique about this site is that every time you print out a particular grocery coupon, CommonKindness will contribute money to your favorite non-profit organization, meaning that you’ll save money while also helping a charitable organization.

    9. P&G EveryDay

    In addition to the sites above, you can find great coupons directly on manufacturers’ websites, and P&G EveryDay is a great example of that. You’ll find a variety of coupons for Procter & Gamble products on the site, which you can print directly from the site and then redeem in stores.

    How to get coupons

    Many or all of the products featured here are from our partners who compensate us. This may influence which products we write about and where and how the product appears on a page. However, this does not influence our evaluations. Our opinions are our own. Here is a list of our partners and here’s how we make money.

    Couponing doesn’t require spending your Sunday cutting newspapers into tiny squares. It can be much easier.

    Here’s how to save money with coupons — as told by coupon pros. From finding a coupon database to making a shopping list, these beginner coupon tips can save you money at grocery stores and drugstores.

    1. Find a coupon database

    Coupons are just about everywhere, including in your mailbox, on your phone and in coupon books, according to Curtis Tingle, chief marketing officer of Valassis , a print and digital coupon distributor.

    Another option? Coupon databases are websites that aggregate coupons in one place, so it’s easy to find deals, says Jenny Martin, the writer behind frugal-living website Southern Savers . Search Google for the words “coupon database” to find one you like.

    2. Read the fine print

    Read the fine print of the coupon, says Roland Karim of Coupon Pro , a coupon blog. Check redemption requirements (like what size bottle of orange juice qualifies for the coupon).

    If you find a good deal and want to redeem multiple coupons, you’ll need a separate one for each item you buy. There may be a limit as to how many of each coupon you can use per transaction.

    How to get coupons

    3. Learn your store’s coupon policy

    Coupon policies vary, so look up your local store’s rules. Martin says you can usually find these online or go in person and ask.

    Here’s what to pay attention to, according to Martin:

    Can you double a coupon? Some stores will double your coupon, up to a certain threshold. That means if you have a 50-cent-off coupon, the store will take $1 off.

    Do you need to join the loyalty program? You may need to create a loyalty program account with the store and scan your rewards card in order to claim some coupons.

    4. Make a shopping list

    Maintaining a shopping list will make couponing easier, Tingle says. Know which products you plan to buy at the store so you can find coupons that match the things on your list.

    “An easy way to do that is to download a shopping app or a shopping list app so that you can easily manage that,” he says.

    5. Aim for 40% off

    Once you know what you want, monitor deals to see when the items you need reach their lowest prices. This may happen when a product is on sale and there’s a coupon available.

    “We want to aim . to purchase the things that we need when they are at their best price,” Martin says. “Every item in the grocery store has a best price.

    “Usually that price is around 40% off, sometimes more.”

    6. Create a stockpile

    When you find a good sale, buy a few of the items — if you know you’ll use all of them before they expire.

    Creating a small stockpile allows you to dictate how much you pay — rather than letting the retailer dictate, according to Cindy Livesey, frugal-living expert from coupon website Living Rich With Coupons .

    For instance, if you run out of toilet paper, you’ll pay the current price. But if you have a few extra rolls, you can monitor prices and time your purchase accordingly.

    7. Forgo coupons when you don’t need them

    Don’t use coupons solely because you find them. Livesey says sometimes a sale-priced item with no coupon is cheaper than a full-priced item with a coupon.

    Pay attention to annual sales, she advises. Pens and pencils go on sale in August around back-to-school season. Baking supplies go on sale in November around the holidays. When possible, look for coupons that correspond with these periods.

    If you find the coupon first, Karim recommends holding on to it until you find a sale to combine it with. But pay attention to the expiration date, or you may wait too long to use it.

    8. Start with 10 coupons

    Start small. Martin recommends browsing your store’s ad and picking 10 items that are on sale. Then, pair coupons with these items. Finally, head to the store.

    “It’s kind of setting you up for a small win, which is a great way to get started,” Martin says. “You got your 10 items, you used all of your coupons, you saw that the store didn’t treat you horribly — and they took everything. And you saw how much you saved, and that’s the best part.”

    9. Track your savings

    Track your results to see if the amount you’re saving is worth the effort. The time and work you invest in couponing is completely up to you.

    About the author: Courtney Neidel is NerdWallet’s consumer savings expert. Her work has been featured by USA Today and The New York Times. Read more

    The Ultimate Shopping Guide: 8 Proven Ways to Get the Best Deals Online

    11 Ways to Get Free Stuff

    Personal Finance Defined: The Guide to Maximizing Your Money

    Disclaimer: NerdWallet strives to keep its information accurate and up to date. This information may be different than what you see when you visit a financial institution, service provider or specific product’s site. All financial products, shopping products and services are presented without warranty. When evaluating offers, please review the financial institution’s Terms and Conditions. Pre-qualified offers are not binding. If you find discrepancies with your credit score or information from your credit report, please contact TransUnion® directly.

    Property and Casualty insurance services offered through NerdWallet Insurance Services, Inc.: Licenses

    NerdWallet Compare, Inc. NMLS ID# 1617539

    California: California Finance Lender loans arranged pursuant to Department of Financial Protection and Innovation Finance Lenders License #60DBO-74812

    Like us on Facebook

    Ready to Save Money? C’mon in!

    Welcome to the school of couponing. 🙂 Where you can get ramped up and learn the basics of Extreme Couponing in an hour or two. This introduction course was written for newbie couponers, keeping it as simple as possible.

    I know that starting out as a new couponer can be frustrating. What do those symbols and lingo mean? Where do I get coupons? How do I start?

    This quick Couponing 101 course is designed to answer all these questions. By the end of this class, you will have everything you need to do your first couponing run. I’m excited! Are you? My goal is to get you ramped up in less than a day (but you can go at your own speed), and you’ll be on your way to saving money, like a pro!

    How to get coupons

    As with learning any new skill, there is no better teacher than practical experience. They say that if you just read something, you’ll only retain 10% of the information. But if you take action on it, you will retain over 70% of what you learned. As such, at the end of each section, I have a small list of homework for you, little action items you can do to solidify what you’ve learned.

    Ready? You can do this! Let’s get started:

    How to get coupons


    Do you want to receive FREE coupons in your mailbox? Did you know that groceries are one of the biggest expenses in most households today? Coupons are a great way to save money on groceries. You can find printable coupons online, digital coupons, and even Amazon coupons!

    You can also request coupons from companies and ask companies to send you coupons in the mail!

    Keep reading below to see how YOU can request coupons from companies!

    I have been writing to companies online asking them to send money saving coupons and/or free samples of my favorite products to me in the mail. So far, 6 out of 7 have sent me coupons. I received 4 letters in the mail from companies and 2 emails back with coupons. Only 1 company did not send coupons. I have written to several other companies as well and plan to continue doing this so that I can save money this year!

    While you are here, see how you can get freebies in your mailbox, too!

    The results:

    • Luna Clif Bars: 2 coupons/Free Luna Bars, 2 coupons/50 cents off
    • Haagan Dazs: 1/$1.00 off coupon, 2/50 cents off coupons
    • Meow Mix: Buy 2 get 1 free wet cat food, $1.00 off dry cat food
    • Lindsay Olives: 1/50 cents off coupon
    • Drano: coupon offer through their newsletter
    • Hain Celestial Group: 3/55 cents off coupons
    • Nabisco 100 Cal Packs: Nothing

    Go here to see how many other coupons I scored from companies!

    How to write your favorite companies for coupons:

    1. Go here to find a HUGE list of companies and stores to contact. Click on your favorite companies and find the box on the right side. At the bottom of the box, you’ll find the company website. Click to go to the website.

    How to get coupons

    2. Find the “Contact Us” link on the homepage.
    3. Fill out your information. In the comment section, tell them about the product you like and why you like it.
    4. In that section, ask them if they could send money saving coupons and/or free samples for you and your friends. Submit.
    5. Repeat this process for the other companies.
    6. Check your mail box or email in the next few days and weeks to see what the company will send you.
    7. Leave a comment here if you have any luck!


    Don’t want to wait for coupons? Print coupons now!

    Does this take a lot of time?

    Not at all! It is easy and well worth the time. Start slowly, writing to about 2-3 a day. Then add more once you get used to it. It can be fun to because you never know what they will send you. Sometimes you will get free items–Luna sent coupons for 2 free bars!

    What companies do you plan to write to for money saving coupons?


    Another great way to save money this year is through the use of coupons. You can print coupons, take advantage of digital coupons, find coupons in your local newspapers, and most of the freebies that arrive in my mailbox include high value coupons. Check out all of my past mailbox freebies. If you are interested in receiving freebies with coupons, then read this article on how YOU can sign up and receive freebies, too!


    I did this with my favorite coffee and pet foods and got great coupons in the mail from each . I will wait a couple of months and do it again

    Glad to hear this! It’s fun to receive coupons in the mail for our favorite brands!

    I havent contacted several companies over the years and told them how much I liked/appreciated their company/products.I never asked them for anything,but a majority of them sent me very nice coupons,many were for freebies or BOGOs.You can also find the company info on the box/package.

    Oops,I meant I HAVE contacted them. Teach me to try to type on an hour of sleep!!LOL

    Robert Pyszk says

    Hi , this is my daily comment 9/06/2012 for the FOUR $100 GIFT CARDS contest

    Jennifer Comeau says

    I know when I would specifically ask for coupons/samples in the comment section, they would always come back with “No, we don’t send coupons and/or samples because they are available in newspapers or other sources.” But, if I emailed the same companies with strictly how great their products are, they would more likely to send coupons, samples, and recipes.

    This is true! Thanks for sharing! It doesn’t hurt to try!

    My family has many food allergies, so we are limited to brands that either never have coupons or it is extremely rare. So I write to them on a regular basis, about every three months. Some companies have policies that they are not allowed to send coupons more than once every six months. This has worked extremely well for our family, since our gluten free, dairy free, and soy free life style is very expensive. Last shopping trip I was able to use $25 in coupons that rarely if ever show up on line or in papers!

    I wrote to skinny cow and they emailed me back the very next day.
    They are sending me coupons.
    Thank you

    My husband recently contacted Swifter about a 2nd broken product. They are sending him a coupon for a FREE swifter broom! Also, he has contacted Scotch Tape about a roll of tape that didn’t have any sticky side to it. They sent him a bunch of coupons that I quickly snagged up! =) it does work

    That’s great news! Glad it worked out for y’all!

    Emailed the company that makes the Aunt Jemima products and they wrote back stating they are sending coupons in the mail. This was a same day response.

    That’s great! Thanks for sharing!

    This is a good thing to learn. There are certain products I like to buy, but rarely see coupons for. I’m going to give it a try.

    Love this information. Will use them all and am going to get busy emailing. We have very small income so all will help us. Thank you so much

    Tillamook cheese, edys ice cream, fresh pet dog food, michelinas amd blue diamond almonds have all sent me coupons.

    Other Great Ways To Save!

    We sometimes send out exclusive coupons and sales to our Preferred Customers. To get exclusive coupons, check the subscribe box at checkout. You never know when we’ll send you a surprise coupon! Don’t miss out!

    Want to know another great way to find out about our current promotions? Follow us on Facebook!

    Love us on Instagram, and take advantage of our random promotions featured on our product photos*.

    *Instagram promotions are only applicable to the selected product photo shown on instagram with the promo code. Instagram promotions cannot be combined with other promtions and are limited to ‘one’ per order.

    How Do I Use Coupons?

    On the shopping cart or checkout, enter in the discount code/coupon code and then click “Apply”. It’s that easy!

    Coupon Not Working?

    If you get the error code the “Coupon Code is Not Valid” then either the requirements of the coupon have not been met or the coupon is no longer valid.

    When Do Coupon Codes Expire?

    If you get the error code the “Coupon Code is Not Valid” then either the requirements of the coupon have not been met or the coupon is no longer valid.

    Free Shipping Coupons?

    Exclusions apply to all special shipping offers. The minimum purchase amount for each shipping offer does not include gift wrap charges, purchases of gift cards or tax. Offer applies to Standard Shipping to one location within the 48 Contiguous US States only.

    *All coupons MUST be applied in the shopping cart, before the checkout process has been finalized. Coupons CANNOT be applied after your transaction has been completed. All coupons are first-come first-serve, and are only valid for their stated time-frame, or usage allotment. Only one coupon code can be applied per order. Coupons expire at midnight Central Standard time on the date specified. Wholesale customers are not eligible for coupons, additional discounts or free shipping.

    who we are

    • our story
    • customer stories
    • customer reviews

    contact us

    • chat
    • email us
    • Toll Free (USA & Canada):
    • 1-800-264-4287 (HATS)
    • 281-334-4287 (HATS)
    • Customer Care Hours
    • Mon-Thurs: 9am – 5pm CST
    • Friday: 9am – 4pm CST
    • Sat. & Sun: Closed
    • Corporate Office:
    • 214 S. Iowa Ave.
      League City, TX 77573
    • Order Status
    • Gift Certificates
    • Gift Registry
    • Wish List
    • Returns
    • Ordering & Policies
    • Shipping Info
    • Wholesale

    be empowered. be yourself.

    The original and only authentic “headcovers,” we pioneered the first line of fashionable hats and wigs for chemo patients over 23 years ago. Founded by Carol Galland, a breast cancer survivor and her daughter, Danielle, we are recognized as the industry’s worldwide leader. We were the first online store dedicated to head covering options during cancer treatments; our original designs set the standard. Our mission is to provide comfort through our compassionate service, enlighten you with information and empower you to feel like yourself, even with hair loss.

    How to get coupons

    One of the biggest areas where you can improve your personal finances is cutting back on your food spending. This doesn’t mean cutting out all dining out or living on rice and beans.

    Using smart shopping techniques, including redeeming coupons, can help you cut your monthly food spending by 50 percent or more.

    Video of the Day

    By the time you factor in credit card interest savings, using the savings to get a 401(k) match and earning interest on this money, you can easily save thousands of dollars each year or add six figures to your retirement account. Learning how to get coupons sent to your house will help you increase your annual savings.

    Paper vs. Digital Coupons

    In many cases, you can get almost all the coupons you want or need to be sent to you digitally. This is especially true if you sign up for a grocery store loyalty program. Check the websites of your favorite foods to look for coupons or look for couponing sites that let you choose and download digital coupons for free or for a small fee.

    After the TV show “Extreme Couponing” debuted, supermarkets realized their generous couponing policies were being taken advantage of and they changed many of their couponing rules.

    For example, today, many stores won’t let you combine a paper and a digital coupon on the same item. Some stores won’t let you use coupons on items that are marked as “manager’s specials” or closeouts. In any case, check out both paper and digital coupons if you want to save the maximum.

    Subscribe to Newspapers

    In addition to being valuable sources of information, newspapers often come with large numbers of coupons. This occurs once or twice per week, usually on Wednesday and Sunday. On Wednesdays, many grocery stores insert their store flyers and coupons. To help justify the extra cost of Sunday’s edition, newspapers publish coupon booklets with hundreds of dollars of coupons available.

    If you don’t want to pay for a newspaper subscription, ask your neighbors and coworkers if they get the Sunday paper and if they use their coupons. If they don’t, they might be willing to give them to you each week.

    Contact Coupon Book Companies

    If you’re not receiving coupon packets, sign up for services that offer free coupons books by mail like ValPak or Proctor & Gamble. Read their privacy policies ­– you might be agreeing to receive other promotional mailings. If possible, have these sent to your work address.

    When you get your coupons, select the ones you’re going to use. Next, look to see if the same coupon is available digitally. You might be able to double your coupon value by combining a digital and paper couponing, or buying two products with two coupons.

    Sign Up for Loyalty Programs

    In addition to letting you download digital coupons via their apps, some grocery stores will send you personalized paper coupons in the mail when you sign up for a loyalty card. For example, Kroger sends its members personalized coupon booklets every six weeks or so with coupons for items each member personally buys. In some instances, Kroger offers you free products to get you into the store. Kroger is part of a parent company that also runs 15 other stores, including Dillons, Fred Meyer, Harris Teeter, Fry’s and Ralph’s.

    Be Careful When Couponing

    Many consumers actually end up spending more using coupons than if they hadn’t. That’s because many coupons are manufacturer’s coupons, requiring you to buy the more expensive brand. For example, if you get a 40-cent coupon for a brand name can of baked beans that sells for $1.25 per can, you’ll spend more money using that coupon than if you bought generic baked beans for 60 cents per can.

    In addition, $2 and $3 coupons for some products seem too good to pass up – but you’ll need to buy much more costly brand name items than similar generics or store-brand options. Large coupons can also create impulse buys – if you weren’t planning on buying a product, don’t do so just because you have a coupon.

    Coupon organization is also important – if you don’t use a system for when you’re in the store, you might end up back home with several coupons you forgot to use.

    Sponsored Links

    Microsoft is adding a host of new shopping-related features to Edge — good thing too because it seems the Black Friday sales started earlier than usual. To start, Microsoft has tweaked Edge’s existing price comparison tool to make it more useful.

    You won’t need to add items to a Collection before you start comparing how much they cost at different retailers. Instead, Edge will do that proactively for you, and all you need to do is click the blue shopping icon embedded into the URL bar. Once you tap on it, a pop-up will show you how much that product costs at different retailers, with direct links to their websites. If you’ve already found the place where what you want is at its most affordable, Edge will let you know that too.

    That same icon will also allow you to take advantage of Edge’s new coupon feature. When you visit a new website, the browser will let you know if there any coupons you can use to save some cash. When you’re ready to pay for something, you can get Edge to apply every available coupon to see which one gets you the most significant discount.

    Outside of Edge, Microsoft is launching a new Bing shopping hub. Here you can browse new promotions from various retailers, sorting them by popular products, brands, categories and more.

    As we mentioned when Microsoft first added a price comparison tool to Edge last month, much of the shopping functionality it’s baking into Edge is already available through third-party extensions. The new coupon functionality you can replicate with tools like Honey. In some cases, those will provide you with more robust and comprehensive features. However, with native functionality, you can get away with installing one less plugin to your browser.

    I’ve got boys… so I keep some fragrances right in the pocket of my car to spray into my a/c vents when I pick my boys up from a sports practice.

    It’s rescued my nose on more than one occasion.

    But that glorious scent can be PRICEY! And sometimes we want to try out a scent for longer than just a day and see if it really becomes our perfect signature scent for the season, right?

    The best way to do that is with FREE Bath & Body Works items.

    And getting them free is SO simple! Bath & Body Works actually sends you coupons for FREE items directly to your mailbox!

    Yes, just sign up for the Bath and Body Works mailing list and they will mail coupons for FREE items directly to your home!

    However, finding where to sign up to get those valuable FREEbie coupons, is not easy. I’ll walk you through it below along with a few fun tips too!

    Because I receive coupons from the Bath and Body Works mailing list every few weeks and then I take them to the store to get FREE products!

    And now you can too!

    Bath & Body Works coupons are fun gifts arriving in the mail… Oooo what scent will you choose? Should you get the body lotion or the shower gel?

    And don’t miss the fun Bath & Body Works hack at the bottom of this post, so keep reading!

    How to get coupons

    How To Get On The Bath and Body Works Mailing List:

    There are two ways to get on the Bath and Body Works mailing list and receive Bath & Body Works coupons for FREE products:

    Way #1:

    Next time you are at the store and checking out at the register, they will ask for your email address… ask if you can give them your mailing address also in order to get on the Bath & Body Works mailing list for more bath & body works coupon freebies.

    After you give it to them you should start receiving coupons for their next promotion, approximately 4-6 weeks later.

    Way #2: (the faster way)

    The easiest (and quicker way) to get those Bath & Body Works coupons by mail, is to sign up on their website to be on the Bath and Body Works mailing list.

    But it is not an easy place to find where to sign up.

    1. Go to the Contact Bath & Body Works section on their website
    2. MOST IMPORTANT: For the “Topic” select the drop down option: “Mailing Address Add/Update”
      (If you don’t select this option, then the next drop down won’t appear for you to ask them to add you to their mailing list)
      Here’s a screenshot:
      How to get coupons
    3. Fill in your contact information
    4. For the “Request Type” select the drop-down “Add me to the mailing list” (this is the important part so that they route your mailing address to the right place so you get on the list!)
      Here’s a screenshot of that too:
      How to get coupons
    5. Repeat this process in your husband’s (or daughter’s) name to receive a second free coupon in the mail too! Bonus!

    In about a month you’ll receive your first Bath & Body Works coupon FREEbies in your mailbox!

    That’s Happy Mail!

    How to get coupons

    Those Free Bath & Body Works Coupons Could Make You Overspend

    Bath & Body Works puts out two kinds of FREE coupons; Free with purchase (usually $5), and just FREE with no purchase. I’ve received both.

    Sometimes it feels uncomfortable to walk up to the cash register with only your item and a coupon to make that item FREE. But I’ll tell you, Bath & Body Works doesn’t care either way (if you make a purchase with the coupon or not). Thankfully, they don’t make you feel like a cheap-o when you don’t buy anything else along with the free product.

    In fact, they know you’ll love it, and come back later to buy more. (Otherwise they wouldn’t have such an incredible unlimited Happiness Guarantee.)

    If I feel obligated to buy, but it’s a “tight” month so I really don’t want to spend extra, then I’ll say that last time I was in the store I bought loads of stuff, but didn’t have my free coupon with me (with is the truth… there are PLENTY of times when I shop using just other coupons and don’t have a coupon for a FREE product).

    The reason I mentioned this strategy is that sometimes it feels awkward to go to the register and ask for ONLY the FREE item. But they really don’t mind. My suggestion gives you something to say, and yes, it is the truth. And it’s just one more reason to get some Bath & Body Works coupons by mail.

    Vacations are the best, but the daunting bill from your hotel stay is. not the best. Knowing how to get cheap hotels can be a valuable tool for keeping your vacations on budget, and it’s doable for any traveler so long as you do the legwork. So if you’re curious how to get cheap hotel rooms without resorting to bribing the bellhop, read on:

    1. Use Groupon Getaways

    Yeah, yeah, we’re biased. But if you want to learn how to get cheap hotel rates, the easiest thing to do is to browse the deals on Groupon Getaways. Groupon partners with select hotels from around the U.S. and Canada to offer “flash deals” at prices below their normal rates.

    An added bonus is that many of these hotels are top-quality properties, often rated up to 4- and 5-stars. You may also find cheap packages for international vacations that bundle airfare and hotel together.

    2. Always check for coupons

    It’s not impossible that you could find a promo code or a coupon for the website you were about to buy a room from at full price anyway! Simply search “[hotel chain] + coupon” to see if any such discounts exists. You could also check Groupon’s travel coupons page, which has featured discounts for Hilton, America’s Best Value Inn, Motel 6, Priceline, and

    3. Look for “top-secret hotel” deals

    Sometimes hotels want to offer a deal, but for one reason or another, they don’t want to promote their name as being associated with that deal. Enter “top-secret hotel” deals, where the name, location, and any identifying traits of the hotel are withheld. While this can feel like a grab bag, top-secret deals can often get you a great rate at an excellent property.

    4. Find an all-inclusive package

    Your first instinct when you see an all-inclusive hotel rate is that is doesn’t seem to be that great of a deal. But remember: all-inclusive rates include not just the room rate, but also many of your meals and your drinks. It might also include specific activities, particularly watersports—check the offer carefully to see just how much value you can get out of a specific deal.

    5. Book longer stays for lower rates

    This is pretty simple: a hotel is more than likely to cut you a discount if you stay longer. So if you’re going on a weeklong vacation, try to spend it at the same property, and see if the hotel will offer you a weekly rate rather than a nightly one.

    6. Stay on weekdays instead of weekends

    If you’re studying how to get cheap hotels, one thing you learn quickly is to try to do your vacationing on the weekdays. Since weekends are often more in demand, hotel rates are higher. Stick to weekdays, and you’re more likely to get a good rate. (Bonus tip: try to vacation in your destination’s off-season as well, or at least a few weeks before the heart of tourist season.)

    7. Sleep in a van. a really cool van

    We’ve been trying to show you how to get cheap hotel rates, but perhaps the best ways to do this is to not stay in a hotel at all. Consider the rentals from Escape Campervan. These bed-equipped vans are a fantastic way to explore the scenery of the Western United States and not have to pay an arm and a leg for a hotel.

    8. Choose a hotel that isn’t downtown

    One of the savviest ways to get a cheap car rental is not rent from an airport location. Similarily, one of the best ways to get a cheap hotel room is to avoid a city’s downtown or any high-tourist areas. Sure, you might have to drive a little bit more, but often times the savings are worth the longer commute.


    Cheap Vacation Ideas: 17 Trips You Can Book Today

    Need a vacation, but can’t spend a ton? These 17 destinations are for you.

    7 Cool Hotels You Can Book on a Budget

    Really neat hotels that really don’t cost a lot of money.

    Benj Edwards is an Associate Editor for How-To Geek. For over 15 years, he has written about technology and tech history for sites such as The Atlantic, Fast Company, PCMag, PCWorld, Macworld, Ars Technica, and Wired. In 2005, he created Vintage Computing and Gaming, a blog devoted to tech history. He also created The Culture of Tech podcast and regularly contributes to the Retronauts retrogaming podcast. Read more.

    How to get coupons

    While you’re browsing through shopping websites, Microsoft Edge might suggest coupons or price comparisons with a feature called “Shopping in Microsoft Edge” that became enabled by default in December of 2020. Here’s how to turn it off.

    First, open Edge. In any window, click the menu button (three dots) and select “Settings.”

    How to get coupons

    In the Settings tab, click “Privacy, search, and services” in the sidebar.

    How to get coupons

    Scroll down to the “Services” section and flip the switch beside “Save time and money with Shopping in Microsoft Edge” to turn it “Off.”

    How to get coupons

    After that, close the Settings tab. You will no longer see price suggestions, coupons, and rebates pop up in Edge while you’re shopping. Happy browsing!

    Bookmark these sites and install these browser extensions for one-click savings across the web.

    How to get coupons

    The easiest way to save money while shopping online is to use coupon codes that unlock special discounts. However, finding the right codes isn’t always easy, which is where deal websites and browser extensions come in.

    Many of our favorite e-commerce sites don’t want us to find these discounts, so having someone on your side is essential if you’re looking for a deal. With the right tools in your corner, earning a discount is as easy as clicking your mouse.

    Try These Coupon Sites

    Many deal-finder websites gather up online sales and discount codes from across the internet, offering you a one-stop way to speed up the buying process for whatever you need. Sign up for their newsletters for deals delivered to your inbox. Some sites to bookmark include: (Opens in a new window) focuses primarily on printable and digital coupons, though it also has sections for promo codes and current sales.

    Groupon (Opens in a new window) is known for deals for experiences and activities, but the website has also expanded into coupon codes and deal tracking. Groupon also uses your location to provide you with deals local to your area.

    Offers (Opens in a new window) provides both coupon codes and links to great deals, including many that are exclusive to the website. It also breaks down its best offers by category for easy browsing.

    RetailMeNot (Opens in a new window) allows you to search its website for useful coupon codes, current deals, and cashback rewards for any number of brands. It also highlights trending deals, covers specific categories like travel, beauty, and food, and provides helpful buying guides. (Opens in a new window) provides you with coupon codes and special deals, while also offering editorial insights to help you make buying decisions. The website also features digital circulars, so you don’t miss a deal.

    Slickdeals (Opens in a new window) is a community savings site and app that provides coupons and promotions submitted by members and edited by a deal-editing team. The site has a social aspect, as coupons are displayed in order of popularity determined based on votes.

    Install These Browser Extensions

    Don’t want to spend time searching websites for codes and deals? There are services that do the work for you in the form of a simple browser extension. All you have to do is browse to an online store and click a button; these tools will then search the web for you and apply the best codes they can find. Some also keep track of how much money you have saved with them, giving you an idea of how valuable these little add-ons can be.

    Recommended by Our Editors

    Cently (Coupons at Checkout) (Opens in a new window) finds and applies discouts at checkout automatically at retailers like Dell, GoDaddy,, Lenovo, Target, Udemy, Vistaprint, and more.

    Deal Finder (Opens in a new window) , from RetailMeNot, searches for any coupon codes it can find in its database, including cashback rewards. When you browse to a supported website, the add-on will show a small number, indicating there are deals to be had. You can then click the extension and copy any useful coupon codes to apply at checkout.

    Honey (Opens in a new window) offers several different services at once. Click the Honey add-on to view active coupon codes for the current site. The add-on will also track sale price history to tell you if something is a good deal or not. If you rather not play around with coupon codes, you can simply wait until checkout and click the big Honey button in your browser to apply any working codes. Signing up with the service also gives you access to a deal-tracking website.

    Rakuten (Opens in a new window) mainly focuses on offering cashback rewards to its users. Install the extension to search for brands that have deals and rewards available. When you navigate to a site with a deal, Rakuten allows you to activate your cashback reward. The extension tracks the amount of money you have coming to you, which you can then get in the form of a check.

    Disclosure: RetailMeNot and Offers are owned by PCMag parent company Ziff Davis.

    Like What You’re Reading?

    Sign up for Tips & Tricks newsletter for expert advice to get the most out of your technology.

    This newsletter may contain advertising, deals, or affiliate links. Subscribing to a newsletter indicates your consent to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy. You may unsubscribe from the newsletters at any time.

    Your subscription has been confirmed. Keep an eye on your inbox!

    Extreme couponers can get a huge amount of product for little money, an attractive option for some college students. Here’s how to adopt the life of a an extreme couponer:

    Step 1: Start collecting coupons. There are many places to find coupons. Coupon inserts are in the Sunday newspaper each week.

    “If you want to start couponing you need to have more than one Sunday newspaper every week,” said Allie Erler, a 23-year-old BYU—Idaho graduate from Chambersburg, Pennsylvania. “The point of extreme couponing is to have at least four or five of those coupons, and you need that many if you want to get a deal.”

    There are also mobile coupons, and websites such as, Red Plumb and Smart Source have printable coupons. Some stores have printable store coupons; Target, for example, gives great coupons to its customers. The important thing to remember with printable coupons is that the computer only allows two coupons to be printed per computer.

    Step 2: Buy a binder and get organized. Organization is key to becoming an extreme couponer. Go to the store and buy a binder and baseball card holder sheets. These sheets are the perfect size to stick the coupons in and give easy access. Then start organizing the coupons into different sections according to what kind they are. “I organize my coupons according to food, beauty, personal care, cleaning products and pets,” Erler said. “From there I can keep track of when they expire and keep track of each section.”

    Step 3: Research store policies. Every store has a different coupon policy, and it’s important to learn them so the coupon transaction is successful. Most stores only allow four like-coupons per transaction; that means there can only be four of the exact same coupon in one transaction. Walmart and Smith’s, on the other hand, allow an unlimited number of coupons per transaction.

    “I think Walmart and Smith’s is two of the only stores that allows you to use an unlimited number of coupons, but it’s up to the manager, and they can stop you if they want to. Every other store they limit you up to four of the same coupon.”

    Learning the policies is important to make sure the transaction goes smoothly and doesn’t frustrate the couponer or the cashier.

    Step 4: Learn how coupons work. There are many tricks when it comes to couponing, so it’s important to know how to use the coupons. Stores such as Target allow coupon stacking, or using two coupons on one item. But one coupon must be a manufacture coupon, which is the kind from the newspaper or couponing websites. The other is the store coupon, such as the printable coupons on Target’s website. Stacking those two coupons together when there is a good sale usually results in a cheap or even free product. Another trick is coupon doubling. Select stores double coupons up to a certain value, usually $0.50. If the coupon does not say, “cannot be doubled” and the store allows it, it will usually be doubled to $1.

    Step 5: Look for the deals. The key to extreme couponing is waiting for the right sale. Don’t waste the coupons on full-priced items; wait until there is a sale to get the best deal. Couponing websites like Krazy Coupon Lady break down each week what is going to be on sale and what coupons to use; they are a fantastic resource. Reading the grocery ads from the newspaper is also beneficial; they will tell when certain items go on sale. Finding deals will become easier with more practice.

    “From there you can start to learn how (to) coupon, and then when you go into the stores, you can actually figure out your own deals by looking at the items and the coupons,” Erler said.

    Step 6: Start saving money. Extreme couponing saves couponers hundreds to thousands of dollars every year and provides great bulk storage for themselves and their families. I mean seriously, why pay full price for an item if it’s possible to get it for free?

    How to get coupons

    How To Get FREE Coupons From Meijer + Why You’re Not Getting Them

    Do you LOVE the deals we post? Help us continue to grow by sharing the deals with those you know that are Meijer Shoppers! Also take a moment to sign up for the Meijer ONLY Newsletter!

    How to get coupons

    Many of you may have received or just received coupons in the mail from Meijer. I am loving all of the FREE coupons to use at Meijer.

    These coupons are for Meijer, and they are store coupons. This means you can stack these coupons with manufacturer coupons.

    This is what my coupons look like (I get new ones each month):

    How to get coupons

    I love that Meijer is doing this. I’ve been receiving these coupons for several months now. (they come at the beginning of each month)

    Be sure to read the following original information about receiving these coupons. However, I do want to make a note that Meijer started sending these same types of coupons to your mPerk account instead of via mail. This started back in 2019, and I’ve seen these hand-picked offers in my account consistently. I still get the paper ones, but I also get them in my mPerk account. So if you have or used to get the hand-picked paper coupons, check your mPerk account to see if they are there instead.

    So, the question everyone wants to know, how do you get free coupons from Meijer?

    • Well, the answer initially seemed to be pretty straightforward. It (appears to be) tied to your mPerk account. This is why I have been preaching for years, always, always, always put in your mPerk information in when you shop at Meijer (and the gas stations). Even if you are only buying a pack of gum, their system (and other store reward programs) are tracking the way you shop.

    You may ask, I am not receiving these free coupons from Meijer.

    • Go into your mPerk account, in your profile to make sure your address information is in there and up-to-date. You can go under My Account- Shipping- And add your address there. However, keep in mind that just by adding your address to your mPerk account guarantees you will start receiving them. Keep reading to see what I mean.

    Well, I did that, and I am still not receiving them.

    **updated** After many of you have commented saying you have done everything, but you are still not getting the coupons, I decided to reach out to Meijer to see exactly how these hand-selected coupons work. Here’s what they said:

    From Meijer : These are being sent out monthly, and the customers who are targeted vary from month to month. You are correct that the offers are based on what customers are buying. The program targets people who are in mPerks and people that are not, again, it varies month to month.

    A question I asked them,”this keeps coming up in from my readers- they are saying that they may not get them, but their neighbors do. Is there a rhyme or reason for this?”

    From Meijer: Currently, we are only communicating with about 2 million of our 11 plus million database of customers. We are using this time as a test and learn environment. We find the most relevant offers for each customer.

    **This means you may get them ONE month and NOT get them again! Again, this is part of a TEST system***

    Conclusion: This is still in TEST mode for Meijer. Here’s how you can help if you ARE getting them:

    • USE them!
    • Let Meijer know you love the hand-selected coupons. (or if you dislike them, I guess you can tell them that as well).
    • Continue to put in your mPerk information when you check-out.

    And will these hand-picked coupons eventually go out to all customers? Not at this time.

    • From what I have gathered (and from what many of you have stated in our Meijer group), they have been sending these out in various regions/batches. So if your information is in there, they may not have got to your region yet. *this continues to be true since this is a TEST for Meijer as they learn what their shoppers need/want.
    • The other reason why you may not be receiving them is when is the last time you shopped at Meijer? If it’s been a long time, that could be why you have not received the free coupons.
    • Also, if you were shopping at Meijer, but did not input your mPerk information at the register, that could be another reason why you have not received the free coupons.

    What I will say for you to do is this:

    • Keep plugging in your mPerk information at the register
    • Make sure your address and information is updated in the Meijer mPerk account
    • Have patience– maybe Meijer has not got to your region yet.
    • Again, this is still in test mode for Meijer. It may stay around; it may not.

    What type of coupons are people receiving?

    Everyone is going to get DIFFERENT coupons. Why? It’s based on how YOU shop!

    My conclusion:

    After hearing from Meijer, my conclusion is this- continue to use your Meijer mPerk account, as well as to shop at Meijer for things you need. Also, make sure your information is updated on your mPerk account. Overall, this is still in test mode for Meijer, so everyone will not get them. Unfortunately, when BETA programs happen, everyone does not get them . Let’s continue to give Meijer positive feedback and encouragement so everyone will get them, AND they keep this program!

    **** if you are not getting them and you did everything, have PATIENCE!! Meijer clearly told us that they are only sending these out to a percentage of their customers. Hopefully, this program will stay, and everyone will get them. But at this time, they are NOT sending them to every Meijer shopper.

    Are you getting the free coupons? Please drop me a line below and let me know (and the region you are in!)

    Not familiar with how to read inserts, check out the coupon lingo, click HERE!

    The Newest Way to Save at Dollar General.

    Print Money-Saving Coupons.

    More Ways to Save

    Weekly Ad

    Mobile Alerts

    DG Emails

    Privacy | Terms
    California Supply Chain Act | California Privacy Rights | Do Not Sell My Info | Accessibility Statement | Product Recall
    Product availability, styles, colors, brands, promotions and prices may vary between stores and online.
    Early sell-out possible on special purchase items, and quantities may be otherwise limited. We reserve the
    right in our sole discretion to limit quantities to normal retail and online purchases. No rain checks available.
    Not responsible for typographical errors.

    How to get coupons

    You’re already building a Pickup order at.

    Changing your store will cancel your order, and clear your cart.


    Now Introducing: your wallet

    All of your clipped deals can now be found in your wallet.

    Don’t forget to enter your phone number in store, at the register to apply your deals.

    How do rebates work?

    1. Connect your PayPal account.
    2. Add any rebate that you want to use to your wallet.
    3. Purchase eligible products and enter your phone number at the register.
    4. will send the rebate to your PayPal account in 3-7 days.

    Got It

    Rebate eligibility check

    Please provide your date of birth and zip code so we can determine if you’re eligible for this rebate.

    You are not eligible for this rebate

    Unfortunately, you don’t meet the location requirements for this rebate.

    If you think this is a mistake, re-enter your zip code to try again.

    Re-enter zip code

    Update your profile

    The zip code you entered is eligible for this offer, but does not match the zip code in your profile.
    Would you like to update your profile?

    Update your profile No thank you

    Something went wrong

    We were unable to update your zip code in your profile, but you can still continue with the rebate process.


    Your profile has been updated.

    Connect PayPal

    Please connect a PayPal account so you can receive rebate payments.

    PayPal information

    Check your information

    The information you entered does not match PayPal.

    Please check your PayPal account and enter the correct information.

    Shared on November 6 Leave A Comment

    Note: Some links in this post are affiliate links, which means I receive a commission if you make a purchase. Affiliate relationships include, but are not limited to, Bluehost, Amazon Associates, and StudioPress.

    Do you need free baby formula coupons?

    Here are two ways to get these free formula coupons and samples delivered right to your mailbox.

    When you’re pregnant for the first time, it’s hard to know exactly what you need for your newborn baby.

    Back then, I didn’t even know I would eventually need formula coupons.

    I thought I was going to breast feed for the first year of my baby’s life, like all the experts seemed to recommend.

    Little did I know that I would stop breastfeeding at 8 months and need 4 months worth of formula to get to the point where my little girl could drink milk.

    For a modest single income household, formula is EXPENSIVE!

    How to get coupons

    Free Baby Formula Coupons in Store

    I quickly learned that the easiest way to get coupons was to register at my local Motherhood Maternity store.

    When I went there for clothes, they asked if they could add me to their mailing list.

    I said sure, and next thing I knew, I was receiving free baby formula coupons by mail!

    Seriously, this is the best & easiest way to get free Enfamil coupons and Similac discounts (they would often send me $5 and $10 coupons off individual tubs of formula, which was a HUGE discount!)

    Enfamil® Coupons

    If you don’t have a store like this near you, you can always sign up directly with Enfamil® Click here to join Enfamil Shop Rewards >>

    In addition to free Enfamil coupons just by signing up directly with the company, you’ll get trusted advice for every stage of your baby’s development, plus discounts on Enfamil products, free samples and goodies, such as an Enfamil Pack ‘n Cool™. Note: This offer is intended for U.S. residents only.

    In addition to the coupons (they are usually worth $5 or $10 each and come every month or two, if I remember correctly), you will also receive full size formula samples. Not a bad deal for free!

    Sometimes Amazon even offers coupons for Enfamil right on the checkout page! You can find Enfamil listed on Amazon here >>

    Free Similac Formula Coupons

    Another formula brand my kids liked was Similac.

    Similac has a similar program that sends you free samples of formula among other stuff, and that sign up is here ==>> Click here to get Similac coupons

    I can’t remember exactly how often Similac mailed out their checks, but I felt like it was fairly often….I definitely had more $5 vouchers than I could possibly use.

    Discount Baby Formula?

    People often ask me what discounted brands I like for baby formula.

    I didn’t venture out much because my babies all had fairly sensitive stomachs and reflux issues; however, we DID try the Sam’s Club brand at one point and that seemed just fine.

    If you don’t have a Sam’s Club membership but want to try that brand of formula, they’re offering a deal right now where you can get a $45 for joining (for $45), so basically they’ve giving you a free membership! Click here to get the $45 Sam’s Club offer >>

    Do You Know Other Ways to Get Free Baby Formula Coupons?

    I’m sure there are many other ways to get free formula coupons.

    If you know how to get Earth’s Best, Gerber, or other brand name infant formula coupons, please share in the comments below!

    Other Free Stuff & Cool Deals for New Moms

    I’m always on the hunt for great deals. When you have a baby on the way, you can never save too much money!

    1. Free Baby Leggings, Nursing Cover, Car Seat Cover & More

    I just found out that you can get lots of cool things for free for your baby, just by paying shipping. Things that would otherwise cost a lot of money!

    You can get items like a car seat cover (for cooler weather), a nursing pillow, a nursing cover, etc.

    Click here to see everything you can get for free >> Freebies for Moms

    How to get coupons

    2. Amazing Deal on Blue Apron Meal Kits

    One amazing way to save your sanity when you have a baby or other little ones at home is to have meal kits delivered to your door.

    We did this one year and it was a LIFE SAVER. I can’t recommend it enough.

    I was able to snag a great deal on Blue Apron meal delivery for us – click here to get $60 off your first 3 boxes.

    How to get coupons

    3. $16 Off Hello Bello Diaper & Wipes Subscription

    Hello Bello is a really cute diaper & wipes subscription service. Their designs are so pretty!

    More Money Savings for New Moms

    1) Groupon Coupon Network – When you have a newborn baby to care for, you can use all the money saving ideas out there. Make sure to sign up for the grocery coupon network here:

    2) Money Saving App – Also make sure you sign up for iBotta….it’s a really easy to use app that allows you to save money on everyday groceries you’ll be buying anyway! In this post, I describe a more advanced technique for getting TRIPLE savings on every item you purchase/

    3) Free Shipping to Your Door – Finally, my absolute favorite thing to use as a mom is Amazon Family (formerly Amazon Mom). In fact, I think it saved my sanity quite a few times when I had a sick toddler and a baby to take care of and couldn’t fathom a trip to the store by myself with them just for diapers.

    Couponing 101: Where To Find Coupons!
    How to get couponsOne of the questions I get asked most is, where do I find coupons. In this article I am going to let you know where to find coupons that will help save you money!

    Coupons are a great way to cut spending when shopping for almost anything. I use coupons on date nights, when buying clothing, toys, travel, and more.

    If you were to ask me what I use coupons on the most though I would have to say grocery items. I shop far more for food, cleaning supplies, and hygiene products, than I go out on dates or travel.

    Where To Find Coupons

    I’ve been couponing for 8 years now, wow I can’t believe it has been that long!

    While couponing has evolved since I started, that just means there are more ways to save money now.

    Below I am sharing all the places I find coupons to save money off my grocery bill!

    Mail To Home Coupons

    Mail to home coupons are great because they are 100% cost-free to you.

    There are however fewer and fewer mail to home coupons in the last few years. Due to companies look to cut costs, we are seeing a decline in mail to home coupons.

    Some sites that you can order mail to home coupons from are:

    • Websaver VIP

    Printable Coupons

    Printable coupons are where you will find the majority of coupons nowadays.

    When I first started couponing it was so hard to get a store to accept a printable coupon. Fast forward 8 years and it is the norm and it’s hard to get our hands on mail to home coupons.

    So invest in a good printer that is low-cost. I own two laser printer as the toner is much cheaper, and lasts much longer, that inkjet printers.

    To save on ink, print your coupons in black and white.

    Amazon often has great sales on printers and always purchase generic toner for your printer – no need for the name brand!

    EXTRA TIP: check the Canadian version of a brands website for any printable coupons. If they don’t have a Canadian version, check their website as often they have both US and Canadian printable coupons available.

    Some sites that you can print coupons from are:

    • SmartSource
    • Healthy Essentials
    • P&G Everyday
    • Tasty Rewards
    • Kimberly-Clark Brands (Huggies etc)
    • Kraft Canada
    • Clorox Canada
    • The Healthy Shopper
    • Whole Foods Market
    • Danone Products
    • SmartSaver
    • Walmart Coupon Portal
    • Bayer Products
    • Save On Energy (Ontario Only)

    Insert Coupons

    Insert coupons are awesome for scoring great coupons. You will usually find insert coupons in your weekly flyers or weekend newspaper.

    If you have no shame, you can ask neighbours if they don’t use them to drop them off to you.

    These inserts often come out on a schedule, however, only SmartSource and RedPlum share their schedules with bloggers.

    EXTRA TIP: There are also from time to time special surprise inserts such as Walmart and Unilever. Be sure to keep your eyes out for those in your weekly flyers or newspapers.

    Keep your eye out for the following regular inserts:

    • SmartSource
    • RedPlum
    • P&G Brandsaver

    In-Store Coupons

    In-store coupons are a great way to get more of a certain coupon if your family purchases that product often.

    When you are shopping, keep your eyes open for tearpads throughout the store. Tearpads are a pad of coupons which are normally near the product that the coupon is for.

    Product Packaging Coupons

    Another great way to get coupons is right on the products you are buying.

    Often cereal will have coupons on the back for fresh fruit, milk, yogurt or other breakfast friendly foods.

    Many products will have what are called peelies. Those are coupons that are stuck on the product. You can peel it off to use during that shopping trip, or wait to peel it off at home and use it later on a better sale.


    You can also find hang-tag type coupons which are normally hanging from the neck of a product. I find hang-tag coupons on cleaning products, laundry detergent, pickle and jam jars etc.

    Always keep your eye out for coupons on packaging, and be sure to purchase the ones that have coupons vs packaging that doesn’t.

    Newsletters & Mailing Lists

    Signing up for brands newsletters or mailing lists are great ways to score coupons. Many brands will send exclusive coupons to those that subscribe to their newsletter.

    I suggest going through your pantry, freezer, and fridge to make a list of brand/products your family uses. Once you have a list I would go online and take an hour or so to visit all those brands Canadian websites and join their newsletter. This will allow you to be alerted to any coupons or samples should they be offered.

    You can also try emailing them using their contact form letting them know how much your family enjoys their product. Within your email, ask if they had a few money savings coupons they could pass along to you. Be sure to include your full mailing address in the body of your message as most companies will not even respond but will just mail out coupons.

    EXTRA TIP: I do suggest opening a new email account you will use just for the purpose of couponing, newsletters etc so you don’t overload your general email account.

    Samples & Freebies

    Often when I fill out a form for a free sample, when it arrives it comes with a coupon. Sample boxes from companies like SampleSource often add coupons in the package with the samples too.

    Be sure to follow your favourite brands on their social media accounts as they generally will offer samples, freebies and coupons on their social channels to their followers.

    Trading Coupons & Coupon Trains

    When I first started couponing, trading coupons and coupon trains was huge. There were tons of forums and groups to trade coupons in or start/join trains.

    However, I found over the years the more couponers were out there, the harder it became to trade. People were becoming extremely greedy, and nearly wanted your first-born in exchange for a $1 off coupon. I stopped trading with strangers and now only trade/exchange coupons with close friends.

    I am sure there still are groups and forums out there to trade coupons if you are interested in looking into it.

    Learn which companies to contact for coupons. We have over 200 companies to contact for coupons in your mailbox. You can get free coupons for groceries and more.

    How to get coupons

    Companies to contact for coupons

    Did you know you can contact companies directly for money saving coupons?

    It’s true!

    All companies have their contact information listed on their products and online. Most companies will have an email or address where you can send your complaint or compliment directly.

    Now, when I write to companies, I am not directly saying “Please send me coupons!” (Though sometimes that might be appropriate.)

    Most of the time I will write a brief compliment or suggestion. Sometimes I’ll even write a criticism, if it applies.

    How to get coupons

    Here are a few sample letter asking for coupons that I have written:

    • Compliment: My family loves the Rhodes Anytime Cinnamon Rolls! They have become a breakfast staple at our house. (Be specific about brand information.)
    • Complaint: I recently bought the Duracell Quantum AA batteries (include UPC code from package) and I was disappointed with the battery life. – Provide short but succinct detail about what your problem was and possible how it can be fixed.
    • New Product: I recently saw an ad for the new Tic Tac Mixers! I am very excited to try to new product and I can’t wait to find it in my local store.
    • Loyal Customer: I have been a loyal Hunt’s Foods customer for years. My family loves the taste of the Pasta Sauce and Ketchup and I love the 100% natural canned tomatoes. I would love any money saving coupons you can send our way.

    These are just a few ideas to get you started. The keys when writing to companies is to keep your email short and direct.

    It’s very simple to learn how to get coupons.

    You also want to be sure to include your mailing address, if possible. It doesn’t take much time at all.

    Now, not all companies will send coupons, but don’t be discouraged. The coupons you do receive will likely be of a higher value then you can print and you may even get some coupons for FREE products!

    I am including a very extensive list of many of the companies that have been known to send coupons. This list IS long.

    I suggest you start with brands and products your family currently uses (or would like to use) and then work your way through the list once you’ve hit your favorites. Start contacting companies now, and in a few weeks you are going to be pleasantly surprised when you check your mailbox!

    You will love getting free coupons by mail!

    Make sure you pin this post and save it, so you can come back to it regularly!

    How to get coupons

    Get More Coupons

    Sunday insert coupons are a great way to save a good amount of money at the grocery store. You can use these coupons to stock up on great deals, especially when you combine the coupons with store sales. Many times, you can actually get a nice chunk of your groceries for free.

    In this day and age, most families have to use coupons, in order to be able to afford to feed their family without going into debt.

    The problem with Sunday insert coupons, though, is that you usually have to pay anywhere from $1.50 to $2 for the Sunday paper. While this doesn’t see like much, it can really add up when you need several copies of the same coupons each week. While you still can save money even when you have to buy multiple Sunday papers for the coupons, how much more can you save when you can get the coupon inserts for free?

    Here are some ideas that you can try to help you get free coupon inserts.

    Ask Everyone!

    So many people get the newspaper but throw away or recycle the coupons because they can’t be bothered with them. Ask your friends, relatives, neighbors and the people you work with to save the coupon inserts for you.

    I belong to a weekly woman’s bible study, and I’ve asked the members of the group to save their coupons for me.


    Recycling bins can be another great source of Sunday insert coupons. Whether it is the recycle bin at work or the ones that are available for town residents, you can often pick up 15-20 full coupon inserts, just by reaching into a recycling bin during the week.

    You’ll obviously want a nice clean newspaper only recycling bin to dive into, since this will be the easiest and fastest way to find your coupons. The couple of minutes you take to rescue even just a few coupon inserts will be worth a lot of money back in savings.

    Find the Source

    If you get friendly with your local convenience store manager or someone who delivers the Sunday newspaper, you can always ask for extra inserts. On Sunday night or Monday morning, newspapers are often dissembled and recycled. And newspaper carriers are often given extra inserts that they have to insert themselves.

    You might find that simply asking for the coupons will yield you more than you can use!

    Do you have a favorite way to get free Sunday insert coupons? If so, please leave a comment and tell us.

    In life there seems to always be a hack for everything. Today I stumbled upon a hack that I think many people will find quite useful. How to print unlimited printable coupons.

    Have you ever been to one of those coupon sites and wanted to print more than one coupon. Well for some reason they have decided that they only want you to print one or two of any deal per computer. They do this so that people don’t go and print 100 copies of a really good coupon, but why would they want to stop people from saving? So they put software on your computer to detect where it is going to print to and what settings are on that printer. They make sure it is a real printer, and that you can’t print multiple copies. Today I discovered a flaw in their method. Their system does not know how to handle it when the printer is off, it just puts it into the que. Once in the que it is paused, waiting for your printer to be turned on. Once it is paused you can actually do some minor changes to it. We simply want more copies of the printout, but there is no direct way to increase the number of copies that it prints, but there is an easy way to have it NOT delete from the que once it is done.

    How to get coupons

    All you need to do is go to the printer properties menu, then click advanced and then check the box for “Keep printed documents”. Hit apply. Turn on your printer and it will instantly print the data in your que. Once it is done the status will turn to “printed”, but the data will be there for you to still use. Simply right click on it and select “restart” and boom, it will print another copy of all the coupons you wanted. Keep doing this until you have printed the amount you need. To remove it just right click on the job and hit cancel, it will delete the data. If the “Keep printed documents” box is checked their software will NOT let you print, and it will just hang. You can keep the window that lets you check and uncheck this box open and just hit apply to make the change. You have every right to play with the settings on your own computer.

    I found this to work with a Brother laser printer on a Windows 7 computer, fully updated, running Chrome. I have not tested it in any other area but I would guess it would work with any browser and and windows OS, though different printer drivers may not have the “Keep printed documents” feature. Other people online have found ways to actually take that date in the que, and save it to a PDF file so that they can email it to others. I have not tried or plan to try this. Still others say that they have been able to edit this PDF and change dates and amounts on the coupons, to me that is direct fraud, and is cheating and I would never do that or suggest that, I only mention it here to warn you away from doing it.

    I hope you found this information useful, and if you want a good deal on computer hardware consider Emerald Computers for your computer needs.

    I often get asked “How do I find coupons?” or “Where do you get all of your coupons?” Are you wondering that too? Do you want to know where these bloggers or extreme couponers find all of those coupons? I’ll let you in on my secret and show you many places you can find coupons codes, printable coupons, store coupons, product coupons, and more.

    How to get coupons

    Where to Find Coupons

    Printable Coupons

    If you are looking for printable coupons, then let’s first narrow down what type of printable coupon you are seeking.

    For finding coupons on products you buy at the grocery store or drug store, you have a couple of options.

    • Printable coupon sites can have hundreds of coupons available. These vary each month and many have print limits. You need to have your own computer printer in order to get these. Here are a few helpful places to find printable manufacturer’s coupons.
      • Look for coupons before you go shopping. Use the Coupon Database here.
      • Here are manufacturer’s printable coupons available for use at various grocery stores and drug stores.
    • Many stores offer store-specific coupons. Some of these coupons are the same ones you will find from and other sites like that.
      • coupons for Target
      • CVS coupons
      • coupons for Walmart
      • HEB coupons – Now it’s even easier to use H-E-B coupons. You select the coupons you want to use through the app and then type in your phone number and pin at checkout. See all of the live coupons at H-E-B.
      • coupons for Whole Foods
    • Go to the company’s website and see if they have any offers on their site.
    • Use Google. In the search box below enter “ printable coupon ” product/store name . See what comes up. You may want to refine your search to only look for content over the last few months.

    How to Find Printable Coupons for Retail Stores and Restaurants.

    You can use the same Google method above. Like above, in the search box enter “ printable coupon ” store name . Narrow down the search by limiting the time frame or just look through images.

    Be sure to subscribe to the email of your favorite stores and restaurants. Many companies often send out coupons throughout the year and during special events such as birthdays.

    How to get coupons

    How to get coupons

    Find Already Printed Coupons

    Find Coupons in The Newspaper

    How to get coupons

    The newspaper often has coupons, especially on Sundays. In the paper, find both product and store coupons. In addition, check out the frequently updated interactive coupon database. Search thousands of printable coupons, newspaper coupon inserts, magazine coupons, rebates, and more. For discounts on newspapers, Amazon sells discounted newspaper subscriptions or check out DiscountedNewspapers. Also, check with libraries, hotels, and coffee shops to see if you can have the coupon inserts from their newspapers.

    Coupons for New Residents

    When you move to a new city or even a new home, many companies will give you coupons. You can usually get a coupon packet when you submit a change of address at the post office.

    When I moved to Austin, I wished I had had this guide of Things You Should Know When Moving to Austin, TX.

    Ask For Coupons

    How to get coupons

    I have gotten coupons by just asking the company who makes the product. Read the post, How to Ask for Coupons for more details.


    Stores will often have coupons hanging near the product. Before I pick an item off the shelf I check to see if there is a coupon hanging nearby for the item.

    How to Find Coupon Codes

    Just like printable coupons, be sure to subscribe to emails from your favorite stores.

    Again, search Google. Be sure to narrow down your searches to a current time frame.

    Search sites such as this: Don’t Pay Full, Coupon Database, RetailMeNot, and CouponX.

    Amazon is a little bit trickier in terms of finding coupon codes. Read How to Get Amazon Coupons, Discounts, Deals, and Free Stuff here.

    Don’t Forget About Mobile Coupons!

    Get these coupons right on your mobile phone or tablet. Programs and apps let you download coupons on phone. Check out the Target Cartwheel App and Ibotta, for example. Walgreens and CVS have apps with coupons as well.


    eCoupons can be loaded right to your store loyalty cards. Check out the website of a favorite grocery store to see if they have electronic coupons. H-E-B has digital coupons you can redeem in-store. Select the coupons either from the H-E-B website or the H-E-B app.

    Last Resort

    If you can’t find coupons, then at least try shopping through a cash back site like Ebates. You get a percent back on your purchases and they list some coupons on their site as well.

    How to get coupons

    You are on your way…

    Now that you know where to get your coupons you are on the road to saving lots of money. But, be careful! Make sure not to end up spending more money just because you think you are getting a deal. Next, be sure to read, How to not spend more money when you are trying to save money.

    Rachel is an Austin blogger, educator, mom, wife, young breast cancer survivor writing about health, saving money, and living a happy life in Austin, Texas.

    Rachel has written for HuffPost and Hometalk and has been featured on KXAN, Studio 512, Fox 7 Austin, and CBS Austin.

    About Cha Ching Queen

    Cha Ching Queen started as coupon blog, but has morphed into lifestyle blog with encouragement and tips to live a happy, healthy life. You’ll find deals, DIYs, health tips, recipes, breast cancer information (the founder is a Breast Cancer Survivor), budget travel information, and more. Cha Ching Queen is a little bit of everything. Enjoy!

    Inquiries and Partnerships

    For questions, PR, or advertising inquiries contact [email protected] See the disclosure, privacy policy, and full terms of service here. Cha Ching Queen®

    Affiliate Links

    Cha Ching Queen is a participant in the Amazon Services LLC Associates Program, an affiliate advertising program designed to provide a means for sites to earn advertising fees by advertising and linking to

    © 2022 Cha Ching Queen

    ChaChingQueen does not provide individual or customized medical, legal, or financial advice. Since each individual’s situation is unique, a qualified professional should be consulted about your specific situation before making financial and/or medical decisions.

  • How to treat a cut on the bottom of your foot

    More Articles

    1. How to Make Cuts Heal Faster
    2. How to Tape a Hurt Toe
    3. Home Remedy for a Red & Swollen Fingernail
    4. How to Use Promogran Prisma Matrix Wound Dressing
    5. How to Protect a Toe With No Nail

    Treating a cut on the bottom of a toe is just like treating a cut anywhere else, with one significant difference. Since so much pressure is put on them during the day, they need extra protection to keep from getting re-opened or infected. Here’s how to do it.

    If you are experiencing serious medical symptoms, seek emergency treatment immediately.

    Examine the cut. Is it deep or shallow? Is it long or short? Is it clean, or dirty? is there anything in it? Is it bleeding and, if so, how badly.

    How to Make Cuts Heal Faster

    If the cut is bleeding badly, the first matter is to stop the blood flow. Wrap a bandage moderately tightly around it, and elevate the foot by putting it up on a table or chair. Sterile gauze is the best way to stop the bleeding, but a paper towel or even a T-shirt will do in a pinch.

    Once the bleeding has slowed, or if it was not bad to begin with, walk to the bathroom, taking care to put as little pressure on the wound as possible. If possible, have someone else support you so you don’t have to walk on the toe.

    How to Tape a Hurt Toe

    Clean the cut with a cloth. Wipe gently around the surrounding area and the cut itself, cleaning away any blood or dirt. Pat it dry.

    Sterilize the cut with an antiseptic. This will hurt, but you need to do it to avoid an infection. Rubbing alcohol works well. Hydrogen peroxide is excellent, but it will hurt a lot.

    Put on some antibiotic ointment, such as Neosporin. Be sure to cover the cut completely.

    Apply a Band-aid, or other adhesive bandage. Make sure that the pad covers the wound, and wrap the bandage all the way around the toe.

    Wrap a layer of bandage tape around the bandage. This will serve to provide some added cushioning to the wound, and also stop the bandage from moving around.

    Change the bandage every morning and every evening. Cut it off with a scissors, wash the wound gently, and re-apply the antibiotic ointment. Then, put on a new bandage.

    Particularly if you do a lot of walking, consider wearing two pairs of socks until the cut has healed somewhat. This will cushion it, making it less likely that you will irritate and re-open it.


    If the wound gets red or purple and swollen, or starts to ooze pus, go to the doctor as soon as possible. You probably have an infection.

    Top Rated Local® First Aid Foot Treatments

    Your feet are susceptible to many different types of wounds and injuries that require first aid treatments to prevent infection and further injury. Proper first aid for feet, or any other part of the body, can greatly reduce the risk of a small problem becoming much worse.

    At A Step Ahead Foot & Ankle Center, our foot doctors are here to assist you with any type of foot or ankle wound, from walking you through first aid procedures to caring for more serious injuries. Call your local podiatrist at one of our A Step Ahead Foot & Ankles Centers today for all your foot problems!

    Common Foot Wounds

    Injuries to your foot or ankle are frequent and common. They range from stubbing a toe to fracturing an ankle. It is important to understand each type of foot wound so that you can perform proper first aid. Below are a few of the most common types of foot wounds. Call A Step Ahead Foot & Ankle Center today with any questions or concerns!

    Feet can obtain cuts from a number of things, such as dropping something sharp, running into an object, or stepping on a foreign object. When you get a cut on your foot, be sure that you properly sterilize the wound and bandage it to heal.


    Much like cuts, scrapes are another common foot wound that can become worse if not taken care of. Scrapes can be caused by anything from a sharp object to a pet within your home. Monitor scrapes to ensure that they are healing properly.


    Whether it be a blister or an unhealed cut, sores are extremely common on your feet and can take a long time to heal if not attended to immediately. It is important that you clean and bandage your sore properly, as well as treat any infections.


    Many times when hot liquids spill, your feet end up getting burned. Due to the constant use of your feet, burns can be extremely painful. It is important to properly care for minor burns, and to see your foot doctor for any major burns.


    Rather than getting a cut or scrape on your foot when something is dropped on it or walked into, you may just get a bruise. While bruises are normally very minor and heal quickly, it is vital that you monitor the bruise to ensure proper circulation.


    Ankles are the most vulnerable to sprains as it takes the slightest uneven ground to cause this painful injury. Sprains often take a little while to heal completely, depending on the severity, so it is important to keep it stabilized during this time.

    Foreign Objects

    Since we are constantly walking around on our feet, it isn’t rare to step on a foreign object that penetrates the skin and causes a wound on your foot. If this happens, it is important to properly remove the object and care for the wound.


    Fractures can vary from simple to complex, and the severity of it will determine the treatment and recovery time. If you believe that you’ve fractured a bone in your foot or ankle, perform proper first aid and see your foot doctor immediately.


    With 26 small bones in your foot and three major bones in your ankle, broken bones in the foot are quite common. While some breaks such as a broken toe can be fairly minor, a major break needs medical attention from your foot doctor.

    Treating Cuts and Sores

    Cuts on the foot are best treated by thoroughly cleaning the area with an antibacterial soap such as Dial, and then applying an antiseptic like Merthiolate or Betadine. The cut should be kept covered with sterile gauze dressing until a scab is well-formed, which normally takes several days. If the cut is bleeding heavily, elevate the leg, and apply firm pressure with gauze directly on the cut for about 20 minutes. This helps to slow the bleeding and eventually bring it to a stop. In the case that elevation doesn’t help and bleeding continues, or if it is a puncture wound, contact A Step Ahead Foot & Ankle Center to speak to a foot specialist immediately!

    If you have a cut or sore on your foot that is red, swollen, and has liquids draining out of it, then it is most likely infected. First, soak the area for 20 minutes in warm water with two tablespoons of Epsom salts or table salt added per gallon of water. Repeat this treatment frequently, four to six times a day. Keep the area covered with sterile gauze between soaks. If you find that the condition is not improving after one day, if you see any red streaks going up the foot or leg, or if you have any soreness behind the knee and/or groin area, seek professional attention immediately from the foot and ankle specialists at A Step Ahead Foot & Ankle Center to get the infection under control. Infections are a serious matter, and should be dealt with promptly. Failure to have proper treatment of a minor infection may allow it to develop into a life-threatening situation. Call us today if you have a cut or sore that is not healing!

    Treating Sprains, Fractures, And Breaks

    Foot injuries such as sprains, fractures, and breaks are all treated similarly. Whenever you sustain an injury to your foot or ankle, think R.I.C.E. — rest, ice, compression, and elevation. Never apply heat to an injury for at least 36 hours after the injury occurs.

    If you suspect you have broken a bone in your foot or ankle, it is important that the injured spot be immobilized to prevent any possible further damage. Examination by your local podiatrist and x-rays will help determine the necessary treatment. Call A Step Ahead Foot & Ankle Center today if you believe you may have broken or fractured a bone in your foot or ankle!

    Rest the injured foot to avoid further injury.

    You’re clowning around barefoot outdoors when a stinging pain in your sole lets you know you’ve stepped on something sharp. And not just something, a nail! Or a screw! A screw is in your FOOT. It’s IN YOUR FOOT! Now what?

    You’ve got a particularly nasty, but quite common, foot puncture wound. A foot puncture wound is not like a normal cut; it is a small hole in the skin, but the hole is deep and the sharp object that caused the wound (the “foreign body” as they call it in the biz) is usually still stuck in the skin. If the object is stuck, the wound may not bleed much or at all.

    Preventing a Puncture Wound in the Foot

    To avoid getting a “hole in the sole,” be careful out there and follow these tips.

    How to treat a cut on the bottom of your foot

    Wear appropriate socks and shoes for the occasion. Heavy-soled shoes should be worn if you’re playing or working in a place where sharp objects (nails, screws, stones, tacks, or insects) might be scattered about.

    Check the insides of your shoes before jamming them on your feet to make sure nothing fell in while they were off. Pets sometimes like to hide small objects in their owners’ shoes.

    If you have a condition that leaves you prone to infection (i.e., you suffer from diabetes, immunodeficiency, or peripheral vascular disease), you are particularly at risk and should avoid going barefoot altogether.

    Caring for a Puncture Wound

    If all of that fails, there are some steps you can take to treat a minor wound at home. First, wash your hands! If the wound is bleeding, apply gentle pressure with a clean cloth or bandage.

    Rinse the wound with water and use disinfected tweezers to remove debris. Clean the wound with soap and water, pat try with a clean towel, apply an antibiotic, and cover with a bandage. Change the bandage once a day.

    If the wound is showing signs of infection – i.e., it swells up, turns red, is warm to the touch or the pain increases – then you need to see your foot and ankle specialist.

    • There’s persistent bleeding,
    • You were bitten by an animal (or human!), or
    • It was caused by a dirty metal object,

    …. then you need to take your puncture-wound to a foot and ankle specialist immediately. The sharp object has introduced debris and bacteria into your body, bypassing your body’s natural defenses provided by your skin. Don’t be that guy that refuses to get help – you might lose your foot!

    Then, the doctor will assess how deep the wound is, administer anesthesia for the pain, and thoroughly clean out the wound of any debris. You might need a tetanus booster or antibiotics.

    For more information or if you would like to make an appointment with one our foot and ankle specialists, please call (877) 989-9110 or visit us at

    University Foot and Ankle Institute has nine locations throughout the Greater Los Angeles area and Southern California.

    • About
    • Latest Posts

    As co-founder and co-director of University Foot and Ankle Institute, board-certified Dr. Gary Briskin began his medical training by serving a residency at Flint General Hospital in Michigan. Once completed, he established a practice in Century City Hospital, where he soon became chief of podiatric surgery.

    Dr. Briskin is a Diplomat of the American Board of Podiatric Surgery and a Fellow of the American College of Foot and Ankle Surgeons. He also serves as an assistant clinical professor at the UCLA School of Medicine.

    Feet are vulnerable to trauma and injury. Cuts and bruise are common especially if you do not wear footwear. The skin is first layer of protection for the body besides its several other important functions. If the skin is damaged, microorganisms that inhabit normally on its surface get a chance to seep inside the body leading to infected wound.

    Cut on foot mostly occur accidentally. It can be a deep cut involving the layers of skin and the underneath tissues or a minor superficial cut involving only the layers of skin. Infection can occur in any case.

    Many times you can do the home repair on these little infected cuts with items probably stored in your kitchen or medicine cabinet. However, serious deep seated wound requires antibiotics and physicians care.

    Signs Of Infection From A Cut On Foot

    Cuts and scrapes on foot are common occurrence. You may injure and cut your foot with a sharp object like a broken glass or an object with sharp edge.

    The first sign of infection is pain and localized redness at the site of cut. It is accompanied with swelling and inflammation around the cut. The area is warm to touch. After few days, you will notice yellow pus discharging from the area.

    Pain intensifies and person is unable to move freely due to throbbing or burning pain. The lymph glands situated in the groin become tender and enlarged.

    Besides local symptoms, the patient may suffer from systemic symptoms such as fever, headache, body ache, when the cut on foot is infected.

    Home Remedies To Treat An Infected Cut On Foot

    Infected cut on foot has to be treated as soon as possible to prevent further deterioration and complications. Once you know the cut is infected follow these simple steps to treat it. If infected wound is in its initial stage you can try simple home remedies. However, for more serious and large infected area, or systemic involvement needs to be consultation of doctors. If you are a diabetic do not try to treat it at home. Consult your doctor.

    • Wash your hands with soap and water before you touch the wound.
    • Clean the wound with antiseptic solution or warm water and soap.
    • Press the area gently to remove the pus. Clean the area again with antiseptic solution and dry the area.
    • Apply antibacterial ointment over the area and cover it with sterile gauze piece. Place adhesive tapes over the gauze.
    • Change the dressing daily for few days.
    • Oral antibiotics will help to cure the infection. Your doctor will prescribe the antibiotic. Sometimes he will also prescribe and anti-inflammatory medicines to reduce swelling.

    Certain home remedies present your kitchen cabinet will encourage the healing process.

    • Turmeric powder has inherent antibacterial and anti-inflammatory properties. Take pinch of turmeric powder and mix it with one glass of milk. Drink this milk once in a day.
    • Apply small amount of turmeric powder over the infected wound and cover it with sterile gauze piece.
    • Honey is time tested home remedy for treating small cut wounds on leg and other areas of body. This natural remedy has hidden antibacterial and anti-inflammatory qualities. Use it by applying it over the cut wound. Cover the area with gauze piece.

    No matter how careful you try to be as you go through life, minor cuts, scrapes, bruises, and sometimes even more serious wounds do happen. When the injury occurs on your toes, feet, ankles, or legs, it can be especially painful and hard to heal. That’s why proper care and treatment for a foot wound from the very moment it occurs is very important to ensure proper healing.

    As a podiatrist with The Medical Group of South Florida, Dr. Ariel Lepoff is here to help you with the wound care of your legs and feet.

    First aid tips for proper wound care

    First and foremost, before treating any kind of wound or burn, wash your hands. In addition, wear disposable protective gloves, if possible.

    Next, follow these 6 tips to avoid infection and promote healing.

    1. Clean wounds right away

    For a clean-cut or scrape, the first thing to do is clean the wound with sterile saline and antibacterial soap. If the wound is dirty after this step, then irrigate the wound using a 1 percent povidone-iodine solution. Mix one-part 10 percent povidone-iodine to 10 parts water. Pat the wound dry with gauze and hold light pressure if necessary.

    2. Apply antibiotic cream

    Antibiotic creams and ointments can also reduce the risk of infections. Apply a thin layer on the wound, but if a rash develops, discontinue use.

    3. Cover with a bandage

    An uncovered cut or scrape is at risk of reopening or developing an infection. What often works best is to cover the wound with gauze, then wrap a fabric bandage over and around the foot or leg to prevent bacteria from coming in contact with the wound. Change the bandage daily.

    4. Healing begins almost immediately

    Almost as soon as you sustain a wound injury, your body begins the healing process. Platelets, red blood cells, and fibrin create a clot over the wound forming a protective scab.

    5. Look for signs of infection

    If redness spreads out from the injury site, if there is swelling, if green or yellow fluid is emerging from the wound, or if the area around the wound is warm or tender, you may have an infection. Other signs include body aches, chills, fever and/or swollen lymph nodes. If you have any of these symptoms, promptly seek medical attention.

    6. See a doctor right away if your wound:

    • won’t stop bleeding after 5-10 minutes of pressure
    • was due to a puncture wound (You may need a tetanus shot booster if you haven’t received one in the last five to ten years)
    • is very painful
    • is very deep and may need stitches
    • shows signs of infection
    • was caused by an animal or human bite
    • if you have poor circulation or neuropathy
    • if you have diabetes mellitus

    First aid tools everyone should have

    Since you never know when you or something around you will sustain a minor or major injury, it’s a good idea to keep these first aid items handy:

    • sterile gloves
    • saline
    • antibacterial soap
    • antiseptic such as iodine
    • pain relievers
    • gauze and tape
    • antibiotic cream
    • antihistamines for allergic reactions

    If you’ve been injured and are concerned about the wound

    If you’ve sustained a cut, scrape or something more serious and want to know if it’s healing correctly, or have any concerns about your legs or feet, please call (561) 622-611 and make an appointment to come see Dr. Ariel Lepoff at The Medical Group of South Florida.

    Dr. Lepoff will examine the wound, evaluate the overall condition of your legs and feet, and together with you, determine the best course of treatment to bring about proper healing. Whenever, wherever you need us, we’re here for you.

    How to treat a cut on the bottom of your footCuts on your feet can be problematic and hurt with each step you take. When you’re young and able-bodied, these cuts and sores usually heal relatively quickly. However, when you get older, you may notice that those same wounds don’t heal very fast, and some of them seem to linger for a long time. So why won’t those cuts heal? We explain why cuts on your feet don’t heal quickly or at all on this blog.

    Foot Sores Won’t Heal

    No matter where a cut is on your body, the healing process begins as healthy blood is circulated to the area to help fight infection and begin the healing process. If blood flow to your feet is reduced, the damaged tissues don’t get as much oxygen. When this occurs, cell metabolism slows down, which reduces your body’s ability to fight of infection and close the wound. In most cases, wounds that fail to heal or cuts that heal very slowly can be traced back to poor circulation.

    Since your feet are the furthest body part away from your heart, they are the area of your body most at risk for having circulation issues. Circulation problems can occur over the years as blood vessels break down or get damaged, but they can also occur as a result of another health condition. The most common related condition that causes circulatory issues is diabetes. Other risk factors of poor circulation in the feet include:

    • Smoking
    • High blood pressure
    • Obesity
    • Old age
    • Taking certain medications
    • Heavy alcohol use

    Diabetic Foot Circulation

    All the above factors can contribute to poor circulation and inhibited wound healing, but diabetes is the most common cause of circulatory problems that we see in our office. If you have diabetes and are worried about your foot health, check out some of the links below that can help keep your diabetic feet free from injury.

    If you haven’t been diagnosed with diabetes, but you check the boxes for some of the risk factors listed above, or you’re dealing with a foot wound that just won’t heal, do yourself a favor and reach out to Dr. Silverman. He’ll be able to take a closer look at the wound, provide a diagnosis and prescribe you with some treatment options to care for the injury. He can also run some tests to determine if a circulation issue is contributing to the lack of healing.

    You can get in contact with Dr. Silverman by calling his office at (952) 224-8500 or by clicking here to make an appointment. You can also send a message to Dr. Silverman by filling out the contact box below!


    Cracks and fissures are breaks in your skin. They may be the result of skin that is too dry to too moist. When skin is too dry, it can become rough and flaky. A large fissure often forms at the base of the heel. When skin is too moist, you may get a bacterial or fungal infection. This can cause cracks between the toes. People who often walk barefoot or wear open shoes are at risk for dry skin. People who wear shoes without socks or shoes and socks that don’t breathe well are at risk for moist skin problems. Your doctor can treat your cracks and fissures. You can help prevent future problems by wearing proper shoes.


    Your skin is a complex organ that requires the right amount of moisture to stay healthy. It can be hard to achieve the right balance of moisture in your feet. When skin is too dry or too moist, cracks or fissures may appear.

    When Skin Is Too Dry
    Walking barefoot can strip your skin of its natural oil. So can wearing sandals or open shoes. Natural oils form a protective layer on your skin. Without enough oils, skin may crack. Cracks may widen, becoming deep fissures. These fissures may not be able to heal on their own. Cracks and fissures leave your foot open to infection.

    When Skin Is Too Moist
    Moist skin can result from not drying feet after bathing, or from excess sweat. Wearing shoes without socks or shoes that don’t ventilate can trap sweat on your feet. Overly moist skin can encourage bacteria and fungus to grow. This weakens your skin, leading to cracks. Fungus can progress to athlete’s foot or thick fungal nails

    Your Physical Exam

    Your doctor will ask you questions about your medical history and current symptoms. He or she will also talk to you about the kinds of shoes you wear. Your doctor will then inspect your feet for breaks in the skin, growths, drainage, and redness. Your skin may also be tested for fungus.


    If moist skin is causing fungus or bacteria, your doctor may apply medication to your feet. You may be given an antifungal foot soak or lotion to take home. Oral medications may also be prescribed. If you have dry skin, your doctor may remove rough patches with a pumice or special lotion. Fissures may be taped to help them heal. An antibiotic ointment may be prescribed to soothe cracks and prevent infection.


    Your doctor will treat cracks and fissures in the office. You can also try the tips below.

    Caring for Dry Skin
    – Use moisturizer on your feet after bathing and at bedtime
    – Ask you doctor before using a pumice stone to reduce calluses.
    – Never walk barefoot. Avoid sandals and other open shoes.

    Caring for Moist Skin
    – Always dry between your toes after bathing. Don’t apply moisturizer between toes.
    – Ask your doctor about using antifungal powders and lotions or special foot
    – Choose cotton socks instead of nylon.

    Checking Feet Daily
    Whether you have dry or moist skin, check your feet daily. Look at the top and bottom of your feet and between your toes. You may need to use a mirror. Call your doctor if you notice redness, swelling, or increased heat.


    Choose well-fitting canvas or leather shoes that allow skin to breathe. Avoid synthetic shoes that trap moisture. Disinfect or replace shoes as often as your doctor suggests. And always wear shoes with socks, even at home.

    This article was co-authored by Neal Blitz, DPM, FACFAS. Dr. Neal Blitz is a Podiatrist and Foot & Ankle Surgeon who runs private practices in New York City and in Beverly Hills, California. Dr. Blitz is “The Bunion King®” and is the creator of the Bunionplasty® Procedure (plastic surgery for bunions) which has revolutionized bunion surgery. He has over 17 years of podiatric experience and specializes in minimally invasive foot and ankle surgery. Dr. Blitz received his DPM from the New York College of Podiatric Medicine, then completed a residency focused on Elective & Reconstructive Foot & Ankle Surgery at the Swedish Medical Center, and was awarded an AO Trauma fellowship in Dresden, Germany, focused on trauma and reconstructive techniques. He is board certified in Foot Surgery and Reconstructive Rearfoot & Ankle Surgery and is also a Diplomate of the American Board of Foot & Ankle Surgery and a fellow of the American College of Foot & Ankle Surgeons (FACFAS).

    There are 7 references cited in this article, which can be found at the bottom of the page.

    wikiHow marks an article as reader-approved once it receives enough positive feedback. In this case, 91% of readers who voted found the article helpful, earning it our reader-approved status.

    This article has been viewed 282,963 times.

    Experts agree that athlete’s foot can often be treated at home with over-the-counter remedies. It’s caused by a fungus that can infect the skin and thrives in wet, warm places. If you notice a scaly rash that itches or burns or that seems to be spreading on or near your feet, you can start by purchasing an anti-fungal medication and seeing if that clears it up. If your symptoms persist, or if they keep returning again and again, experts recommend that you see a health care provider and ask about prescription-strength treatments. [1] X Trustworthy Source Mayo Clinic Educational website from one of the world’s leading hospitals Go to source

    How to treat a cut on the bottom of your foot

    Table of Contents

    Cellulitis is a bacterial skin condition. The main cause is bacteria breaking through the deep skin layers. Usually, this occurs after a cut or a bruise on the skin. Foot Cellulitis is one of the most common location of the infection.

    In this article, we will explain the common symptoms, treatments, and also the best methods to prevent this infection from occurring. Additionally, we will explain how this condition differs from other foot diseases.

    What is Cellulitis of the Foot?

    Cellulitis of the foot is a skin infection, mainly caused by Staph and Strep bacteria. The risk factors for this disease may include injury and skin conditions around the foot.

    In the majority of cases, it will affect a small localized area of your foot or lower legs. With timely and adequate treatment, the prognosis is generally good; however, the infection can quickly progress, and cause serious complications.

    Signs and Symptoms of Foot Cellulitis

    The most common signs of foot cellulitis are pain and swelling in the affected area, which may be hot to the touch. Additionally, there may be signs of a quickly progressing rash.

    If you have any of these symptoms, you should go to the doctor as soon as possible. A fever may also be associated with local symptoms.

    What Causes Cellulitis of the Foot?

    The cause of all cellulitis is bacteria entering through a cut or crack on your skin. Our feet are constantly handling our weight, and the type of shoes you wear could increase the risk of cracks.
    How to treat a cut on the bottom of your foot

    Additionally, other types of skin injuries such as insect bites and conditions such as eczema can also increase the risk of infection. The most common risk factors for foot cellulitis are weak immune system, poor blood flow and hygiene, diabetes and recurring history of cellulitis.

    Diagnosis and Treatment of Foot Cellulitis

    A medical practitioner will usually ask some simple questions about your medical history. He/she will examine your foot and check for signs of infection. Upon confirmation, the doctor will usually prescribe a course of antibiotics that can be taken orally at home.

    Most infections will clear up within a 10-day period. It is important to complete the full course of antibiotics even if your symptoms improve.

    You will also have another appointment a few weeks later to assess whether the infection has been completed eliminated.

    How Long Does Cellulitis of the foot last?

    It is difficult to say precisely how long cellulitis of the foot can last. It depends on a various amount of factors such as the severity of the infection, and also on the timing of the treatment.

    In general, the earlier the treatment, the quicker the infection is able to heal.

    How is Foot Cellulitis Different from Other Foot Conditions?

    How to treat a cut on the bottom of your foot
    The symptoms of foot cellulitis and other conditions involving the foot can appear to be somewhat similar.

    Athletes Foot

    Another common foot condition called athlete’s foot is due to a fungal infection. One of the risk factors for this type of infection is moisture within shoes. Therefore, people with sweaty feet are more likely to be affected.

    It usually manifests in itchy, scaly white patches on the toes and soles of the feet. Additionally, there can be peeling and flaky skin around the foot.

    The treatment for this condition is antifungal cream. Athlete’s foot should be differentiated from cellulitis. However, individuals who suffer from this condition are prone to cellulitis because of the damaging effect of fungal infection on the skin.


    Skin growth such as warts is not rare in the foot area. They usually appear on the heels, or other weight-bearing parts of the foot. They are easy to differentiate from cellulitis; the latter will present with signs of inflammation like swelling, redness and tenderness.

    The treatment for warts can involve peeling medicine in minor cases or freezing medicine if they are more severe.


    Bunions are painful bony bumps that usually develop on the inside of the foot. The main cause is pressure on the big toe joint. The bump can be painful when walking. The cure involves relieving the pressure that created the bunion. This can involve using wider shoes, and applying ice.

    Most cases can heal on their own if there is a solution to the cause. Advanced cases may require surgery. A bunion is different from cellulitis since it is a highly specific and painful bump.

    How to Treat Cellulitis of the Foot at Home?

    Alongside antibiotic treatment, there are a number of home treatments you can utilize to ease any pain, and also hasten the recovery process.

    Additionally, if the swelling is on your leg, then you should elevate it to reduce swelling. You can also apply a cold compress to the affected area.
    How to treat a cut on the bottom of your foot

    It is vital to keep the area as clean as possible. An over-the-counter pain reliever can be effective in minimizing any pain. Overall, you should make sure that the wound is properly covered. This will allow it to heal quickly.

    How to Prevent Foot Cellulitis

    A number of precautions can help minimize the risk of foot cellulitis.

    Firstly, it is important to practice good hygiene and to keep your feet clean at all times. You should wear well-fitting shoes, that aren’t too tight. This can reduce the chances of developing cuts and bruises that are usually responsible for the infection.

    Additionally, if you have diabetes, you should ensure that your condition is well managed. You should also make sure that skin conditions such as athlete’s foot or eczema are properly treated.

    Based on the provided information, you have now a better understanding of foot cellulitis. This condition is preventable and highly treatable.

    If you have any symptoms, you should visit a doctor since the infection can quickly spread. It is important to follow the essential precautions to prevent cellulitis on foot.

    Image credit:

    Last article update: 9/12/2019

    Medically reviewed by Dr. Thouria Bensaoula on Sept 12, 2019.

    5 Tips To Treat Blisters On The Bottom Of Your Feet

    Do you suffer from blisters on the bottom of your feet? If so, you are not alone. A great deal of people have this issue. It can ruin the positive experience of running a race, playing in a game, training, or simply getting the exercise that your body needs to stay healthy. As an athlete, the only thing worse than getting blisters on the bottom of your feet is not knowing how to care for those blisters.

    Treatment can often be performed from the comforts of your own home in a cost effective and appropriate manner without the need for a doctor. That being said, if the blister fails to heal or becomes infected it is time to seek the opinion of a professional. The following information will help your feet feel great, and get you back into action in no time at all. So without further ado, here are the five tips to treat blisters on the bottom of your feet.

    Tip #1-Use Bandages Or Gauze

    The best way to protect a blister on the bottom of your foot, and allow it to heal properly, is to cover it up with a bandage. You can also wrap your foot in gauze, which is actually an even better approach since it can be difficult to keep bandages on your feet due to sweat and wearing socks and shoes. You can even use an over the counter hydrocolloid dressing to both promote faster healing and manage blister pain.

    Tip #2- Expose The Blister To Fresh Air

    When you are at home, or a place where you are comfortably not on your feet, simply remove the bandage or gauze and allow some fresh air to reach the blister on the bottom of your foot. The fresh air will significantly reduce the amount of moisture on your feet, which in turn will promote a faster healing process.

    Tip #3- Apply Aloe Vera

    Many people use Aloe Vera for sunburns. It contains soothing and anti-inflammatory properties that are perfect for treating blisters on the bottom of your feet. A significant amount of the pain that is caused by a blister derives from the swelling. Since Aloe Vera reduces inflammation, applying it to a blister makes perfect sense. If you happen to have an Aloe Vera plant at home or work, simply cut a leaf off, squeeze the leaf, and apply the gel to your blister. If not, an excellent product is 7 Minerals Aloe Vera Gel, available at

    4: Soak Your Feet In Warm Water

    There are a few benefits to soaking your feet in warm water. First and foremost, it will keep the blisters on the bottom of your feet nice and clean. This will go a long way in helping to avoid an infection. The water will also soften the skin that is located around the blister, which will help the blister drain faster. Last but certainly not least, it feels great. This holds especially true after a long day. Add some Epsom salt into the water and let the relaxation begin.

    5: Prevent The Blister From Happening

    Sure, we all know that the best way to treat a blister on the bottom of your feet is to prevent it from happening. However, that is not always an easy task. Most of the products that are available on the market are lubes. They contain petroleum based chemicals, silicone, and waxes. The bottom line is that these lubes are not effective in preventing a blister on the bottom of your feet. These ingredients are known to trap moisture against your skin, which can actually cause a blister. The good news is that help is on the way via an extensive research and development process that has created a new science to prevent a blister on the bottom of your feet.

    Foot wounds can lead to serious complications for people with type 2 diabetes. That’s why it’s important to protect your feet and treat any cuts, scrapes, or callouses right away.

    If you have type 2 diabetes, even a small cut or scrape can turn into a serious problem. The reason: If your blood sugar levels are too high, your arteries can become stiff and your blood vessels can become narrowed. That, in turn, hinders your blood flow and cuts off some of the oxygen and crucial nutrients that are needed to help your wound heal, says Deena Adimoolam, MD, an assistant professor of diabetes, endocrinology, and bone disease at the Icahn School of Medicine at Mount Sinai in New York City.

    Small wounds can also become infected from the bacteria on your shoe or the environment — and if they do, chronically high blood sugar can impair the function of immune cells that fight against infection. A high sugar environment also helps bacteria, fungi, and other infection-causing organisms to thrive, adds Dr. Adimoolam.

    Plus, a local infection can spread to other soft tissue or to bone and even your blood, which can lead to sepsis, a dangerous and potentially life-threatening level of infection, says Jacqueline Sutera, DPM, a podiatrist at Hackensack University Medical Group in Emerson, New Jersey, and a spokesperson for the American Podiatric Medical Association.

    Diabetic neuropathy — a condition that damages nerves in the legs and feet, leading to a loss of sensation — further complicates the issue. “When people with diabetes lose sensation in their feet, it’s quite difficult to walk, and they end up putting increased pressure on only certain parts of the feet that can sense the floor,” Adimoolam says. The constant pressure on certain areas of the feet may cause skin breakdown and ulcers.

    Nerve damage can also prevent pain signals that would otherwise help you know when you have a minor foot issue, like a splinter, ingrown toenail, or even when your shoe is rubbing the wrong way, says Dr. Sutera.

    About 15 percent of people with diabetes will develop a wound over the course of the disease, according to the American Diabetes Association. However, if you take preventive steps and get the proper treatment, you can avoid a serious infection.

    How to Treat Foot Wounds

    Having type 2 diabetes doesn’t mean that you’re destined to develop a serious foot wound. Follow these steps to help prevent injuries and help them heal faster.

    Keep your blood sugar levels down. Poor circulation, neuropathy, and a weakened immune system can all be improved with good control of your diabetes, Adimoolam says. Your diabetes educator and doctor can help you develop an individualized plan to keep your blood sugar stable.

    Quit smoking. It’s a risk factor for poor circulation, which increases your susceptibility for wounds and poor healing, Adimoolam explains.

    Wear well-fitting shoes. One of the best ways to ward off a foot injury is to wear protective shoes that fit well. Avoid shoes that are too thin, flat, or high, and use custom insoles to reduce pressure. If you have neuropathy, it’s best to avoid walking around barefoot, even in your house, Sutera says.

    Keep your feet clean and your nails trimmed. Wash your feet with soap and water every day and apply lotion to the entire foot to avoid cracked skin, Adimoolam says. Trimming your nails can help prevent an ingrown toenail, but patients with neuropathy should see a podiatrist for nail trimming.

    Do a daily foot check. Inspect the skin on your feet, including the area between your toes. If you can’t see your entire foot, use a mirror or take pictures at several angles with your cell phone. Serious problems can happen as quickly as overnight, Sutera says, so don’t delay seeing your doctor if you notice a wound.

    Learn to spot the warning signs. Callouses are often the first sign that you’re putting pressure on certain areas of your feet, which can lead to an ulcer, Adimoolam says. Look for callouses and see your doctor if they become red and painful. Also look for cuts, blood, tenderness, a foul-smelling discharge, swelling, or black or blue skin. If you notice any of these changes, see your doctor right away. Also, if you can’t walk because of pain or tenderness, that’s a sign that you may have a wound that’s getting worse, she says.

    Treat a wound immediately. If you find a wound, clean it with gentle soap and water, apply an antibiotic ointment, and cover it with a bandage, Sutera says. Repeat this process twice a day and keep it covered in the bath or shower. If there’s any swelling, pus, or drainage; or it looks, feels, or smells bad, get it checked out. Typically, superficial wounds heal within 5 to 7 days, but if it doesn’t, be sure to see your doctor.

    Are you worried about a staph infection of the foot? You’ve likely seen pictures and heard horror stories about a staph infection that has turned serious and led to severe health problems and even amputations. A staph infection can be a result of several different issues, and it is vital to know how to treat and prevent the condition to keep yourself and loved ones safe.

    Below, we will cover tips for treatment and prevention of foot staph infections to put your mind at ease and help you know what to do.

    What Causes a Foot Staph Infection?

    A staph infection is a result of the bacteria known as staphylococcus, which is a germ type typically found on the surface of the skin or in the nose of people, even healthy people. Typically, staphylococcus bacteria do not cause a problem. However, in the right circumstances, the bacteria can lead to issues—from minor infections of the skin to serious infections deep within the body, bloodstream, bones, and organs. It can also be life-threatening if it doesn’t respond to antibiotics. Antibiotic-resistant staph is becoming more common, so it is vital to take steps to prevent staph infection and get proper treatment as soon as possible if it occurs.

    For staph infections specific to feet, common causes include:

    • Walking barefoot in high-traffic zones like schools, locker rooms, and pool decks
    • Suffering from a minor cut, crack, or puncture wound to the skin on the foot
    • Conditions like athlete’s foot, ingrown toenails, eczema, corns, and calluses
    • Diabetic foot infections

    Walking barefoot with any wounds or foot conditions increases one’s chances of developing a staph infection. The wounds serve as a portal for the staphylococcus to enter the foot and body.

    How Can You Prevent Staph Infection on Feet?

    In the case of a foot staph infection, your foot and ankle surgeon will recommend certain steps to prevent the staph as well as to prevent staph from developing into drug-resistant methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus, also known as MRSA. Prevention steps include:

    • Wash and apply a clean bandage to any cut, crack, or puncture on foot immediately.
    • For puncture wounds or if the cut is severe, see a doctor within 24 hours.
    • Avoid cutting or digging around an ingrown toenail, which can introduce more bacteria and increase the risk of serious infection.
    • Keep feet clean and dry to avoid fungal infections like athlete’s foot that can make you more susceptible to developing a staph infection.

    What Is the Treatment for a Staph Infection on Your Foot?

    If you notice a wound on your foot is becoming swollen, red, or doesn’t seem to be healing, it’s a good idea to seek treatment from a reputable podiatrist. In the case your foot has a staph infection, your doctor may prescribe some of the following treatments:

    • Antibiotic prescription—either by mouth or intravenously, depending on the severity of the infection.
    • An incision and wound drainage to remove the accumulation of fluid in the wound.
    • Surgical removal of dead tissue—this is only in extreme cases in which the infection turns to cellulitis, and a surgeon must remove tissue to promote healing.

    Get the Best Treatment for Foot Infections and Problems

    Whether you are concerned about staph infections of the foot or another foot or ankle-related problem, the experienced Michigan podiatrists at Foot HealthCare and associates are here to help. Connect with us online now to schedule an appointment.

    Seed corns are found on weight-bearing locations of the foot, such as the ball and heel. They are very different from the type of corns that one finds on the side of the foot or on the toes. They are often found on people who spend a great deal of time barefoot and outdoors, where there is constant abrading of the skin on the sensitive sole of the foot. The skin begins to dry out and build up protective calluses to keep the foot from being injured. The increase in the thickness of the sole causes discomfort and pain, especially when wearing shoes.

    Start soaking your feet in a mixture of warm water and plain boric acid or epsom salts. Use a commercial foot bath for soaking.

    Take a warm shower as you normally would. Set up the foot bath to be ready as soon as you come out of the shower. Bring a book or an iPod to pass the time and soak your feet for at least 15 minutes three or four times a week.

    Rinse the water out of the foot bath and add warm water and about two tablespoons of baby oil. If there is a massage feature, use it with the baby oil. Do this for another 10 minutes twice a week, after you have soaked your feet in the Epsom salts and water.

    Use a pumice stone and exfoliating product to get rid of all the dead skin on the bottom, sides and heels of your feet. This will become easier to do as the soaking regimen becomes a regular part of your life.

    Use a corn plaster if you feel pain while walking. Use a moisturizing lotion twice daily. Use it once upon awaking and before going to sleep, once you are in bed. Use the lotion all the way up your legs.

    Never walk barefoot, especially outdoors. Keep a pair of slip-on shoes next to any doorway leading to outside the house. It can take a few months of treatment to get rid of the seed corns.

    Make sure your diet contains vitamins A, D, E and F. Eat a well-balanced diet filled with fruit, vegetables and low fat protein such as fish and chicken. Get as much nutrition as possible through food and drink. Stay well-hydrated by drinking water, herbal teas and coffee, especially in the cold weather.


    Surgery is not an effective means of curing seed corns so make sure you get a second opinion if this is a solution offered to you.

    Treatment of a wounded cat foot pad depends on the nature of the injury. If a cut on the cat’s paw bleeds heavily or is a puncture wound, or your feline has a cat paw pad that split open, take your cat to the vet immediately. Untreated deep wounds can lead to an infection, and if you’re not sure it happened, sores on cats’ feet are sometimes indicative of serious conditions.

    How to treat a cut on the bottom of your foot

    Video of the Day

    A vet visit is also a good idea for a cat paw pad injury if the wound swells, or if your cat can’t walk and appears in obvious pain. You probably can handle a minor paw scrape on your own, if your cat cooperates.

    Minor cat paw pad injury

    If your cat suffered a small scrape or cut, after controlling the bleeding, your goal should be to keep it clean. Wash it with warm water a few times daily. Use an antiseptic salve or spray recommended for felines on the injury. You want to ensure bacteria doesn’t enter the cut. Avoid hydrogen peroxide, as it can cause tissue damage. Keep your cat indoors, and clean his litter box after every use.

    If he shares the box with other cats, isolate him and give him his own box until the cut heals. You can try putting a little bootie on him to protect his foot, carefully taping it to his leg, though he probably will try to get it off. If the wound hasn’t healed within a week, take him to the vet.

    Care for feline footpad injury

    For a more severe footpad injury, like a feline puncture wound, a trip to the veterinarian is necessary immediately. Your vet will examine your cat’s footpad to determine the nature of the wound.

    Most wounds are evident upon examination, but some require closer attention. A foreign object can embed itself in your cat’s footpad, so your vet might have to sedate your cat to remove it. They’ll clean out any wound with antiseptics and apply a bandage.

    How to treat a cut on the bottom of your foot

    They might prescribe antibiotics to combat potential infection. If an injury is severe, such as loss of part of the footpad, or a cat paw pad split open, surgery might be required after initial treatment. That involves grafting part of another pad — such as those tiny pads on the wrist — onto the footpad.

    Cat bandage for footpad wound

    If your cat’s injured paw is bandaged, you must change the bandage every few days. This will be true for almost any foot injury, whether moderate or severe. Because cats sweat from the footpads, moisture will affect the cat bandage. Without regular bandage changing, this moisture can cause infection and slow the healing rate.

    If you don’t feel capable of changing the cat bandage on your own, take your pet to the vet to have it done. Your vet can show you how to wrap and change the bandage and provide you with necessary materials. Certain antibacterial bandages are available that lessen changing frequency, but they cost considerably more than standard bandages.

    Elizabethan collar while paw heals

    How to treat a cut on the bottom of your foot

    Your vet likely will recommend putting an Elizabethan collar on your cat so he can’t reach his paw to chew on the bandage or cause further damage to the cat paw pad injury. If your cat must wear a cone while his injury heals, it’s probably best to confine him to a certain area rather than allow him the run of the house, since he may bump into things.

    Having a cat first aid kit on hand can help your be prepared for any future injuries your cat may face.

    In this Article

    • Causes of Heel Fissures
    • Preventing Heel Fissures
    • Treating Heel Fissures

    Heel fissures, or cracked heels, happen when the skin on the bottom of your heel becomes hard and dry. You may also notice that the skin becomes flaky or crusty. When the skin gets very dry, cracks or fissures can form.

    Causes of Heel Fissures

    In most cases, heel fissures are caused by very dry skin. For most people with cracked heels, this problem is only cosmetic and doesn’t cause any further problems. However, people with deep cracks may experience pain or even bleeding.

    For many people, the dry skin on your heels becomes callused as pressure is put on the back of your heels when you stand. The calluses usually develop on the back of your heel and can be yellow or dark brown. When weight and pressure are put on your heels but the skin is already dry, this can lead to little cracks.‌

    The cracks often start small on the heel and can get bigger and deeper over time. This is when your heel fissures can cause pain and bleeding. The pain usually goes away when you sit and take your weight off your feet.

    Anyone can get heel fissures, but some people have higher chances. Risk factors and related conditions include:

    • Obesity
    • Diabetes
    • Psoriasis and eczema
    • Standing or walking for long periods of time on hard surfaces
    • Thyroid problems
    • Lack of certain vitamins and nutrients
    • Genes
    • Lack of estrogen
    • Peripheral neuropathy
    • Unusual circulation

    Preventing Heel Fissures

    There are a few things that you can do to help prevent cracked heels.

    Because heel fissures happen when your skin is dried out, the first thing you can do to prevent them is to take care of the skin on your feet. Apply foot cream or lotion every day to help keep it hydrated. It’s best to do this after a shower or bath, when the skin is soft.

    File the skin on your heels at least once a week with a pumice stone. This helps remove the dry, flaky skin on your heels. Filing your heels also helps to remove the thick layers of calluses and dry skin so that the moisturizer can better absorb and hydrate your skin. It’s best to file your feet when the skin is completely dry. The easiest way to do it is seated on a chair.

    What you wear also makes a difference when it comes to heel fissures. Shoes with open backs, like sandals and flip-flops, make cracked heels worse. Wear shoes that have shock absorption so that you aren’t standing on a hard surface all day. After you moisturize each day, put on socks so that the cream stays on your feet.

    Treating Heel Fissures

    Don’t ignore heel fissures. For most, they don’t cause any serious problems, but that doesn’t mean there aren’t complications. If your heels are cracked to the point where they are painful and bleeding, they can get infected. These infections can be dangerous for people with diabetes or weakened immune systems.‌

    Home treatments. The good news is that you can treat cracked heels from home. If you’ve got heel fissures, moisturize your feet at least twice a day instead of just once. Choose thick creams that have skin softeners in them. Look for labels that say things like:

    • Urea
    • Salicylic acid
    • Alpha-hydroxy acid
    • Saccharide isomerate (pentavitin)

    All of these ingredients help soften skin while removing dead skin. Note that these ingredients might cause some stinging or irritation.

    Each day, soak your feet in warm, soapy water before going to bed. Dry them completely, and then gently rub your heels with a loofah to help get rid of the dead skin. Next, put petroleum jelly or an oil-based cream on your feet, followed by a pair of thin socks.

    Other treatments. If home care isn’t helping, you might need to talk to a podiatrist, a doctor who specializes in foot care. They can remove the dead skin in a way that won’t lead to more pain and bleeding. They might also recommend special tape or braces that hold the fissures together so that they can close and heal.

    Another way to heal cracked heels is with a liquid skin protectant. This is like a liquid bandage that helps protect the cracks and reduce the pain that comes from walking on them. Special orthotic shoe inserts with heel cups help keep the skin from cracking more when you walk or stand.В

    Show Sources

    ‌bpacnz: “Cracked heels: stop them in their tracks.”

    ‌InDependent Diabetes Trust: “Heel Fissures.”

    ‌Mayo Clinic: “How to heal cracked heels.”

    ‌NHS: “Skin conditions.”

    Syracuse Podiatry: “How to Treat Heel Fissures.”

    ‌Vascular Health Clinics: “Heel Fissures.”

    What is a Plantar Callus

    A plantar callus on the bottom of the foot or the ball of the foot is a painful thickened and hardened area of skin occurring between your heel and your toes. They can be painful and make activities such as walking difficult or uncomfortable. The skin forming on the callus can be yellowish or greyish in appearance and be hard, dry and flaky.

    A callus is formed as a result of too much pressure being placed on one area of the foot leading to an abnormal weight distribution. The foot creates a hardened piece of skin as a defence mechanism. This hardened piece of skin is called a plantar callus.

    Possible Causes of a Plantar Callus

    Plantar calluses are caused by repeated friction or pressure on that area. Possible causes can include bone deformities, poorly fitting shoes or socks that don’t distribute your weight evenly.

    Medical conditions can also cause plantar calluses. These include:

    • Bunions
    • Flat feet
    • Hallux valgus of the big toe
    • Poorly fitted shoes or socks
    • Excessive walking or running
    • Previous fracture of the foot leading to an abnormal weight distribution

    How to Prevent a Plantar Callus

    You can prevent a plantar callus by ensuring you distribute the weight more evenly by wearing softer shoes with a cushioned interior.

    You could also cushion your foot with a soft, comfortable foam. I have found Dr. Scholl’s Round Callus Cushions to be excellent at preventing a callus or preventing one from getting worse. They ease painful shoe pressure and friction and provide a self-stick adhesive that fits comfortably around your foot cushioning it from pressure.

    Other preventative measures can include:

    • special rehydration creams for thickened skin
    • customised soft padding or foam insoles

    Plantar callus treatment

    Treatment may include a podiatrist cutting away some of the thickened skin using a scalpel to relieve pressure on the tissue underneath. You should not try and cut the callus yourself as it can become infected and more sore. If you must try to remove the foot callus yourself you should purchase a special kit such as the E-Z Callus Peel Foot Callus Remover Kit which has very positive reviews.

    Other treatment can include applying salicylic acid to the callus to help soften the dead skin. This can be applied using a patch or applied topically. These patches or creams need to be reapplied daily after removing dead skin using a pumice stone or nail file.

    If the bone structure is causing the problem a doctor may need to realign the bones in the feet.

    Other Treatments can include:

    • Special rehydration creams for thickened skin
    • Silicone wedges that redistribute pressure
    • Customized soft padding or foam insoles

    Login required to started new threads

    Login required to post replies

    Make sure it’s clean (but don’t traumatize it) and super-glue it shut.

    Walk carefully for a while.

    Also, consider a tetanus shot. I had to get one after cutting my foot
    at Nathan’s last year.

    Did you see a doc? That would be my advice.

    Depends a bit on what it looks like and where it is but foot lacerations are a pain. They have a higher rate of infection – walking on them tends to open them up – hot/sweaty shoes are bad. they can take a long time to heal. Sorry.

    Doubt you could or should superglue it. Over the counter super glues have all sort of nasty things in them (formaldehydes. ) and you should not get any inside the cut. When doctors “superglue” – they superglue the outside skin together so the wound has to be easy to pinch close so that you can glue it. Its rare to be able to superglue a foot – and it would not hold well at all (thick skin/sweat/walking. ).

    Best way to heal fast? Good, layered closure and stay off. Simple as that. Plantar foot skin lacerations typically take about 3 weeks to heal though (slowest skin on the body to heal). 5 days on the face. 7-10 days trunk. 2 weeks on top of the foot, etc.

    Bummer. Probably should get a tetanus toxoid booster, although I haven’t heard of a case of Clostridium tetani in . well, not in a LONG time!
    Fatigue is biochemical, not biomechanical.
    – Andrew Coggan, PhD

    I had a cut on my foot from glass that was on the floor at the Y. It took YEARS for it to heal as my swimming and running would just keep it open. Finally a buddy got me a script for Regranex and it was closed very rapidly. Cut was about 2″ behind my pinky toe towards the outward side. right where the foot flexes.

    What if the Hokey Pokey is what it is all about?

    Thanks for the tips so far. I did not see a doctor, however I did see the EMS guys after the race — they didn’t bat an eye “Want some peroxide and a band-aid on it?” “Uhh, yeah sure”

    Superglue eh? I tend to use a 2-part epoxy for all my gluing needs. what do you think. just fill it right in? 🙂

    Tetanus – I *think* I got that taken care of a year ago when I dropped the knife on the top of my foot.

    I know I’m off it for a while, but hopefully it’ll come together well enough by next Thursday (5K), Sat (5K), Sun (OLY)? Maybe? :-\

    And for those interested in the gore (ahem, rroof :), you can find a pic here: 5829/IMG_3311-vi.jpg

    Has to be at least 10 minute epoxy. That 5 minute stuff just won’t do. 🙂

    I seem to recall reading that tetanus is supposed to be every 10 years, but if you’ve “used it” they
    recommend every 5 years. I also seem to recall last year there was a study saying the
    efficacy of tetanus is far better than those numbers.

    Oh hell, that is not even through the dermis (looks like epidermis only). No exposed plantar fascia or intrinsic musculature. I was hoping for more :0

    Suck it up princess! 😉 Seriously, keep it clean – moleskin plus or similar for your 5K and good to go. Shouldn’t even scar if you aren’t through the dermis.
    Fatigue is biochemical, not biomechanical.
    – Andrew Coggan, PhD

    • About
    • Advertise
    • Privacy Policy
    • User Agreement


    17116 Bob’s Gap Rd, Valyermo, CA 93563-0056

    How to treat a cut on the bottom of your foot

    Wounds in the lower extremity often have a more difficult time healing
    compared to other parts of the body.

    Reasons for delayed healing may include contributions from other conditions
    as follows:

    1. Infection: a wound dealing with bacterial overload will be slow to
    heal. A wound culture, antibiotics, and/or debridement may be necessary.

    2. Pressure: foot wounds in particular, are susceptible to pressure
    forces whether from a person’s walking pattern or from a shoe. Alleviating
    excess pressure upon the wound either through pressure relief padding,
    specialty shoes or inserts may be necessary. For some people, their
    foot position or structure can also be causing the pressure problem.
    3. Swelling: Wounds in the leg often occur due to excessive pressure to
    the skin from swelling. Chronic swelling commonly may be due to lymphatic
    problems, heart problems, high blood pressure or varicose veins.
    Control of the swelling with compression therapies and medications can help
    heal the wound.
    4. Poor circulation: wounds require adequate blood flow to heal. Blood
    flow studies may be necessary to examine any problems with the arteries. If
    the circulation is inadequate, a procedure to open the blood vessels may be
    5. Incorrect treatment: wounds tend to change their behavior and
    treatment needs to change as well. Staying with the same treatment can
    potentially slow down wound healing.

    If you have a wound that is not showing progress, see a foot and ankle
    specialist to determine the best treatment.

    You Might Also Enjoy.

    How to treat a cut on the bottom of your foot

    Many of us suffer from daily aches and pain and think nothing of them. But chronic pain can eventually turn into a more severe problem when ignored.

    How to treat a cut on the bottom of your foot

    Chronic pain in the feet is not normal for any foot type. And paradoxically, too little activity can make the problem worse. Increasing your daily activity slowly and with adequate support is important to prevent injury.

    How to treat a cut on the bottom of your foot

    Stretching the right way can help prevent and resolve foot pain

    How to treat a cut on the bottom of your foot

    If you have ever suffered from an ingrown nail, then you know the agonizing pain it can cause. It’s not only painful, but seems to keep recurring every few months. Often, the cure is also the problem.

    How to treat a cut on the bottom of your foot

    Aches and pains that come and go are a normal part of the body’s early warning system. If you have done a little too much or aren’t loosened up then you have certainly experienced this pain.

    How to treat a cut on the bottom of your foot

    If you suffer from painful bunions and have been afraid of surgery because of long recovery time, your waiting has paid off.

    Nerve damage is generally spoken of as a complication of diabetes but can also result from an injury. When damage to the nerves takes place, it is important to act to prevent Neuropathy from worsening. This is why the specialists at Metro Tulsa Foot and Ankle created this guide to help you recognize the warning signs and discover the steps you should take.

    What are nerves?

    Nerves are made up of fibers, called axons. Axons are covered with tissues that act as insulation. When these fibers are injured or damaged, Peripheral Nerve Damage can take place.

    What is peripheral nerve damage?

    According to the Mayo Clinic, “Peripheral nerves send messages from your brain and spinal cord to the rest of your body, helping you do things such as sensing that your feet are cold and moving your muscles so that you can walk.”

    Peripheral Neuropathy is common in individuals over the age of 55 and refers to general diseases or malfunctions of the nerves as they try to carry messages from the brain and spinal cord to the rest of the body.

    What are the symptoms of nerve damage?

    Nerves that are more likely to be damaged are those in your arms, feet, and hands, though much of your body could be affected and cause uncomfortable or even painful sensations.

    If you suffer from peripheral nerve damage, you may experience:

    • Pain or discomfort in the feet or legs, including prickly, sharp pain or burning feet.
    • Numbness and tingling in the feet.
    • Sensitivity issues.
    • Difficulty walking due to numbness and/or muscular deterioration.
    • Itching
    • Cramps
    • Dry or cracked skin.
    • Nausea, vomiting, or abdominal bloating after meals.
    • Muscle weakness and loss of muscle tone in the feet and lower legs.
    • Loss of balance.
    • Changes in foot shape can lead to areas of increased pressure.
    • Swelling of the feet and ankles.
    • A buzzing sensation that feels like a mild electrical shock.

    Who is susceptible to nerve damage?

    The American Diabetes Association says approximately half of the people who have diabetes struggle with peripheral Neuropathy. But you don’t have to have diabetes to suffer from peripheral Neuropathy. Other causes of nerve damage might be injuries, infections, and even vitamin deficiency, as well as several different diseases such as:

    • Autoimmune Disorders
    • Chronic Kidney Disease
    • HIV/Aids
    • Shingles
    • Hepatitis C
    • Low levels of vitamin B1, B6, or B12.
    • Metabolic disease
    • Lead poisoning
    • Underactive Thyroid Gland
    • Bone Marrow Disorders
    • Tumors

    How is Peripheral Neuropathy diagnosed?

    There are many ways to test if you are struggling from peripheral Neuropathy, such as:

    • Imaging Scans – Imaging scans such as x-rays, CT scans, and MRIs are often used to look for sources of pressure on or damage to nerves.
    • Electromyography – This test uses a very thin needle placed under the skin to measure the electrical activity of the muscle.
    • Nerve Conduction Velocity Test – This test works to measure the speed that signals travel through the nerves.
    • Nerve Biopsy – A nerve biopsy may be necessary to establish the cause of Neuropathy in some cases.

    7 Treatments for Nerve Damage in Your Feet

    Lifestyle changes to improve nerve damage symptoms.

    Lifestyle changes won’t cure nerve pain, but changes can make you feel better and work to reduce any nerve pain you are suffering from. The specialists at Metro Tulsa Foot and Ankle Specialists suggest that you start by eating fruits and vegetables that are rich in B vitamins. Should you have diabetes, managing your blood glucose level by eating a proper diet is essential.

    Orthotic devices

    Orthotic devices work to provide proper arch, ball, and toe support; they help increase your stability to help prevent falls. In some cases, orthotic devices have also been known to ease pain and symptoms by stimulating the nerves and providing cushioning to areas that cause pain.

    Surgical Treatment of Nerve Damage

    In severe cases, some cases of Neuropathy require surgery, specifically cases that involve compression or entrapment of nerves by tumors or other similar situations. Surgery allows for the decompression of nerves, potentially reversing symptoms of numbness and tingling.

    Extracorporeal Shockwave Therapy

    Extracorporeal shockwave therapy can be used to assist in pain relief and restoration of mobility. Eight to twelve weeks after treatment is when you should expect the most significant degree of results and freedom from the associated chronic pain that plagues you.

    Perineural Injection Therapy

    Perineural Injection Therapy utilizes shallow, small injections along the superficial nerve path to reduce pain and inflammation.

    Mineral Supplements

    Nerves require magnesium and calcium for proper functioning. Supplements may be needed so that you are not relying on your diet alone.


    There are a variety of prescription medications that can be used to alleviate neuropathy symptoms, such as anti-epileptic drugs, anti-depressants, and selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors.

    What can I do at home to care for Neuropathy?

    If you have Neuropathy, it is extremely important to take good care of your feet so that you lower your risk for developing sores or infections.

    Proper foot care for Neuropathy should include:

    • Wash your feet with warm water every day, ensuring that your feet are not only clean but completely dried after.
    • Inspect your feet daily, looking for cuts, blisters, or other problems.
    • Never go barefoot when walking or wear improper-fitting footwear.
    • Wear thick, seamless socks to prevent irritation.
    • Massage your feet to help improve circulation.
    • Avoid excessive alcohol intake.

    Anyone with a Neuropathy diagnosis should call a doctor if:

    • Symptoms suddenly get worse
    • The pain of Neuropathy becomes severe
    • Pain or other symptoms spread to another area of the body
    • You have sores or injuries on your feet
    • You have swelling, a fever, or other signs of infection

    How can Metro Tulsa Foot and Ankle Specialists help me?

    When you suffer from nerve pain, mobility is difficult. Nerve pain can be debilitating and cause unnecessary problems. If you would like to get relief today, request an appointment. We are here to help!

    How to treat a cut on the bottom of your footDuring the summer, it’s very common for us to see patients for foot injury? Can you guess why? It’s because people walk around without shoes! A very common call we receive pertains specifically to injuries sustained on family beach vacations. While walking on the beach, it’s likely you’ll step on a shell or other debris. You might ask, “Do I need to see a doctor if I cut my foot?”

    One main concern with cuts on the feet is risk of infection, especially with diabetic patients. If you cut your feet in the ocean, a plethora of bacteria may have entered the cut. In addition, oyster shells in particular carry certain bacteria that may require you to receive a tetanus shot. If the cut is superficial, and does not show signs of infection such as swelling, redness, or oozing, you should apply a topical antiseptic and bandage. More serious injuries should be seen by a medial professional.

    If you’ve cut your foot and experience tenderness, redness and swelling around the cut, go ahead and make an appointment to come in. It may be necessary for topical treatment, a round of antibiotics or other options to ensure you don’t get a more serious condition such as blood poisoning. Give us a call or click here to request an appointment.

    Disclaimer: The information and other content provided in our blogs, videos, or in any other content or linked materials are not intended and should not be construed as medical advice, nor is the information a substitute for professional medical expertise or treatment. For a full disclaimer, please click here.

    Foot wounds and ulcers are not the same, but symptoms and treatments can be similar. A wound is defined as damaged skin and tissue layers, typically from an injury resulting in a cut or abrasion. If a chronic wound (wound that will not heal) begins growing deeper and deeper into the foot, it may become an ulcer.

    A foot ulcer is simply an open sore, internal or external, on the tip of the toes or on the side or bottom of the foot that fails to heal. Venous Stasis Ulcers are usually found on the ankle. Diabetic foot ulcers are one of the most common forms of this ailment; this is due to reduced skin sensation and blood flow to parts of the body.
    How to treat a cut on the bottom of your foot


    Wounds to the foot can be caused by almost anything: bare feet on rough terrain, catching the skin on a sharp object, etc. Chronic wounds however are often caused by cardiovascular conditions and other major conditions such as diabetes.

    Foot ulcers can be a caused by a large list of conditions, but some of the most common are:

    • Diabetes
    • Poor circulation (atherosclerosis) & circulatory problems
    • Genetics
    • Infections
    • Inflammatory disease
    • Nerve damage to the feet (peripheral neuropathy)
    • Bone & muscle abnormalities


    Foot wound symptoms are often characterized by:

    • Tenderness
    • Bleeding
    • Swelling
    • Pain
    • Bruising & redness

    Ulcers of the feet have similar characteristics to that of wounds but have more identifiably specific symptoms:

    • May appear as a red hole
    • Located on the bottom or sides of the foot or tip of toes
    • Round in shape
    • Surrounded by hard callused skin
    • May be very deep
    • Burning & itching

    Treatment & Care

    The best treatment of wounds and ulcers is prevention. Protecting your feet with proper fitting footwear, examining them daily for any abnormalities, and keeping good foot hygiene (keeping them washed, trimming toenails, etc.) are all important preventative habits to keep.

    Actual treatment of wounds and ulcers may include:

    • Debridement (removal of excess debris/foreign objects from affected area)
    • Specialized footwear
    • Medicating & dressing
    • Taking of antibiotics
    • Resting & elevation
    • Compression
    • Surgery (when absolutely necessary)

    The Podiatrists at Advanced Foot & Ankle are experienced and well-trained in wound and ulcer treatments like:

    • Traumatic wounds from injuries
    • Animal bites
    • Spider/insect bites
    • Puncture wounds
    • Surgical wounds
    • Foreign body wounds
    • Pressure wounds
    • Infections
    • Blisters
    • Arterial wounds from poor circulation
    • Venous Stasis Ulcers (wounds which usually appear on the ankles, accompanied by swelling)

    For more information about foot wounds and ulcers, other foot problems and treatment options, or to have an assessment at one of our conveniently located Middle Tennessee locations, contact us today to schedule an appointment.

    How to treat a cut on the bottom of your foot

    Patients with diabetes can be at risk for diabetic foot ulcers, infections, and complications from those infections. Diabetic foot ulcers or wounds put patients at a higher risk of hospitalization and need for surgery or amputation. In fact, according to the CDC , there are 130,000 hospitalizations a year for amputations in those with diabetes. Up to 11.8% of those with diabetes have a wound and many may go on to need surgery. This means that wound care for diabetic foot ulcers as well as prevention is of the utmost importance.

    As physicians, we have to use our resources and work with patients in order to heal diabetic foot wounds to prevent such complications. If a patient also has numbness in their feet, they may not feel a foot wound developing. Diabetic foot sores that start from a small scrap or cut can unknowingly form into a deep ulcer. Checking your feet and keeping your blood sugar

    Whether you have diabetes or are caring for a loved one requiring foot diabetic wound treatment, Certified Foot and Ankle Specialists can effectively help your wound heal and prevent further complications. Here we will discuss diabetic foot care and how to minimize the traumatic consequences of ulcers.

    How to treat a cut on the bottom of your foot

    How do we care for diabetic foot wounds and how does one clean a diabetic foot wound?

    Diabetic foot wound care focuses on creating a healthy environment in the wound in order for new skin cells to migrate across the wound. This often involves keeping the wound slightly moist. However, if the wound becomes too moist, due to excessive draining from the inside of the wound, you might require a more absorptive dressing.

    For proper wound care, clean the wound with saline, apply a topical gel or antibiotic ointment medication to the wound once a day, as recommended by your doctor.

    Sometimes certain ointments can help treat wounds that are covered in fibrous, yellow matter much like a burn wound. Other ointments for diabetic foot wounds include topical antibacterial ointments or creams that can be applied to help keep the wounds clean.

    After cleansing the wound and applying the ointment, it is best to wrap the wound with a clean gauze dressing.

    Keep the wound covered and moist

    Our mothers may have told us that “airing out” a wound would help it heal quicker. However, we have discovered that the converse is true; they will heal quicker if there is a moist layer under a covered bandage. The only exception is when a wound is excessively draining from the inside, which would require a more absorptive dressing (such as Allevyn).

    For proper wound care, clean the wound with saline, apply a topical gel or antibiotic ointment medication to the wound once a day, as recommended by your doctor. After each application, wrap the wound with a clean gauze dressing.

    Closely monitor blood sugar levels

    Patients with diabetes know how important it is to closely watch their blood glucose levels. This is especially important if you have a foot wound, otherwise known as a diabetic foot ulcer.

    When blood glucose levels are high, it prevents our white cells from healing tissues. The high glucose levels can lead to small blood vessel disease and also limit blood flow around the healing process. Without blood flow to heal the wound, it is much like growing flowers without water- it just will not happen.

    Reduce the pressure on your foot

    The most important aspect of wound healing is “off-loading.” Foot wound care is like the landscaping of newly planted grass; it needs care and time to heal, and in the case of a diabetic foot ulcers, it may require you to be off of your feet. A study of 49 patients in 2017 demonstrated that “while walking may delay wound healing, unprotected standing might be an even more unrealized and sinister culprit.” In particular, the study revealed that standing duration is the only significant predictor of healing at 12 weeks, and is almost three times greater than walking duration in neuropathic foot ulcers.

    How to treat a cut on the bottom of your footAs part of off-loading for diabetic wound treatment, patients with diabetic foot ulcers or traumatic wounds are asked to avoid walking directly on the wound for several days until it has healed. While this might be difficult for patients who are used to a busy life, devices like post op-shoes, removable orthopedic boots (cam walkers), and total-contact casts, can provide “off-loading” for circumstances when you have to get around. Studies show that the continual wearing of such boots can significantly speed up the healing process by reducing direct pressure.

    Preventing diabetic wounds

    While diabetic foot ulcers are common for patients with diabetes, they are often avoidable. You can take charge in preventing wounds on yourself or a family member by checking daily for signs like foot trauma, ingrown toenails, sores, bruises, cuts, discoloration and blisters. It may be difficult for you to examine your own foot, so use a mirror or someone for assistance.

    Of note, some people may be at a greater risk for diabetic foot ulcers than others if they have:

    • Diabetic neuropathy
    • Poor circulation
    • History of smoking
    • High blood sugar
    • History of foot deformities (like bunions or high arches)
    • Immune-compromising medications (steroids, DMARDs, Humira, Xeljanz etc.)
    • Improper shoes

    At CFAS wound care centers, our wound care specialist can help manage your risk by providing the necessary equipment and wound care for your diabetic foot treatment.

    Wound healing at Certified Foot and Ankle Specialists

    We have fifteen wound care clinics in South Florida including Broward County (Fort Lauderdale, Coconut Creek, and Coral Springs.) Dr. Rebecca DeSimone, DPM works primarily out of the Fort Lauderdale location on Federal Highway across from Holy Cross Hospital at 4750 N. Federal Hwy, Fort Lauderdale, FL 33308.

    Call for an immediate appointment at (954) 561-3338. During the challenging conditions amid COVID-19, we now offer telemedicine and at-home appointments across our offices (please ask the secretary for details).

    At Certified Foot and Ankle Specialists, we also treat:

    • Sports Medicine problems
    • Foot and ankle injuries
    • Foot Trauma
    • Arthritis
    • Work Injuries/ Work Comp

    By Dr. Jason LeVitre DPM, FACFAS
    Podiatrist and Wound Care Specialist- Fort Lauderdale, Florida

    Additions made by Dr. Rebecca DeSimone, DPM
    Podiatrist – Imperial Point, Florida

    A puncture wound in your foot is nothing to take lightly, even if it is not deep. Many people who suffer small foot puncture wounds—such as may be incurred by stepping on a thumbtack—treat themselves at home rather than seeking medical attention.

    In some cases there is nothing wrong with this approach—one doesn’t go to the doctor with every little scratch—but it’s important to know that even small foot puncture wounds can become infected if bacteria are introduced into the wound, and infection can lead to much more serious problems.

    Common Causes of Foot Puncture Wounds

    The most common cause of a puncture wound in the foot is stepping on a nail—in fact, 98 percent of such injuries are acquired in this manner, although animal bites or stings can also cause foot punctures.

    Because nails and similar sharp or pointed objects are so often the cause, most foot puncture injuries occur on the sole of the foot. Needless to say, a high percentage of foot puncture wounds occur to people who are barefoot, often outdoors, at the time of the injury.

    Potential Complications of Foot Puncture Wounds

    If a puncture wound is not properly disinfected, infection (usually cellulitis caused by streptococcus or staphylococcus bacteria) may result; this happens in about 15 percent of all foot punctures. Punctures are harder to clean than lacerations or scrapes, which is why a trip to the doctor may be advisable even if the wound does not seem deep.

    An untreated cellulitis infection is a very serious and possibly life-threatening condition, and the nature of a puncture wound is such that infectious bacteria can easily be introduced to tissue well below the surface of your skin, where you cannot disinfect without medical assistance. The infection can then spread to the rest of your body.

    Symptoms of cellulitis infection include:

    • Swelling and redness of the skin surrounding the wound (this area may expand over time)
    • Pain and tenderness
    • Skin that is warm to the touch
    • Fever

    Once a cellulitis infection has gotten under your skin, it can enter your bloodstream and spread throughout your body. In some cases, it may spread to the deeper layer of tissue known as the fascial lining, causing a life-threatening condition known as necrotizing fasciitis.

    Another possible consequence of a puncture wound in your foot is tetanus (known colloquially as lockjaw). This condition is caused by infection with the Clostridium tetani bacterium, which is generally found in soil—that is, on the ground, where a bare foot is likely to encounter a nail.

    Tetanus causes painful muscle contractions, especially in the jaw and neck. Thanks to the prevalence of vaccinations, however, severe cases of tetanus are rare in developed countries like the United States.

    Finally, foot puncture wounds in some cases may involve a foreign object or debris lodged in the wound, deep below the surface of the skin. In rare instances, a tiny part of a sock or shoe may have gotten into the wound. In addition to being a painful irritant, this creates a very serious risk of infection.

    How Is A Puncture Wound in My Foot Treated?

    Many people will attempt to treat small puncture wounds by themselves by disinfecting with alcohol or hydrogen peroxide and bandaging the wound. These attempts can sometimes be successful, but the risk of infection is always cause for concern, especially if the injured person suffers from diabetes, peripheral neuropathy, or peripheral vascular disease (according to Podiatry Today magazine). Underlying diabetes, in particular, may be reason for hospital admission.

    If you sustain a puncture wound in your foot, you must administer first aid immediately. Apply direct pressure to the wound with a clean cloth in order to stop the bleeding, and wash the wound with clean water.

    If necessary, use tweezers to remove the object that has caused the wound. Apply an antibiotic ointment to the wound (most first-aid kits contain one), and bandage it to keep bacteria from entering.

    After administering first aid, you should seek medical attention at an urgent-care clinic or at the emergency room. The doctor who sees you will want to know if you have had a tetanus shot within the last few years, and will also ask you how and when the injury occurred, and whether you were wearing shoes.

    Your doctor will want to know what type of object punctured your foot and whether you have removed any foreign matter from the wound. If the object was lodged in your foot and you removed it yourself, the doctor may want to take x-rays in order to make sure that no part of it remains stuck inside your foot (or possibly MRI, if the suspected object was not metallic).

    If the puncture wound was caused by an animal bite, the doctor will want to know whether the animal was captured so that it can be determined whether you have been exposed to rabies or other diseases. Depending on the severity of the wound, surgical debridement (removal) of damaged tissue may be necessary.

    How Can I Prevent A Puncture Wound in My Foot?

    To prevent puncture wounds in your feet, it is best to wear shoes when walking around outdoors. If you are going to be walking in a dangerous area such as a construction site, remember to wear appropriately heavy boots.

    Going barefoot is fine in the relatively safe environment of your backyard, but in urban environments—even in city parks—it is safer to wear shoes at all times.

    Medical References:

      Podiatry Today The Pediatric Orthopaedic Society of North America The Mayo Clinic National Center for Emergency Medicine Information

    This page was last updated on September 30th, 2015

    We all get wounds on our feet, sometimes from shoes that have rubbed or by injuring our feet in some other way. Although walking and wearing shoes might slow down healing a bit these wounds should take no more than 4 weeks or so to heal. If your wound is taking longer to heal or there are no signs of healing, it might be a sign of an underlying problem that needs investigating.

    What causes diabetic foot ulcers?

    Peripheral arterial disease

    One cause of poor healing in the lower leg is when not enough blood is getting to our feet. Blood travels from our heart to our feet through our arteries. If our arteries become too narrow, our skin will not get enough blood to allow the wound to heal as normal.

    Arteries can become ‘furred’ up by the build-up of fibrous and fatty material inside the arteries (atherosclerosis). Atherosclerosis is the underlying condition that causes heart disease such as heart attacks and strokes as well as affecting the arteries that supply the legs. This is called peripheral arterial disease.

    You can read more about peripheral arterial disease on NHS Choices and on the British Heart Foundation website.


    Peripheral arterial disease is a known complication of diabetes. You can read more about peripheral arterial disease and diabetes on NHS Choices and on the Diabetes UK website.

    Diabetes can also cause loss of sensation (neuropathy) so you may not notice when you injure your foot because you cannot feel the pain.

    What do foot ulcers look like?

    Getting diagnosed with a foot ulcer

    If you have a wound on your foot that is not healing, make an appointment at your GP practice or with a podiatrist. You may be given an appointment to see the nurse rather than the doctor as they (and podiatrists) are often responsible for caring for patients with leg and foot problems.

    If you know you have diabetes and you have a wound on your foot, then you should seek advice from your healthcare professional urgently (i.e. within 1 day).

    Make sure you remove any nail polish from your toenails before your appointment.

    When you see the nurse, podiatrist or doctor, they should:

    • Ask about your symptoms and how long you have had problems
    • Examine your lower legs
    • Do a special test called a Doppler Ultrasound. This test compares blood flow in your ankle with that in your arm to find out if there are blood flow problems in your lower leg. You may have to come back to have your Doppler test on another day or at another clinic but you should have this test within a few weeks of your first appointment
    • Test how much sensation you have in your feet

    You might also be offered some more tests to rule out other health problems that can affect your legs, including diabetes, anaemia, thyroid, kidney and cholesterol problems.

    If your GP practice thinks you have problems with your arteries, they may refer you for further vascular tests at your local hospital or specialist clinic.

    Treatment – what treatment will I be offered for my foot ulcer?

    You should be referred to a specialist podiatrist and / or vascular service to look into why your foot wound is not healing. Treatment may involve:

    • Specialist footwear and / or insoles
    • Removal of any dead tissue (debridement)
    • Dressings
    • Exploration of any other medical conditions
    • Antibiotics – only if the wound is infected

    How to treat a cut on the bottom of your foot

    Read Daphne’s story – “A cut on my foot from a seashell led to me losing part of my foot”

    Further reading around (diabetic) foot ulcers

    You can find out more about how to look after your feet:

    How to treat a cut on the bottom of your foot

    Other support

    British Heart Foundation The British Heart Foundation were founded in 1961 by a group of medical professionals wanting to fund extra research into the causes, diagnosis, treatment and prevention of heart and circulatory disease. Today they are the nation’s heart charity and the largest independent funder of cardiovascular research.

    Diabetes UK Diabetes affects more people than any other serious health condition in the UK. More than dementia and cancer combined.

    Diabetes UK are the leading UK charity for people affected by diabetes it’s their responsibility to lead the fight against the growing crisis. And this fight is one that involves all everyone – sharing knowledge and taking diabetes on together.

    NHS Choices the official NHS website, which provides vital information and support about leg and foot signs and other symptoms.

    Contact details
    Call 111 – for non-emergency medical advice
    Find out more on the NHS Choices website

    If you have a foot corn or corns on your feet, you know how painful they can be. These hardened bumps resemble the size of kernels of corn, for which they’re so appropriately named, and whether they’re on the top of your feet, between your toes or on the pads of your feet, they quite painfully rub inside your shoe.

    Many sufferers have tried padding the area with no luck, knowing that after removing the pads, the irritating bumps are still there. Fortunately, they can often be safely and effectively removed right at home.

    How to treat a cut on the bottom of your foot

    Here are some tips for treating and removing your foot corns in just a few days:

    Soften the Corn

    The first step in removing a corn is softening the toughened, thick bump of dead skin. This makes it much easier for the raised skin to come off with the help of skin files or to fall off on its own.

    Soak your foot in warm water.

    Fill your tub or a small foot bath with warm (not hot) water. Some like to use calming Epsom salts with oils or perfumes that help to relax or soften your skin. After a 10-minute soak, your corn should be a little softer and primed for gentle filling, however, people with tougher, larger corns may choose to do daily 10-minute soaks for a few days to gradually soften the bump.

    Apply scent-free lotion.

    Lotions are also a smart way to soften your corn, providing it with nourishing moisture. This is important, as corns are dried accumulations of dead skin. Apply a scent-free lotion post-shower or bath daily until the corn can be gently filed off.

    Use vitamin E oil.

    Vitamin E is a helpful vitamin for your skin and hair, and a known natural treatment for foot corns. That’s because the properties of this vitamin help to soften and moisturize skin, while the antioxidants can help this foot irritation to properly heal.

    Purchase dietary vitamin E capsules and carefully break the capsule. Using a Q-tip, rub the oil on your corn before bed. Alternatively, you could also buy a vial of vitamin E oil, which you can use to moisturize your skin long after the corn is removed. After applying on the corn, slip on socks and sleep overnight, repeating every evening until the corn disappears or becomes soft enough to safely file off.

    File the Corn

    Once your corn is softened, it can be carefully filed down using a pumice stone or emery board (nail file). After a 10-minute warm water soak or gentle soap and water wipe, lightly file your corn. Oftentimes pumice stones are best for corns on the bottom pads of the feet or on the top of sides of toes. We recommend using a fingernail file for corns in between the toes.

    When filing, be sure to only use gentle pressure. Aggressive filing can actually cause microabrasions in your skin which are susceptible to fungus and bacteria— leading to infection. Plus, removing too many layers of skin can cause an open wound, which could rub open and get worse with walking or activity.

    Other Home, Natural Corn Removal Remedies

    Instead of filing, some foot corn sufferers opt to try natural remedies like lemon juice, onion juice, garlic, or other home-accessible treatment options. Learn more about these home corn remedies here.

    Pad the Corn

    If you choose not to or have trouble removing a corn, you may find relief in padding the area with soft inserts. By wrapping or covering the bump before wearing shoes, you can prevent painful rubbing and pressure so the corn can heal.

    There are various corn pad options, including toe sleeves made from gel materials, corn cushions that go around the bump (which are especially for top of feet corns), and more.

    Try Over-the-Counter Options

    If at home corn removal or relief treatments just aren’t working, you might want to stop by your local pharmacy to try an over-the-counter product.

    Salicylic Acid Pads

    While putting acid on your feet may sound intimidating, The Journal of Foot and Ankle Research found that salicylic acid products helped to break down the skin cells collected in corn bumps, allowing the patients to feel less pain and reducing corn size compared with simply shaving the corn away at a podiatrist’s office.

    You may be surprised to learn that many exfoliating scrubs and products use salicylic acid in them already. You can find corn remover pads by your pharmacy’s foot care section, which are simply placed over a corn for 48 hours or as instructed on the label.

    These products are sometimes not the best option for those with sensitive skin, as some show visible signs of redness or burning from the acid pads— a clear sign to stop use. Should salicylic acid be an irritant, The American Academy of Dermatology also notes that urea or ammonium lactate can help to gradually soften foot corns.

    Medicated Lotions

    While corn removal pads contain high concentrations of salicylic acid, ammonium lactate or urea, mixing them in over-the-counter lotions can reduce their potency and the associated negative side effect of acid burn.

    These medicated lotions can be applied daily on the corn to slowly break it down, while still nourishing the skin. Amlactin is a great fragrance-free example, using ammonium lactate.

    Professional Corn Removal & Counseling

    If you’ve tried any of the following at-home foot corn removal techniques and still can’t seem to get rid of it, our recommendation would be to consult a podiatrist. These trained professionals can help to remove as much dead skin as possible and properly bandage the area to heal.

    It’s rare that surgery is needed, but if a corn is pressing directly on a nerve in the foot, it’s sometimes necessary.

    One of the main reasons that corns will not go away or reappear after treatment is because of improperly-fitting footwear or other foot conditions, such as hammertoes or bunions, which cause excessive rubbing in your shoes. A podiatrist can also recommend proper footwear to prevent future irritation, or get you set up with custom orthotics for relief with a pre-existing condition.

    Come in for Corn Removal

    Corns often are confused with other foot ailments like blisters and warts, which is why it’s important to be properly diagnosed if home treatments are failing.

    Make an appointment to have your bump checked out and professionally removed, quickly and painlessly. Explore our Corns & Calluses services page or call 239.936.5400, today.

    If you have diabetes, your eyes might be your best medicine when it comes to protecting your skin.

    Act quickly to treat any small cut, scrape, or scratch to make sure it heals properly, says James L. Roth, MD. He’s a family physician in Johns Creek, GA. Check your body daily for even small wounds so you can treat them right away.

    “You have to keep it clean, keep it covered, and keep looking at it to see if it’s getting better or getting worse,” he says. “If it’s not healing within two days, if it is not granulating [forming a scab], and if the skin is not coming together, go to the doctor. People with diabetes don’t heal as well. They don’t have good blood flow. Wounds don’t always get better quickly. Cuts and scrapes can fester and turn into something worse.”

    If you think you’ve gotten an infection, tell your doctor as soon as possible. Don’t wait. Some major infections need to be operated on, and some people risk needing to have part or all of a limb surgically removed (amputated).

    Boost your odds of avoiding a problem with serious consequences. Here’s how to treat wounds and spot the symptoms of an infection.

    First Aid

    If you notice a small cut, scrape, wound, or even a scratch, take these steps to treat it:

    • Wash the wound with soap and water.
    • Avoid using antiseptics, rubbing alcohol, or iodine. These products may irritate your skin.
    • Use antibiotic creams or ointments if your doctor approves.
    • Cover with sterile gauze or a bandage.
    • Keep pressure off your wound, such as tight clothing or shoes that may rub against it and make it worse.

    Infection Warning Signs

    Cuts, scrapes, scratches, or blisters on your feet can become an ulcer. These deep, open wounds can allow bacteria into your bloodstream.

    You could become very ill or risk needing an amputation if you don’t seek care. It’s important to keep any infection controlled, before it gets into your system, Roth says.

    Watch for these warning signs that your cut or scrape may be infected:

    • Hot to the touch
    • Redness
    • Swelling
    • Pain
    • Unusual draining, such as pus
    • No scab after a day or two
    • Cut isn’t closing up after a day or two

    Call your doctor if you think your wound is infected or isn’t healing properly, Roth says. Your doctor or a foot specialist called a podiatrist may give you antibiotics, dress your wound, drain pus, and remove infected tissue so your wound can heal.

    If your cut, scrape, or scratch leads to a serious infection, you may feel other symptoms, including:

    • Chills
    • Fever
    • Throbbing pain
    • Foul smells from the wound
    • Inflammation
    • Red lines around the skin near the wound

    These are serious warning signs of an infection in your body, and you should seek emergency medical care.

    Show Sources

    James L. Roth, MD, Piedmont Urgent Care, Johns Creek, GA.

    Fred Williams, MD, Endocrine and Diabetes Associates, PC, Louisville, KY.

    American Diabetes Association: “Skin Care.”

    Diabetes Coalition Resource of Long Island: “Know Your Feet.”

    Houston Methodist Multidisciplinary Health Center: “Conditions and Treatments: Diabetic Foot Wounds.”

    Non-invasive and surgical treatments are available

    How to treat a cut on the bottom of your foot

    How to treat a cut on the bottom of your foot

    Casey Gallagher, MD, is board-certified in dermatology and works as a practicing dermatologist and clinical professor.

    If you’ve ever experienced pain in the ball of the foot, then someone may have suggested Morton’s neuroma is the problem. While there are several causes of forefoot pain, Morton’s neuroma remains one of the most common causes. People with neuroma often get frustrated because they take a long time to become pain-free and sometimes require surgery.

    How to treat a cut on the bottom of your foot

    About Morton’s Neuroma

    In simplest terms, Morton’s neuroma is an inflamed nerve that occurs on the ball of the foot (bottom), just behind the 3rd and 4th toes. The nerve seems to get irritated by the surrounding bones (metatarsal bones) and has also been termed an intermetatarsal neuroma.

    What starts as inflammation can result in scar tissue forming around the nerve and in some cases enlargement of the nerve. This nerve is particularly sensitive to excessive pressure on the foot, and neuroma can occur in women who wear high heels and tight-fitting shoes.

    Morton’s neuroma symptoms involve pain, swelling, numbness, tingling, and/or burning. A common patient complaint is a sensation of walking on a rolled-up sock.

    Non-Invasive Therapies

    Conservative, non-invasive therapies remain the first-line approach to treating Morton’s neuroma. Treatments vary according to the severity of the condition and may include:

    • RICE: RICE is the acronym of rest, ice application, bandage compression, and elevation of the foot.
    • Foot padding: Cushioning to the ball of the foot may lessen symptoms, and off-weighting pads may be effective.
    • Orthotics: Arch supports may better align the foot and take the pressure off the nerves.
    • Anti-Inflammatory medications: Medications that decrease inflammation, such as Advil (ibuprofen) and Aleve (naproxen sodium), may help reduce pain.
    • Intrarticular injections: There are two types of injections for Morton’s neuroma. Cortisone is a powerful anti-inflammatory medication administered every six to eight weeks that quickly reduces inflammation. Alcohol injections, also called sclerosing injections, are used to deaden or deactivate the nerve.  


    When all else fails, Morton’s neuroma can be treated with surgery. Surgery may be considered if conservative therapies fail to provide relief and there is evidence of subluxation (the partial dislocation) of the metatarsal joints on X-ray, ultrasound, or computed tomography (CT).  

    Morton’s Neurectomy

    Morton’s neurectomy is the most common approach, which most commonly involves removing the nerve segment. The procedure is generally straightforward. Surgeons generally approach the area from the top of the foot, identify the nerve and follow it towards the toes and as it courses through the metatarsal bones. It is important that the surgeon cut the nerve far enough back to avoid the nerve from becoming entrapped or scarred on the ball of the foot.

    The results of Morton’s neurectomy are generally good. According to a study conducted at Nottingham University Hospital in England, 82% of people who underwent the operation reported good to excellent results. Roughly one out of 12 (8%) experienced no improvement at all.  

    Some surgeons approach neuromas from the bottom of the foot for direct visualization, but this leaves a scar on the bottom of the foot—which can become painful to walk on.


    Another approach that some surgeons utilize is to release a ligament adjacent to the nerve to decompress the area. Here the nerve is left intact. The procedure is performed with small specialized instruments.

    The main benefit of surgical decompression is that is less invasive than Morton’s neurectomy. A small study conducted in Japan in 2015 found it to be highly effective in reducing pain with a minimal risk of complications. Surgical decompression may be appropriate for people with persistent pain but no signs of metatarsal subluxation.  

    A Word From Verywell

    Like any medical issue, some treatments work for some patients and fail in others. The most important aspect of treating Morton’s neuroma properly is to be sure that the diagnosis is correct. Bunions and hammertoes are known to transfer weight onto the ball of the foot and inflame nerves, causing a resultant Morton’s neuroma.

    The best cure for Morton’s neuroma is to be sure that you have a proper diagnosis, and that other conditions are not causing the neuroma. Morton’s neuroma generally responds well to conservative treatments, and for resistant cases, surgery can be effective.

    Diabetic wound care is essential if you have diabetes and want to avoid complications such as amputation. A wound is an injury to the skin or other external part of the body that breaks its surface. A wound may be caused by blunt force trauma, a cut from a sharp object, or pressure. Diabetes can increase your risk for wounds because it affects blood circulation and nerve function in your feet. It also makes you more prone to infection than someone without diabetes. To learn how to heal diabetic foot sores with products and treatments, keep reading!

    In this Diabetic & Me article you will learn about:

    • How to treat a diabetic wound?
    • Which products are good for wound care?
    • How to prevent foot ulcers?

    What Happens If a Diabetic Gets a Cut On Their Foot?

    A wound is an injury to the skin or other external part of the body that breaks its surface. A wound may be caused by blunt force trauma, a cut from a sharp object, or pressure. Diabetes can increase your risk for wounds because it affects blood circulation and nerve function in your feet. It also makes you more prone to infection than someone without diabetes. If you get a cut on your foot, elevated protein levels will make your cells vulnerable to forming scar tissue which blocks red and white corpuscles called platelets from joining together to form clots during the healing time.

    If a diabetic gets a cut on their foot, it can lead to ulceration that may eventually result in amputation of the limb, when not treated correctly. There wound treatment is very important for people with diabetes.

    Diabetic wounds are often very difficult to heal. There are a lot of reasons why they may not heal well, but one common cause is that the person has poor diabetes management including high blood glucose levels and poor blood flow in their feet. This means that even if someone cuts themselves or gets an open wound on their foot, it’s harder for them to get better at healing because there is less blood flowing through the area around the cut or wound site.

    How to treat a cut on the bottom of your foot

    How Do You Treat a Cut On a Diabetic Foot?

    As we mentioned before, broken skin on the foot is more likely to become infected because of diabetes. This means that treatment for diabetic cuts or wounds should be almost immediate. So what are some treatments for a cut on a diabetic foot?

    The most common treatment for open wounds or ulcers in people with diabetes is using a cleanliness regimen and dressings to promote rapid wound healing and prevent infection. Cleaning the wound/ulcer meticulously with soap and water removes all dead tissue such as slough from the surface making it a less perfect environment for bacterial growth and improves the healing process. A wet dressing can use material from previous incisions which have healed as well as dry non-adherent dressings available over-the-counter at pharmacies, grocery stores, to help maintain a moist environment around the wound/ulcer which can speed up the healing process and prevent infections around the affected area.

    Here are some basic steps on how to treat a wound on a diabetic foot:

    • Wash hands before touching or cleaning the cut/wound with soap & warm water or antiseptic cleaner.
    • Clean the foot thoroughly to avoid infection. Use soap and water or an antibacterial solution, depending on what’s available in your household. If you have soapy water, make sure it is not too sudsy as that can clog pores and cause a hotbed for bacteria growth.
    • Dry the affected area gently but completely with a clean towel. Be careful not to pull the skin around the wound when drying off blood/secretions which may contain dirt particles from the outside world (which could lead to further infection).
    • Cover the open wound with a dry non-stick dressing, sterile gauze, and tape or adhesive strip.
    • Keep your blood glucose levels controlled heal faster and prevent possible infections.
    • Make sure to check on your wound daily, clean and replace the bandages.

    Which Ointment Is Best for Diabetic Wound?

    Hydrogen peroxide is used for very small wounds, but it’s more important to prevent infection when treating diabetic wounds. For a closed incision or wound, you would want to cover the entire surface of the skin with dry non-stick dressing and secure it with adhesive tape.

    For an open wound or ulcer, it’s important to cleanse using soap and water as well as to irrigate your wound twice per day in order to maintain a sanitary environment. Wet dressings may be recommended after cleaning which may include sterile gauze/adhesive tapes applied so that the material can absorb any fluids from the surrounding area.

    Newer products such as hydrocolloid dressings which are able to create a moist healing environment on surfaces by absorbing wound fluid while protecting the area from infection, dirt, and other external contaminants are available over-the-counter at pharmacies or grocery stores.

    If you have a non-healing ulcer after six months of treatment, consult your doctor for further help in promoting wound healing. They may prescribe antibiotics to prevent infections.

    How to treat a cut on the bottom of your foot

    Here is a list of supplies required when treating sores on diabetics:

    • Hydrogen peroxide
    • Antibacterial soap
    • Antibiotic ointment
    • Non-adherent dressings (i.e., Adaptic, Mefix)
    • Wet non-adherent dressing
    • Dry non-stick dressing
    • Cotton balls or cotton swabs
    • Gauze pads: regular and compression
    • Gauze roll bandages/tubular gauzes
    • Tape (paper tape, transparent adhesive film)
    • Scissors

    How to treat a cut on the bottom of your foot

    Neosporin Original First Aid Antibiotic Ointment with Bacitracin

    Neosporin is the original antibiotic ointment that can be applied to minor wounds. It heals cuts, scrapes, and burns while also helping in the fight against infection with its antibiotic ingredients. Get some Neosporin Original today and heal your wounds like never before! The perfect remedy for everything you can think of, this Neosporin ointment has got all of your problem areas taken care of. You can put a glob on any wound or even use it as a lip balm for chapped lips if needed!

    How to treat a cut on the bottom of your foot

    Remedy Antibacterial Soap

    Bring your skin back to health with Remedy Antibacterial Soap Body Wash. This soap’s active odor-fighting ingredients work to eliminate and prevent body odors, including acne even after past use of harsh chemicals like benzoyl peroxide. The scrubby texture also helps clean pustules, oily skin, blemishes, and dry patches off of your body while leaving a moisturizing nature behind that will soothe any redness or chafing you may have from other products such as Retin A or sunlight exposure. It’s made without the bad stuff you find in department store soap: no Parabens, Phthalates, Dyes or Petroleum by-products etcetera.

    How to wash a chihuahua

    Rub your chihuahua down with a damp paper towel or soft washcloth. Wet the towel with lukewarm water and then wring out the extra water. Begin with your dog’s head between its ears and rub it over the neck, back, and abdomen, following the grain of the fur. Rub its feet clean and then give its rear a quick clean, too.

    What can I wash my Chihuahua with?

    What shampoo should you use to bathe your chihuahua? A dog specific shampoo is best, but you can use baby shampoo at a push. We like Dermacton Itchy Dog Shampoo as Minnie and Mika are prone to dry skin. It is very mild, rinses out well and has a nice, slightly medical smell.

    What can I wash my dog with if I don’t have dog shampoo?

    Basic Homemade Dog Shampoo Dish detergent is formulated to cut through grease and will do a great job of washing away oils that accumulate on your dog’s coat and skin. White vinegar has antibacterial and deodorant properties and will leave his coat shiny and clean.

    Can I use human shampoo on dog?

    Human skin has a normal pH balance of 5.5-5.6, which is on the acidic side. Using a human shampoo on dogs disrupts the acid mantle, leaving your dog vulnerable to parasites, viruses, and bacteria. It also makes their skin feel dry and flaky, which can lead to repeated scratching and abrasions.

    How do I clean my Chihuahua’s teeth?

    5 Easy Ways to Keep Your Dog’s Teeth Clean

    1. Brush Your Dog’s Teeth with Delicious Toothpaste. For both dogs and humans, teeth brushing is the foundation of good oral health.
    2. Nibble on Dog Dental Chews.
    3. Spritz Dog Dental Spray.
    4. Gnaw on Chew Toys.
    5. Attend Regular Professional Veterinarian Cleanings.

    Why does my Chihuahua stink?

    Buildup of plaque – Plaque and tartar can smell quite terrible. Generally, this has a sort of ‘rotten’ type smell and/or sour-type odor. Decay/infections – If a Chihuahua has had plaque buildup for a while, this may spiral into a more serious issue since it eats away at enamel and can move under the gum line.

    How often should u bathe a Chihuahua?

    The Chihuahua does require regular bathing and brushing. This self-confident little dog can be bathed as frequently as every week up to no longer than 6 weeks, depending on lifestyle and activity level. Somewhere in between is a happy medium.

    How often should Chihuahuas eat?

    As Chihuahuas are such a small breed, they don’t have the energy reserves of their bigger brethren. Therefore, they can be at risk of low blood sugar if they don’t eat often enough. Because of this, we recommend you feed an adult Chihuahua three times a day; breakfast, lunch, and dinner!

    Can I use Dove soap on dogs?

    Do Not Use Human or Dish Soap The reason you shouldn’t do it regularly (and if possible never) is that it is bad for your dog’s skin and hair. Unless you want to see them with an itchy dry skin rash all over or lesions from biting and scratching, don’t use human soap or dishwashing liquid.

    Is baby shampoo safe for dogs?

    In fact, many experts agree that baby shampoo is okay for dogs as long as it’s cleared by your dog-tor, is unscented, and is clear. It’s made for sensitive skin, so it can be a good choice for pet owners that are concerned about the harshness of many soaps and dog products.

    What soap is safe to use on dogs?

    By far the most common dog-safe human soap is castile. Castile soaps are liquid, detergent-free, plant-oil-based soaps.

    Is Dawn soap safe for dogs?

    Ironically, it’s the very thing that makes Dawn® and other dishwashing soaps so effective at treating wildlife affected by oil spills and at de-stinking pets when they’ve been “skunked” — their excellent grease and oil removing ability. That is what makes dish soaps inappropriate for regular bathing for dogs and cats.

    Can I wash my dog with body wash?

    What can you wash your dog with? The first rule of dog bathing is not to use human shampoo. The pH of dog skin is very different from that of human skin. 1 Shampoos formulated for humans are much more acidic than those for dogs, and using a human shampoo can upset the balance of a dog’s skin.

    What do groomers use to wash dogs?

    Shampoo. Dog groomers always use shampoo especially formulated for dogs, including those specifically designed to remove odors from the hair and skin. These shampoos go the extra step to eliminate odors with various odor-killing ingredients, while other shampoos simply shield odors for a limited period of time.

    If you’ve got a regular dog around, chances are it hates bath time and would do everything to escape this basic grooming regimen. That’s why furparents find bath time stressful or amusing or a combination of both.

    Bathing dogs is important to keep them clean and free from parasites. Bath time is also the perfect opportunity to check on the condition of your dog’s skin and coat to be sure that they are healthy and not having any skin or coat problems. Of course, bathing your dogs makes them smell good and it’s more pleasant to have them close to you that way during your quality time.

    Chihuahuas require regular bathing to facilitate the maintenance of their skin and coat. But there’s no need to bath them daily. These sassy little doggos can be given a bath once a week to once in 3 months. The frequency of their bath time would depend on their lifestyle and activity level. The more active their lifestyle, the more frequent they require bathing. It also depends if your chihuahua is a smooth-coat or long-coat variety. Smooth-coated ones require less bath time since they have short hair. Owners should assess how frequently their chihuahua needs a bath. Bathing them is giving them the proper care that they need especially to ensure that their skin remains soft, smooth, and vibrant-looking. Their coat should be lustrous, glossy, soft in texture, and tangle-free. Giving them a regular bath, along with the use of the right bath products, will ensure that their coat stays that way. But be careful not to overbathe your chihuahuas as this can cause their skin to dry and become flaky. A good rule of thumb for bathing your chihuahua should be around 2 to 3 times a month. You can use wipes on their feet, fur, and tushies in between baths to keep them clean and fresh.

    To bathe your Chihuahua, you’ll need to have a premium dog-formulated shampoo. Don’t use shampoos made for humans even those for babies because they have a different pH level. You also need a washcloth and dry towel. It would also help to have some treats for them so that they’ll agree to be given a bath. Mind you, some chihuahuas are standoffish when it comes to taking a bath so you’ve got to have from trick and treats under your sleeves. You want to make them comfortable and relaxed during bathtime. You can use a pitcher or bowl to gently pour water over their body. Since they are small, use only a small amount of shampoo. Lather the shampoo all over their body using a washcloth. Take care not to let the shampoo get into their eyes as this will cause them discomfort and pain. After a few minutes, you can rinse the shampoo from their body thoroughly. Then, wrap them in a dry towel. Now, your chihuahua is fresh and clean!

    Whether you bathe your chihuahua once a week or once in 3 months, make sure you make bath time a relaxing time for your furbaby.

    • Facebook
    • Twitter
    • Pinterest
    • LinkedIn

    I’ve always been a dog lover, and that hasn’t changed since I was little. My first dog was German Shepherd who grew up with me by my side every day of the week. She loved to explore as much as I did – no matter where we were or what we were doing! Volunteering at the shelter has allowed me to meet all sorts of new breeds and find homes for truly wonderful dogs like her: animals who give back so many unconditional love in return!

    How to Remove Eye Stains From White Dogs

    Between 20 percent and 25 percent of small dog breeds like Chihuahuas experience problems with tear staining at the corners of the eyes. Tear stains typically manifest in the form of dark yellow or brown stains. Such stains are typically the result of some kind of eye irritation, which may be caused by long hair, ingrown eyelids or blocked tear drainage holes. If your Chihuahua shows signs of tear stains, try a home remedy to clean them. Once you have cleaned your dog’s eyes, you can take a few simple steps to prevent the stains from coming back.

    Step 1

    Check your Chihuahua’s eyes to be sure there isn’t anything stuck in it, causing irritation and tearing. If your dog’s eyes are red and swollen, or if deformities are visible, take him to see your vet immediately.

    Step 2

    Wipe the area around your Chihuahua’s eyes gently with a damp cloth to remove any buildup of crust around the eyes and to soften the dried stains.

    Step 3

    Use a cotton swab dipped in warm water if your dog’s eyes are particularly crusted and they need a bit of extra attention to clean. This is not uncommon when you haven’t been maintaining the dog’s eyes regularly. Avoid making contact with your Chihuahua’s eyeball, and do not apply enough pressure with the swab to cause discomfort.

    Step 4

    Combine equal parts milk of magnesia and peroxide with enough corn starch to make a paste. Spread a small amount of the paste on the tear stains around your dog’s eyes, working it into the fur.

    Step 5

    Let the milk of magnesia mixture dry for up to four hours, then wash it out completely and let your Chihuahua’s fur dry. Apply a thin layer of opthalmic ointment to the area around your dog’s eyes after washing out the milk of magnesia mixture, to prevent irritation.

    Step 6

    Repeat the milk of magnesia treatment every other day for one week or until the tear stains have lifted.

    Step 7

    Trim the fur around your dog’s eyes using a pair of blunt-nose scissors. Fur growing too close to the eye is one of the most common causes of tear stains, so trimming the fur should help prevent irritation and thus future stains from forming.

    Step 8

    Consult your veterinarian if excessive tear stains persist.

    Always check with your veterinarian before changing your pet’s diet, medication, or physical activity routines. This information is not a substitute for a vet’s opinion.

    More Articles

    Clean a Maltese’s Eyes →

    Care for a Basset Hound With Droopy Eyes →

    Home Treatment for Yorkie Tear Stains →

    • Vetinfo: Treating Tear Staining in Small Dog Breeds
    • WebMD: Dogs and Tear Stains
    • Keeping your Chihuahua’s eyes clean is important, because tear stains are a good place for infection-causing bacteria to grow.
    • When bathing your Chihuahua, avoid getting water in the dog’s eyes. Getting the eyes wet can cause irritation, which can lead to tear stains or infection.

    Katherine Barrington has written on a variety of topics, from arts and crafts to pets, health and do-it-yourself projects. She has a Bachelor of Arts in English with a creative writing concentration from Marietta College.

    The eyes of a dog should generally be cleaned on a daily basis, the same goes for Chihuahua eyes. Tears and puss dry and end up in the corners of the eyes. This can be easily removed with your finger or with a tissue. When you see that your dogs are irritated you can clean the area around the eyes (but not the eyes itself) with lukewarm water and a tissue. If the irritation persists it’s important to visit a vet who can prescribe an ointment. Sometimes the irritation can only be cured with an ointment.

    Chihuahua eyes are a bit special. Dogs with bulging eyes such as the Chihuahua require more care than other dogs. Cleaning the eyes only takes a few seconds per day and is a good habit. When you see yellow puss in the eye corners this can indicate that there is an infection. Eye drops can bring salvation to this problem.

    How to wash a chihuahua

    Tear Stains

    Chihuahua eyes are prone to infections. Tear stains are the marks you can see on a dog’s fur around the eyes. Moist from the eyes discolours the hairs below. Whilst caring for Chihuahuas it is important to clean the eyes from time to time. It is sometimes frustrating for an owner to get rid them because there are many reasons for which dogs can get tear stains. Once all health problems have been solved the tears will stop.

    So what are the possible causes for the tears:

    • Puppies can start producing excessive tears due to teething. This typically starts when they are 4 months old and stops when they are 8-9 months old. Tearing will stop once the teething process is over. Be carefull, excessive moist can lead to yeast infections! So it is important to clean the eyes from time to time.
    • Plastic bowls are not ideal for dogs. they can lead to tearing and pigmentation loss on the nose! Best bowls for a small dog are shallow, floor-levelled and made out of stainless steal or ceramic.
    • Tap water – depending on where you live- can be contaminated with fluoride. This is bad for your dog and can lead to cancer or toxicity. In general, chemicals can cause tearing.
    • Smoke irritating the eyes causing them to water, unclean air has the same effect. If you’re a smoker…. smoke outside!
    • Tear duct problems / Eyelash issues
    • Ear or Nasal infections

    For more information you can refer to the other health/Care pages:

    S ome Chihuahuas will get dirtier and smellier than others, but however clean they are they will still need to be bathed at least once a month. The majority of owners give their indoor Chihuahuas a bath once every one or two weeks. If your dog, goes outdoors you can almost guarantee that it will get into all kinds of stuff that you will really want to wash off.

    Bathing a Chihuahua is quite a simple task. The most important thing is to only use a shampoo that is designed for dogs. The shampoo you use – even if it’s baby shampoo – will dehydrate his skin. Chihuahuas also have delicate eyes, so find a tearless dog shampoo, and even then, try not to get soap or water into your Chihuahua’s eyes when you bathe him.

    Use a sink or dishpan to bathe your Chihuahua. These are tiny dogs, and because of this, it is much easier and less hazardous to bathe them in smaller containers. You don’t need a lot of water in the sink or dishpan, and using a water sprayer is the best way to wet and rinse the dog.

    Bathing your Chihuahua

    When you wet the dog, prevent water entering its ears. You can do this by putting cotton balls inside the ear canal. Once he is wet, apply the shampoo and lather him up well. Check his skin as you do so. Keep an eye out for any dry skin or wounds and any evidence of ticks or fleas. Should a tick and flea shampoo be required, get one your vet recommends.

    After you finish with the shampooing make sure you rinse him well. It is extremely important that you rinse away all signs of the shampoo, otherwise it could cause your dog’s skin to dry out.

    Your Chihuahua will be cold after his bath, so have some towels ready. Wrap him up well and dry him to get him warm again. You can use a hair dryer on your Chihuahua, but ensure that you set it to put out low heat, and that it doesn’t get too close to the Chihuahua, so that you don’t unintentionally burn his skin.

    Give your Chihuahua a brush before and after its bath. If you want to trim his nails, a good time to do this is immediately after his bath, while the nail is soft. Dry the ear canal, check the pads on his feet, and brush his teeth – using a toothpaste designed for dogs.

    One good tip is to start bathing your Chihuahua at an early age so that he becomes accustomed to it. This will also save you the expense of taking him to a groomer to get this done, unless, of course, you prefer professional grooming.

    How often should you bathe your Chihuahua? This question frequently comes up during a routine pet care consultation and has a bunch of different answers.

    If you are wondering if it is okay to bathe your Chihuahua every week, then here are a few tips to consider when making that decision.

    Table of Contents

    Is It Okay to Give My Chihuahua a Bath Once a Week?

    In brief, the answer is: YES, but not more than twice a week. Routine bathing and grooming are necessary for Chihuahuas.

    Bathing your Chihuahua will give you a chance to inspect him for any skin irritations, lesions, ticks, and stings on his coat. They are more visible with wet fur.

    This is especially true if your Chihuahua is an active dog and lives an adventurous lifestyle.

    You can bathe your dog once a week if you notice his coat is dirty. This is all the more important if your dog is fond of soiling his coat by rolling his body over stinky substances such as urine, feces, mud and dead animals.

    That said, don’t bathe him more than once a week and use ONLY dog shampoo on him.

    This is because the skin of Chihuahuas is delicate and can become dry and flaky if he bathes frequently.

    Unless your Chihuahua spends most of his time outdoors, which will require weekly bathing, you can stretch the interval between baths to maybe once every month.

    As an alternative to a bath, you can also use a moistened paper towel to clean his coat, paws, and belly to help him stay clean between baths.

    Avoid using baby wipes that have a fragrance or anything containing alcohol. Regularly brush your Chihuahua’s coat to keep it sleek and glossy, especially if he has a long coat.

    What’s the Best Way to Wash a Chihuahua?

    Despite Chihuahua’s small size, they can get a bit stinky from time to time.

    And since they are so small, you can easily bathe them in a sink.

    During the baths, you should also perform some delicate spot cleaning on your Chihuahua to keep him clean.

    To bathe your Chihuahua, follow these steps:

    • Make sure he is clean by brushing him first to get rid of any tangles.
    • Place him in the kitchen sink or bathroom tub, taking care to ensure that he will not be able to jump out of it.
    • Gently drench him with lukewarm water using either a sprayer or a small bucket.
    • You must ONLY use dog shampoo and avoid using human shampoo, including baby shampoo. Dog shampoos have a pH balance that is suitable for your dog’s skin and will not irritate it.
    • Begin by lathering up the neck, then proceed to the back. Don’t forget to clean his paws as well.
    • Don’t wash his face with shampoo, he’ll be pissed. Keep water out of his ears to prevent him from freaking out. Cotton balls worked well for my Chihuahua when I used them to clean his ears.
    • Make sure you rinse him well with warm water several times until the water runs clear.
    • Pat him dry with a big, thick towel. You can also use a hair dryer at extremely low heat to dry his coat.
    • If you allow him to shake and roll to dry up, he should be made to rest in a warm place while he dries up.

    Is It Safe to Use Human Shampoo on My Dog?

    The use of human shampoo on dogs upsets the pH balance, which leaves your dog susceptible to parasites, bacterial infections and viruses.

    Moreover, it causes his coat to feel dull and brittle, resulting in constant scratches and rubbing. This makes it an ideal environment for bacteria to grow.

    What Can I Use to Wash My Dog If I Do Not Have Dog Shampoo?

    You can wash away the oils that accumulate on your dog’s coat and skin with dish detergent since it cuts through grease and along with white vinegar, which has antibacterial and deodorant properties, this mixture will keep his coat looking clean and glossy.

    DIY Shampoo: A Simple 3-Ingredient Recipe

    The way to prepare the DIY shampoo would be to prepare approximately 2 cups of warm water and mix it with 1/4 cup of nontoxic dish soap and 1/2 cup of white vinegar.

    Fill a spray bottle with all the ingredients and shake it well. Spray the shampoo on your dog’s coat after wetting his coat with warm water.

    Massage the shampoo into the coat until it forms a thick and creamy lather. Rinse him thoroughly and repeatedly before you dry him.

    By: Chewy Editorial Updated: April 28, 2021

    How to wash a chihuahua

    BeWell > Wellness > Grooming a Shorthaired Chihuahua

    Grooming a Shorthaired Chihuahua

    I have a shorthaired Chihuahua, and I was just wondering if there is anything special I should be doing when I groom her? I use a waterless shampoo because she has a strong doggie smell after about a week after her bath, and she gets regular bath once a month. I clean her ears and eyes once a week, and have been filing her nails a tiny bit every few days to get her used to me touching her feet and work her nails down.

    When it comes to grooming, you lucked out because the shorthaired version of the Chihuahua is one of the easiest dogs to maintain. Basically, all you need is a rubber curry brush, quality dog shampoo and conditioner, cotton balls, ear cleanser, small-sized nail trimmers and some styptic powder to do the job. The hardest thing about grooming this adorable pet is learning how to safely and confidently handle her so she won’t become nervous and stressed. If your little girl already allows you to bathe and brush her and file her nails, you have mastered most of this already.

    Rubber curry brushes come in several sizes and styles, whisking shed hair away as we massage the dog in the direction the hair grows. You may even use it when you bathe your baby to give her a cleansing massage. However, if she has developed pockets of built-up shed hair – a condition we call “packing” – use a wire slicker to remove this, but choose one called a “gentle” slicker because this breed has sensitive skin that can be easily scraped if you work on the same spot too long or too hard.

    If doggie odor is a problem, make sure you are feeding her a nutritious premium dog food , preferably one with omega-3 and omega-6 fatty acids and antioxidants that will help promote beautiful skin and coat. Many manufacturers offer small-breed dog foods with smaller kibble to make it easier to eat for little munchkins like yours. Look for one with no corn, wheat or soy, no artificial colors or chemical preservative, wholesome ingredients and known protein sources. Chihuahuas can be picky eaters so make sure she gets a food she really enjoys and stay away from spoiling her appetite and compromising her nourishment by offering human food.

    Next, switch to a shampoo that is fragrance-enhanced to keep doggie odor at bay. There are lots of good ones on the market including the Crazy Pet line by Cardinal Laboratories, which features Wild Cherry, Baby Powder, Pina Colada, Green Apple and Verry Berry shampoos with grooming sprays to match to keep her smelling wonderful between baths.

    Another old favorite is Lambert Kay’s Fresh ‘n Clean Shampoo and Grooming Spray, which will also lend a long-lasting scent to your little buddy. In the salon, we have used the Pet Effects line with tropical fruit scents. All are infused with natural fruit oils to keep pets smelling deliciously clean. Available in Strawberry and Guava, Black Raspberry and Vanilla, Coconut and Grapefruit and Watermelon and Pear, they can be used with matching colognes to keep your little pet nice to be near.

    As far as nail care goes, I think you need to move beyond filing and start using small pliers-style dog nail clippers to do the job. Having a helper to assist you if she gets squirmy or nippy would make the job easier, but never put too much pressure on the neck or throat of a Toy dog like yours.

    Begin with the back paws, lifting them slightly so you are looking down at the pads and just nip the tips for starters, praising her for cooperating. With your helper in front of your pet, do the same for the front nails, taking care not to squeeze or twist her legs or feet to avoid hurting her.

    Have some styptic powder on hand in case you nick the “quick,” the vein inside each nail. Don’t panic if you do; a dab of this powder will quickly remedy the situation. Overgrown nails can impede a pet’s walking ability and can even deform the feet if left untrimmed. If you like, you can still file them to make them smoother after clipping.

    Another word of caution on Chihuahua care: When you bathe her, don’t wash her face with shampoo. Instead, just sponge it with a damp washcloth or towel, thus avoiding getting soap in those big eyes and causing irritation.

    Posted by: Chewy Editorial

    Featured Image: MirasWonderland/Shutterstock

    Just as our teeth can be indicators of our health, your chihuahua’s teeth need to be maintained to stop potential health issues from arising. There are a few ways to keep your chihuahua’s teeth cleaned, though it might take your chihuahua some time to get used to these methods.

    While your chihuahua might initially nip at you or whine when you try to keep their teeth cleaned, it’s important to persevere, and reward them after the process is done. There are also ways to help nourish their teeth and gums between cleaning that are a little easier for your chihuahua to get used to.

    Table of Contents

    How Do I Clean My Chihuahua’s Teeth?

    You want to purchase toothpaste that is specifically formulated for dogs, and brush their teeth either with a small dog toothbrush or a piece of gauze wrapped around your finger.

    You want to gently run the toothpaste over their teeth and gums, using soft circular motions. You might need someone to help you hold them or hold their mouth open.

    Be sure to take a close look at their teeth and gums to check for any signs of discomfort, bleeding, or discoloration.

    How Often Do I Need To Clean My Chihuahua’s Teeth?

    If you are able to brush your chihuahua’s teeth every day, that would be ideal. Aim to at least do it every other day or a couple of times a week if they will not settle enough to let you brush their teeth every day.

    In between cleanings, you should also have some dental treats or chews for them to nibble on. Feeding your chihuahua mainly dry food will also help clean their teeth.

    How Long Do I Need To Brush Their Teeth For?

    You should brush your chihuahua’s teeth for two to three minutes. You don’t want to be too rough or go over this time, so you don’t irritate their gums.

    Brushing their teeth in a couple of minutes will ensure you can get their teeth thoroughly cleaned from all sides and all angles.

    When Should I Start Cleaning My Chihuahua’s Teeth?

    Your chihuahua will start growing teeth when they are about a month old. You should start cleaning their teeth around this time. You might also need some teething toys at this stage, as they might be uncomfortable at this stage.

    Be sure to start monitoring their teeth as you are cleaning them around the three month mark. Some chihuahuas grow two layers of teeth, with one needing to be removed if they don’t fall out naturally. Your chihuahua will develop their adult teeth around 5 to 6 months old.

    Can I Just Use Human Toothpaste For My Chihuahua?

    Do not ever swap your dog’s toothpaste with human toothpaste. Human toothpaste contains ingredients that are very toxic for your chihuahua.

    Thankfully, dog toothpaste has improved, and it comes in some yummy flavors that your chihuahua will love.

    Why Is It Important To Clean My Chihuahua’s Teeth?

    Dogs can develop oral diseases if their teeth and gums are not taken care of. If you get into the habit of cleaning their teeth early, you can avoid these issues. Once they are older, it gets harder to bring their teeth back to health.

    That being said, it’s never too late to take care of your chihuahua’s teeth through regular cleaning.

    How Can I Manage My Chihuahua’s Bad Breath?

    Your chihuahua might still get bad breath from time to time even if you regularly brush their teeth. Let them chew on some dental treats occasionally between cleanings, as that should curb their breath.

    There are also dog breath sprays that you can purchase at a pet store that will help take some of that stink away. If this bad breath persists or gets worse, there might be a health issue manifesting that should be checked out.

    Will My Chihuahua Ever Settle When I Clean Their Teeth?

    Your chihuahua should eventually get used to cleaning their teeth. If you have been doing it consistently for some time, and they still fuss, it could be that you are being too rough.

    If you use a dog toothbrush and they fuss over that, you can opt for a dog toothbrush that is more like a finger sleeve with little grooves.

    Can I Get My Vet To Clean My Chihuahua’s Teeth?

    Your vet should be giving your chihuahua’s teeth and gums a thorough check during their yearly check ups. They might also do a professional cleaning. However, brushing your chihuahua’s teeth at home is still very important.

    Getting your dog’s teeth professionally cleaned can be very expensive, as can any dental procedures they could need in the future if their teeth are neglected.

    Are Chihuahuas Prone To Dental Issues?

    Chihuahuas are prone to dental issues because their mouths are smaller. This means their teeth can grow too close together, making it hard for their teeth to get thoroughly cleaned through chewing dry foods or dental treats.

    Their smaller mouths also make it more probable that some of their teeth can become impacted during growth. This can be very painful for your pup, and might lead to them needing a tooth pulled.

    A chihuahua’s teeth are also soft, so it’s easier for their teeth to decay when there is plaque or tarter buildup. This tarter can lead to some uncomfortable tooth issues in the future, such as gingivitis, tooth decay, and gum disease.

    What Are Some Signs That My Chihuahua Has Dental Issues?

    It’s fairly easy to tell when your chihuahua is having issues with their teeth. Some of the most noticeable signs would be discolored teeth, difficulty chewing their dry food, or bad breath. You might also notice that their appetite has changed, and they might not be as playful or happy as they usually are.

    Your vet will most likely check their teeth and gums during their yearly checkups, but it’s worth taking them to the vet when they are showing these signs. They can recommend the best course of action to try and reverse or alleviate the issue.

    Dental health is an important part of your dog’s overall wellness and should not be overlooked. This is even more so if you own Chihuahua, who are more prone to dental problems than most breeds. Keeping your pup’s teeth clean has been emphasized relatively recently and a lot of people are still simply unaware of the risks. However, just like people, there are many oral diseases that dogs can and do get that could lead to even greater problems down the road. While a yearly dental cleaning is likely recommended by your veterinarian, there are also things we can do at home to help keep our Chihuahua’s teeth squeaky clean.

    How to wash a chihuahua

    #1 – Brush Those Teeth

    Brushing teeth is probably the most effective way to prevent dental disease and tooth decay. Unfortunately, it’s not always the easiest thing to do. Don’t feel discouraged if the first time doesn’t go as planned – many dogs and puppies need to be started slowly. It’s an odd sensation for them and with a little positive training you’ll be able to brush your dog’s teeth without issue. Choose the right toothbrush and dog-specific toothpaste. These toothpastes are made with ingredients safe for dogs, whereas human toothpaste has ingredients that are quite toxic. Brushing teeth will remove and prevent plaque and tartar build up and keep your dog’s dental health in tip-top shape. While brushing every day is ideal, even once or twice a week will provide major benefits.

    #2 – Utilize Dental Chews

    Quality dental chews are a major benefit to your Chihuahua’s overall health and well-being. They are made specifically to clean your dog’s teeth almost as effectively, or as effectively, as brushing with a toothbrush and toothpaste. The chewing action scrapes off plaque and tartar and they are filled with ingredients to help prevent further build-up and make your dog’s breath fresher. What’s better is that most dogs absolutely love a good dental chew! They are a delicious treat that your dog won’t even know is healthy and some are long-lasting to keep their minds occupied too. Dental chews are one of the easiest ways to improve your dog’s dental health and we think the dogs agree.

    Be careful when considering a quality chew however, as many products contain questionable ingredients, or excessive fat or calories. (Our own research led us to develop our own Grain & Gluten Free Dental Chews)

    How to wash a chihuahua

    #3 – Feed Quality Food

    Feeding a high-quality, health food is an excellent way to keep your Chihuahua’s oral health in check. Nourishing the body means that teeth will grow stronger and your dog’s overall health will benefit greatly. Avoid ingredients like grains, by-products and meals that are not only unhealthy but stick to your dog’s teeth. Poor-quality foods will increase plaque and tartar build-up and keep your pet’s dental health and immune system functioning far below their ideal strength. Whole foods with natural ingredients often contain enzymes and other supplements that help break down unwanted build-up on teeth, but even dog’s feed natural diets should have their teeth brushed and dental health checked regularly.

    The iHeartDogs team is very passionate about dental health. The thought of our pups suffering in silence from periodontal disease is absolutely heartbreaking.

    To learn more about our new Triple Enzyme, Grain Free Dental Chews, click here. Currently we’re offering 38% off when you purchase 3 or more bags.

    A dog generally is under anesthesia for teeth cleaning for about 60 to 95 minutes. Dental cleanings usually last for 45 to 75 minutes depending on the existing dental condition, number of X-rays, and the amount of tartar in the mouth.

    How long does a dog dental procedure take?

    Dental cleanings typically take anywhere from 45 to 75 minutes depending on the amount of tartar in the mouth, the dental disease present, and the number of dental x-rays that need to be taken. Dental extraction procedures typically take anywhere from 1-2.5 hours.

    How long does it take to clean a Chihuahua teeth?

    In this way, it will become habit for both you and your Chihuahua. While it only takes about 2 to 3 minutes for the actual brushing of the teeth, it is best to set aside a window of 10 minutes per day so that you do not feel rushed.

    How much is dental work for a Chihuahua?

    Typically, dog teeth cleaning costs between $300 to $700, which doesn’t include special treatments for periodontal disease or tooth extractions. These extras can add several hundred dollars to the total vet visit cost.

    How long does it take to professionally clean a dog’s teeth?

    You can expect a dog dental cleaning without any complications to take anywhere from 45 minutes to an hour. If complications do arise, like multiple tooth extractions or a root canal, it could take up to four hours for your dog’s procedure.

    Are dogs in pain after tooth extraction?

    It’s your dog to have pain at the extraction site for 4-5 days following the procedure. Usually, a prescribed post-surgery topical or oral pain reliever will help mitigate most of your dog’s discomfort.

    Is teeth cleaning painful for dogs?

    After a routine cleaning, your mouth can be a little sore. When your pet has a dental cleaning or dental procedure, their mouth will be tender as well.

    Why are Chihuahuas teeth so bad?

    Other contributing factors to periodontal disease include a diet of all or mostly soft food, crowding of the teeth, and retained deciduous (primary) teeth, which causes plaque to collect on the teeth, leading to gingivitis and, ultimately, periodontal disease.

    How often should a Chihuahua have a dental cleaning?

    Adult dogs should see the doggy dentist at least once per year. Small and brachycephalic breeds may require more frequent cleanings once every six months due to shallow roots and the dental problems that come with them, including overcrowding and dental deformities.

    How much does a dog tooth extraction cost?

    Full Mouth Extractions Price can be from $3000-4500 * for this fastidious treatment.

    How do I clean my Chihuahua’s teeth?

    5 Easy Ways to Keep Your Dog’s Teeth Clean

    1. Brush Your Dog’s Teeth with Delicious Toothpaste. For both dogs and humans, teeth brushing is the foundation of good oral health.
    2. Nibble on Dog Dental Chews.
    3. Spritz Dog Dental Spray.
    4. Gnaw on Chew Toys.
    5. Attend Regular Professional Veterinarian Cleanings.

    Why is dog dental cleaning so expensive?

    The main reason a dog dental cleaning is an expensive procedure is because of the X-rays and anesthesia required for the procedure. “Dental X-rays are really important to assessing periodontal disease and the health of teeth below the gumline. Unfortunately, they require anesthesia,” says Dr. Brigden.

    Can dogs teeth be cleaned without anesthesia?

    Yes, it is! A veterinarian may not want to anesthetize a medically compromised pet, and they will instead use another approach to clean a dog or cat’s teeth. You can have your pet’s teeth cleaned without anesthesia whether they’re young and healthy or have health issues.

    Are dogs sedated for teeth cleaning?

    A dog generally is under anesthesia for teeth cleaning for about 60 to 95 minutes. Dental cleanings usually last for 45 to 75 minutes depending on the existing dental condition, number of X-rays, and the amount of tartar in the mouth. After the procedure, the effect of the anesthesia lasts for 15 to 20 minutes.

    Do dogs need antibiotics after teeth cleaning?

    Antibiotics: Some animals with evidence of severe subgingival infection may require antibiotics for 10 days or so following their teeth cleaning. This decision is made on a case by case basis, and your companion may or may not need to go home on antibiotics.

    Should dogs fast before teeth cleaning?

    Your dog or cat will also need to fast for 8 to 12 hours before the dental cleaning. Since your dog or cat will have anesthesia, it is important for them to stay several hours afterwards for observation.

    When it comes to the topic of dogs, chihuahuas often come up easily. Why? As tempting as it is to take care of huge yet gentle dog breeds, small dogs are often more practical to have, especially for people living in limited neighborhoods.

    Chihuahuas are small dogs, the smallest breed among all dogs, in fact, reaching a maximum of 8 inches long when standing on all fours, and weighing not over 6 pounds. Because of this, chihuahuas are also one of the most popular dog breeds despite their snappy and fearless nature.

    Chihuahuas may be cute, but they are the most cuddly dog breed. In fact, they are not the best dogs to keep around small children because they have the tendency to be snarky around people. These tiny canines are also considered as one of the most aggressive dog breeds in the world; they usually have aggressive personality issues that are way bigger than their size.

    Chihuahuas may be tiny, but their sharp teeth that are always on display pose a threat to those around them, making them look more dangerous than they should.

    What Kind of Teeth Do Chihuahuas Have?

    Like most dogs, chihuahuas have a complete set of mammalian and heterodont teeth: incisors, canines, molars, and premolars. The chihuahua’s teeth may look random in appearance, and may even appear as though they are all battling for space to protrude from.

    How to wash a chihuahua

    The 4 Best Dog Food for Allergies (Adult, Puppy, Senior)

    How to wash a chihuahua

    Victor Senior Healthy Weight Dog Food Review: Recalls, Pros, Cons, and More

    How to wash a chihuahua

    The 5 Best Dog Water Fountains, We Checked

    You might have seen hilarious photographs of gnarly-looking chihuahuas giggling with their teeth out. If you haven’t, you surely have seen one grinding its teeth against each other to show its anger or distress. Chihuahuas teeth are all short but pointy, making them look like they are always ready to bite.

    How Many Teeth Do Chihuahuas Have?

    An adult chihuahua’s complete set of teeth is composed of 42 teeth. The usual dental formula for dogs is as follows: Incisors 3/3, Canines 1/1, Premolars 4/4, Molars 3/3, wherein the numbers represented by the “top/bottom” applies on all four sides of the jaw: up, down, left, and right.

    If you have ever played with a chihuahua, you may have noticed that their teeth appear to be vying for space in the mouth. However, the truth is they just have the same number of teeth that other dogs do. Their tiny mouth and jaw just gives the impression that they have more teeth than their jaws can handle.

    Do Chihuahuas Lose Teeth?

    Out of their 42 teeth, chihuahuas eventually lose some of them throughout their lifetime. Just like humans, they have “milk teeth” during their young ages, and as these fall out, they are eventually replaced by permanent ones, usually at 8 months of age.

    There are no teeth in chihuahua puppies when they are born, but “milk teeth” will start to appear around the age of 5 to 6 weeks. When they all come out, there will be 28 puppy teeth that fall out as they grow older.

    Chihuahuas start teething around the age of 4 to 5 months. Adult canine teeth start to grow during this stage of teething, which lasts about three months. As the puppy gets older, its teeth fall out in a certain way, such as through decay or by playing.

    How Do Chihuahua Teeth Work?

    Just like most mammals, the different types of teeth chihuahuas have in their mouths have unique uses. The premolars and molars of a chihuahua are used to rip and crush their food, whereas their incisors and canines nip, bite, cut, and shred flesh. Basically, a chihuahua’s teeth are both weapons and tools for eating, although sometimes they also use them for biting whatever threat is on their way or while playing.

    The incisors of chihuahuas are used mostly to scrape. When they show their teeth, you’ll often see their canines behind the incisors, which are long and pointed, looking more like fangs. These teeth are used to cut meat into pieces.

    Premolars are teeth that are just behind the canines. They are used to cut meat and food into small pieces, and they are mostly used in chewing. At the back of their mouths are molars which are used to disintegrate hard and tough foods. Molars purposely have flat crowns in order to help dogs grind most types of food.

    Dental Issues in Chihuahuas

    Overcrowding of teeth is more common in small dogs like chihuahuas, which means that the natural teeth cleaning procedure through chewing is more difficult.

    Chihuahuas do not regrow their teeth, so pet owners must be careful about their dental health. These dogs, even though low-maintenance, are prone to teeth problems, thus they commonly do not have a complete set of 42 teeth, often resulting in missing teeth.

    Keeping your chihuahua’s sparkling white teeth clean and healthy is just as important as taking care of the rest of your dog to ensure they live a long and healthy life. Chihuahuas are one of the longest living dog breeds, known to reach 14 to 16 years if properly taken care of.

    In a public research, it has been discovered that gum diseases and infections often affect smaller dog breeds. These dental issues can cause bad breath, behavioral changes, uncontrolled drooling, loss of appetite, and more.

    How to Care for a Chihuahua’s Teeth?

    Vets advise pet owners to brush a Chihuahua’s teeth on a weekly basis. Every year, chihuahua owners should take their dog to the veterinarian for a thorough teeth cleaning.

    By the time a Chihuahua is 2 years old, they are most likely to have dental difficulties due to a lack of regular cleaning and treatment.

    Ready to discover the top 10 cutest dog breeds in the entire world?

    How about the fastest dogs, the largest dogs and those that are — quite frankly — just the kindest dogs on the planet? Each day, AZ Animals sends out lists just like this to our thousands of email subscribers. And the best part? It’s FREE. Join today by entering your email below.

    We are grateful that even though Chihuahuas do shred, certain species are not strong shedders (actually think like me, I understand, I have one like that too!). For the animal owner, shedding is an inconvenience. It falls on the clothing, on your rugs, and the accessories, also. How to wash a chihuahua

    By shedding, pets typically lose old or injured fur. While shedding for pups is a natural practice, the volume and rate of hair that is shed also relies on their level of wellbeing and species. It may also depend on the season: in the winter, most pets grow thick skins, which are then shedding in the spring. Even so, dogs often kept inside are subject to minor coat thickness variations and prefer to shed reasonably regularly over the year.


    How to Reduce Your Chihuahua Shedding

    • When shedding has become a concern, shower the pet regularly with a warm shampoo.
    • Clean the pet daily. You could use the comb of an average dog, but I like having a furminator to prevent the coat from having out of hand. And I use the Furminator; I’m still surprised by how much extra hair I get off the quart.
    • Clean her once after you have showered your pet, but she is cleaned.
    • I apply essential oils on the pup’s skin occasionally after her wash. That’s a perfect method to keep her skin and hair safe, and she also loves the therapy.
    • With better pet food, give the pet a balanced diet.
    • Supplementation of vitamins/minerals for pets can also benefit.
    • I have not done this, but some folks say by drugs to shed.

    Healthy Nutrition

    Begin with A veterinarian suggests Nature Nutrition Healthy for our pets, and you understand how great they are if you already own a dog! Your pet requires lots of nutrition in their diet, and a regular feed avoids shedding.


    First and probably most important: you want a suitable vacuum method, another of the absolute best treatments for shed pets. The Vacuum and Vac Ground VacTM is one of my all-time Best vacuum. Swiffer himself led us to this nifty tiny vacuum in New York City. It offers an along with-you-go foundation to cope with animal shedding. No vacuum is slotting in, and no entangled cable. It is indeed utterly excellent: with its Dry Patch Refills, it picks up the larger soil bits but captures all. Nothing’s ever getting past it. I’ve used these to check it solely for four months and haven’t taken the Shark out afterward. (We have no rug in the apartment, but it is excellent for my parents.) No doubt he’s making a mess. But no concerns, for quick washing, we’ve got you beat.

    Why Dogs

    Shedding To get rid of extra hair, destroyed fur, and as the weather changes, dogs are shedding. Owing to allergy, sickness, and even childbirth, most animals shed.

    Shedding Unnecessary

    Once they are diseased or pregnant, sure pets will shed upwards of ordinary. Pressure, lousy diet, bacterial infections, allergies, various cancers will lead your Chi to lose upwards of usual.

    When to See a Doctor

    It is indeed best to have your pet examined by a veterinarian if you have any bald patches or swollen, sore spots on the skin. The fur of your pet is also falling out in bunches or slipping out as you brush it gently, suitable to bring the veteran.

    September 1, 2019 by Polly Pocket

    How to wash a chihuahua

    There are so many reasons to add a Chihuahua to your family. But before you do, we have 7 things you should know about Chihuahuas (the good and the bad).

    We know it can be easy to see a great little (or big) dog in a movie or at the park and immediately want to add one to your family. But, remember, every breed has it’s pros and cons. Chihuahuas are the second-most-euthanized dog in shelters in the United States due to their abundant population, and unfortunately, less abundant homes. We hope that you are able to add a Chihuahua to your family, but before you do, here are seven things that we think you should know about Chihuahuas:

    1. These little dogs always want to be on you, or at the very least, touching you.

    It’s a rare Chihuahua that ends up independent. Most of these little guys will follow you from place to place and insist on lying in your lap. If you take them off of your lap they will persistently get back on. They are ridiculous cuddle bugs!

    2. Chihuahuas are always cold.

    They are great desert dogs, but in the air- conditioned house they need a blanket. If you live in a cold climate you will need to provide your Chihuahua with a heating pad to keep their shivering to a minimum. They will also require a warm ensemble of coats and clothing. In fact, t hey might need their own closet.

    3. Chihuahuas are high maintenance!

    Owning a Chihuahua means you will be an overworked bodyguard. They are subject to birds of prey so you must always accompany them outside and stay with them. If you have large dogs as well, you will need to protect them from being run over so you might need to carry your Chihuahua to a safe area. Don’t think you are off the hook for indoor care either! Chihuahuas can break a leg just jumping off a sofa. Our entire house has been adjusted for our little Chihuahuas’ safety. They have stairs and safe houses (tiny kennels) everywhere. However, Chihuahuas are helpful in assisting you with your bodyguard job, because they are smart enough to know their small size means they need protection.

    4. Chihuahuas can be nervous little dogs so they tend to bark at every sound.

    If you want to keep your sanity, training to keep barking at a minimum is a must. Chihuahua’s respond great to positive reinforcement training, but getting upset with them will actually make barking worse. Seek out a trainer who understands this if you need assistance. Be sure to say “no” to any trainer who recommends you use any type of training collar to solve this behavior problem. These types of training devices have been banned in many places across Europe as they’ve been shown to create neurosis and other problems in dogs.

    5. Chihuahuas have been known to guard the person they have chosen.

    Yes, that means they can sometimes go so far as to bite others that come close. This behavior can be easily changed if you start early on with a puppy. It’s much more difficult to change with an adult dog that has already established this naughty habit, but it can be done. Again, if you are struggling with this behavior problem, we recommend you seek out a positive trainer to assist you with solving this problem. A good trainer will know about this Chihuahua problem and have multiple, positive solutions.

    6. Chihuahuas are prone to hypoglycemia.

    This condition is easily prevented with regular feeding. We take special care to not let our Chihuahuas go very long without eating at least a small snack. Especially in the morning when they have fasted all night; your Chihuahua will need a little something first thing when you get up. Breakfast in bed you human slave to the all-mighty Chihuahua. If you want more tips, we recommend reading our article How to Care for Your Chihuahua.

    7. Chihuahuas have a propensity to duck and back up from hands.

    This one is actually very common for most small breeds. In addition to the duck and backup routine, when they are puppies they sometimes scream when you pick them up. What’s that about? The first time we encountered the scream we thought we hurt our little guy, so we quickly let go.

    Even as a puppy Chihuahuas are smart enough to get what they want. “I scream, the stupid human let’s me go and I go do what I want, when I want, and where I want.” Brilliant aren’t they? Once we figured that sneaky trick out we held on to our little screaming pint- sized beast and she very quickly learned that her screaming temper-tantrum would no longer work . However, it did not stop her from trying the tactic on others.

    You can change the ducking and backing up from your hand, and stop the screaming, so don’t despair! That’s just the puppy stuff. Remember the number one thing you should know about Chihuahuas on this list? Chihuahuas are ridiculous cuddle bugs!

    Hi there. sadly, Chihuahuas are one of the those breeds well known for teeth problems. It’s great that you are getting his teeth cleaned as that will help prevent further problems down the road.

    As you are probably aware, most dogs won’t sit still long enough for us to really examine their teeth, especially to do any sort of probing to check for potential problems. thus the reason for anesthesia. AND..if the dog is anesthetized, its a good idea to get the teeth professionally cleaned. This means that the only way we can really tell what teeth need to be pulled is while the pet is under anesthetic. Also, the type of tooth being extracted is an important determination in how difficult it will be to extract. incisors are single rooted teeth and generally come out easily compared to the three rooted carnassial teeth in the back of the mouth.

    First, you dog will probably due fine losing 5 teeth. Adult dogs have 42 teeth and most will do fine losing them. I personally have seen dogs with less than 10 teeth in their mouth still eat fine.

    As far as cost. the price for the cleaning is going to vary based on things like: Is pain relief for the extractions included? Are dental x-rays included? Will they be doing pre-anesthetic bloodwork prior to the procedure? Etc, etc. So, it’s going to be hard to truly compare apples to apples. I would recommend asking the veterinarian to give you a written estimate and then call a couple of other veterinarians in the area to get an idea of what they would charge for similar services.

    You could consider going to to see about personal financing to help defray the cost of the dental or Chase has a program called Chase Health Advantage as well.

    Unfortunately, I don’t know any veterinarians in Reno. I know a GREAT one in Las Vegas though!!

    How to Groom an American Eskimo Dog

    The small yet robust Chihuahua is the perfect dog for anyone who is looking for a pooch who is loyal, happy and energetic. The Chihuahua also offers easy maintenance when it comes to coat care and grooming. This little dog’s loving temperament and loyalty to his owner typically make him an easy dog to groom. Whether you have a long- or short-haired Chihuahua, regular grooming that includes brushing, baths, dental care, nail and fur trimmings and cleaning around the eyes and ears will make your little friend look his cutest.

    Step 1

    Brush your Chihuahua regularly with a soft-bristle brush. Brushing between baths will keep your dog’s coat shiny and remove excess hair. If your Chihuahua has long hair, a good brushing once or twice a week should suffice. However, even short-hair Chihuahuas will benefit from a thorough brushing several times each month.

    Step 2

    Bathe your Chihuahua with a mild shampoo formulated for dogs. Chihuahuas have delicate skin and do best with a gentle shampoo. Use a soft cloth and warm water to wipe around your dog’s ears and eyes during his bath.

    Step 3

    Rinse your Chihuahua thoroughly after you have shampooed him. Apply conditioner, and rinse again. This will keep his skin and coat soft and shiny and help prevent his skin from becoming dry.

    Step 4

    Dry your dog thoroughly with a soft towel once his bath is complete. Chihuahuas get cold easily and are prone to chills and shivering when they are wet. Careful drying will keep him cozy and warm and will also remove loose hairs.

    Step 5

    Trim your Chihuahua’s fur as needed. Long-haired Chihuahuas typically have soft coats that do not tend to tangle or shed excessively. Therefore, trimming is a matter of preference. Trimming is only necessary if you prefer to shorten the length of your dog’s coat or if you need to remove a matted section of fur.

    Step 6

    Brush your Chihuahua’s teeth. By using a small toothbrush with soft bristles to clean your dog’s teeth and gum line, you will reduce plaque buildup and provide stimulation needed for healthy gums. Warm water will be adequate to use for brushing your dog’s teeth, but toothpaste specially formulated for dogs is available at most pet supply stores.

    Step 7

    Check your dog’s toenails and have an expert such as a veterinarian or a professional groomer clip them if needed, unless you are experienced at cutting dog’s nails. It is easy to cut into the quick of the nail and cause pain and bleeding.


    Do not bathe your Chihuahua too often. Over-bathing can cause your dog to develop dry, flaky skin.

    Do not use harsh shampoo or shampoo that is formulated for humans to bathe your Chihuahua. These products could irritate your little dog’s sensitive skin.

    Avoid getting shampoo in your Chihuahua’s large, sensitive eyes.

    Never use toothpaste that is formulated for humans’ use to clean your Chihuahua’s teeth. Human toothpaste is not meant to be used on a canine and may irritate your dog’s gums or make him sick.

    Unless your Chihuahua spends a lot of time doing outdoor activities, bathing him about once every three months should be adequate to keep him clean.

    If your Chihuahua stresses easily, try to reassure him with praise and treats before grooming him. Ask a friend to help when it is time to bathe your dog, clean his teeth or clip his nails to make these tasks easier and calm your little friend’s nerves.

    • first puppy
    • bathing

    Cute, cuddly, and full of personality, puppies might just be the key to happiness. But that happiness comes with a little bit of work, especially when it comes to bathing. Fortunately, there’s a way to make bath-time enjoyable for both you and your dog. Jennifer Bishop-Jenkins, an international certified master groomer and owner of Love Fur Dogs in Glencoe, Illinois, shares her insights on the best approach to bathing your puppy.

    Step 1: Determine Your Puppy’s Coat Type

    Before you even get your dog wet, figure out what type of shampoo and conditioner to use. This depends upon what type of fur your puppy has. Talk to your vet first to find out what products suit your puppy best.

    “Some coats need more minerals,” notes Bishop-Jenkins. “The short coats really need oil to the point of grease. Long-coated dogs need humectants [moisturizers].”

    Step 2: Provide Treats and Cuddles

    Bishop-Jenkins encourages her clients to start bathing their puppies as young as eight weeks old, as it establishes a life-long routine. But take it one step at a time. A puppy’s first visit to the groomer often doesn’t even consist of bathing. It simply serves to teach them that grooming isn’t scary.

    “We let the puppy run loose,” she explains. “We put them up on the table, put on a loud clipper, and run a light brush over them. There’s lots of treats, swaddling, and cuddling. We make them feel safe.”

    Step 3: Start With Lukewarm Water and a Rag

    There is no need to use cleansing products when the dog is very young. Be sure the water is lukewarm so that the ritual is pleasant for your puppy. No one wants a boiling hot bath and dogs are sensitive to heat.

    “Until the dog is three or four months old, all you really need to use is a warm wash rag,” says Bishop-Jenkins. “Dogs’ body temperatures run higher than ours. Their experience with temperature is different from ours.”

    Step 4: Graduate to Using Shampoo

    Once your puppy is at least three months old, it’s time to start using shampoo and conditioner.

    “Select shampoos and conditioners that are made for dogs and pH balanced,” says Bishop-Jenkins, who recommends plant-based products with no chemical additives. “And don’t buy the cheapest thing out there. I talk to professionals about getting the best professional type that I can get.”

    Step 5: Be Gentle

    “Bathing a puppy under six months old is very comparable to bathing a human infant,” says Bishop-Jenkins. “Puppies, like babies, aren’t used to the feeling. They can’t protect themselves.”

    Don’t scrub. Rather, use a very soft stream of water and gentle hand motions that move in the same direction that your puppy’s hair grows. Use this same direction when brushing and blow-drying.

    Step 6: Avoid Openings Around the Face

    No one wants soap in their eyes, including your puppy. Even tearless shampoos can irritate your dog’s eyes and you’ll also need to be careful around the ears, nose, and mouth.

    “Dogs’ ear canals are shaped like an L,” says Bishop-Jenkins. “If water gets down there, it gets trapped and causes ear infections.”

    She advises using minimal product around the face. Also, pinching the base of the ear shut using your thumb and forefinger when cleaning the face.

    Step 7: Rinse Thoroughly

    Your dog isn’t clean until the soap is actually rinsed away, Bishop-Jenkins points out. So give your dog a good rinse.

    “When you think you’ve rinsed enough then rinse some more,” she advises. “Get every molecule off your dog.”

    Step 8: Don’t Forget the Conditioner

    “Dogs’ skin and coats are the most important part of their body,” says Bishop-Jenkins. “Shampoo strips out moisture. Dogs need conditioner to keep their fur and skin from drying out.”

    Dog conditioner is just as important as shampoo. As you did with the shampoo, give your dog a full rinse to be sure all the conditioner is gone.

    Step 9: Blow Dry Time

    Once your puppy is clean and conditioned, give them a gentle blow dry, but don’t use any blow-dry cream or other styling aid. Once again, gentleness is key. Use a small handheld blow dryer on a low setting and brush your dog’s hair in the direction it grows.

    Step 10: Maintain a Bathing Routine

    Bathing should happen monthly, as your dog’s skin and fur get clogged up with oil and dirt over time.

    “Puppies are in training for a lifetime,” she says about the importance of getting your dog accustomed to bath-time. “You don’t train a puppy one time. You have to do it repeatedly, gently, minimally, and gradually, knowing you’re teaching them about an experience that they will have for the rest of their lives.”

    How to wash a chihuahua

    By The Farmer’s Dog | April 20, 2017

    We all want our dogs to look, feel, and smell their best, but it takes effort to keep that coat shiny. Grooming practices vary from breed to breed, and factors like bathing, brushing, and diet all have an impact on your dog’s reflection. Let’s get into the importance and logistics of keeping your Chihuahua healthy on the outside, too.

    Why do we brush and bathe our dogs in the first place?

    Although bathing seems like it would be the more important of the two, brushing actually has a much greater impact on your Chihuahua’s health.

    Brushing removes dead skin cells from your dog’s body and helps to stimulate and redistribute the natural oils that give his coat that lustrous shine. With regular brushings (ideally every couple of days), you’ll also start to know your dog’s body like the back of your hand. This means that if any potentially worrisome growths pop up, you’ll notice and get them checked out by your vet quickly.

    Chihuahuas shed all year long, but typically shed more in the spring and fall when their coats change. Stray hairs on you (or your couch) are typically minimal with Chihuahuas, but brushing helps remove loose hairs and also untangles any matted hair that has built up.

    Between regular brushings and attention to overall hygiene (i.e. teeth, nails, and eye gunk), your dog can probably get away with a bath every month or two, barring a fondness for manure or other funky smelling shenaningans. Just make sure you’re using dog shampoo, as the human variety would throw your dog’s pH balance out of whack, leaving skin vulnerable to rashes and parasites.

    In general, Chihuahuas need fewer baths and grooming sessions than breeds with longer, thicker hair. Not sure what type of brush to use? Options include a bristle, pin, or slicker brush, and since Chihuahuas have smoother coats, a soft to medium bristle brush is generally best.

    How does your Chihuahua’s diet affect coat health?

    Sufficient protein and fat content are both crucial for a healthy coat. Roughly 75% of dog hair is made up of protein, so if your dog has a protein deficiency, his coat is going to suffer. Keep an eye out for dry or brittle fur, or even patches of hair loss; a simple tweak to your dog’s diet, like adding a fresh, high quality protein source, can improve the issue.

    Fats get a pretty bad rap (they should really fire their publicist), but healthy fats are essential for your dog’s skin and hair. The important ones here are omega-3 and omega-6 fatty acids (both of which you can find in superfoods like olive oil!). Omega-3s help to reduce general inflammation, which can cut down on dander and combat any bites or allergies, while omega-6s stimulate hair growth. A healthy balance of these two essential fatty acids ultimately results in a strong and lustrous coat.

    If you think your Chihuahua might have an omega-3 or omega-6 deficiency, you can supplement his diet with fish or flaxseed oil or switch to a fresh, balanced meal plan. If you’re home cooking for your dog or supplementing yourself, check in with a veterinary nutritionist to ensure that you’re feeding a balanced diet. Brushing, bathing, and feeding your Chihuahua right? Get ready for hair so healthy, it shines.

    Does My Dog Like Me?

    Are you worried that your dog doesn’t like you—perhaps because they shun physical affection or make a habit of.

    The Husky Care Guide: Food, Exercise, Personality, And More

    Expert advice for living well with the spirited, adventurous Siberian husky and husky mix.

    By The Farmer’s Dog

    How to Potty Train a Puppy: A Step-by-Step Guide

    Setting a routine, using confinement, and other essential advice for successful puppy potty training.

    By The Farmer’s Dog

    Obesity in Dogs: A Massive Health Threat Hiding in Plain Sight

    The majority of dogs in the U.S. are overweight or obese, but it’s a problem that gets overlooked. Why.

    By The Farmer’s Dog

    How to wash a chihuahua

    How to wash a chihuahua

    A fresh way to feed your pet. The Farmer’s Dog delivers fresh, pre-portioned, and ready-to-serve pet food straight to your door. Better for them, easier for you. Get started today at The Farmer’s Dog.

    More on Wellness

    How to wash a chihuahua

    What You Need to Know About Dogs and Carsickness

    There’s nothing quite like hitting the road with your canine companion riding along, excitedly.

    How to wash a chihuahua

    What to Know About Bloat, or Gastric Dilatation-Volvulus (GDV), in Dogs

    It can be scary to think about bloat, one of the leading causes of.

    By The Farmer’s Dog

    How to wash a chihuahua

    The Corgi Care Guide: Personality, History, Food, and More

    Pembroke and Cardigan Welsh corgis have tiny legs and an infectious smile—but they’re working.

    How to wash a chihuahua

    What You Need to Know About Dogs and Sleep

    We all know to let sleeping dogs lie—but when, where, and for how long.

    Things You’ll Need

    Non-toxic hair adhesive


    Never pull on a bow to remove it. Let the tape or adhesive fall off on its own so you don’t pull out the dog’s hair.

    Purchase hair adhesive and bows at a beauty supply shop.

    How to wash a chihuahua

    Chihuahuas were once prized by the Toltecs of ancient Mexico, and the breed continues this regal tradition today as a popular companion breed. Many Chihuahua owners enjoy grooming and dressing up their dogs, and hair bows are a simple accessory to give your Chi a little extra flair. Short-coated Chihuahuas are more difficult to bow than long-coated ones, but bows are still an option with a little ingenuity.

    Video of the Day

    Step 1

    Bathe your Chihuahua before putting on bows. Fill your kitchen sink with 2 inches of warm water and gently set the dog in the water. Use a cup to pour water over the dog’s coat and drizzle dog shampoo along the spine. Distribute the soap with your hands, taking care to wash the dog’s head and ears. Rinse the dog with clean water, towel dry and brush with a soft dog brush to remove loose, dead hair. Short-haired Chihuahuas get chilled easily, so make sure the dog is completely dry before allowing it to go outside.

    Step 2

    Press an adhesive bow just above each of the Chihuahua’s ears. These bows are sold in the baby section of many stores and are pre-tied with a drop of pet-safe adhesive on the back to stick to even the shortest hair. Adhesive bows are a useful short-term bow, as the glue will dry out and the bow will fall off quickly.

    Step 3

    Trim a small circle from a roll of double-sided tape and press a hair bow on the top side of the tape. Press the bow against the dog’s hair and hold it in place for a few seconds to form a secure bond. The Chihuahua’s coat is short and thin, but double-sided tape is sticky enough to keep the bow in place for a few hours.

    Step 4

    Place a drop or two of non-toxic hair glue to the back of a bow and push the bow gently onto the dog’s fur. Hair glue is often used to attach weaves and extensions in human salons and is safe enough to use on a Chihuahua. Hold the dog in your lap and apply pressure to the bow for at least 60 seconds, or until the glue fully dries and the bow stays in place.

    Chihuahua Grooming – Hair, Teeth, and Nails Oh My!

    How to wash a chihuahuaBreathe a sigh of relief! Grooming a Chihuahua is relatively easy when compared to other breeds of dogs, and even more so when compared to the other toy breeds. Of course this depends upon whether or not you have the short hair or the long hair variety. The short haired variety is easier to manage than the long haired, but neither is really difficult. Another factor that makes grooming Chihuahuas easier than most dogs is that they are usually kept as an indoor dog and do not spend as much time outside gathering dirt as other breeds.


    For the smooth coat variety, not much brushing is needed. Their hair will not get knotted like the long haired variety`s will, but they should still be brushed on occasion to control shedding and to maintain a healthy, strong coat. Simply wiping them down with a damp cloth is also beneficial if you do not prefer brushing. For smooth coats, brushing once a week or once in between baths will be enough depending on what season of the year it is and how much they are shedding.

    Grooming long haired Chihuahuas requires a little bit more attention than their short haired counterparts, but not anything as drastic as some websites suggest. The frequency in which you brush your Chihuahua depends alot upon different factors and personal preference. How long is your dog`s hair? How much does your dog shed? Do they play outside alot? How nice do you want your Chihuahua to look? A lot of websites recommend that you brush your long coat Chihuahua a minimum of once per week to avoid getting knots and tangles in their hair. I have personally gone months without brushing my long hair Chihuahua, and saw no knots or tangles develop. That being said, I do bathe my Chihuahuas regularly, and that particular long hair of mine has an exceptional coat (she rarely sheds).

    For brushing your Chihuahuas, it is recommended that you use a rubber curry brush when grooming them so that you do not irritate their skin or cause discomfort. You can use a regular human (boar hair) brush if you have to, but your Chihuahua may end up dreading being brushed.


    There are numerous benefits to bathing your dog regularly. Bathing your dog reduces shedding as well as reducing allergens for you and your dog. Bathing your dog regularly will also help with your dogs itchy and irritated skin, and will provide you with the opportunity to give attention to often overlooked parts of your Chihuahua and possibly detect fleas, ticks, or other bugs that may be attached to your dog. The most obvious benefit of bathing is that your dog will look good and smell. Last but not least is the psychological benefit for your dog. When done properly your Chihuahua can feel especially loved and cared for.

    Typically, bathing your dog once every two months is sufficient depending on how often they go outside and collect dirt. You will most likely need to bathe your long haired Chihuahua more often than your short haired variety. The Golden Rule is that you should bathe them when they need it. If they are start becoming too stinky or if their hair is beginning to get tangle or visibly dirty or matted, it is probably time for a bath.

    Bathing a Chihuahua is easy compared to larger dog breeds as you can easily pick them up to place them in the kitchen or where ever your washing area is. Use lukewarm water when bathing your Chihuahua (slight warm to your skin). Use caution when washing and rinsing around your dog`s eyes, ears, and nose. You do not want to get excessive water in a dogs ears and this can lead to infection. When bathing, try to make the process as enjoyable as possible for your Chihuahua. Talking to your dog throughout the whole process will encourage a relaxed state. You should also use a massaging motion when washing as opposed to scrubbing. When completed, use a dry towel to thoroughly dry off your dog.

    If you wash your dog often, it is important to purchase specially formulated shampoo so that the frequent washing does not irritate their skin.

    Toe-Nail Trimming:

    Trimming a Chihuahua`s Nails, or any dog`s nails for that matter is not an easy task. Dogs in general do not particularly like their paws to be handled as it is a sensitive area. It is important to have your dogs nails trimmed before they get too long so that they don`t get snagged on something and do severe damage to your Chihuahua`s feet. A large amount of Chihuahua owners elect to have their dogs taken to a professional groomer to have their nails trimmed. With practice and consistency, the difficulties with trimming your dog`s toe-nails yourself can be overcome.

    Start trimming your dogs nails as early in their life as you can to get them used to the routine. It is important to only trim a little bit at a time so that you don`t cut to the quick. The quick is a small vein that runs through the middle of the dog`s nails and will bleed and is quite painful for your Chihuahua if cut. Use a trimmer that cuts cleanly, and as quietly as possible so that they are not startled by a loud clipping sound. See our extensive Nail-Trimming Guide for detailed instructions.

    How To Care Chihuahua. The key here is to offer a balanced and nutritious diet. Raw dog food ensures that your chihuahua has good digestion, healthy teeth and gums, a shiny coat, and an improved immune system.

    How to wash a chihuahuaHow to Care for Your Chihuahua Puppy (with Pictures) wikiHow from

    Chihuahua care is a summary of the basic factors. Keep the soft spot on a young chihuahua’s head from being traumatized. Last but not least we will discuss the anal glands!

    Bathing as you brush your chihuahua, clean his ears, trim his nails, and brush his teeth to avoid dental problems, you should also bathe him at least once after every two months. Inhalation of water can lead to pneumonia.

    Last but not least we will discuss the anal glands! A chihuahua needs to be fed a diet of high quality food, given regular exercise, and kept in an area that is not too cold or hot.

    The most essential areas are their diet, living conditions, and routine care. Newborn chihuahuas have very fragile stomachs and digestive systems.

    This diet teaches them to chew and so helps strengthen their jaw bones and teeth. Chihuahuas have a very fine bone structure, especially in the bottom jaw, so there is very little support for holding teeth in place.

    If you have the budget for it, raw dog food is your best option. They also need to have their nails clipped regularly, and they should be brushed at least once every day.

    Keep your chihuahua’s nail trimmed every time since they grow fast, brush his teeth to prevent dental problems, and ensure to clean the big ears as well. How do you potty train a chihuahua?

    It has been discovered the breed is thriving on diets that consist at minimum 40% protein. Inhalation of water can lead to pneumonia.

    If you haven’t started the weaning process with your puppies yet, now is the time to get going. It is difficult to take care of a chihuahua because they are very active and require a lot of attention.

    They also need to have their nails clipped regularly, and they should be brushed at least once every day. If your puppy eats the mixture willingly, you.

    Protein content that is higher is always more beneficial. Temperature preferences we begin our care guide with a topic that does not really fall under “ailment,” but it’s so important, we thought we’d.

    The aging chihuahua care guide common ailments in older chihuahuas. Take your pup to the bathroom spot after every 20 minutes and when it toilets there, reward it.

    The most essential areas are their diet, living conditions, and routine care. Chihuahuas have a very fine bone structure, especially in the bottom jaw, so there is very little support for holding teeth in place.

    Is a chihuahua easy to take care of? Caring for chihuahuas can cause some unique problems because they are such small dogs.

    If your chihuahua does not urinate/defecate frequently, gently rub the perineum to promote flow. If you haven’t started the weaning process with your puppies yet, now is the time to get going.

    They also have a tendency to bark when left alone for long periods of time, so it is best to keep them with you at. Inhalation of water can lead to pneumonia.

    Keep an eye on the relieving actions of the puppy. How do you potty train a chihuahua?

    The key here is to offer a balanced and nutritious diet. How do you potty train a chihuahua?

    Proper doggy food will aid in keeping your little dog’s teeth, bones and heart far more healthy. Raw dog food ensures that your chihuahua has good digestion, healthy teeth and gums, a shiny coat, and an improved immune system.

    Long coat chihuahuas should be brushed regularly. Chihuahua care is a summary of the basic factors.

    What kind of care does a chihuahua need? The aging chihuahua care guide common ailments in older chihuahuas.

    Chihuahua Care Is Also About The Eyes, Nails, Ears And Teeth.

    How do you potty train a chihuahua? Keep your chihuahua’s nail trimmed every time since they grow fast, brush his teeth to prevent dental problems, and ensure to clean the big ears as well. Good dog food should include 25% protein and even more to ensure your pet stays well.

    It Is Difficult To Take Care Of A Chihuahua Because They Are Very Active And Require A Lot Of Attention.

    Proper doggy food will aid in keeping your little dog’s teeth, bones and heart far more healthy. It is recommended to choose the dog food that has several protein options. What do 6 week old puppies drink?

    Raw Dog Food Ensures That Your Chihuahua Has Good Digestion, Healthy Teeth And Gums, A Shiny Coat, And An Improved Immune System.

    Last but not least we will discuss the anal glands! If your puppy eats the mixture willingly, you. To ensure your chihuahua has the best setup possible at happy senior years, it will help to know the most common health issues to look for as she ages.

    What Kind Of Care Does A Chihuahua Need?

    Kibble is the most common type of dog food for chihuahuas. Great care should be taken that no water gets into a puppy’s nose or mouth during bathing. Keep the soft spot on a young chihuahua’s head from being traumatized.

    Chihuahua Care Is A Summary Of The Basic Factors.

    The aging chihuahua care guide common ailments in older chihuahuas. Take your chihuahua puppy to the bathroom spot before stepping foot in the house. To keep your chihuahua safe around the house, choose a cat collar with a bell, this way everyone can hear where she is and be cognizant of her location when they are walking or closing doors.

    Things You’ll Need

    Non-toxic hair adhesive


    Never pull on a bow to remove it. Let the tape or adhesive fall off on its own so you don’t pull out the dog’s hair.

    Purchase hair adhesive and bows at a beauty supply shop.

    How to wash a chihuahua

    Chihuahuas were once prized by the Toltecs of ancient Mexico, and the breed continues this regal tradition today as a popular companion breed. Many Chihuahua owners enjoy grooming and dressing up their dogs, and hair bows are a simple accessory to give your Chi a little extra flair. Short-coated Chihuahuas are more difficult to bow than long-coated ones, but bows are still an option with a little ingenuity.

    Video of the Day

    Step 1

    Bathe your Chihuahua before putting on bows. Fill your kitchen sink with 2 inches of warm water and gently set the dog in the water. Use a cup to pour water over the dog’s coat and drizzle dog shampoo along the spine. Distribute the soap with your hands, taking care to wash the dog’s head and ears. Rinse the dog with clean water, towel dry and brush with a soft dog brush to remove loose, dead hair. Short-haired Chihuahuas get chilled easily, so make sure the dog is completely dry before allowing it to go outside.

    Step 2

    Press an adhesive bow just above each of the Chihuahua’s ears. These bows are sold in the baby section of many stores and are pre-tied with a drop of pet-safe adhesive on the back to stick to even the shortest hair. Adhesive bows are a useful short-term bow, as the glue will dry out and the bow will fall off quickly.

    Step 3

    Trim a small circle from a roll of double-sided tape and press a hair bow on the top side of the tape. Press the bow against the dog’s hair and hold it in place for a few seconds to form a secure bond. The Chihuahua’s coat is short and thin, but double-sided tape is sticky enough to keep the bow in place for a few hours.

    Step 4

    Place a drop or two of non-toxic hair glue to the back of a bow and push the bow gently onto the dog’s fur. Hair glue is often used to attach weaves and extensions in human salons and is safe enough to use on a Chihuahua. Hold the dog in your lap and apply pressure to the bow for at least 60 seconds, or until the glue fully dries and the bow stays in place.

    Chihuahua Grooming – Hair, Teeth, and Nails Oh My!

    How to wash a chihuahuaBreathe a sigh of relief! Grooming a Chihuahua is relatively easy when compared to other breeds of dogs, and even more so when compared to the other toy breeds. Of course this depends upon whether or not you have the short hair or the long hair variety. The short haired variety is easier to manage than the long haired, but neither is really difficult. Another factor that makes grooming Chihuahuas easier than most dogs is that they are usually kept as an indoor dog and do not spend as much time outside gathering dirt as other breeds.


    For the smooth coat variety, not much brushing is needed. Their hair will not get knotted like the long haired variety`s will, but they should still be brushed on occasion to control shedding and to maintain a healthy, strong coat. Simply wiping them down with a damp cloth is also beneficial if you do not prefer brushing. For smooth coats, brushing once a week or once in between baths will be enough depending on what season of the year it is and how much they are shedding.

    Grooming long haired Chihuahuas requires a little bit more attention than their short haired counterparts, but not anything as drastic as some websites suggest. The frequency in which you brush your Chihuahua depends alot upon different factors and personal preference. How long is your dog`s hair? How much does your dog shed? Do they play outside alot? How nice do you want your Chihuahua to look? A lot of websites recommend that you brush your long coat Chihuahua a minimum of once per week to avoid getting knots and tangles in their hair. I have personally gone months without brushing my long hair Chihuahua, and saw no knots or tangles develop. That being said, I do bathe my Chihuahuas regularly, and that particular long hair of mine has an exceptional coat (she rarely sheds).

    For brushing your Chihuahuas, it is recommended that you use a rubber curry brush when grooming them so that you do not irritate their skin or cause discomfort. You can use a regular human (boar hair) brush if you have to, but your Chihuahua may end up dreading being brushed.


    There are numerous benefits to bathing your dog regularly. Bathing your dog reduces shedding as well as reducing allergens for you and your dog. Bathing your dog regularly will also help with your dogs itchy and irritated skin, and will provide you with the opportunity to give attention to often overlooked parts of your Chihuahua and possibly detect fleas, ticks, or other bugs that may be attached to your dog. The most obvious benefit of bathing is that your dog will look good and smell. Last but not least is the psychological benefit for your dog. When done properly your Chihuahua can feel especially loved and cared for.

    Typically, bathing your dog once every two months is sufficient depending on how often they go outside and collect dirt. You will most likely need to bathe your long haired Chihuahua more often than your short haired variety. The Golden Rule is that you should bathe them when they need it. If they are start becoming too stinky or if their hair is beginning to get tangle or visibly dirty or matted, it is probably time for a bath.

    Bathing a Chihuahua is easy compared to larger dog breeds as you can easily pick them up to place them in the kitchen or where ever your washing area is. Use lukewarm water when bathing your Chihuahua (slight warm to your skin). Use caution when washing and rinsing around your dog`s eyes, ears, and nose. You do not want to get excessive water in a dogs ears and this can lead to infection. When bathing, try to make the process as enjoyable as possible for your Chihuahua. Talking to your dog throughout the whole process will encourage a relaxed state. You should also use a massaging motion when washing as opposed to scrubbing. When completed, use a dry towel to thoroughly dry off your dog.

    If you wash your dog often, it is important to purchase specially formulated shampoo so that the frequent washing does not irritate their skin.

    Toe-Nail Trimming:

    Trimming a Chihuahua`s Nails, or any dog`s nails for that matter is not an easy task. Dogs in general do not particularly like their paws to be handled as it is a sensitive area. It is important to have your dogs nails trimmed before they get too long so that they don`t get snagged on something and do severe damage to your Chihuahua`s feet. A large amount of Chihuahua owners elect to have their dogs taken to a professional groomer to have their nails trimmed. With practice and consistency, the difficulties with trimming your dog`s toe-nails yourself can be overcome.

    Start trimming your dogs nails as early in their life as you can to get them used to the routine. It is important to only trim a little bit at a time so that you don`t cut to the quick. The quick is a small vein that runs through the middle of the dog`s nails and will bleed and is quite painful for your Chihuahua if cut. Use a trimmer that cuts cleanly, and as quietly as possible so that they are not startled by a loud clipping sound. See our extensive Nail-Trimming Guide for detailed instructions.

    AKC is a participant in affiliate advertising programs designed to provide a means for sites to earn advertising fees by advertising and linking to If you purchase a product through this article, we may receive a portion of the sale.

    No matter how well trained your dog is, and how diligently you keep to your potty-break schedule, sometimes pee happens. Whether on the carpet, hardwood floor, or anywhere else, prompt action is the best way to make sure that dog urine won’t leave a lasting impression (and smell). And even if you come upon a dried urine puddle or stain, there are still things you can do to remove the smell. Some stains may even be difficult to find. That’s when you may want to use a urine stain detector to help you find which areas need cleaning.

    New Urine Stains on Carpet or Fabric

    Your dog just peed on the carpet. Now what? Luckily, you probably have the cleaning tools for the job right at hand. Place a thick layer of paper towels over the wet spot, and, if possible, under it, as well. Cover that with a thick layer of newspaper. You can stand on the paper for a few minutes to help it absorb the urine more quickly, or just leave the paper until most of the urine is soaked up. Then remove all the paper and rinse the area with cool water. Blot up all the water, either with towels or a wet vac. Fair warning: the soggy towels are probably going to stink, which is a good thing, because it means you’re drawing out as much of the urine and its odor as possible.

    Once you have most of the liquid blotted up, the next step is to remove the odor. And for this, a common household item is your best weapon: baking soda. Spread baking soda thinly and evenly across the damp spot, being careful not to overdo it; about 1/4 cup or less is enough for most stains. Let the baking soda sit overnight, and then vacuum thoroughly. You may have to go over the area several times to vacuum up all the powder, until the area feels clean to the touch.

    Another method adds one more household staple, vinegar. In a clean spray bottle, mix one cup of distilled white vinegar with one cup of water and 2 teaspoons of baking soda. Shake it up to mix the ingredients, and then spray on the stain. Let it sit for a few minutes, and then blot with towels until clean.

    Dried Dog Urine on Fabric and Carpets

    Suppose you didn’t notice an accident spot until it’s dried out? Or, you just moved into a new place to discover that the living room carpet smells of dog urine? While it’s harder to remove the smell from dried stains, there are several effective methods to try.

    Start by rinsing the area thoroughly with plain water. Use a wet-dry vacuum cleaner and keep saturating and vacuuming the area until clean. Do not use a steam cleaner, since the heat will set the odor and the stain permanently. If you don’t own a wet-dry vacuum, you can try wetting and blotting the spot repeatedly, using warm water and clean towels.

    If this doesn’t get the smell out, use an enzymatic cleanser. These bio-based cleansers work on a molecular level to break down and remove odors and stains. Be sure to choose an enzyme-based cleanser made specifically for pet stains.

    New Urine Stains on Hardwood

    You dog just took a piddle on your hardwood floor. Don’t stand there wringing your hands; you need to act fast. Place a thick wad of paper towels or dish towels on the puddle. You can stand on the towels for a few minutes to speed up absorption. Continue using fresh towels to soak up the urine, until a towel comes up dry.

    Removing Odor From Hardwood

    It’s difficult to remove odors from hardwood floors because urine can saturate the wood. However, you have a few methods to try. The first is similar to what you’d use on carpet. Mix a one-to-one solution of white vinegar and water. Using a sponge, rub the solution onto the stain. Let it sit for 5-to-10 minutes, and then wipe it up with a clean, dry towel. Some experts advise using a more diluted formulation of 1/2-cup vinegar to one gallon of warm water. If you’re nervous about the effects of vinegar on your floors, try this more diluted version. Either way, test the solution on a small inconspicuous section of floor first.

    If the odor lingers, sprinkle baking soda on the floor while it’s still damp, and let it sit for at least several hours or overnight. Then vacuum it up with the soft brush attachment on your vacuum cleaner. As a final step, use an enzyme-based stain remover that’s safe for hardwood floors. Test it in a small area first, and then follow directions on the product’s package. When the urine and its odor are completely removed, clean the floor with whatever you usually use on it.

    Regardless of what your dog has piddled on, your best course of action is to act fast. The sooner you get to it, the more likely you’ll be able to remove all traces of urine odor. Aside from wanting your home to smell fresh and clean, you don’t want to leave any lingering traces of his accident for your dog to find, since he may then decide this is his new favorite spot to pee.

    This article was co-authored by Lancy Woo. Lancy Woo is a Certified Pet Groomer and the Owner of VIP Grooming, a pet grooming salon based in San Francisco, California. VIP Grooming has served San Francisco for over 35 years. Lancy received her pet grooming certification from the WWPSA (Western Word Pet Supply Association). VIP Grooming has been voted “Best in the Bay” in 2007, 2010, 2011, 2014, 2017, 2018, and 2019 and won Bay Woof’s “Beast of Bay” in 2014. In 2018, Lancy’s work contributed to VIP Grooming’s acceptance onto San Francisco’s Office of Economic and Workforce Development’s Legacy Business Registry.

    wikiHow marks an article as reader-approved once it receives enough positive feedback. In this case, 92% of readers who voted found the article helpful, earning it our reader-approved status.

    This article has been viewed 45,889 times.

    Grooming a dog on your own can be a little intimidating, especially if it’s your first time. If you use a quality set of grooming scissors and work carefully, you can take care of things right at home. Scissors have the benefit of being quiet, which also helps keep your dog calm as you work. Start by trimming hair from the sides and legs with straight and curved shears, then finish up on areas like the face and tail with rounded safety shears. If there are any thick patches or matted areas, you can take care of those with some thinning shears. Give your dog some praise and treats, and you’ll be done!

    A Great Blog about Chihuahuas

    • Home
    • About

    Chihuahua World

    • How Much Attention Does Your Chihuahua Need? March 24, 2013


    • About
  • November 2009

    M T W T F S S
    2 3 4 5 6 7 8
    9 10 11 12 13 14 15
    16 17 18 19 20 21 22
    23 24 25 26 27 28 29


    • June 2011
    • May 2011
    • April 2011
    • March 2011
    • February 2011
    • January 2011
    • December 2010
    • November 2010
    • October 2010
    • September 2010
    • August 2010
    • July 2010
    • June 2010
    • May 2010
    • April 2010
    • March 2010
    • February 2010
    • January 2010
    • December 2009
    • November 2009
    • October 2009
    • September 2009
    • August 2009
    • July 2009
    • June 2009
    • May 2009
    • April 2009
  • Blogroll

    • Register
    • Log in
    • Entries feed
    • Comments feed


      • Register
      • Log in
    • Subscribe

      • Entries (RSS)
      • Comments (RSS)

    The Chihuahua Pomeranian Half-breed Dog Mix.

    Posted by bobbyb5156 on November 23, 2009

    He has got a short body and a rounded wedge-shaped head with round eyes that shouldn’t stick out too much like that of some Chihuahuas. It is customarily at least middle-length, though I do see some that have short hair very similar to a short haired Chihuahua. Generally both Chihuahuas and Pomeranians are terribly clever dogs that like to be with their family and are great lapdogs.

    One thing about chihuahuas is they are extremely protecting and do not appear to notice that they’re so tiny. If your Chihuahua is still a puppy, you’ve got to provide him with a sensible diet.

    Take note that he has different food wants depending on his age. After six months, 2 meals each day is acceptable for his food wants till he reaches one year old. One feeding each day is suitable after your Chihuahua is a years old. In truth, they’re quite straightforward to wash without any great resistance from them. It is advised that any one raising a Chihuahua wash them once in a month. Over washing could take away the natural oils from their furs and would also cause dandruff. When giving your Chihuahua his bath, its really critical that you are careful to avoid getting water into his ears. A Pomeranian Chihuahua mix that’s long-haired will need more grooming than a short haired dog. You need to be terribly careful this doesn’t build up as it can turn into a toughened glob that’s virtually impossible to get off and you can hurt your dog when attempting to remove it. Your best chance is to delicately clean round the eyes each night, being careful not to stab your dog in the by, and this can help to stop any buildup from amassing as well as help to look after any tears marking in the fur round the eyes. This includes not only taking him to the vet every year to have his teeth checked and to have any tartar scraped, but also regular brushing. If you use a flavored toothpaste that he loves you may even find he looks forward to it constantly. Cross-breed dog mixes have gotten more and more popular and the North American Dog Half-breed Club has even recognized the Chihuahua Pomeranian mix and given it the name “Chiranian”.

    How to wash a chihuahua

    When your little Chihuahua is just a pup, it may seem cute to have them lick you. But as he gets older and bigger, those teeth will start to hurt! Teach your pup to nip and bite gently, and if he doesn’t learn, watch out… he may inflict serious damage.

    There are many ways to stop a chihuahua from biting, these include gentle reprimands, training, and desensitizing the dog with hands-on exercises. Squealing like a puppy, playing with chew toys, wearing gloves with bitter substances, and letting your chihuahua know you’re in charge are all also tried and true methods of preventing your chihuahua from biting.

    Let’s take a look at the reason why these dogs bite and each of these methods to keep them from being aggressive.

    Why Chihuahuas Bite

    You might be surprised to learn that Chihuahuas are one of the breeds with the highest tendency to bite people.

    Chihuahuas have a “clannish” temperament. They enjoy being around their family and friends, but they don’t take well to strangers. In fact, it’s this aloofness combined with small size and large egos that can make these little dogs seem like they’re trying to be dominant.

    One of the most common reasons that Chihuahuas bite is simply because they are territorial. Depending on the individual dog, some chis will just love everyone and want to be petted all day long. Others will feel threatened if someone invades their space, even by accident.

    Biting is also the natural response to pain or fear. Your Chihuahua may bite if he fears someone in his home if he’s ill and hurting if you pick him up in a way that scares him, or even when you’re simply petting him too hard.

    How to Stop your Chihuahua from Biting

    Gentle Reprimands

    One of the best ways to stop Chihuahua biting is through gentle reprimands. These are basically like warning your pup that if he doesn’t stop, you will give him something less pleasant.

    When he bites, even in play, say “ouch!” and immediately take away the toy or end the game; this makes them associate biting with an end to the fun.


    To train your Chihuahua not to bite, you need to teach him what is acceptable and what isn’t. Biting can be a sign of playfulness or possessiveness, but it should never be allowed. Be very consistent in punishing behavior that you don’t like.

    If your Chihuahua is biting you or a member of the family, tell him “no” in a firm voice and then either end the game or take away his toy for a few minutes. Then try playing again at another time. This will let him know that it’s not okay to play roughly.

    Desensitizing Your Dog

    To desensitize your chihuahua to hands-on play, place your hand gently on the top of their muzzle. If they don’t react, you can start to move your hand slowly down their neck and body. Do this several times a day for several minutes at first.

    As your dog becomes more used to being touched across his entire body, you can begin to pet him more quickly.

    If your Chihuahua is still getting over-excited, step away from petting for 10 to 20 seconds before touching him again. This will help him learn not to bite when he gets too excited.

    Squealing like a Puppy when Biting

    Some people don’t like the idea of not allowing their dog to play roughly or bite during playtime.

    If this is the case, you should try training your pup to associate squealing with games and biting. When your Chihuahua bites, give an enthusiastic yelp (or squeal) as if he’s really hurt you.

    Your pup will quickly learn that if he plays roughly, you’ll make a lot of noise. If the biting stops, reward your dog with lots of congratulations and affection. You can also try offering him a toy as a distraction when the biting gets too intense.

    If your Chihuahua continues to bite even after training, it may be necessary to avoid playtime or anything that encourages rough behavior.

    Playing with Chew Toys

    If your Chihuahua enjoys chewing while playing, try using chew toys. These are specifically designed to be chewed on without breaking apart. This will help keep your dog’s teeth clean and his jaws strong while teaching him that there are appropriate times for chewing.

    Wearing Gloves with Bitter Substances

    If you find your Chihuahua bites during play, try wearing gloves with a bitter substance on them. Your pup will learn that those hands don’t taste good and stop biting!

    If you’re consistent about wearing gloves every time you play for a few weeks, your pup will learn not to bite during playtime.

    Letting Your Chihuahua Know You’re in Charge

    Many owners also find that their dogs bite because they are trying to establish who’s boss — or at least test the waters.

    To make it clear that you are in charge, avoid physical punishment and always let your pup win during playtime. This will show him that you’re not a threat and he doesn’t need to try to be dominant. When Chihuahuas understand who’s in charge, they often stop biting.

    Although Chihuahuas are known for their spirited personalities and feistiness, this will naturally decrease as your pup becomes more socialized with other pets and people. Training them well will greatly reduce any chance of your dog biting.

    Train early, train well, and you’ll have a happy, well-behaved Chihuahua in no time.

    Final Words

    Above all, remember that Chihuahuas are very intelligent little dogs; if you’re consistent about training and make sure your pup knows who’s the boss, he’ll quickly learn what behaviors are acceptable.

    Dogs, like children, respond to the tone in your voice. Avoid screaming at your pup when correcting his behavior; this will only make him fear you and bite more often.

    If you are extremely displeased with your pup’s behavior, it may be best to consult a professional dog trainer about your specific situation. Training early and often is the key to having a well-adjusted pet in the future.

    A huge German Shepherd tearing away at a whole chicken looks so natural, like a wolf devouring their prey.

    But you might have a harder time picturing your sub-10 pound dog enjoying a natural diet of their own. If your Chihuahua lived in the wild, they wouldn’t be able to take down a deer unless they were in a pack of 100 tiny dogs, biting its ankles over hundreds of miles until it was weak enough for them to take down.

    Seriously, a raw diet is better than what a small canine would eat in the wild. When raw feeding your Chihuahua, keep in mind that it’s not really about reverting back to the wilderness – it’s about moving forward, supplying fresh, complete meals that are suitable for a creature that is, though tiny, 98% (give or take a few tenths of a percentage, depending on who you ask) genetically identical to a wolf.

    Table of Contents

    Why Your Chihuahua Should Eat Raw

    Chihuahuas are one of the longest-living dog breeds, and could live over 20 years. Commercial food can take a substantial toll on your little dog’s health in two decades. Our little dogs are notoriously prone to dental problems because of their crowded teeth, exacerbated by the high starch content in commercial foods that turns into sugars that feed bacteria – which not only wears at their teeth, but puts a strain on their digestive and circulatory systems.

    Obesity, diabetes and cancer are all deadly epidemics that are killing more and more dogs each year. There are no singular, solid reasons why this is happening, but cutting down on unnecessary carbs and feeding fresh foods can help keep your dog from becoming another victim of a totally preventable illness.

    If you can’t feed a full raw diet, even a few raw meals per week, or raw snacks, can boost your dog’s health. With such a tiny dog, though, you may be able to easy afford the cost of raw food, and won’t have to sacrifice much freezer space, either.

    In some cases, you might need to offer a cooked diet, rather than raw. If your Chihuahua has any known health issues, particularly those that pertain to their immune system, or diabetes, or kidney disease… work with a holistic vet to find out how you can boost your dog’s health through the right diet.

    That said, some dogs take a new raw diet very easily. Matilda and Cow went straight from kibble to raw with no digestive upset, and in a few weeks Cow’s red, itchy belly had cleared up and Matilda’s tartar started to disappear. Within a few months, Cow had significantly more energy, and both dogs had lost a little weight, and their coats are softer and shinier.

    Other dogs may not be able to tolerate a sudden change in diet, and others need digestive supplements to avoid vomiting and diarrhea while they adjust. So, proceed with caution and common sense, and perhaps the guidance of a vet who is knowledgable about fresh diets.

    How Much Should My Chihuahua Eat?

    Generally, a dog should eat 2-3% of their ideal weight in raw food PER DAY.

    Matilda weighs 4 pounds and 6 ounces, and I think her weight is perfect, and she could even stand to gain a few ounces.

    4 LB 6 OZ is 70 ounces.

    3% of 70 is 2.1, so Matilda needs to eat about 2 ounces per day, or an ounce per meal, as she has two meals each day.

    I’m personally not much of a perfectionist, so I don’t measure out an ounce for every meal, I’ve just found that an ounce is two heaping tablespoons of food. She also gets plenty of fruit and veggie snacks plus training treats. If she had a weight issue, I’d be more precise, but this has been working for us just fine.

    You can always adjust serving sizes to suit your dog’s body condition and activity level. Went on a long hike? Feed more that day! Cooped up in bad weather? Cut back a little.

    Typical ground bone-in turkey meal for Matilda and Cow

    Feeding Your Chihuahua Raw Meaty Bones

    Raw-fed dogs typically enjoy two types of bone:

    Raw meaty bones – completely edible bones with plenty of meat left on them, only a few raw meaty bones are appropriate for small dogs.

    Recreational bones – larger bones that are too big for your Chihuahua to eat, they’re meant for your dog to work on for entertainment and to clean their teeth.

    It’s tough to find raw meaty bones that are lightweight and easy for a Chihuahua to completely consume. Also, if your Chihuahua only needs a few ounces of bone, it’s difficult to find a cut of meat that fits their serving size.

    Bone-in raw dog food grinds are a godsend for small dogs – they make it easy to provide the bone your dog needs, even if they don’t like to chew.

    I cut quail into 1/4 chunks, which makes a perfect meal for Matilda. I can also cut toes off a duck’s foot for her. Even Chihuahuas may try to swallow bones whole and could choke, so you have to supervise them, and may need to serve frozen bones to teach them to chew carefully. You could also serve bones that are larger than their head, and if it’s too big for one meal, you’ll have to take it away before they’ve eaten all of it.

    Recreational bones for Chihuahuas are easy because almost every other type of bone is large enough for them to work on for hours of fun.

    Balanced Commercial or Homemade Diets

    In my experience, raw dog food costs about $3 per pound on average whether I make it myself or get it from a local supplier, typically a butcher that grinds up fresh meat.

    I’d really suggest feeding a commercial raw diet that meets NRC guidelines or AAFCO standards so you know your Chihuahua is getting all of the vitamins and nutrients they need.

    Not every raw food is complete and balanced – make sure you know what you’re getting. You might decide to add in supplements, or nutrient-dense foods like eggs, canned fish or dark green veggies. You can buy quail eggs or mix a single egg into multiple meals – a single egg would be more than a meal for Matilda.

    Right now, Matilda eats beef and pork grinds from a butcher that includes organ, bone and green tripe, but no veggies. When she’s not eating that, she’s eating a recipe I made with supermarket ground turkey, veggies, eggs, organ meat, canned fish and veggies, all blended together, with whole bones for some meals to keep her teeth clean.

    If you’re going to create your own cooked or raw food recipe, it’s imperative that you do your own research – I’ve yet to publish everything I’ve learned about raw feeding on Little Dog Tips, and even when I do, we’re always learning more!

    Your dog can become very sick from incomplete diets. If you’re not 100% sure that you know what you’re doing, just keep buying their food until you’re confident enough to make it yourself.

    I’d love to see your Chihuahuas and small dogs eating their fresh meals! Post on our Facebook Page or tag @Matildawoofwoof on Instagram.

    This article was co-authored by Lancy Woo. Lancy Woo is a Certified Pet Groomer and the Owner of VIP Grooming, a pet grooming salon based in San Francisco, California. VIP Grooming has served San Francisco for over 35 years. Lancy received her pet grooming certification from the WWPSA (Western Word Pet Supply Association). VIP Grooming has been voted “Best in the Bay” in 2007, 2010, 2011, 2014, 2017, 2018, and 2019 and won Bay Woof’s “Beast of Bay” in 2014. In 2018, Lancy’s work contributed to VIP Grooming’s acceptance onto San Francisco’s Office of Economic and Workforce Development’s Legacy Business Registry.

    wikiHow marks an article as reader-approved once it receives enough positive feedback. In this case, 92% of readers who voted found the article helpful, earning it our reader-approved status.

    This article has been viewed 45,889 times.

    Grooming a dog on your own can be a little intimidating, especially if it’s your first time. If you use a quality set of grooming scissors and work carefully, you can take care of things right at home. Scissors have the benefit of being quiet, which also helps keep your dog calm as you work. Start by trimming hair from the sides and legs with straight and curved shears, then finish up on areas like the face and tail with rounded safety shears. If there are any thick patches or matted areas, you can take care of those with some thinning shears. Give your dog some praise and treats, and you’ll be done!

    House train a Chihuahua puppy might take a few weeks, or even months depending on your dedication and consistency in your puppy training.

    It’s true that Chihuahuas are adorable, but they are a harder nut to crack when it comes to housebreaking. Their cute little faces and lovely attitudes lead many to make the wrong decision on whether to crate train or not.

    Dogs have different “potty areas”, depending on their size and breed. Small dogs obviously have less space than a mighty Bull! So you need to pay attention to where in your house should your Chihuahua urinates or defecates.

    Just because you’ve got a Chihuahua doesn’t mean she’s going to do her business in the toilet. She could be eliminating in any corner of your house before you have her house trained.

    Your puppy’s toilet area should be either the same or bigger than his eating or drinking area. The bigger the better, as the toilet will be much more comfortable and far less smelly. Small dogs such as Chihuahua have much smaller bladders and need to go much more often, so consider a size of about 4 sq. ft.

    When you are trying to establish a potty area for your puppy, it is always advisable to send her on a routine. If you set her out at the same time everyday, she will eventually come to associate that timing with eliminating. Once she is used to the routine, she will go for her potty in her own time.

    You can help to ensure your Chihuahua’s toilet habits become regular and predictable by feeding her at regular intervals, and a routine, such as every two hours or so. At night, allow her to roam around and get used to the darkness, and always be out in front of your puppy so that she can see you.

    I would suggest to go for crate training as this will make your house training much easier. The reason I prefer to use a crate is to prevent my puppy from creating messes in the house as she is unable to hold her bladder for a long time.

    The first step in crate training is to get your Chihuahua acquainted with the crate. This usually takes about one week before you introduce her to the crate. Your goal is to create a positive association with the crate. Remember that you want this to be a safe place for your puppy, don’t you?

    The next step is to help her become familiar with her “den”. In order to help make the crate her home, you should cover the bottom of the crate with newspaper, just in case if your puppy has the desire to go to the bathroom. The reason for this is to help her adjust.

    If your Chihuahua has the desire to go to the bathroom, she will probably do it in the crate. After some time, she will learn that the newspaper is not really an ideal spot for potty and will learn to subdue the urge to go do her elimination there. This makes potty training your puppy to be much easier.

    When potty training your Chihuahua, it is very important to watch for signs that she is ready for her potty. If you see her running in circles or sniffing the floor (in the crate), take her outside immediately. This is when you want to praise her highly.

    Puppies want to please you, and just looking at them in the eyes is a wonderful thing. Never scold her for making a mess out of your house. If you scold or yell at her, your puppy will learn to hide her mess in places that you can’t see.

    Once your Chihuahua is used to ‘her’ house, the next step is to get her to go to the area in which you want her to do her pee and poo. The easiest way to do this is to reward her with a treat every time she goes for her potty in the designated spot.

    It is important to understand that your puppy is going to have accidents. It is best to clean up the mess and not reprimand your puppy. If you happen to catch her in the act, do not scold or hit her. The best way to correct your puppy is by using a very stern “No” followed by taking her to the right place for potty. Praise and reward her when she is done with her elimination.

    Punishing your Chihuahua for an ‘accident’ in the house hours after the event will only confuse her and could have serious consequences on a already confused puppy. She would not be able to relate the punishment with the actions that she had previously committed. In fact, this will create fear in her towards you!

    How to add a branding intro to all your youtube videos

    Add logo and customize your intro videos with a few clicks and download in HD without any watermarks!

    Create Custom Video Intros for Videos & Youtube

    Create custom logo openers and animated video intros along with music for all your videos, youtube channels, Facebook, Twitch, Twitter, Instagram, and more. No need to spend more time on Blender or After Effects.

    Learn how to make your own intros for your videos

    1. Choose

    Choose one of our intro templates to create your custom video intro!

    2. Edit

    Customize with your own text, brand content, add a logo, photo or even video.

    3. Download

    Download the intro video after it is ready and use it with your videos forever.

    See what intro videos you can create with WoFox

    Having your video start with a short (under 5 seconds) and compelling intro is a proven way to increase your viewing numbers, so why should you miss out? Kickstart your awesome Youtube, Facebook, Twitch, Twitter, Instagram or any video with a powerful intro it deserves with WoFox’s Intro Maker, and grab your viewers attention from the very first frame.

    You don’t have to settle for a regular style for your video intros. Choose from a wide variety of ready-made intro templates, each created in a unique style to help you create an awesome animated intro out of it. You can strengthen your brand identity with your own brand logo, font, and colors which you can replace from an animated logo opener templates, which are short and crisp – something that keeps a viewer from becoming impatient and clicking away.

    Do you also want to create a cool outro video for your video end cards too?

    Create intro videos with perfect aspect ratios for all types of videos for social/web platforms (Youtube, Facebook, Twitch, Instagram)

    Video type Aspect ratio Social platform
    Landscape/Horizontal videos 16:9 Youtube, Facebook, Twitter, Twitch, Website
    Square videos 1:1 Facebook, Instagram, Twitter
    Vertical/Portrait videos 9:16 IGTV, Snapchat

    The types of intro videos you can create with WoFox Intro Maker

    Logo reveal Logo intro
    3D intro Glitch intro
    Fire intro Opening animation intro
    Opener intro News intro
    Universal intro Rotating earth intro
    Video introductions Presentation intros
    Business intros Short opener
    Minimal logo animation Stomp opener
    Parallax opener Simple photo logo
    Photo opener Kinetic typo opener
    Cinematic media opener

    Note: All logo animation, fonts, effects & music for intros are ready to use/remix intro video templates. You can replace them with your own content.

    Use our online logo animation templates to animate your logo in a few clicks.

    If you follow recent statistics, you probably know that the popularity of animated logos in videos is growing massively.

    It seems that everybody is now using logo animations in videos, websites, corporate videos, television, promoting their company, service or product in a visually dynamic way to start or end their corporate videos.

    No surprise, as our eyes are trained to catch things in motion much faster than static visuals.

    Fast online logo animation maker
    for brands and businesses

    But how can I animate my logo without spending hundreds of dollars many people ask.

    With Introbrand, you can easily create your own custom logo animation video by uploading your logo directly in your browser and have your final animation video ready for downloading in just 3 minutes.

    Our online logo animation maker is very easy to use for everybody. In just a few clicks, it automatically produces professional looking animation videos that will make your small business, institution, company or startup look polished, modern and professional in the age of video.

    What our logo animations can do for your business

    Raise brand awareness
    With a professionally animated logo you create a strong and memorable image for your brand. Animation will bring your logo to life and create a strong connection with your audience and potential clients in seconds.

    A professional and modern look
    Having an animated logo for your corporate, product or website videos will add a sense of consistency and professionalism to your online presence. In fact, it can even give a professional flavor to any simple video or post and make it look like a valuable production.

    Support your brand story
    Animated logos connect emotionally with the audience through the powerful combination of image, sound and motion. Animation conveys the vibe of your business 900% more efficient than a static image or any other media.

    It’s a one-time investment that pays off
    Marketing often includes short-term trends that come and go. Investing in a professional-looking animated logo is a long-term investment. Buy once and use it forever in your videos.

    Make your logo animation
    online in 3 minutes

    Our logo animation maker is simple to use. Just select one of our best-in-class template animations, add a logo, and follow the customization steps. Adjust colors, music and click the -Create Preview- button. You can try as many free animation previews until you’re happy with the result.

    If you like to purchase professional resolution, the final animation is ready for download in under 3 minutes and comes with an unlimited commercial license, so you can immediately add it to your videos, website, or share it across your media channels without any restrictions. All our animations are available in 30fps, no framerate restrictions.

    My Logo Intro Maker contains 243 video templates that match the keyword LOGO. Each video template on Intro Maker has a title, a description, and keywords. If you can’t find what you’re looking for by keyword, you can also use the search bar above to search through all three metadata fields.

    How to add a branding intro to all your youtube videos

    How to add a branding intro to all your youtube videos

    How to add a branding intro to all your youtube videos

    Intro Maker | Logo

    Dark Panther – Logo

    Glitch Ver 3 – Logo

    Glitch Ver 1 – Logo

    Static Macro – Logo

    How to add a branding intro to all your youtube videos

    Accelerator Ver 1 – Logo

    Glitch Ver 2 – Logo

    How to add a branding intro to all your youtube videos

    Static Aurora – Logo

    Earth Revolve – Logo

    Shapershifter Ver 1 – Logo

    Boom Blast – Logo

    Pieces Assemble – Logo

    Fire Glyph – Logo

    How to add a branding intro to all your youtube videos

    Epic Titles – Logo

    Shapershifter Ver 2 – Logo

    • «
    • 1
    • 2
    • 3
    • 4
    • 5
    • 6
    • 7
    • 8
    • .
    • 13
    • 14
    • Next »

    How to add a branding intro to all your youtube videos

    How to add a branding intro to all your youtube videos

    Make Your Videos POP With Our Logo Intro Maker!

    You’re proud of your logo and want to show it off in your videos to enhance your branding. Without the right effects and graphics, you really aren’t doing your logo the justice it deserves. That’s why so many videographers, content creators, and businesses trust Intro Maker’s logo intro maker! You can make your logo pop off the screen and provide a snippet of content that leaves an impression.

    Our introductions are the highest quality you’ll find online. We make creating your video intro easier and more affordable than you could ever imagine, too. And with so many different templates to choose from, you’ll have no issue finding the perfect logo video intro maker here.

    BONUS: read How to Choose the Right Intro Video for Your Logo to learn how logo placement works during the customization process.

    What Sets Our Logo Intro Maker Apart From the Rest?

    You spend enough time working on your videos. Why waste energy creating an intro when you can let us do the heavy lifting? Whether you’re creating content for YouTube or business purposes, Twitch or TikTok, one thing is for sure: there is no better way to animate your logo than with our intro-making service!

    These animations range from simple fades to spectacular particle effects. If you want something subtle and classy for your logo, we’ve got that. If you want something epic and jaw-dropping, we’ve got that too! Intro Maker specializes in animated logo intros. We mean it when we say we have an intro template for everyone. Our templates range from shorter than 5 seconds to over 20 seconds long, too, making them incredibly versatile.

    The ease of use, variety, and quality are all reasons our logo intro maker is better than the rest. If you’re still not convinced, you don’t have to take our word for it! We’ve got thousands of satisfied customers who all echo the same sentiment. Ready to get started? Keep reading.

    How to Get Started with the Best Logo Intro Maker

    Getting started with Intro Maker’s video templates is easy. Browse by category, tag, or video type and find the one you like. Click “customize” to start the video editing process. Our customization wizard will let you upload your logo and edit any other details like text, audio, and sometimes colors. You don’t even need an account to create previews.

    Your customizations will be sent to my high-powered render farm, and before you know it you’ll be watching a preview of your video intro. If you like it, great! If not, you can go back and tweak your customizations. We want to make it perfect for you, so don’t be shy! Once you’re satisfied, create an account or sign in (I need your email to send you your video). Choose your final video quality and submit your payment info, and the full HD version will start working its way through my render pipeline. I’ll email you as soon as it’s ready for download (most templates render in a few minutes, but complicated animations can take several hours when rendering at 4k).

    If you need a bunch of videos, check out our subscription plans. They’ll give you a huge discount compared to paying for single videos.

    We’ve Got Intro Templates for Any Type of Video!

    What are you waiting for? Scroll down and take a look at all the different video intro templates we offer. If you’re not seeing the right one for your business, don’t worry—our catalog is as diverse as it gets. You can take a peek at some of our other really popular categories, such as:

    How to breed chihuahuas

    If your Chihuahua has at least 2 kg/4.4lbs, then she reached what is considered the appropriate min. weight for breeding. A Chihuahua that weighs less than 2 kg could have problems during birth and her life could even be endangered. If you still have doubts about breeding, consult your veterinarian. Sometimes, a Chihuahua can have 2 kg, but her pelvic area can be narrower (observable by the naked eye) which could mean a difficult or dangerous birth.

    Definitely not during your chihuahuas first heat. The soonest is at the second heat, but only if your Chihuahua is mature and strong enough. I recommend breeding during the third heat, which is around 1,5 to 2 years.

    How to select a chihuahua for breeding?

    If you don’t have one of your own, you will probably look for one in your immediate vicinity. You can ask your veterinarian if he knows someone or you can try to look up Internet ads. When selecting dog, check his weight. The male dog shouldn’t weigh more than the female, rather the opposite. It’s also important to see if the dog has typical features to a Chihuahua (the head, ears, tail, body composition). If a breeder tries to convince you that his dog is very fertile and that he fathered many puppies with different female dogs, don’t believe him. The female decides that, not the dog. It depends on how many eggs mature during a cycle. If you have a female Chihuahua with papers, you will probably be looking for a male Chihuahua with papers. If your female doesn’t have papers, you can still breed her with a male with papers. You will surely get Chihuahua features. However, I did meet one breeder, who would refuse to offer his male with papers to a female without papers. I think that’s a little over the top – it’s not like its going to hurt the male Chihuahua. Some more rare coatings are a popular breeding type such as brindle chihuahuas.

    The next step is to find a good time to mate your chihuahuas dogs.

    A good way to find out is when the female starts standing to be mated. This means she stands and thrusts her tail aside. If the female is not yet ready to mate, she will not let a dog near her and will probably growl at him. In that case, you should wait another day or two. It’s not possible to say which exact day is best for breeding. Someone breeds the 12th and 14th (when they repeat the process) day, others the 15th and 17th day.

    Is it important to repeat the mating process?

    No. It’s just to be sure that if it doesn’t work out the first time around, it will on the second try. But 95% of the first tries are successful!

    When it comes to dog mating, don’t be surprised at the how long it takes! It could take from 15 minutes up to an hour! The female firmly grips the enlarged penis, and doesn’t let go until she has to. After insertion it looks as though they are standing beside each other, bottoms together. They may even be walking a little during it. Don’t ever try to force them away from each other after some time. You can internally hurt them, especially your female dog. I once heard that some breeders try to separate the dogs by pouring water on them. I think that’s terrible. I don’t do that!

    Put the male and female in the same room and allow them to mate. When the female is receptive to breeding she will act interested in the male by bowing to him and backing into him. The male will usually reciprocate this interest and mount her for breeding.

    Can you breed a teacup Chihuahua?

    Many Chihuahua breeders now offer teacup varieties as well. They often do this by simply breeding more miniature Chihuahuas, marketing the smaller puppies in their litters as “teacup.” It is important to remember that Chihuahuas notoriously do not grow as you’d expect.

    Can teacup Chihuahua have puppies?

    Teacup Chihuahuas are usually in the smaller range of this size, although they are not officially recognized as a separate breed by the AKC. For this reason you can expect around one to three puppies in a litter of puppies from a small, 2- to 4-pound Chihuahua.

    When can a teacup Chihuahua have puppies?

    Age – The proper age to start breeding a Chihuahua female is 2 years minimum with 3 years old being preferred. Some sources will state 1 or 1.5 years, however at that young age, the Chi is not yet fully grown.

    Is it hard to breed Chihuahuas?

    The chihuahua isn’t the easiest breed to work with. They are small dogs prone to several health issues, but they are indeed very much sought after which makes the breed very appealing for a passionate breeder.

    How do I get my Chihuahuas to mate?

    Put the male and female in the same room and allow them to mate. When the female is receptive to breeding she will act interested in the male by bowing to him and backing into him. The male will usually reciprocate this interest and mount her for breeding.

    How long is a Chihuahua pregnant for?

    Dogs are pregnant for about 63 days, which is measured from the day that they ovulate (release their eggs) to the day that their puppies are born. Like people, dogs are pregnant for three trimesters, each about 21 days long.

    How much is a Chihuahua puppy?

    Chihuahuas are pretty popular, so it isn’t difficult to find breeders that specialize in them. In general, the average professional breeder sells their puppies for about $800. Specialized puppies, like “teacup” Chihuahuas, usually cost extra. You can typically find puppies in most areas for around $375 – $2,420.

    What happens if a Chihuahua gets pregnant by a bigger dog?

    When you breed her with a giant dog, there is a significant chance that the fetuses will be larger than her uterus and birth canal can accommodate. There is a significant possibility that she will need a C-section to deliver the puppies. Most of the time, they’ll be too big for her to push out of her body.

    Can Chihuahuas use a litter box?

    Because Chihuahuas are usually little and may not be great climbers, make sure you start with a litter box that has a low area for your dog to step into it easily. The litter box should be placed in a central location, at least until using the litter box is well established with your Chihuahua.

    Can small dogs give birth naturally?

    Although the majority of dogs will give birth without the need for human or veterinary assistance, certain problems can arise which require veterinary attention. It is important to closely monitor your pet during birthing and seek veterinary care if you have any concerns.

    Are boy or girl Chihuahuas better?

    Male Chihuahua puppies are typically more loyal and affectionate than their female counterpart. I know some people would assume the opposite is true, but it’s actually males who are more loving. If you are looking for a loyal, loving family dog, there’s no better choice than a male.

    Can Chihuahuas have puppies naturally?

    Due to their tiny size, most Chis must give birth via a cesarean section to avoid risks associated with natural birth. But before you start panicking, know that some Chihuahuas can give birth to completely healthy puppies without any help, in the comfort of their home.

    How long is a Chihuahua in heat?

    How Often Does a Chihuahua Have a Heat Cycle? Like people, every Chihuahua is different. However, most Chihuahuas experience a heat cycle every six months or every nine months. Most heat cycles in dogs last about a month – 21 to 28 days to be exact.

    How long are small dogs in heat?

    Heat usually lasts between 2-4 weeks. Early in the cycle, a female dog may not be receptive to male dogs, although some are receptive through the entire cycle. It can be shorter or longer and you’ll know the cycle is over when all her vulva returns to its normal size and there’s no more bleeding or discharge.

    Is it safe for a dog to get pregnant first heat?

    Your dog can get pregnant during the very first heat, or estrus cycle. Though most dogs experience estrus around 6 months of age, some small breeds can go into heat at four months old, so it won’t be long before your little princess is able to have pups of her own!

    Chihuahuas as a breed are very popular, and you consider buying or adopting one, so you are asking yourself how many breeds of chihuahuas are there? Dog authorities like the American Kennel Club recognize officially only two Chihuahua types.

    These tiny, sassy dogs are popular companion dogs worldwide due to their small size, big personality, and relative ease of maintenance. In this piece, we’ll go through the seven Chihuahua types so you can understand how they differ, as well as the breed’s history.

    Table of Contents

    History Of Chihuahua

    Although the precise origins of this breed are unknown. That makes people assume that they originate from Mexico, and their name comes after the Mexican city of Chihuahua.

    The American Kennel Club approved the breed in 1904 for long and smooth-coated Chihuahuas, which people were selling for a couple of reasons. Since then, the chihuahua breed has been growing in popularity as a superb companion dog for people of all ages worldwide.

    Types Of Chihuahua

    As the popularity of this breed grew, so did the number of questions concerning the many varieties. As previously stated, the AKC recognizes two Chihuahuas, but there are seven other types, which we’ll go over in-depth, including:

    • Long Coat Chihuahua
    • Apple Head Chihuahua
    • Short Coat Chihuahua
    • Fawn Chihuahua
    • Teacup Chihuahua
    • Merle Chihuahua
    • Deer Head Chihuahua

    Now that you know a little about the breed’s history, it’s time for you to know how many breeds of chihuahuas exist, so you can see what alternatives you have if you’re thinking about buying or adopting one of these dogs.

    How to breed chihuahuas

    How Many Breeds Of Chihuahuas Exist?

    Even though there is only one recognized breed of Chihuahua, there are several other sorts of Chihuahuas that are classified based on their coats and forms. Here are some of them:

    Long-Haired Chihuahua

    The first is the Long Coat Chihuahua, which coat length depends on whatever breed group it belongs to. However, it takes around three years for your dog’s coat to reach the maximum length and, once it does, you should leave it with thick yet soft fur.

    While you won’t need to cut this dog’s coat daily since it stops growing once it reaches a certain length, you will need to brush it regularly to avoid knots, tangles, or mats, and trim now and then will keep the ends healthy. This breed of Chihuahuas is quite popular among dog show competitors.

    Apple Head Chihuahua

    The Head of an Apple Chihuahuas has a rounded skull that resembles that of an apple. Their muzzle is usually short and tiny, and it rests at a 90-degree angle to their face. Furthermore, the eyes of this Chihuahua breed are closer together than those of other breeds.

    One of the most familiar qualifications for being classed as a Chihuahua by breeders, organizations, and show groups is having this apple head style. This dog, however, still has a tiny body with short legs, and this sort of head is frequently overly large or disproportionate in size.

    Short Coat Chihuahua

    The Short Coat Chihuahua is a popular breed among those who don’t have time to brush or trim their dog’s coat. It comes in a range of colors and patterns. Their fur is thick, and when you run your palm down through it, it should feel silky yet somewhat scratchy.

    It’s crucial to note that this breed of Chihuahua sheds more than the long-coated version, and they shed all year. That is making them difficult to have around the house for persons with dog allergies. Their fur does not require any trimming, and regular wash can make the coat stay healthy.

    Fawn Chihuahua

    Unlike the other classes on our list, the Fawn Chihuahua breed is a coat color that people know rather than a kind or standard. Fawn Chihuahuas can have apple or deer heads, and their coats can be long or short as long as they’re light brown or “fawn” in color.

    Teacup Chihuahua

    The Teacup or Miniature Chihuahua is the last Chihuahua breed, and most people use both titles interchangeably. Chihuahuas of this breed are typically nine inches tall or smaller and weigh five pounds or less when fully grown.

    Although this breed of Chihuahua is quite popular, many breeders dislike it since breeding for such a small size might lead to health problems or joint and bone difficulties. This tiny Chihuahua has the same big attitude and disposition as a regular standard Chihuahua.

    Merle Chihuahua

    Again, unlike a long or short coat Chihuahua, the Merle Chihuahua isn’t a recognized standard. Merle is similar to the Fawn Chihuahua in that it refers to the dog’s coat colors and patterns. This is eye-catching and leads people to believe they’re a special breed of Chihuahua.

    Merle Chihuahuas are usually multicolored, with black, brown, and blue or “Merle” patches on their coats, and vivid blue eyes are not uncommon. They can have apple or deer heads, as well as short or long fur.

    Deer Head Chihuahua

    This breed of Chihuahua has a somewhat specific body and head type than other Chihuahuas, making them popular with people but not so much with organizations or breeders.

    The Deer Head Chihuahua has a somewhat longer head with a longer and narrower nose, broader set eyes, and a flatter skull, similar to a deer. Furthermore, this breed of Chihuahua has a little larger body and longer legs than other Chihuahuas. That is why the AKC doesn’t approve of them as a “genuine” Chihuahua classification for dog shows.


    You have no idea how much fun we had preparing and researching for this topic. That’s why, first and foremost, we’d want to express our deepest gratitude for providing us with another opportunity to do what we love: write about Chihuahuas.

    When it comes to how many breeds of chihuahuas are there in the world, it’s easy to be confused. The most significant distinction to distinguish between the two primary varieties is the length of the coat.

    Whether you prefer the short-haired Chihuahua or can’t get enough of the long-haired chis, you should do your research before introducing this breed into your house. If you’re seeking a unique pet, you may look into the several sub-types of Chihuahua.

    wikiHow is a “wiki,” similar to Wikipedia, which means that many of our articles are co-written by multiple authors. To create this article, volunteer authors worked to edit and improve it over time.

    This article has been viewed 15,911 times.

    A member of the toy group [1] X Trustworthy Source American Kennel Club The American Kennel Club (AKC) is a purebred dog pedigree registry in the United States. The AKC advocates for the responsible ownership of dogs and promotes purebred dog events, such as the Westminster Dog Show. Go to source and thought to be the smallest of all dog breeds, Chihuahuas are tiny but bold. They act much larger than they truly are and have several key identifying traits. This wikiHow will help you figure out whether or not a dog is a Chihuahua.

    How to breed chihuahuas

    Did you know? Today, the Chihuahua is considered to possibly be the world’s smallest breed of dog, but their ancient ancestor, the Techichi, was larger and heavier. It is believed that Techichi were bred with small hairless dogs from Asia and that this reduced their size. [4] X Trustworthy Source American Kennel Club The American Kennel Club (AKC) is a purebred dog pedigree registry in the United States. The AKC advocates for the responsible ownership of dogs and promotes purebred dog events, such as the Westminster Dog Show. Go to source

    The largest chihuahua breed is the deer head chihuahua. According to Rover, these dogs are between two and three times the size of your average chihuahua or teacup chihuahua. Since chihuahuas are usually adopted (or purchased) for their small size, the large deer head chihuahua is the least expensive and least desired chihuahua breed.

    This article will discuss the deer head chihuahua in depth. It will give information about their overall size, including weight, height, length, and much more. The article will also discuss how gender and age impact the size of the deer head chihuahua.

    Table of Contents

    What Is The Largest Chihuahua Breed?

    The deer head chihuahua is the largest chihuahua breed. These chihuahuas can get roughly twice the size of a normal apple head chihuahua. They have an unusual head shape, similar to the shape of a deer. The size and head shape of these canines are the main things that differentiate them apart from other chihuahuas. As the largest chihuahua breed, the deer head chihuahua is the least desired breed.

    How Large Is The Deer Head Chihuahua?

    The deer head chihuahua is a relatively large chihuahua breed that can be up to one foot tall. From tail to tip of the nose, the deer head chihuahua is six to nine inches, and they are eight to twelve inches tall, depending on gender and genetics.

    How Much Does The Deer Head Chihuahua Weigh?

    Deer head chihuahuas can weigh up to ten and twelve pounds at most. The weight of a deer head chihuahua can be two times the size of the average chihuahua, depending on its gender and age. A female chihuahua does not weigh less than a male when the female is pregnant. Generally, a pregnant female weighs more than a male because of the puppies’ added weight and additional food consumption.

    What Is The Average Size Chihuahua Breed?

    The apple head chihuahua is the average size chihuahua breed. They are generally half the size of the deer head chihuahua, with a head shaped like an apple rather than a deer. According to the ASPCA Pet Health Insurance, the apple head chihuahua’s head is half the weight of their bodies.

    How Large Is The Average Chihuahua?

    The chihuahua is famous for being the smallest breed. According to American Kennel Club, the average adult chihuahua is an apple head chihuahua five to eight inches tall, with a weight that does not generally exceed six pounds. These dogs’ erect ears and tails make them appear taller.

    What Is The Smallest Chihuahua Breed?

    The teacup chihuahua is the smallest chihuahua breed. These are considered a mutation of the average chihuahua since they are a toy version of the average. They are only six inches tall and around three pounds. The toy version of this dog is half the size of the average chihuahua and one-third of the largest breed, the deer head.

    Are Deer Head Chihuahuas Considered Small?

    In general, the chihuahua is considered the smallest dog breed globally, even the deer head chihuahua. It is the ultimate purse dog because of its tiny size and good behavior. They are light, easy to transport, and friendly.

    Are Male Or Female Deer Head Chihuahua Bigger?

    Typically, male deer head chihuahuas are twice the size of females. However, diet and genetics can impact size. The male deer head chihuahua is between eight and nine inches, and the female is roughly six to seven inches tall. Males may weigh around twelve pounds, and female chihuahuas can weigh between ten and twelve pounds.

    How Much Does The Deer Head Chihuahua Cost?

    An adult deer head chihuahua can cost between $200 and $500. The large size of the deer head chihuahua makes it one of the cheapest chihuahua breeds. Size impacts chihuahua costs because people normally prefer this chihuahua as a small breed dog.

    Why Is The Deer Head Chihuahua Large?

    Genetics make the deer head chihuahua a large breed. Dog breeders bred the deer head chihuahua to be larger than the apple head chihuahua. It has a 45-degree angle snout, whereas the apple head has a ninety-degree angled snout. The size of a deer head chihuahuas ear’s and its long neck are one of the main things that make it appear so large.

    Are Deer Head Chihuahuas Bigger Than Apple Head Chihuahuas?

    Deer head chihuahuas are larger than apple head chihuahuas. The apple head chihuahua is smaller, with a short snout and a bulbous head. According to Animal Corner, the deer head chihuahua has a deer-like head shape, whereas the apple head chihuahua has a large, apple-shaped head. The deer head chihuahua’s larger appendages make this canine larger than apple heads.

    How Much Larger Are Deer Head Chihuahuas Than Apple Head Chihuahuas?

    Deer head chihuahuas are larger than apple head chihuahuas by nearly two times the size. They have longer snouts, ears, legs, tails, and bodies, which account for most of their added mass. The deer head chihuahua’s heads, including their necks, are significantly larger than apple heads. The deer head chihuahua’s long ears make it appear taller too.

    How Much Do Deer Head Chihuahua Eat?

    The deer head chihuahua consumes roughly ¼ to ¾ cups of food each day over two or three feeding periods. Feeding instructions for the deer head chihuahua are forty calories per pound of body weight. When chihuahuas weigh an average of between nine and twelve pounds, they should consume between 360 and 480 calories each day.

    Do Deer Head Chihuahuas Still Need To Wear Dog Clothes?

    Despite being the largest chihuahua, deer head chihuahuas still need to wear clothes during winter. Deer head chihuahuas need clothes during winter (and other cold months) because they lack body fat and cannot maintain body heat during cold weather. Therefore, deer head chihuahuas require clothing like vests or sweaters to maintain body heat.

    What Size Dog Clothes Do Deer Head Chihuahuas Wear?

    Deer head chihuahuas wear the smallest dog clothes you can purchase. They are small purse dogs, well-known for getting dressed up by their owners to keep warm during cool months.

    How to breed chihuahuas

    A key component to owning a Chihuahua is knowing when they go into heat. This includes ensuring your dog’s safety from males during this time, and planning ahead if you’re breeding her.

    The best time to breed Chihuahuas is when they are in heat, a period of estrus during which the female ovulates and becomes receptive toward mating. This can vary from dog to dog but for chihuahuas, it usually lasts around two weeks every five to eight months.

    To know if your chihuahua is in heat, you may observe the following indications:

    • increased affection towards her owner (or anyone else)
    • swelling of the vulva under their tail near where she urinates
    • bleeding through the vagina
    • excessive licking of the vagina
    • receptive to male dogs
    • agitated, nervous, or aggressive
    • frequent urination

    In this blog post, we’ll go through what you should know about Chihuahuas in heat and how to know if your dog is going into heat.

    Chihuahuas in Heat: What You Need to Know

    A Chihuahua on her first time in heat will experience a vaginal discharge that gradually increases as the female approaches ovulation, which happens around two weeks after the onset of estrus (or heat). It’s important for the female to be in heat before she’s either mated or artificially inseminated.

    To determine if your Chihuahua is in heat, you’ll need to understand when their cycle occurs. You can expect your dog to be on the heat once every five to eight months during the year, but it may vary depending on different factors such as age and breed.

    On average, Chihuahua’s in the heat last for 14 days but may vary from dog to dog. Towards the end of their cycle (once they stop bleeding), their discharge will become less abundant, smaller in size, and lighter in color.

    Your dog can get pregnant even if she’s just been brought back from her heat. If you’re planning to breed your Chihuahua but are not sure when was the right time for them to ovulate, have them checked by a vet or contact a professional breeder for assistance.

    How to Know if Your Chihuahua is in Heat

    How to breed chihuahuas

    Increased affection towards her owner (or anyone else)

    Female Chihuahuas will often show signs of affection for their owner during their heat cycle. A dog’s ovaries produce a lot of estrogen which causes affectionate behavior towards its master, even if it’s a complete stranger.

    Swelling of the vulva under their tail near where they urinate

    When a Chihuahua is in heat, its uterus produces more fluids that can result in swelling of the vulva. You may notice that your dog’s genitals are swollen and their vulva is just below their tail directly near where they urinate.

    Bleeding through the vagina

    A Chihuahua’s vagina will bleed during its heat cycle, but this is not regular menstruation. Your dog may experience a bloody discharge that gets thicker and then lighter in color as time passes.

    Before ovulation happens, they’ll have blood-tinged vaginal secretions while after the time of ovulation, it’ll be a watery discharge.

    Excessive licking of the vagina

    A Chihuahua’s vagina will secrete a lot of fluids during its heat cycle, and its vulva may also get swollen forcing them to lick themselves all the time. This behavior is common in pregnant dogs too, but if your Chihuahua does it excessively when she’s not in heat, then it may be a sign that there is something wrong.

    Receptive to male dogs

    When a Chihuahua is in heat, she’ll be receptive to male dogs and will even seek them out if they are nearby. You can tell your dog is going into heat when you observe her “flirting” with the male dog next door or regularly cycling neighbor’s pets.

    Chihuahuas will also release pheromones that can attract male dogs and make them more aggressive. If they approach your Chihuahua, they may even fight to mate with her as she’s also ready to accept the male.

    Agitated, nervous, or aggressive

    A female Chihuahua during their first heat cycle will feel agitated and constantly look for a way out of the house, especially towards male dogs who may be nearby. Once she’s enticed by a potential mate, they will become aggressive and their dominant behavior will start to show.

    Frequent urination

    Chihuahuas in heat will often urinate more frequently than usual and it is also likely that you’ll notice the bloody vaginal discharge in their urine. This is normal so don’t worry too much about it.

    If you notice your Chihuahua has any of these symptoms, they’re most likely going into heat. If in doubt, have them checked by a veterinarian for professional confirmation.

    How to Care for Your Chihuahua when in Heat

    There’s no denying the fact that your Chihuahua needs a lot of attention during their heat cycle and it is important to understand how this affects them.

    Here are some tips to keep in mind:

    Leave them alone when they’re in heat. It can be tempting to pamper your dog when she’s in heat, but remember that she needs to focus on mating or she may become aggressive. You don’t want her to feel stressed out, right?

    Do not bathe your dog during the heat cycle. Chihuahuas are naturally clean dogs who can bathe themselves all they want, but you should never bathe them while they’re in heat as it will remove the secretions that attract male dogs to them.

    A female Chihuahua in heat will have a lot of vaginal discharge, so you should also avoid letting them sleep with you during this time.

    Never hold a female Chihuahua when they’re in heat unless she’s your own dog and then only for a quick cuddle. Your dog will probably become agitated and will be eager to find a mate.

    Do not allow male dogs anywhere near your Chihuahua or you’ll have a fight on your hands. If it’s their first time going into heat, they most likely won’t know how to react. It’s best to keep small female dogs away from male dogs.

    Do not breed your Chihuahua if they become pregnant during their first heat cycle as it is dangerous for them and you’ll also increase the risk of future health problems. Instead, let them go through one heat cycle before breeding so that they can be properly prepared.

    Take your dog to the veterinarian if you notice anything unusual about her behavior. A Chihuahua in heat may seem fine, but she still needs to be checked by a professional so that any problems can be identified and solved.


    That’s all you should need to know about how to take care of a Chihuahua in heat. If you notice that your dog is going into heat, then follow the advice above for maximum safety and comfort.

    In some cases, it may also be best not to breed your dog until after they’ve gone through one or two successful heat cycles. This will help avoid any physical or health problems in the future and will also make your dog more loveable and affectionate towards you and other animals.

    If I have to pick certain truths about this small breed of dogs it’s that they are loyal, energetic, with a lot of attitude. Somehow all these things go together to add up to their irresistible charm. But sometimes, they display a little bit more sass and energy bordering on craziness, right? They can go spinning around your feet over and over again or jumping on your heads or bouncing off the walls. This usually happens when they do not get proper exercise or they are not used to other people. Here’s what you can do to calm your Chihuahua.

    Your Chihuahua needs a lot of exercise to release that pent up energy. When you plan your exercise routine for your little pet, do it gradually so that you don’t overwhelm him. Take note also of their physical limitations. Their necks and spines are delicate given their size so it’s recommended that you use a proper harness comfortably fitted on him. Add variety in your exercise routine like playing fetch one day to going for a walk to playing at the dog park to waddling in shallow water. You will notice that your Chihuahua will build his stamina over time. As he develops strength, he can exercise until he gets tired and you’ll see that he’ll be more relaxed after.

    You also need to teach your pet about self-control. This can be a lengthy and painstaking process but it’s all for the best. This training involves the use of his favorite treats as a reward for your desired behavior. Furparents, please choose healthy treats for your furbabies as Chihuahuas can gain weight easily.

    If your Chihuahua is always inside your house and the farthest he has gone is at the back of your yard, he probably gets overly excited when seeing new people around. You have to expose him to other elements outside your house. Take him for a walk so that he will be familiar with the people and things around him. Constant exposure will help him lose his fascination over these elements until they just become part of his background that he can ignore.

    To teach him how to stay calm, you’ve got to give him lots of physical and mental stimulation. Give him jobs to do inside the house to keep him busy. You can train your Chihuahua to gather all his toys together which are scattered all over the house. You can also teach him to drag a mat around so that he can clean the floor. You can challenge him mentally by using food puzzle toys. The key here is in creating a daily routine so that your furry pet has something to keep him busy but also give him time to rest in his designated spot in the house.

    There are different ways to instill calm on your furry pal. Some even use relaxing music. Just take the time to help your Chihuahua through it by providing healthy outlets to release his energy and give him a calm atmosphere where he feels loved and secure.

    • Facebook
    • Twitter
    • Pinterest
    • LinkedIn

    I’ve always been a dog lover, and that hasn’t changed since I was little. My first dog was German Shepherd who grew up with me by my side every day of the week. She loved to explore as much as I did – no matter where we were or what we were doing! Volunteering at the shelter has allowed me to meet all sorts of new breeds and find homes for truly wonderful dogs like her: animals who give back so many unconditional love in return!

    A List of Small Dog Breeds from A – Z

    Brazen & intelligent, Chihuahuas get what they want and make good watchdogs

    Chihuahua Spotlight

    • Good for new owners
    • Adapts well to small living spaces
    • Does not like to be left alone
    • Does not do well in hot or cold weather
    • Sociable and friendly
    • Easy to groom and care for
    • Official Mascot of Taco Bell
    • Does well with children and other pets


    The Chihuahua does not have a well-known or understood history, which leaves some of us to wonder. There are some theories about how the Chihuahua came to be. The most believed story is one where the Chihuahua descended from one of the South or Central American dog called the Techichi. The second theory is that China brought over small hairless dogs to Mexico and they were traded and bred with local dogs.

    No matter which of the theories you choose to believe, the Chihuahua was discovered in about 1850. The Chihuahua made its way into the United State by the way of Mexico. In fact, tourists would visit Mexico and then bring these dogs back to the states with them.

    The first Chihuahua was registered with the AKC in 1904. The breed had a popularity boom in the 1930s and 1940s. Due to this popularity boom, the Chihuahua is considered one of the most popular breeds. In fact, they rank 29th out of all dog breeds registered with the AKC.

    Personality & Temperament

    The Chihuahua is not shy by any means and packs a bold attitude. In fact, many people often say that the Chihuahua has the attitude of a terrier. While small, this breed is not afraid to act as a watch dog and he or she is naturally alert and suspicious of those that are considered strangers.

    The Chihuahua often forms a strong bond with one person in the family, but will be sociable and friendly with others in the home as well. Your dog will also get along well with other people that you introduce to them and you should not run into a problem when you take your pup to the dog park or out in public.

    One thing that you should keep in mind is that the Chihuahua needs to be socialized early on in life with people and other animals, otherwise, he or she may be shy and timid.

    Appearance & Grooming

    The Chihuahua is considered to be a tiny toy dog, which means he or she is small in nature. This dog will weigh anywhere between 2 to 6 pounds when fully grown. There are two types of Chihuahuas which include a long coat and smooth coat variation.

    The smooth coat Chihuahua has a soft, shiny, smooth coat that surrounds the body. The fur that appears on the ears and head is thinner than the rest of the body.

    The long hair coat Chihuahua has a soft coat as well, but it may appear slightly curly and flat. This coat does need more attention than the shorter coat and may become snarled if not brushed.

    Chihuahuas come in a number of colors including black, white, tri-color, fawn, gray, and more. They may have additional markings on them as well.

    The Chihuahua is easy to groom and only requires a weekly brush for the short coat. If your Chihuahua has a long coat, you should make sure to brush it a few times per week to prevent tangles. You only need to bathe your pup when he or she is dirty. When you do bathe him or her, make sure that you choose a mild shampoo that does not strip the oils from your dog’s coat and skin.

    Lastly, you need to make sure to clean your Chihuahua’s ears once per week and trim his or her nails as often as needed to maintain a healthy length.


    The Chihuahua is considered to be a healthy breed, but poor breeding can lead to inherited and genetic conditions that may be passed down to your puppy. It is vital that you work with a reputable breeder to prevent any of these problems.

    • Hypoglycemia – is a condition where your pup has low blood sugar. This is often a problem in toy sized breeds, so you will need to be cautious. Spikes in blood sugar can be deadly for your pup, so if you suspect that there is a problem, you need to let your veterinarian know right away. This condition is considered to be easily treatable.
    • Patellar Luxation – This condition is best known as a dislocated knee. If your pup does dislocate his or her knee, you will notice that your dog does not use the leg as much and may avoid putting any pressure on the area. Lameness is one of the first signs that there may be a problem. If your Chihuahua does have a luxated patella, you should have it corrected right away as persistent rubbing of the knee cap can cause joint pain and arthritis.
    • A collapsed trachea is common in small dogs and may occur with your Chihuahua. This condition causes the trachea to flatten, which leads to impaired breathing. The cause of the condition is unknown.
    • Shivering – is something that is common in Chihuahuas. It is unknown why Chihuahuas shiver a lot, but it is thought to be caused by stress, excitement, or cold weather.

    Exercise & Care

    The Chihuahua needs exercise and will become bored without it and may be destructive within your home. This breed does have a lot of energy and will run, jump, and explore outside. You do need to be cautious as your pup will chase small animals such as squirrels.

    Chihuahuas do well in small apartments and condos, but they do need to receive a walk or two for at least 20 minutes per day. Training your Chihuahua is an easy task and not considered to be too much of a challenge. You will find that your pup does like to perform for you and please you.

    As you train your Chihuahua, make sure that you do not become frustrated or have a heavy hand as this will only lead to your puppy not training properly. Training should be done in a consistent and firm manner.

    What makes dogs super awesome (maybe a bit more awesome than cats, but I’m not picking sides) is that they come in various shapes and sizes. If you want a huge monster of a dog like a Great Dane, you can get that. If you want a small one that can fit in your bag, you can get one of those too, for instance: the Chihuahua.

    According to the American Kennel Club, the Chihuahua was the 34th most popular breed of dog in the United States in 2020. I’d have expected them to be higher because I’ve been seeing them everywhere, but considering the list has 195 entries, that is certainly popular.

    The Chihuahua is the smallest dog breed on the planet! In fact, in terms of both length and height, the record holders for the smallest dog in both instances were chihuahuas! The shortest one was 3.8 inches in height, and the other was 6 inches in length!

    But anyway, if you’re here, you really want to know what chihuahuas were bred for. Because it definitely isn’t hunting from the looks of things!

    Well, let’s get into the answer then!

    Do you have a specific question about the origin and history of Chihuahua breeding? Then use the table of contents below to jump to the most relevant section. And you can always go back by clicking on the black arrow in the right bottom corner of the page. Also, please note that some of the links in this article may be affiliate links. For more details, check the Disclosure section at the bottom of the page.

    Here’s what we’ll cover:

    What are Chihuahuas?

    How to breed chihuahuas

    The Chihuahua is the smallest breed of dog in the world. They tend not to get heavier than six pounds, which is extremely light for a dog. They also usually stay below eight inches from the shoulder, so yeah, these mutts are tiny.

    These dogs are some of the oldest originating from the Americas. They usually live to about 15 years of age. They were also first officially recognized by the American Kennel Club in 1904.

    Chihuahuas are known for their energetic and loyal behavior. These dogs are the smallest breed, but they frequently act like they’re bigger than they really are! These confident dogs can be entertaining to keep as pets for that reason.

    They aren’t problematic with other dogs or with a family. Still, you should be careful exposing chihuahuas to little children as they can’t take as much rough play and handling as larger dog breeds can.

    You might also want to read this:

    • A Complete Guide to Red Husky: History, Training, and…
    • Can Dogs Carry Bed Bugs? And Can It Bite Your Pup?
    • Juji Dog: Is This 450-Pound Pup Real and Where Does He Live?

    Where are chihuahuas originally from?

    How to breed chihuahuas

    As you might have been able to gather from popular culture, the origin of Chihuahua is very likely to be Mexico. Of course, as such an old dog breed, it is difficult to determine their exact origin. Still, all evidence points to Mexico as the birthplace of these famous dogs.

    They got their name thanks to so many of them were first found by interested Americans in the State of Chihuahua in Mexico. They had been recognized by the AKC as far back as 1904. But the first one was only registered with the club in 1908.

    What did chihuahuas use to look like?

    For a bit of chihuahua history, these dogs originated from a breed known as the Techichi. The Techichi can be considered to be a sort of ancient Chihuahua.

    The Techichi dated back more than 1000 years and was bigger and heavier than the dainty little dog that we all know these days. The Aztecs were thought to be the people responsible for breeding that breed into a smaller one, eventually becoming the Chihuahua that we love today.

    One really cool fact about the Techichi was that it was a mute breed, which means it could not bark! That’s so different from its descendant, the Chihuahua, which is notoriously noisy when it wants to be!

    Why were chihuahuas bred?

    How to breed chihuahuas

    Chihuahuas originate from a dog breed that has quite a unique culture and history. The Techichi, the ancestor of the Chihuahua, had multiple purposes for the Toltec people. Still, the Chihuahua itself was bred for nothing but companionship.

    So, if you’re really trying to figure out the chihuahua purpose, the best answer is that they were bred to be our friends! That’s pretty much it!

    What were chihuahuas originally bred for?

    How to breed chihuahuas

    The Chihuahua originated around the 19th century from the Techichi, a breed of dog kept by the Toltec people of Mexico. Its ancestor was initially bred as far back as the 9th century, and it was held for numerous purposes.

    The Toltec people valued the Techichi for companionship, like the Chihuahua that came after it. However, it was also used for religious ceremonies and rituals. One thing that might shock you is that they were used for food, though all cultures treat certain animals differently, so that shouldn’t really be a thing to frown upon these days.

    How to breed chihuahuas

    The Chihuahua dog is a bold pup in a tiny body. The full-blooded Chihuahua is a popular breed in the United States, and Chihuahua mixes, like the chiweenie (Chihuahua/dachshund) and the chorgie (Chihuahua/corgi), are increasingly popular as well. Fortunately, the breed has several distinguishing characteristics for which you can look to correctly identify a Chihuahua.

    Video of the Day

    Chihuahua breed standard

    Chihuahuas are one of the smallest dog breeds. In fact, the breed standard only allows dogs to weigh up to 6 pounds. These dogs grow 5 to 8 inches tall. Dogs should have a balanced body shape and be just a bit longer than they are tall.

    Features of the Chihuahua head may be the most distinguishing identifiers for these pups. They have a rounded, dome-shaped head and a fairly short but pointed muzzle. Their eyes should be full and round and set wide apart on the dog’s head. Their ears are large and erect and angled at about a 45-degree angle coming off the head. The ears can be more vertical when the dog is alert.

    The Chihuahua’s tail is moderately long. The tail may curl up over the back or be held up or out from the body. The tail does not fall to the ground or between the dog’s legs.

    Chihuahua coat and color

    There are both smooth- and long-coated Chihuahuas. The smooth coat is short and lays close to the body, giving the dog a sleek appearance. There may be a ruff on the neck. Long-coated Chihuahuas have a straight or wavy coat. The fur should be soft, not wiry. They also have feathering on the legs, fringe on the ears, and a plumelike tail.

    Chihuahuas come in any coat color. The breed standard does not restrict any colors or markings.

    Chihuahua head shapes

    The dome-shaped head described in the breed standard is often referred to as an applelike head. There is also a deerlike head that is common in the breed. The deerlike head shape is more elongated with a less defined forehead. They also have a longer muzzle compared to apple-headed dogs.

    The origin of these two head shapes is unknown. It is important to note that two apple-headed dogs can have deer-headed offspring. The opposite is also true.

    Chihuahua temperament and personality

    The purebred Mexican Chihuahua has a larger-than-life personality in a small body. While breed is not a reliable indicator of temperament, the Chihuahua is often described as confident, sassy, charming, and graceful. They are affectionate with family and a popular choice for a purse dog. They aren’t very open with strangers and are not recommended for homes with young children, though, so make sure you supervise the dog when kids are around.

    Chihuahuas tend to be quite vigilant and are known to bark a lot. They have a fairly high energy level, but with their small size, they can burn it off by playing at home or taking daily walks. Keep an eye on the dog during walks and activities. Despite their short legs, they do their best to keep up but may tire and need a rest.

    The dogs are very smart and quite independent. They are eager to please, but this independent streak can make training a bit of a challenge. Be sure to use positive reinforcement and be consistent in your expectations for the Chihuahua.

    Posted By SLCo Animal Services
    September 02, 2021

    How to breed chihuahuas

    The Chihuahua is a tiny dog with a huge personality. They are a national symbol of Mexico and among the oldest breed of the Americas, they have lineage going back to the ancient kingdoms of pre-Columbian times and is named after the Mexican state of Chihuahua. Check out our adoptable Chihuahua’s at Salt Lake County Animal Services.

    There are two varieties of Chihuahua, Smooth Coat and the Long Coat, and they can come in many colors and patterns including black and tan, fawn, chocolate, white, blue and red. Both smooth and long coats are equally easy to keep clean and well groomed. Smooth coat ranges from having a velvet touch to a whiskery feel. Longhaired Chihuahuas are smoother to the touch and have fine-guard hairs and a downy undercoat, this gives them their fluffy appearance. Unlike many long-haired breeds, longhaired Chihuahuas require no trimming and minimal grooming. They should have their coat brushed once a week to avoid tangling or mats. The longhair typically sheds less than shorthaired Chihuahuas. It can take up to three years before a longhaired coat develops.

    Chihuahuas heads can also vary: They can either have a rounder apple head or a deer-shaped head, which is narrower with a longer snout. They weigh anywhere from 3-6 pounds making them great city apartment dogs.

    Chihuahuas love their people but typically bond to an individual person, often they are lapdogs with their person through and through. They are known to be excellent watchdogs due to their terrier like bold personality and that they are often suspicious of strangers. They are great at alerting you if something is amiss around your house and while they can be family dogs if properly socialized and handled well by children, they do best in an adult household.

    What They Need

    Chihuahuas are charming, sassy, and smart. They are small but have big personalities. They are often easy to train, easy to groom, prone to health issues, good for first time pet owners, and have strong loyal tendencies. They are busy and like to be close to their owners and are often underfoot. They as with any dog, need to be properly socialized from a young age.

    Chihuahuas are typically easy to care for requiring little grooming, but it is recommended that they have their teeth brushed regularly and their nails trimmed.

    They can get cold very easily and do not tolerate cold weather well. They do not mind being dressed up in a sweater or coat, they are often tiny fashionistas and are commonly referred to as “purse dogs”.

    Chihuahuas need about 20-30 minutes of exercise daily. This can include walks, toy time, running around in the yard. They are known to go-go-go so it is important to make sure they do not tire themselves out too much especially in hot weather.

    Chihuahuas are fast learners and can compete in agility and obedience trials with just as much success and enthusiasm as a large breed dog.

    It is important that they are provided high quality food in proper amounts for their age as they are prone to becoming overweight.

    Size and Health

    Life span 12-20 years

    Some issues that can possibly affect the Chihuahua include heart problems, eye disease, patellar luxation, idiopathic epilepsy, congenital hydrocephalus, muscular dystrophy, congenital deafness, neurological diseases, and periodontal disease.

    Origins of the Chihuahua

    The Chihuahua’s origin isn’t 100% clear, there are two main theories that exist. One says Chihuahuas descended from a Central or South American dog known as the Techihi, a larger version of the Chi dating back to the 9th century and the Toltec civilization. The Aztecs conquered the Toltecs, who then made techichi prominent in their society. They believed the dogs had mystic powers—and had the ability to see the future, heal the sick, and safely guide the souls of the dead to the underworld.

    The Spanish conquered the Aztecs in the late 1500s, and the techichi faded into obscurity. The dogs lived in remote villages, and when they were discovered by Americans visiting Mexico in the mid-1800s they were found mostly in the State of Chihuahua, gaining the name “Chihuahua”.

    The second theory is that small hairless dogs from China were brought to Mexico by Spanish traders and then bred with small native dogs. These are the origins of short-haired Chihuahuas; the longhaired variety was probably created through crosses with papillons or Pomeranians.

    The first American Kennel Club-registered Chihuahua, Beppie, was recorded in 1908. Chis gained popularity as pets during the 1930s, 1940s, and 1950swith help from famed musician and bandleader Xavier Cugat, who famously waved his baton with one hand while he held a Chihuahua in the other.

    Relative to their bodies, Chihuahuas have the biggest brain in the dog world.

    FUN FACT: Remember the Taco Bell Dog? A Chihuahua named Gidget made the phrase “¡Yo quiero Taco Bell!” unforgettable during the 1990s.

    FUN FACT: The world’s smallest dog, Brandy is a Chihuahua measuring just 6 inches from her nose to the tip of her tail.

    FUN FACT: The minor league baseball team in El Paso, Texas is named the Chihuahuas

    FUN FACT: Like human babies, chihuahuas have a soft spot on their heads called molera. But unlike babies, a chihuahua might have the spot for its whole life.

    FUN FACT: A feral pack took over and terrorized an Arizona town in 2014.

    About Chihuahua

    How to breed chihuahuas

    There are few dogs out there who more iconic than the Chihuahua. The ultimate purse dog. Pups so small and adorable that many owners sadly treat them more like accessories than pets. You may have recognized this breed from its presence on the big and small screen – Bruiser from the movie “Legally Blonde” and the Taco Bell dog are two of the most famous examples (not to mention Paris Hilton regularly posing with one and claiming it was her pet). Perhaps you fell in love with the breed after watching the movie “Beverly Hills Chihuahua” (it happens, we won’t judge!). No matter how you became a fan of the tiny Chihuahua dog, once you’ve owned one, you’ll be hooked on the breed for life. These little pups are just that lovable.

    With their goofy antics, a sparky character, and plenty of attitude, these doggos have a ton of unique traits that make them a great companion. People of all personalities can find something that will attract them to this dog breed. Sporting a large head, expressive eyes and a friendly disposition, the Chihuahua fits into the lifestyle of many types of households. You wouldn’t know to look at it, but the Chihuahua makes an excellent watchdog – of course, you shouldn’t expect it to protect you from any threat (even though many rodents could easily over power this pup). So, is the Chihuahua the right pet to join your family? There’s only one way to find out. Read on to learn more about this fantastic breed. We are about to reveal everything that it is worth knowing about the finest toy dog to ever come out of Mexico.

    Sporting a large head, expressive eyes and a friendly disposition, the Chihuahua fits into the lifestyle of many types of households.

    Delving into the Chihuahua’s history, historians can make a good guess at how this breed came to be, although as with most dog breed histories, it is hard to verify. What we do know is that the breed is named after a Mexican city and was first seen around the Aztec era. Even though it is named after a particular city, the Chihuahua was likely plentiful all over the country. And you can consider the Chihuahua an ancient breed – it can be dated as far back as 500 A.D. This dog dives deep into the annals of Mexican history. There’s a reason the pup is such a beloved export from that country. In a way, the Chihuahua is part of the foundation of modern Mexico.

    The evolution of the Chihuahua can be such an interesting glimpse into the overall development of dog breeds in South America. After ancient peoples colonized this continent far back in history, the primitive dogs that accompanied them were isolated from any outside influence. The interbreeding that occurred over the following millenia led to quite a unique genetic footprint – and that is why Chihuahuas are so unique in looks and character! As such, they share many similarities with the other popular ancient dog breed from Mexico – the Xoloitzcuintli. Together, they held an important place in the culture and society of the ancient inhabitants of Mexico, such as the Aztecs.

    How to breed chihuahuas

    Since the background of the Chihuahua is a bit hazy, it’s a bit difficult to pinpoint this breed’s pedigree. What is known is that these small dogs were used for ceremonies and companionship. Some experts think the Chihuahua may have been bred from the Fennec Fox, a small animal with big eyes and ears – quite similar to the features found on the tiny dog. Beyond that, it’s hard to say exactly how the Chihuahua came to be. The history of dog breeds simply isn’t that well documented. But regardless of the origin, there’s no denying that this breed will endure for many generations to come.

    The Chihuahua was recognized by the AKC at a fairly late point in time considering the ancient origins of the breed- in 1904. When pedigree and looks are regarded, Chihuahua sports some very distinct features that are unique and characteristic of this breed. They can have a distinct “apple head” form, or a “deer head” form. Moreover, Chihuahuas can have a short, smooth coat, or a long one. When coloration is considered, anything goes! Chihuahuas have many accepted color combinations.

    A good and balanced diet is always a safe bet when it comes to feeding your Chihuahua. This breed does well with a mix of protein, grain, and vegetables. When giving out treats, moderation is essential. Since the Chihuahua is so small, even the tiniest bit of extra weight can make a huge difference in its health. For this reason, the diet of your Chihuahua must be carefully monitored. Before establishing or even making any changes to your dog’s diet, it’s worth consulting with a veterinarian. While dog food manufacturers provide useful feeding guidelines, they are still guidelines and hardly gospel. All dogs are different after all, each with their own specific needs. Only your vet is qualified to determine the specific dietary needs of your personal pup. So always check in with them to ensure that you find the right feeding program for your Chihuahua. Now, considering that these puppers are truly tiny it can be rare for them to develop obesity. However, it is still a possibility, and due to their short legs and stumpy physique, all extra weight can come as a serious challenge and obstacle. Their stumpy legs simply can’t take any extra weight, so always pay attention to that balanced and measured diet.

    When it comes to basic tricks, Chihuahuas are easy to train. Since this dog always loves to please its owners, it will willingly sit, shake, and roll over… as long as your Chihuahua is rewarded with a treat, of course. You’ll find that training is one of the best and most fun parts of owning a Chihuahua. That’s not something that can be said about most dogs. So cherish the ease and joy of this process. In general, these doggos are quite inquisitive and smart, and always ready for new experiences. And heck, if there is a treat to be had – tricks and obedience are all in order!

    That’s the good news. Here’s the bad news. House training, on the other hand, is not as easy with Chihuahuas. This will take some extra time, as this pup has a tough time learning where to go. Although some people use litter boxes or pee pads, even this can be difficult. In the long run, you should train your Chihuahua to do its business outdoors, if possible. On the other hand, if you begin training at a very early age, you might be more successful here.

    Of course, as is common with all super tiny doggos, Chihuahuas too can be quite willful and stubborn – always wanting things to go their own way. This means that it’s wise to start the training process as early as possible to take advantage of your puppy’s early and impressionable years. It’s also vital to focus on positive reinforcement and rewards in your training to ensure the best results. Anything less is closer to abuse that training. This is both cruel to your dog and won’t yield the results that you crave.

    Both male and female Chihuahuas can weigh anywhere from six to nine pounds. You’re absolutely right – that’s a super lightweight category. Nevertheless, it is proportional to their size and height – anything above or below this weight might not be so good. Of course, being so light, Chihuahuas can be a bit fragile and require just a tad bit of extra attention so as to not be squished.

    How to breed chihuahuas

    Identifying the type of chihuahua you have is fairly straightforward, as chihuahuas are classified in two ways. One way is by the shape of their heads, either apple head or deer head; the other way is by their coat, either long-haired or smooth. However, the American Kennel Club (AKC) only recognizes the apple head chihuahua, and therefore only apple head chihuahuas can compete in AKC shows. If you are not interested in competition shows, the deer head chihuahua makes just as adorable, loving, and feisty a pet as the apple head.

    Video of the Day

    Note your chihuahua’s head shape

    Apple head chihuahuas have rounded tops like a dome and, in totality, resemble a round apple. Their faces are compact, with short, slightly upturned snouts. Deer head chihuahuas look like small deer. Their faces have more elongated snouts that are slightly pointed, much like deer faces. Apple head chihuahuas’ eyes tend to bulge a little more, and deer heads usually have a little bigger bodies.

    All other characteristics are shared by the breed; both apple head and deer head chihuahuas can have all the same coats and colors, the same distinctive temperaments, and the same physical characteristics that are breed standards or are considered flaws.

    Examine your chihuahua’s coat

    Chihuahuas can have either long coats or smooth coats, and both sometimes have a double coat. Smooth coats are soft, glossy, and close cut. Long coats have hair that is soft and either flat or slightly wavy. In AKC shows, it is preferred that long-coat chihuahuas have an undercoat; smooth-coat dogs can have an undercoat or not. Long coats that are too thin, so as to appear bare in places, are not a desirable feature. Both types of coats have a ruff around the neck.

    How to breed chihuahuas

    Since there are two types of chihuahuas, apple head or deer head, and two coat types, long or smooth, there are four possible types of chihuahuas:

    1. Apple head with long coat
    2. Apple head with smooth coat
    3. Deer head with long coat
    4. Deer head with smooth coat

    Compare vital statistics

    Chihuahuas are considered to be the smallest breed of dog in the world. They are typically between 5 and 8 inches in height and weigh 6 pounds or less. In fact, chihuahuas weighing over 6 pounds are automatically disqualified in AKC shows. Chihuahua bodies measure a bit longer than their height, which is called “off square.” Like many small dog breeds, they are prone to becoming overweight, which can lead to health problems and interfere with their otherwise rather lengthy life expectancy of 14 to 16 years. To help chihuahuas live a long life, be careful not to overfeed them. Make certain that any treats you give are wholesome foods, whether they are storebought or homemade, and be sure to count treat calories in the dog’s daily diet.

    Understand other “types” of chihuahuas

    Many people who are familiar with chihuahuas often talk about “teacup”-sized dogs as another type of chihuahua, but this is inaccurate. Teacup dogs of any breed are simply those that are bred to be very small; they’re often shown sitting in a teacup, or peeking out of a purse, as if to prove their tiny size. These teeny-tiny chihuahuas are really just chihuahuas that are much smaller than regular-sized chihuahuas; you find them weighing in at less than 5 pounds. Another “type” of chihuahua that is getting publicity as if it is newly discovered is a “pear”-shaped head. Pear-shaped heads do not exist; they are believed to be apple heads that are a bit misshapen.

    Identify your chihuahua’s color

    Chihuahuas come in so many different colors and color combinations that you may have trouble determining exactly what color of dog you have. The solid colors should be obvious: black, chocolate, cream, fawn, red, blue, gold, silver, and white. From there, there are seemingly endless combinations: black and tan, chocolate and tan, blue and tan, black and red, black and silver, black and white, blue and white, chocolate and white, cream and white, gold and white, red and white, silver and white, black-sabled silver, black-sabled fawn, blue-brindled fawn, chocolate-brindled fawn, chocolate blue, chocolate-sabled fawn, and fawn-brindled black.

    How to breed chihuahuas

    Brindling can appear as a striped pattern, or more like blotches, sometimes only in certain places on the coat. A sable pattern occurs when hair is lighter at the base and darker at the tip. So, to determine your dog’s coloring, first note the colors in the coat. Then look for a brindling or sable pattern in the coat. For example, say you looked at your dog’s coat and found two colors: chocolate and fawn. But, the fawn coloring was in a pattern that resembled stripes. Then you have a chocolate-brindled fawn chihuahua.

    The Chihuahua is a small breed of dog, very popular for its size. Besides being an adorable pet, they are intelligent, restless and curious companions. And will offer all their love to whoever takes care of them.

    They – unsurprisingly – get their name from Chihuahua, Mexico, the state they were first discovered. The meaning of chihuahua is literally “an arid and sandy place.” They were captured and domesticated by natives at the time of the Toltec civilization. Today, we can find figures of a dog that lived in Tula, very similar to the current Chihuahua. Keep reading to know everything about the Chihuahua dog!

    • America
    • Mexico
    • Group IX
    • Fine
    • Proportionate
    • Toy
    • Small
    • Medium
    • Large
    • Giant
    • 5-14
    • 14-18
    • 18-22
    • 22-27
    • 27-31
    • More than 31
    • 2-7
    • 7-22
    • 22-55
    • 55-100
    • 100-220
    • 8-10
    • 10-12
    • 12-14
    • 15-20
    • Low
    • Meidum
    • High
    • Sociable
    • Very loyal
    • Intelligent
    • Active
    • Affectionate
    • Children
    • Flats
    • Surveilance
    • Cold
    • Hot
    • Moderate
    • Short
    • Long
    1. Physical Appearance
    2. Character
    3. Behavior
    4. Caring for a chihuahua
    5. Health
    6. Training a chihuahua

    Physical Appearance

    As we have already mentioned, they are small and compact dogs, with fast movements. Their height varies between 15 and 25 centimeters although some can reach 30. In addition, they usually weigh between 1.5 and 4 kg. These measures can vary when we meet the two types of Chihuahua dogs that differ by size and in some physical aspects:

    The Chihuahua Apple Head: They are the most common. Their head has, as their name indicates, a shape similar to that of an apple that gives them a sweet and careful look. They have two large and separated ears, almost always in a straight position. In contrast to a large head and bulging eyes, their body is small and thin. They have a small tail that curves towards the body.

    The Chihuahua Deer Head: They are a little larger than the previous Chihuahua. The shape of the head is longer and in some cases reminiscent of a small deer. They are somewhat taller and more stylized but equally show a delicate and sweet appearance that you will fall in love with.

    In addition to the physical characteristics we also find two different types of fur:

    Long hair
    Short hair

    The chihuahua can be an array of different colors like white, coffee, black, chocolate, cream . In addition to tricolor, striped or mottled.


    The chihuahua does not have one specific personality defined by their race. It is dependent on their education. They can be tender and loving dogs or somewhat malicious and cunning. They are very intelligent and observant and like to get his way. They are very brave and devoted dogs despite their small size. Chihuahuas are always alert and anxious, particularly to any intruder.

    Sometimes they can show jealous attitudes to the people around their owner. Though this is usually an easy problem to deal with. The Chihuahua does not seem to be aware of its small size and can face large dogs or dogs just to defend who he wants.


    The Chihuahua will show devotion, in general, to the person who takes care of them every day. They are very affectionate dogs that will ask for your attention throughout the day. In general, they are usually distrustful of strangers. They can be territorial and possessive dog with their owners, but they do not usually show offensive or violent attitudes. They are curious dogs that will easily accept affection and care.

    Chihuahuas don’t always accept the company of other pets. But, they usually can coexist beautifully with dogs of the same breed or size. To encourage a sociable dog we must allow them to play with other pets when they are a puppy. Although it does not matter if we start their education late, we can achieve great goals with patience.

    Caring for a chihuahua

    They are dogs that adapt perfectly to urban life so you won’t have problems living in a small apartment. Even so, the Chihuahua is very restless and nervous. We must take them out for a walk at least twice a day to exercise and play with them inside the home.

    Usually, and especially short haired Chihuahuas, they are sensitive to cold due to their small size. Look for clothes of your size to shelter them in winter, especially if you live in a cold environment.

    Do not let them overheat. The Chihuahua is a very clever dog that will not hesitate to become fragile, capricious or extremely nervous if we give in to all their requests.

    Finally we add that Chihuahua is a dog that has tendency to obesity. For that reason, it is important that we know the type of diet that this pet requires to prevent future diseases or problems.


    They can live up to 18 years or more if they are kept healthy and fit. In any case there are a number of diseases that can affect them throughout their life, we detail the most common:

    Soft palate spasm
    Hernia Discal
    Secondary glaucoma
    Dislocation (luxating patella)
    Hemophilia A
    Heart problems

    They require a regular vet who is aware of their needs. For that reason, we recommend you take them regularly and follow their vaccination schedule.

    In the brain they have a molera, a soft point they have in the skull that they were born with. Much like fontanelles in babies.

    It is also important that you take care of their eyes to prevent eye infections.

    Training a chihuahua

    The basis of education for a healthy and social chihuahua begins by socializing them from an early age, with both people and other pets. It is super important that you follow this advice to avoid an antisocial dog, with improper and harsh behavior. They must learn to live in harmony with animals, children and adults. That will help you enjoy the outdoors as you leave them with the children without any concern.

    Remember that for a dog to be calm and well behaved the people of your home should foster this climate of harmony and mental well-being.

    It is important that you decide when to feed, walk or sleep your dog. The chihuahua is a clever dog that will try to receive treats and endless attention. Set limits and reward them only when they deserve it and behave appropriately.


    Chihuahuas are one of the smallest and most popular dog breeds. Chihuahuas are rumored to be descended from the Aztecs and the Toltecs. But other sources claim that dogs similar to Chihuahuas have been featured in paintings from as early as the 15 th century in Europe. Whichever is the case, the Chihuahua has become highly fashionable in recent years, since the tiny dogs are both loyal and adorable. But, as is the case with other toy breeds, Chihuahuas may become possessive of their owner to a fault, becoming aggressive or distrustful of other people or dogs. Why do Chihuahuas become overly attached to one person? What can you do about it?

    The Root of the Behavior

    Chihuahuas have been recognized by the AKC in the United States since 1904. Despite the many variances in size and color, there are only two varieties: the smooth and long-coat. Teacup Chihuahuas (which are not a recognized subclass of the breed), bred for their size and ability to fit into small purses and even pockets, are another reason Chihuahuas have become popular and fashionable. Chihuahuas tend to behave like many other terriers and small dogs, being high energy, brave, curious, and confident—sometimes aggressively so. It’s not unheard of for a Chihuahua to chase away or intimidate dogs much larger than themselves. For all their sass, most Chihuahuas enjoy an abundance of lap time and do not enjoy spending too much time outdoors. They are widely known to gravitate toward one person and reject new people, but that may be because dogs are more inclined to like those that are more in sync with their own personality. For example, high energy dogs are more likely to bond with a high energy person.

    Toy breeds like Chihuahuas are often associated as “one-person dogs,” but this has less to do with the breed specifically than it has to do with how they’re socialized and raised. On the negative side of their reputation, Chihuahuas are often perceived as “yappy” or “mean.” Poorly trained and un-socialized toy dogs may be more prone to aggressive behaviors than the breeds often accused of being aggressive, such as Pit Bulls, Rottweilers, and Dobermans. The difference is that Chihuahua bites, while not enjoyable, do less damage than larger dogs. Perhaps that’s why some people dismiss aggressive Chihuahuas as harmless. Chihuahuas, just like every other breed, require a steady routine and plenty of training in their early development. They do well with consistency and discipline. They can be trained just like any other dog, and in fact, they are much happier and accepting of other people and pets when trained well.

    Encouraging the Behavior

    You can limit your dog’s possessiveness and tendency to cling to one person by starting training early, as early as possible. Even during the puppy stages, when you have to be cautious around other puppies and public spaces, you can begin exposing your dog to new people and pets. Have a friend or family member come to your house with their (fully vaccinated and healthy) pet. The more experiences your dog has early in life, the more likely they will accept new things later in life. Encourage other people to pet your dog, introduce not only other dogs, but children, cats, and other small animals.

    Ask your vet and a professional trainer for advice on how to expose and introduce people and animals to your dog safely. If your dog is mistrustful of a specific family member (or members), there are plenty of ways you can encourage the bond between them. For starters, have your dog spend plenty of active time, whether it’s playtime with toys or walks around the block, with the family member your dog dislikes. You can also let your family member feed or give your dog treats. Food is a great motivator for dogs. Just be careful to give your dog the right size and amount of food and treats, since small dogs are more susceptible to obesity.

    Other Solutions and Considerations

    It’s always important to remember that all dogs are enormous responsibilities, not merely fashion accessories. As a pet owner, you’re not only responsible for feeding and housing your pup, you’re also required to put in plenty of effort in training and socializing. Poorly socialized dogs are those that may be fearful of new situations, people, and places. Those are the kinds of dogs who become aggressive toward others and overly protective of their favorite person. Just because Chihuahuas are cute and fit in your purse, it doesn’t mean that they don’t need the same kind of attention and effort that all other breeds require. You can’t keep your dog isolated forever, and not exposing them to other things is doing them—and everyone around them—a disservice.


    It may be difficult to teach an old dog new tricks, but it isn’t impossible. If you have a Chihuahua who doesn’t like other people or animals, you can help them become more social with the right training, patience, and practice. Every dog can overcome its stereotypes, as long as you’re willing to put in the effort.

    How to breed chihuahuas

    Written by a Border Collie lover Charlotte Perez

    Chihuahua Lifespan In fact, small dogs tend to live longer than larger breeds on average. For instance, a healthy Chihuahua might live to 15 or even 20 years old, while medium and large dogs tend to live between 10 and 13 years old.

    How soon after a dog has a litter can she get pregnant again?

    The average time from breeding to birth for dogs is 63 days and 6 months is approximately 183 days, so the most likely date (though of course individuals may vary) of her next fertile day she could be bred is 120 days after the birth of her litter.

    How soon can a dog go in heat after having a litter of puppies?

    In most cases, your dog’s body shouldn’t go into heat for a few months after pregnancy, but individuals can have irregular cycles. The fact is, how long after pregnancy a dog has her next period, or goes into estrus or heat, varies widely. Most female dogs experience a first heat cycle at the age of 6 months.

    Is it ok to breed a 1 year old dog?

    In most cases, you should wait until your dog is at least one year old to mate him with a female. Keep in mind that large and giant breeds need more time to fully grow, so you should wait until your pooch is 18 to 24 months old to breed him for the first time.

    Should i breed my dog back to back?

    Back to Back Breeding Is Better for the Bitch’s Uterus That way, the dog breeder lets the bitch’s body rest and recover from the first pregnancy, and eventually get her ready to go through pregnancy again. Many canine reproduction specialists, like Dr. Hutchison, have concluded the opposite is true.

    What age can a chihuahua get pregnant?

    Intact female chihuahuas may become pregnant once they have reached puberty. In most dogs this occurs at 6 months of age, but a chihuahua may enter puberty a little bit earlier. Most chihuahuas and other toy breeds reach sexual maturity anytime between 4 and 7 months.

    What does a shepherd chihuahua mix look like?

    German Shepherd Chihuahua Mix Appearance Larger than a Chihuahua but smaller than a German Shepherd, this mix can be a small to medium dog. German Shepherd Chihuahua Mix is likely to have a brown/black coat, resembling a German Shepherd. But, of course, other patterns and fur colors are possible too.

    What does newborn puppies crying mean?

    There are multiple reasons your newborn puppy is crying. The crying could indicate an imbalance in their environment, that includes having the right temperature and an adequate level of comfort. Moreover, their cries can also be a sign of lack of nursing, hunger, or a health problem that causes them discomfort.

    What happens if you pull dogs apart?

    You might be tempted to try to separate dogs when they’re stuck in a copulatory tie during mating. But hold up: Pulling dogs apart can seriously injure them and doing so won’t stop a pregnancy from occurring. … To prevent unwanted pregnancies, keep male dogs away from fertile female dogs so mating doesn’t take place.

    What is a boxer chihuahua called?

    The Boxachi designer breed is a cross between a purebred Chihuahua and a Boxer. Together, they make a sassy and playful pet that is devoted to their pet-parents. … It’s also important to note the Boxachi is a fairly new designer hybrid with little known facts about where they come from.

    What two dogs make a pocket bully?

    Pocket Bullies are the miniature version of the American Bully. However, unlike some miniature breeds like the Labrador, they are not true purebreds. They are actually a cross between the American Bully and the Patterdale Terrier.

    What’s the youngest age a dog can get pregnant?

    Your dog won’t go into heat until she reaches sexual maturity, which begins at six months. This can also depend on the dog and breed. Some smaller breeds can go into sexual maturity at four months, while larger breeds may need to wait until they are two years old.

    When breeding dogs how many times should they tie?

    How Many Times Should Dogs Tie When Breeding? Dogs can tie every other day once or twice a day during a mating period. If the male dog is around other females in heat, he will be okay to successfully tie up to 5 times each day. This is extensive, of course, but not unheard of for those that breed dogs for a living.

    Why do dogs have big litters?

    Does Breed Determine a Dog’s Litter Size? The breed of dog is the biggest determinant of litter size. Generally, big dogs have larger litters because, biologically, they’re able to safely carry more puppies.

    Why is my dog trying to bury her puppies?

    She is probably feeling insecure and trying to keep her puppies safe out of sight. You would probably be better getting some vet bed as blankets and towels hold the dampness, with vet bed and moisture will soak through underneath and keep puppies snug and dry, it will also possibly stop her from covering them.

    Will 2 female chihuahuas get along?

    Having more than one chihuahua is generally better for the dogs. But beware, chihuahuas don’t always get on with other breeds. They are known for their preference for a chihuahua based pack.

    Will my dog bite me if i touch her puppies?

    Safety is important during this time. Mother dogs may bite if you ignore her growling and snarling. The more you hang around the whelping area and touch the pups, the more mother dog may feel the need to be aggressive.

    When can a chihuahua get pregnant?

    Intact female chihuahuas may become pregnant once they have reached puberty. In most dogs this occurs at 6 months of age, but a chihuahua may enter puberty a little bit earlier. Most chihuahuas and other toy breeds reach sexual maturity anytime between 4 and 7 months.

    Are puppies nearsighted?

    A: While dogs’ smell and hearing are far superior to humans’, their vision isn’t quite as good. Most dogs are nearsighted, which means they see nearby objects clearly, but things in the distance are somewhat blurry.

    At what age can a male chihuahua mate?

    Assess whether your Chihuahua is old enough to breed. A male Chihuahua will generally have viable sperm when he is over a year of age but he is at his prime breeding age from 1 ½ to 5 years of age.

    How to breed chihuahuas How to breed chihuahuas How to breed chihuahuas How to breed chihuahuas

    Top Asked Questions

    Are there any Chihuahua puppies for sale in the UK?
    What should I Feed my Chihuahua puppy for sale?
    How do you choose the best Chihuahua puppies for sale?
    How long do Chihuahua puppies live?

    Recently Recipes

    How to breed chihuahuas

    Cute chocolate “cauldrons” hold a cool, creamy orange-flavored yogurt in this recipe. The unfilled cups can be made days in advance and stored at room.

    Provided by Taste of Home

    How to breed chihuahuas

    Provided by Catherine McCord

    How to breed chihuahuas

    How to breed chihuahuas

    This is my technique for veal demi-glace, and there’s not much to it. I’m going for a pure veal stock reduction, fortified with nothing more than mirepoix.

    Provided by Chef John

    OMG. I had to make this cake this past Sunday for my Mary Kay party.. It was a huge hit. It was also devoured!! So easy,so good,so sinfully rich..if.

    Provided by vicky hunt

    How to breed chihuahuas

    Good food doesn’t always have to cost a fortune! Your family will love this. Full of flavor and easy on your pocket book!

    Provided by Melissa Baldan

    This is a very good potato dish , I stem baby red potatoes and smother them in real butter and parsley flakes. I enjoy a dollop of sour cream on mine but.

    Provided by Karla Everett

    Provided by á-174942

    How to breed chihuahuas

    Try this Instant Pot®-friendly variation of a traditional bean stew from the Portuguese region of Azores. This can be served alone, or over rice, and.

    Provided by Ryan C Mathews

    How to breed chihuahuas

    How to breed chihuahuas

    Provided by Florence Fabricant

    How to breed chihuahuas

    A unique twist on a classic white chocolate fudge recipe! While quick and easy to prepare, Bruce’s® Yams Salted Cashew Sweet Potato Fudge is a nutty.

    Provided by Bruce’s Yams

    How to breed chihuahuas

    Sure you can make a quick Chicken Pot Pie using already made pie crust, canned soups, vegetables and chicken. Just think about all the salt in those ingredients.

    Provided by Julia Ferguson

    How to breed chihuahuas

    This delicious red velvet pound cake is the perfect combination of flavors. Make sure the cake has cooled before icing it; for extra crunch sprinkle some.

    Provided by Taste of Home

    How to breed chihuahuas

    Dis is da toe curlin Texicajun hybrid of a classic dish. This will put a smile on everyone’s face that’s eatin it. Throw on some Zydeco music and serve.

    Provided by Lupe Boudreaux

    How to breed chihuahuas

    Provided by Kemp Minifie

    How to breed chihuahuas

    This is a tender and delicious baked pork chop recipe, with an Italian flair.

    Chihuahuas and other Pets

    While there are some exceptions, generally Chihuahuas do not get on well with other pets. However, while this is true in most cases there are several things you can do to try to alleviate the problem.

    Chihuahuas of any age normally get on well with their own breed. Several Chihuahuas in the same household can get along really well and keep each other company while their humans are busy elsewhere. Usually a new Chihuahua can be introduced into the home without causing any problems whatever the age of any other Chihuahuas already residing there.

    Unfortunately this is pretty much where a Chihuahua’s tolerance of other pets ends. Generally Chihuahuas will not put up with the presence of other animals in the home. There will be fights and the Chihuahua will almost never back down whatever the size of the other pet.

    This doesn’t mean that Chihuahuas cannot live peacefully with other pets. To make this happen you need to bring the Chihuahua into a home where other pets already reside, not the other way round. Another way of accomplishing this is to introduce the pets when they are both very young so that they “grow up” together.

    The only other option to owning a Chihuahua and another type of pet is to make sure that they never come into contact. Obviously this is not a simple matter and very often an owner must decide to keep one pet or the other. This is never an easy choice and normally pet owners will try hard to find a solution that permits them to keep both.

    If you want more than one pet, the best solution is to get another Chihuahua. As already mentioned this rarely causes any problems, much to the surprise of many Chihuahua experts. It is amazing that the same Chihuahua that would never put up with the presence of a different breed of pet will become the best of friends with another Chihuahua introduced into the household. They will play, eat and sleep together with very few problems. They will also share their characteristic loyalty to their owner without becoming jealous of one another.

    How to breed chihuahuas

    You may have heard of the adage ‘big things come in small packages’ – the Chihuahua is a living embodiment of this phrase! Named after the Mexican state of the same name, Chihuahuas are one of the most popular dog breeds in the world today, particularly among toy breeds.

    Chihuahuas are extremely loyal to their family, but can have a jealous streak when it comes to other pets in the home. They require plenty of obedience training, but can make the ideal lapdog if you demonstrate patience.

    In this guide, we’ll look at the characteristics of the Chihuahua, discover their ancient origins in Central America, and answer some frequently asked questions about this tiny breed.

    Chihuahua breed characteristics

    • Chihuahuas are approximately five inches in height, and typically weigh between just two and six pounds.

    Chihuahuas come in several colors – fawn, white, blonde, black and tan, patched, and other colors.

  • This breed often becomes jealous of other pets, and can be reluctant to go outside – particularly in cold or wet weather. They can be hard to housebreak.
    • These dogs come in two varieties – short-haired and long-haired. The short-haired Chihuahua has a soft, short coat, but the long-haired version has longer hair on the ears, chest, stomach, legs and tail.

    Unfortunately, the dome-shaped skull of the Chihuahua makes them prone to head injuries and birth defects such as hydrocephalus.

  • The chihuahua is ideally suited in an apartment or indoor environment.
  • A short history of the Chihuahua

    The origins of the Chihuahua dates back thousands of years, and as a result, its exact history is unclear; however, it is likely that the chihuahua descended from the larger Techichi breed , a dog favored by the Toltec civilization in Mexico. When the Aztecs conquered the Toltecs in the 1100s, it is believed that they refined the Techichi into a smaller dog – similar to the Chihuahua we see today.

    Although deemed a rarity in the following centuries, the breed first gained prominence among Americans in the 1800s, when several instances were encountered in the Mexican state of Chihuahua. The first registration of a Chihuahua with the American Kennel Club – Beppie – took place in 1908.

    Since then, they have been widely-seen in popular culture and make excellent pets for owners who live in cities or apartment complexes, due to their extremely small size.

    How to breed chihuahuas

    Health and temperament

    Chihuahuas can require lots of veterinary assistance, particularly in birthing and dental care. Some Chihuahuas can have moleras (a soft spot on their skulls), but this is not a birth defect, and will fill in with age. However, care and attention must be taken with Chihuahuas in the first six months of their life until the skull is fully formed.

    Dental care is also extremely important for Chihuahuas because of their smaller size, and their jaw size makes for weaker teeth. A combination of daily brushing, dental chews is an effective way for owners to help prevent the accumulation of plaque and tartar to avoid consequences of dental diseases.

    Like many other toy breeds, they are susceptible to injuries from falling, and vulnerable to attacks from larger dogs and other animals. This makes them a great indoor pet in an urban environment.

    This breed can be notoriously difficult to housebreak. Chihuahuas require plenty of patience – they are extremely loyal to their owners, and owners may find that their Chihuahuas do not fare well with younger children. Like all dogs, they can benefit from high-quality socialization .

    How to breed chihuahuas

    Chihuahua Facts

    Whether you spell it “chihuahua” or “chiwawa”, this is the smallest breed of dog in the world! And they are the only “natural” toy breed – meaning they are naturally small and not a result of generations of breeding-down larger breeds.

    The Chihuahua is either long-coat or short-coat.

    Despite their small size, Chihuahuas are blessed with mountains of energy and affection. They are also alert, observant, and agile.

    Small as they are, Chihuahuas are big in personality and courage – they do not hesitate to challenge bigger dogs and they are also very protective of their families. They are ideal watch dogs for those living in a small apartment!

    Chihuahua Lifespan

    How old can Chihuahuas get?

    Actually, the Chihuahua is a long-lived breed, often living up to 16 years and beyond!

    They are generally healthy with relatively few health problems. However, like all dog breeds, Chihuahuas do have some common health issues. Let’s take a look.

    Common Chihuahua Health Problems

    Here are some rather common Chihuahua health issues:


    One common health issue with the Chihuahua is obesit. One reason is overfeeding by their owners. Since chihuahuas are small, it is important to remember that they don’t require so much food to fulfill their energy need!

    Chihuahuas that are obese will have great difficulty maintaining healthy joints, and can easily develop early-onset joint problems.

    Teeth Problems

    Because Chihuahua has a small mouth, teeth overcrowding results. This makes it easy for Chihuahuas to develop teeth and gum problems, such as plaque and tartar buildup.

    If you own a chihuahua, it is extremely important to brush his/her teeth daily to remove the plaque and tartar. If you don’t do that, gum disease (e.g. gingivitis) can develop, which can lead to premature tooth loss.

    In addition to daily tooth brushing, consider getting your Chihuahua some dental chew toys. Also avoid snacks or poor-quality dog food rich in starch and sugar.


    Hypoglycemia (low blood sugar level) is one of the most common Chihuahua health problems.

    This problem can be dangerous (even fatal) if prompt action is not taken when a dog is having a hypoglycemic attack. Signs include weakness, confusion, disorientation, shaking, seizures. In serious cases, the dog collapses and dies.

    The first thing to do if your Chihuahua is showing signs of hypoglycemia is to give him some sugar, such as syrup, honey, or jam by mouth. Then rush him to the vet for further treatment.

    To prevent hypoglycemia from happening, feed the dog more frequently (e.g. 3 small meals instead of 2 big ones a day).

    Patellar Luxation

    How to breed chihuahuasSmall breed dogs such as Chihuahuas are susceptible to a leg problem called patellar luxation. It is a hereditary problem in which the leg bones are malformed. This results in the kneecap being repeatedly pulled out of position.

    When the kneecap is dislocated, the dog limps with the affected leg held off the ground. You may also see him constantly stretching the leg out behind him in an attempt to click the cartilage back into place.

    Understandably, this condition causes pain and, if left untreated, osteoarthritis will usually result.

    Tracheal Collapse

    This is another common health condition among Chihuahua dogs.

    The trachea (windpipe) is formed and supported by rings of cartilage. Tracheal collapse is basically a narrowing of the windpipe due to the weakening of the cartilage.

    As a result of the collapse, the membrane lining the trachea becomes inflamed. This causes the dog to develop a dry, hacking cough, harsh breathing, and gagging.

    Obesity can make this condition worse.

    Treatment involves controlling the cough, and using supplements such as glucosamine to strengthen cartilage. To protect your Chihuahua’s throat and keep pressure off the airway, use a harness instead of a collar.


    In addition to the above Chihuahua illnesses, Chi’s are also prone to a problem called hydrocephalus.

    Chihuahuas have a special characteristic – They are born with a soft spot (called a molera) on the top of the head. The molera itself is not a health problem for the Chihuahuas. It is just a characteristic of the breed.

    But if a Chihuahua has an unusually large molera, he may suffer from hydrocephalus, a condition characterized by a build-up of fluid around the brain which may result in eventual death.

    Symptoms of hydrocephalus include a swollen head, listlessness, lethargy, grogginess, poor coordination, and seizures.

    Hydrocephalus tends to affect most Chihuahuas before they reach 9 months of age, although some Chihuahuas may not show symptoms until they are older. Some Chihuahuas are able to live with a mild case of hydrocephalus throughout adulthood.

    Shaking – Why Do Chihuahuas Shake?

    Though not exactly a health problem, Chihuahuas (as well as many other toy breeds) tend to shake or shiver, especially when they are excited or stressed.

    Toy dogs have a higher metabolism and so dissipate body heat faster than larger dogs. Shivering helps to generate body heat.

    Chihuahuas should always be protected against the cold – a doggie sweater or blanket in the winter is necessary.

    Health Supplements for Chihuahuas

    Recommendations for Your Chihuahua!

    This Chinese herbal formula contains effective herbs for joint problems such as hip dysplasia, arthritis, and stiffness due to inflammation of the joints. Works well as a preventive or as a remedy.

    This supplement contains glucosamine, which can strengthen the joints, and Astaxanthin, a super-antioxidant with anti-inflammatory properties.

    This spray is specially formulated to prevent plaque and tartar build-up on your dog’s teeth. The formula is made with all natural plant extracts that kill harmful bacteria on contact. Spray into your dog’s mouth once or twice a day and your dog’s breath will be much fresher and the teeth much whiter!

    Ay Chihuahua!

    How to breed chihuahuas

    Tiny, But Mighty

    Petite, smart, lovable, feisty…Chihuahuas have it all wrapped in a tiny package with a large bow of personality and spirit (or style).

    Even though the origins of the Chihuahua are not fully known, the descendants of today’s Chihuahuas were discovered in Mexico in the 1850s and are thought to be the oldest breed in the Americas. They are considered the smallest dogs in the world. Pretty impressive credentials!How to breed chihuahuas

    Chihuahuas may be small but they are living large by being one of the healthiest breeds. They can live anywhere from 15-20 years so a lifetime commitment is essential. These little dogs thrive in warmer climates and can often be seen dressed in an array of sweaters to keep them warm and comfortable even on a warm day. They tend to be a low shedding breed so a quick bath and occasional brushing keeps this a low maintenance breed.

    As with any breed of dog, training is important. Chihuahuas love to please so starting early and training consistently go a long way to a building a happy life with these furry companions. This breed has a tendency to bond to one person so socializing them with other dogs and people is encouraged. This will nurture their outgoing charm.

    Chihuahuas do well in apartments and smaller living spaces since they take up little space and generally eat small amounts of food at each meal. Their exercise needs are minimal and a daily romp around the house mixed with a few energetic play sessions should be adequate. They should always be accompanied when outdoors because larger birds of prey have been known to mistake them for a meal. A family with older children who have a basic understanding of how to interact with a small dog are suited best for this breed.

    How to breed chihuahuasWant to know more? Visit with our adoptable Chihuahuas at the Chi Amigos monthly Meetups. The 4th Saturday of every month, the Chi Amigos – Chihuahuas and their Toy Breed Friends, get together for social interaction. We meet at the Cedar Bark Park nestled in Veterans Memorial Park in Cedar Park, Texas. This off-leash park gives you plenty of freedom, space and friends to learn about how much joy adding a Chihuahua to your life will bring!

    To learn more about Chihuahuas, you may enjoy this video provided by!

    How to breed chihuahuas

    Small dogs are so cute but they have a reputation for being hard to train, especially Chihuahuas. They come by that reputation honestly. Chihuahuas and many small or teacup breeds seem to be prone to barking at everything, including the wind. We’ll answer common questions about how to train a Chihuahua without using training collars … and without losing your patience.

    Why Do Small Dogs Love to Bark?

    Like most small breeds, Chihuahuas make up for their small stature with big personalities. Your adorable little purse dog can be aggressive and bark like a fool. To address incessant barking and learn how to train your Chihuahua, you must figure out why your pet insists on barking at every little thing.

    Barking is a valuable form of communication for dogs. They can express a host of messages to fellow canines and humans. While we can’t fully understand what they are saying with their “woofs,” or, in the case of a Chihuahua, “arfs,” there are several reasons a dog barks.

    To help determine the motive behind your small dog’s barking, pay attention to the situation in which she loses control. What triggers her?

    Does your dog bark incessantly when she sees someone outside? This could indicate territorial barking; it’s her way of protecting what’s hers, which includes you. Attention-seeking barking is also a favorite tool for many Chihuahuas and small breeds. Considering their size and their reliance on their humans, it’s understandable why they bark to get us to pay attention. If your neighbors complain that your dog barks the entire time you’re gone, then separation anxiety is most likely the culprit.

    On your way to learning how to train a Chihuahua not to bark, you’ll find that your pet barks excessively when she’s bored. Chihuahuas are a high-energy breed and require a crazy amount of exercise and mental stimulation to burn the extra energy off. If you recognize boredom is the problem, you need to help her burn off that excess energy. Taking your pet for a longer or extra walk each day and offering interactive toys or puzzle games that keep your dog’s attention and make her focus can greatly reduce this type of barking.

    How to Stop a Chihuahua From Barking?

    When you ask how to stop excessive barking, you’ll find a lot of information about anti-bark collars for Chihuahuas. Before you assume that a bark collar for teacup chihuahuas is your answer there are a few things to know about bark collars and small dog breeds. First and foremost, relying on an anti-bark collar to eradicate your pet’s nuisance barking neglects the underlying issue.

    If you don’t use the bark collar properly, you’re not going to have success. Bark collars, like other training devices, are not intended to be set-and-forget methods for training. The best approach to dog training is train, treat … and repeat.

    In addition, anti-bark collars can injure the skin from ill-fitting collars or from wearing them for long periods. Collars can also increase fear and anxiety in your pet, leading to more undesired behaviors like aggression. While we aren’t proponents of shock collars, we aren’t against all bark collars. In fact, some bark-control collars that spray, vibrate and emit ultrasonic sounds can be very effective if you use them the right way.

    What about a bark shock collar for chihuahuas? That’s a big no. BarxBuddy encourages pet owners to use a safer alternative and support #StoptheShock efforts.

    How to Train a Chihuahua to Stop Barking?

    Although small dogs aren’t necessarily more difficult to train than larger breeds you must take into account their diminutive size. Commanding your dog from your height may intimidate your Chihuahua and cause him to be unresponsive to your command or defensive. Instead, when you begin your training, bring him up to your height by placing him on a safe surface or kneel down or get down on the floor so you can communicate face to face. Over time, your dog will learn to trust you and you can return to standing in an upright position.

    With that said, it’s important your Chihuahua understands you’re the alpha in the relationship. With their cute looks and adorable personalities, it’s easy for small breeds like the Chihuahua to take charge (admit it, you give in to your dog’s every whim!).

    3 quick tips for removing bark triggers

    1. If your pet’s problem is territorial barking, “cloaking” the stimuli can often be a quick solution. Close the curtains, blinds, or doors, so your pet can’t see people walking or cars passing by your home, kids playing outside, or other animals running around.
    2. To help alleviate your dog’s anxiety when you’re not home, leave behind a shirt that smells like you. To distract him, play a movie on the TV, or music on the radio, all of which can calm your pet. You may also want to have someone your pet likes to visit and spend time with her.
    3. Ignore attention-seeking barking. Chihuahuas are quite adept at getting what they want, so ignoring her attention-seeking barking can help your pet learn that she can’t get her way all of the time. Ignoring your pet means no speaking or looking at her; otherwise, you could inadvertently reinforce the behavior, ensuring it’ll continue.

    Stopping vs Reducing Barking

    In the end, you really don’t want your dog to stop barking altogether. You can’t stop her from expressing herself; you can, however, let her know when you understand her messages so she’ll stop.

    We highly recommend using an ultrasonic training device to interrupt your dog’s excessive barking. Then, once you get her attention, you can issue a “quiet” command and reward her with a tasty treat or something she loves. Learn how to use The BarxBuddy, and

    Regardless of which type of barking you wish to reduce, you must accept that your dog will continue to bark for various reasons; it’s in her genes. Also, remember that the way you handle the situation will directly affect your pet and her future behavior. Lastly, never yell at your pet. Your dog can view yelling as you’re joining in and encourage her to bark more; it could also increase your pet’s fear and anxiety and cause her to start displaying other negative behaviors.

    How to breed chihuahuasSassy yet graceful, the Chihuahua is a 5-8 inches tall toy breed, and it wins dog lovers’ hearts with its charming personality. This tiny dog from Mexico is an ancient breed of dog. Amusing and alert, Chihuahua is known for its loyalty towards other animals, and it makes an ideal city dog.

    This clever and confident Chihuahua enjoys roughhousing with other small animals, especially dogs of its own size. This purse dog is always up for spending some quality time with its family members and canine friends. The Chihuahua is quite amicable, and it likes to socialize with neighborly dogs.

    Skip To A Section – Click To Open

    10 Best Dog Breed Companions For Chihuahuas

    • Welsh Terriers
    • American Water Spaniels
    • Rottweilers
    • Rat Terriers
    • Otterhounds
    • Manchester Terriers
    • Greyhounds
    • Doberman Pinschers
    • Briards
    • Bichons Frises

    Why Do Chihuahuas Get Along With Welsh Terriers?

    Originated in northern Wales, the Welsh Terrier excels at hunting fox, badger, otter, etc. This powerful terrier dog is pretty free-spirited like your Chihuahua. Intelligent and alert, Chihuahua features a friendly demeanor towards everyone.

    Why Do Chihuahuas Get Along With American Water Spaniels?

    Bred in the United States of America, the American Water Spaniel is full of energy and courage. This outgoing American Water Spaniel will enjoy taking part in dog sports with your Chihuahua. This perky spaniel dog loves meeting new people, and it adores the newly adopted house pets.

    Why Do Chihuahuas Get Along With Rottweilers?

    Affectionate and fun-loving Rottweilers are excellent family dogs, and they know how to get along with new canine members of the family. This people-friendly Rottweiler protects family members and house pets with its life. The good-natured Rottweiler is pretty obedient, and it is absolutely dauntless.

    Why Do Chihuahuas Get Along With Rat Terriers?

    Renowned as a farm dog, the Rat Terriers are confident canine creatures who are skilled at hunting. This small dog features an inquisitive nature, and it will love it if your Chihuahua accompanies it on all its adventurous trips. This loving and lively terrier dog will help your Chihuahua feel great about itself.

    Why Do Chihuahuas Get Along With Otterhounds?

    Self-assured and devoted towards family, the Otterhounds originated in the United Kingdom. This boisterous scent hound has a sweet demeanor, and it guards other small dogs like a parent dog. The Otterhounds are generally reserved, and they barely attack other dogs.

    Why Do Chihuahuas Get Along With Manchester Terriers?

    Smooth-coated Manchester Terrier thrives on group activities, and it prefers having a canine companion by its side all the time. This coursing hound is full of courage, and it helps other house pets when needed. Active and alert, Manchester Terrier has a keen sense of humor to keep your Chihuahua delighted.

    Why Do Chihuahuas Get Along With Greyhounds?

    Bred for search operation and police duties, the Greyhounds are amicable sighthounds. The hound dog will put a good competition for your Chihuahua on the field of dog sports. These gentle dogs hardly disturb other pets at home.

    Why Do Chihuahuas Get Along With Doberman Pinschers?

    Well-muscled and fearless, Doberman Pinscher can be a good friend to your Chihuahua. Both of them have boundless energy, and they seek a playmate actively. The Doberman Pinscher and Chihuahua are seen playing fetching games all the time.

    Why Do Chihuahuas Get Along With Briards?

    Originated in France, the Briards are excellent at herding sheep and other animals. This loyal and protective Briard is pretty faithful to its owners, and it respects the emotion of other animals as well. This overly protective Briard will help your Chihuahua deal with mental anxieties.

    Why Do Chihuahuas Get Along With Bichon Frises?

    Cheerful and sensitive, Bichon Frises is as tall as your Chihuahua. So, both of them go along well. If you keep them together, they will take part in mischievous tasks together.

    These ten breeds are ideal for your Chihuahua. If you socialize your Chihuahua with them from an early age, it will be a piece of cake for you to keep your Chihuahua and its canine companion together at the same house.

    Recommended Reading:

    • Best Dog Food
    • Best Dog Bowl
    • Best Automatic Dog Feeder
    • Best Interactive Dog Toys
    • Best Dog Playpen
    • Best Outdoor Dog Kennel
    • Best Dog House
    • Best Dog Crate
    • Best Dog Treat
    • Best Automatic Fetch Machine
    • Best Dog Activity Monitor
    • Best Dog Food Container
    • Best Electronic Dog Door
    • Best Dog Ramp
    • Best Dog Cooling Vest
    • Best GPS Tracker for Dogs
    • Best Dog Bed
    • Best Dog Cooling Pad
    • Best Indestructible Dog Bed
    • Best Dog Training Book

    Related Posts

    How to breed chihuahuas

    10 Dog Breeds Most Compatible with Anatolian Shepherd Dogs

    How to breed chihuahuas

    What Dog Food Ingredients Should I Avoid?

    How to breed chihuahuas

    14 Dog Friendly Restaurants

    How to breed chihuahuas

    How Much Does An Affenpinscher Cost?

    How to breed chihuahuas

    10 Dog Breeds Compatible with Catahoula Leopards

    How to breed chihuahuas

    10 Dog Breeds Most Compatible with Scottish Terriers

    About Dog Product Picker

    Dog Product Picker is for dog owners looking for the latest tips, tricks, and product reviews. We are not veterinarians. If your dog needs medical assistance, please reach out to your veterinarian immediately. Read how we support our site through affiliate commissions at no cost to you.

    Our product review process is simple – our writers find what they consider to be the best products on Chewy and Amazon for the topic at hand. Our site is a review aggregate site, so they summarize the products that they feel are best for the article topic. Please note that we do not test the items ourselves.

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    To roll back a build, hit Windows+I to open the Settings app and then click the “Update & security” option. On the “Update & security” screen, switch to the “Recovery” tab, and then click the “Get started” button under the “Go back to an earlier build” section.

    Can I roll back Windows 10 Update?

    Still, problems happen, so Windows offers a rollback option. … To uninstall a Feature Update, head to Settings > Update & Security > Recovery, and scroll down to Go Back to the Previous Version of Windows 10. Click the Get Started button to start the uninstallation process.

    How do I manually roll back Windows updates?

    First, if you can get into Windows, follow these steps to roll back an update:

    1. Press Win+I to open the Settings app.
    2. Choose Update and Security.
    3. Click the Update History link.
    4. Click the Uninstall Updates link. …
    5. Choose the update you want to undo. …
    6. Click the Uninstall button that appears on the toolbar.

    How do I roll back Windows Update without settings?

    1. Press Windows Key + X.
    2. Mouse over “Shutdown or signout”
    3. Hold shift, and press “Restart”. This will restart into a recovery menu.
    4. Press “Troubleshoot”
    5. Now, there are 2 ways to go. You can try to rollback, or just reset the computer.

    How do I manually uninstall Windows 10 Update?

    Uninstall Windows Updates using Settings

    1. Open Start menu.
    2. Click on cog icon to launch Settings page or type Settings.
    3. Click on Update & security.
    4. Click on the View Update History.
    5. Identify the update that you wish to remove.
    6. Note the KB number of the patch.
    7. Click on Uninstall updates.

    What happens if I go back to previous version of Windows 10?

    Under Go back to the previous version of Windows 10, select Get Started. This won’t remove your personal files, but it’ll remove recently installed apps and drivers, and change settings back to their defaults. Going back to an earlier build won’t remove you from the Insider Program.

    How do I force a Windows update to uninstall?

    > Press Windows key + X key to open Quick Access Menu and then select “Control Panel”. > Click on “Programs” and then click on “View installed updates”. > Then you can select the problematic update and click the Uninstall button.

    Which Windows update is causing problems?

    The ‘v21H1’ update, otherwise known as Windows 10 May 2021 is only a minor update, though the problems encountered may have been also affecting folk using older versions of Windows 10, such as 2004 and 20H2, given all three share system files and core operating system.

    How do I roll back a Windows version?

    How to roll back a Windows update

    1. Open the Windows 10 Settings Menu by clicking the gear icon in the Windows Start menu, or by pressing “Windows+I” keys.
    2. Click “Update & security”
    3. Click the “Recovery” tab on the sidebar.
    4. Under “Go back to the previous version of Windows 10,” click “Get started.”

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    In this guide, we will highlight the steps to uninstall Windows 10 updates if it is causing Blue Screen of Death, performance issues, system crashes and other critical problems on your computer. In addition, we will also explain how you can prevent your device from installing the buggy update again.

    Windows 10 is updated at least two times a month with quality improvements, but there are a few cases where upgrading to a new version isn’t something you ever want to do. If a monthly patch brings one of the bugs you can’t deal with you might want to uninstall Windows 10 updates manually.

    Removing Windows 10 updates and installing an older version of the OS is not without its own set of headaches. For example, if you roll back to the older version, your device might start working again, but you’ll be missing security improvements, which were addressed in the last update.

    Uninstall Windows Updates using Settings

    To uninstall Windows 10 updates using Settings app, use these steps:

    1. Open Start menu.
    2. Click on cog icon to launch Settings page or type Settings.
    3. Click on Update & security.
      How to uninstall all windows updates
    4. Click on the View Update History.
      How to uninstall all windows updates
    5. Identify the update that you wish to remove.
    6. Note the KB number of the patch.
    7. Click on Uninstall updates.
    8. In Control Panel, search for the update using the KB number.
      How to uninstall all windows updates
    9. Select the update that you want to uninstall.
    10. Click on OK to uninstall the update.

    If you’re unsure about the KB number of the faulty update, you can also use the “installed on” date filter in Control Panel to identify the latest updates.

    Uninstall Windows Update using Command Prompt

    You can uninstall updates you no longer need straight from the Command Prompt. First, you’ll have to know the KB number of the update and the basics of the Command Prompt.

    To uninstall Windows 10 update using Command Prompt, use these steps:

    1. Open Windows Search.
    2. Type cmd.
    3. Select “Command Prompt” in the results.
    4. Click on Run as an administrator.
    5. Enter the following command after replacing the KB ID:
    6. For example, if you want to remove KB5001330, use the command uninstall: wusa /uninstall /kb:5001330
    7. Type “Y” when asked to restart the PC and finish the uninstallation.

    If you want to automatically restart the computer after the update is removed, you can use the following command instead:

    wusa /uninstall /kb:[id] /quiet

    If you want to get a prompt asking you to restart the computer, use the following command instead:

    wusa /uninstall /kb:[id] /quiet /promptrestart

    If you don’t want to restart the computer after removing the patch, use the following command:

    wusa /uninstall /kb:[id] /quiet /norestart

    Note that you must restart the computer manually to properly remove the patch. The above command will only delay the process and system reboot is still mandatory.

    Uninstall Windows Update using DISM tool

    Some updates cannot be removed even if you use WSUS for Command Prompt (PowerShell), Settings or Control Panel. This is because there are updates that are required by your computer and the process might fail with the following error message:

    Security update for Microsoft Windows is required by your computer and cannot be uninstalled.

    To remove uninstallable updates using the DISM tool, use these steps:

    1. Open Command Prompt (admin) window.
    2. Enter the following command:
    3. Open Notepad and paste the contents from the clipboard.

    In Notepad, use the “Find” feature to check if the faulty update is installed. Note that some updates cannot be found using their KB ID. In this case, you need to enter the last three or four digits of the build number.

    For example, if you want to remove Build 19042.928 (KB5001330), search for 928 in the list.

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    As shown in the above screenshot, select and copy the package identity.

    The command to remove updates using DISM is dism /Online /Remove-Package /PackageName:[package_ID]

    In the same Command Prompt or another instance, enter the following command after replacing the package ID with the one that you copied earlier.

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    If you followed the steps correctly, you will see the above screen in your Command Prompt window.

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    Once done, enter “Y” to restart the computer now.

    How to block Windows Updates

    After the update has been removed from your system, it needs to be blocked manually if you don’t want to install it again when you check for updates next time.

    To block a particular Windows 10 update, follow these steps:

    1. Download and open the “Show or hide updates” troubleshooter package from Microsoft’s website.
    2. Open the tool and click on Next.
    3. Click on Hide updates.
    4. Select the updates that you want to hide.
    5. Click on Next to block that faulty Windows update from appearing again.

    If you want to reinstall the updates, launch the same tool again and unhide the updates.

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    Published on June 30, 2021

    Windows 10 updates always come with goodies to improve or fix something in the performance of your PC. In some cases, though this can backfire. You can see a drop in the performance of your computer or even data loss. If you encounter any problems after you install new Windows updates, you will have to uninstall the updates. In this article, we will cover how to uninstall windows updates when necessary.

    How many types of Windows updates are there?

    There are two types of Windows updates: Quality Updates and Feature Updates.

    The Quality updates include security patches, bug fixes, and some other small tweaks.

    Feature updates are pretty big in size. They come every six months or so. They are packed with new features and big changes.

    Both of the types of updates can be uninstalled or rolled back by various methods.

    How to uninstall Windows updates?

    Check recent Windows 10 updates

    You can see your recently installed updates and you can uninstall them easily. You can do that by clicking the Start Button and click the Settings cog. When you open Settings navigate to Update & Security. From the list in the center of the windows, click “View update history”. Click “Uninstall updates” in the top-left corner.

    This action will open a window with all recently installed Windows updates to your PC. By default, it will be sorted in a way, so you can see the most recent updates on the top.

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    How to uninstall Quality Updates?

    In case some of the smaller Windows updates caused any problem, uninstalling them should be a simple process. Even if your computer is booting fine, we recommend booting into Safe Mode before proceeding with the process.

    Once you follow the instructions in the previous section – Scroll down and find the Microsoft Windows section. Check the date and select the most recently installed update. At the top left of the updates table, click Uninstall. A message will pop where you will be asked if you want to continue with the uninstallation – click Yes. Let the process finish and you will probably need to restart your system.

    Note that once you uninstall an update, the system will try to install it again the next time it checks for updates. We recommend you pause your updates until you fix the problem.

    How to remove Feature Updates?

    Feature updates are released twice a year or so. Microsoft tests these updates on many different hardware configurations to avoid issues. They will roll out the update after your setup is deemed suitable. Still, issues can occur, so Windows offers an option to roll them back.

    The one thing that you need to take into consideration here is that you can uninstall a major update within 10 days after installing it. If you see that your system is acting up and you suspect the new Windows update, make sure to act fast. After the 10 days’ grace period Windows automatically deletes the update files, and you can no longer rollback.

    To uninstall a Feature Update, go to Settings > Update & Security > Recovery. Scroll down to Go back to the Previous Version of Windows 10. Click the Get Started button to start the uninstallation process.

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    Alternative: Use System Restore

    As an alternative to uninstalling Windows updates, you can use Windows System Restore.

    We’ve created an in-depth article on how you can roll your system back to a working state.

    Uninstall updates with command prompt

    There are some cases, the methods mentioned above don’t work. In times like this, you can use the command prompt to force Windows 10 updates to uninstall.

    To uninstall Windows updates with the command prompt, you will need the KB-number. You can find it by going to Settings > Update & Security > In the middle of the page click “View Update history”

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    To open a command prompt, press the Windows Key + R and type “cmd”

    In Windows command prompt, type: wusa/uninstall/KB: UpdateID

    You need to replace UpdateID with the KB number of the update you want to remove.

    After you type the command press ENTER button and follow the on-screen prompts. Let WUSA uninstall the update. It will tell you when it is complete or if any errors occur during the process. You will probably have to restart your computer, so the process can be finished.

    Your Windows does not boot after installing a new Windows update

    There is a chance that, after installing an update, you can’t even boot into Windows to follow the above uninstalling instructions. Windows should automatically attempt to roll itself back, but if that fails, you have another option.

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    Hold the power button to turn off your PC, then turn it back on. This should bring you to the Windows recovery options. Head to Troubleshoot > Advanced Options > Uninstall Updates. This will give you the option to choose to uninstall the latest Quality Updates or the latest Feature Updates. This should recover your Windows to operate normally.

    If your problems are not solved by uninstalling the latest Windows updates, that means that you have a more complex issue. We recommend that you turn to a specialist that can help you with the solution to your problem.

    Taras Buria Neowin @TarasBuria · May 17, 2022 13:16 EDT with 1 comment

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    Microsoft releases monthly updates to keep Windows safe and stable. As Windows has a huge install base with thousands of different hardware variants, monthly updates sometimes break things or bring unnoticed during development bugs.

    In some cases, Microsoft rolls back defective Windows updates automatically. In other scenarios, the user needs to fix problems by removing bad updates on their own. Fortunately, uninstalling Windows 11 updates is a simple process that every Windows customer should know.

    How to uninstall Windows 11 updates?

    The way you roll back updates depends on what Windows version you use. The initial release of Windows 11 allows deleting updates from the Control Panel, and newer versions do that from the Settings app.

    Note that Windows 11 does not allow removing some updates, such as Surface firmware. Also, you cannot uninstall driver or BIOS updates from the Settings app, even if you have downloaded them from Windows Update. The same idea applies to “big” feature updates for Windows 11 (there is a separate tool for going back to the previous Windows version).

    Tip: Check your Windows 11 version and build number by pressing Win + R and entering the winver command.

    Here is how to uninstall Windows 11 updates on Windows 11 21H2 (build 22000):

    1. Open the Settings app and go to Windows Update > Update History. How to uninstall all windows updates
    2. Find and click Uninstall updates. This button will open the old Control Panel. How to uninstall all windows updates
    3. Select the update you want to delete in Windows 11, then click Uninstall. How to uninstall all windows updates
    4. Confirm uninstalling and wait for the operating system to complete the process. Deleting installed updates in Windows 11 requires a system restart, so be sure to save your work and close all apps.

    How to uninstall Windows 11 updates (version 22H2 and newer)

    Uninstalling Windows 11 updates in version 22H2 (and onward) now happens in the Settings app, not the Control Panel.

    1. Press Win + I or use any other method to open the Settings app. You can also right-click the Start menu and select Settings.
    2. Go to Windows Update > Update History. How to uninstall all windows updates
    3. Below the update history, you will find the Uninstall updates button. Click it. How to uninstall all windows updates
    4. Find the update to delete and click the Uninstall button next to it. How to uninstall all windows updates
    5. Confirm deleting the Windows 11 update by clicking Uninstall on a new popup window. How to uninstall all windows updates
    6. Sit back and wait for Windows 11 to do the job, then restart your computer.

    That is how you uninstall Windows 11 updates.

    In this guide, we’ll show you several methods to uninstall updates in Windows 11. Windows updates often include bug fixes, security patches, and new features, but they can also be problematic, causing performance problems or other problems with the computer’s operation.

    If you experience a problem after a recent update to Windows 11, a simple way to solve it is to remove the recently installed update. Listed below are several methods of uninstalling updates in Windows 11 OS.

    How to Remove Windows 11 Updates.*

    * Note: All these methods also work on Windows 10.

    Method 1. Uninstall Updates through Windows Update Options.

    1. Press Windows + I keys simultaneously on your keyboard to launch Windows Settings.

    2. In the newly launched window, select Windows Updates from the left pane and then click on Updates history in the right side.

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    3. Now click on Uninstall updates under Related Settings.

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    4. Select the update that you want to uninstall (or right-click on it) and click Uninstall.

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    5. When prompted, click Yes to confirm your decision and wait for the process to complete.
    6. Once the update is uninstalled, restart your PC.

    Method 2. Uninstall Updates from Programs & Features in Windows Control Panel.

    1. Navigate to Control Panel > Programs & Features, or…

      1. Press the Win+R keys to open the Run dialog.
      2. Type appwiz.cpl in the search box and press Enter

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    2. At Programs and features click View installed Updates at the left pane.

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    3. Select, or right-click on the update that you want to uninstall and click Uninstall.
    4. When the update removal is completed, restart your computer.

    Method 3. Remove Windows 11 Updates from Command Prompt.

    1. Click the Search icon and type CMD or Command Prompt.
    Click Run as administrator to launch command prompt with administrative privileges.

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    3. In the Command Prompt window, type the following command and press Enter to view a list of the installed updates:

    • wmic qfe list brief /format:table

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    4. Now look at “HotFixID” column and notice the KB number of the update that you want to uninstall.

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    4. Now remove the desired update from command prompt, by using the following command:

    • wusa /uninstall /kb: Number

    Note: Replace ‘ Number ’ with the KB number of the update you want to remove. For example: to remove the KB5005635 give this command:

    • wusa /uninstall /kb:5005635

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    5. A confirmation box will appear on your screen to confirm the action. Select Yes to proceed.
    6. When the uninstallation is complete, restart your PC.

    Method 4.Uninstall Updates from PowerShell.

    1. Click the Search icon and type poweshell.
    Click Run as administrator to open Windows PowerShell with administrative privileges.

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    3. In the PowerShell window, type the command mentioned below and hit Enter to get a list of installed updates.

    • wmic qfe list brief /format:table

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    4. An overview of all the Windows updates installed on your system will now appear on your screen. Take note of the KB number associated with the Windows Update you wish to remove.

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    4. Now execute the following command to remove the desired update in PowerShell:

    • wusa /uninstall /kb: Number

    Note: Replace ‘ Number ’ with the KB number of the update you want to remove. For example: to remove the KB5005635 give this command:

    • wusa /uninstall /kb:5005635

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    5. If a confirmation prompt appears, select Yes. Once the process is complete, restart your computer.

    That’s it! Let me know if this guide has helped you by leaving your comment about your experience. Please like and share this guide to help others.

    Mayank Parmar
    • August 5, 2019
    • 10:38 AM
    • 1

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    Microsoft recommends that users keep their Windows 10 installations up-to-date, and while this is a good practice for security, there are times when Windows updates can cause more harm than good. Botched updates can ruin everything, from Start menu to desktop to the Action Center and the complete operating system.

    In this guide, we will explain the steps required to uninstall Windows updates that have known issues or that are causing problems on your computer. With this guide you will learn how to remove updates via Settings, Control Panel and a Command Line tool.

    Uninstall Windows Updates with Settings and Control Panel

    1. Open Start menu and click on the cog icon to open Settings.
    2. In Settings, head into Update & security.
    3. Click on the ‘View Update History‘ or ‘View installed update history‘.

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    On the Windows Update history page, click on ‘Uninstall updates‘.

    On the next screen, you will be presented with a list of recent Windows Updates. You can sort the list by installation date or you can also search through all of the installed/active updates using the search box at the top right.

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    If you have noted the Knowledge Base (KB) number of the update, simply enter it in the search box to find it quickly. After determining the update that you want to uninstall, follow these steps:

    1. Select the update.
    2. Simply click the ‘Uninstall‘ button.
    3. Click ‘Yes’ on the confirmation box to uninstall the update.
    4. A reboot may be required to finish the process.

    Uninstall Windows Update with Command Prompt

    If you are unable to remove an update from the Settings app or Control Panel, you can also use the Windows Update Standalone Installer, or wusa.exe, command line program to uninstall Windows updates.

    In order to use this tool, you will need to know the KB number of the Windows update. If you don’t know the KB number, you can follow this guide to get a list of installed Windows Updates and their KB number.

    To uninstall an update, open an Elevated Command Prompt (admin) and then type the following command after replacing the KB ID with the one that you wish to uninstall: wusa /uninstall /kb:[id]

    Example: wusa /uninstall /KB:4023057

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    If you want to uninstall the update without your interaction and automatically restart the computer, you would use the following command: wusa /uninstall /kb:[id] /quiet

    Example: wusa /uninstall /KB:4023057 /quiet

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    If you want to uninstall the update and prompt to restart the computer, use the following command: wusa /uninstall /kb:[id] /quiet /promptrestart

    Example: wusa /uninstall /KB:4023057 /quiet /promptrestart

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    If you want to uninstall the update without a forced system reboot, use the following command: wusa /uninstall /kb:[id] /quiet /norestart

    Example: wusa /uninstall /KB:4023057 /quiet /norestart

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    If you want to uninstall the update and force system reboot, use the following command: wusa /uninstall /kb:[id] /quiet /forcerestart

    Example: wusa /uninstall /KB:4023057 /quiet /forcerestart

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    The use of wusa.exe is particularly useful for system administrators who wish to remove an update for a large amount of computers in a domain through login scripts or other automated methods.

    Uninstall Windows Update at Boot with Advanced Options

    Finally, if you are unable to start Windows or are dealing with a particularly stubborn update, you can boot into Windows 10 Advanced Startup to remove the update. To use this mode, please follow these steps:

    1. Open Settings.
    2. Navigate to Update & Security > Recovery.
    3. Click on Advanced Startup.
    4. On Advanced Startup screen, click on Troubleshoot.

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    Click on Advanced Options.

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    Click on Uninstall Updates.

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    On the Uninstall Updates screen, you will see two options – Uninstall latest quality update or Uninstall latest feature update.

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    In this case, quality updates stand for the monthly cumulative update. The features updates are new versions of Windows 10 such as Windows 10 May 2019 Update and October 2018 Update, which are released twice a year.

    After selecting an update to uninstall, enter your login to your Windows 10 account with your username and password.

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    Finally, click on Uninstall quality update or Uninstall feature update to remove the updates.

    Restart the computer when prompted.

    After the restart, the Windows update will have been removed.

    Hint: Don’t delete the SoftwareDistribution folder

    Even though installing updates in Windows is an easy process, the mechanism in the background that manages it all is fairly complicated. There is also a lot of misinformation on the Internet about how to deal with problems relating to Windows Update.

    One of the biggest misconceptions is that all Windows updates can be installed at once by simply deleting the SoftwareDistribution folder stored in C:\Windows. This is completely wrong. Yes, you might save some space (anywhere from 500 MB to several GB’s), but deleting the folder will not remove any installed update.

    In addition it’s a bad idea to delete the SoftwareDistribution folder unless it is absolutely required. There is a subfolder called DataStore that has a large database of all the Windows Updates available. This database will probably be a couple of hundred MBs in size. Deleting this database simply removes the Windows Update history for the computer.

    To prove this to myself, I did a test. I opened Control Panel, clicked on Windows Update and then clicked on View Update History in the left hand menu.

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    This screen just gives you a full list of installed updates with the Status, Importance and Date Installed. When we delete the SoftwareDistribution folder, this dialog will be completely empty as if you have never installed any updates. Before I show you that, click on the Installed Updates link at the top where it tells you how to remove an update.

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    As you can see, I have a couple of hundreds updates currently installed for Office, Windows, Silverlight, etc. Now if you follow the instructions below for deleting the folder, you can go back to View Update History dialog and you will see it’s now empty.

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    However, if you click on Installed Updates again, you will see that all the updates that were listed before and still listed there. This is because we simply deleted the log history of the updates and not the actual updates.

    This dialog is where you can actually uninstall an update, but only one at a time. Simply click on an update and then click Uninstall. Unfortunately, there is no way to remove all updates at once unless you use System Restore.

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    If you use System Restore and restore the computer to a previous restore point, any updates that were installed after that restore point will be gone. To remove all updates, though, you would need a restore point created right after the OS was installed. Even if a restore point was created at that point, older ones normally get deleted over time to make space for newer restore points.

    Still, if you have a lot of space allocated to System Restore, you might be able to roll back a couple months worth of updates at once.

    Once you delete the contents of the folder, you will need to revisit Windows Update via Control Panel and check for updates. The entire database will be built from scratch and you may notice that Windows shows Checking for updates for a very long time. This is because a list of every update applicable to the OS has to be downloaded again and then compared to the updates currently installed on the system.

    Delete SoftwareDistribution Folder

    In order to remove this folder, you first have to stop the Windows Update and BITS services in Windows. To do this, click on Start and type in services.msc into the search box.

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    Next, right-click on the Windows Update service and click on Stop. Do the same thing for the Background Intelligent Transfer Service (BITS) service too.

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    Now navigate to the following folder shown below and you will see several folders listed there. The main ones that we will talk about are Downloads and DataStore.


    How to uninstall all windows updates

    If you are trying to regain hard drive space only, then you should only delete the contents of the Download folder, though in theory this should not really be necessary. The Download folder actually holds all the updates that have been downloaded, but not yet installed. Once they are installed, the updates are removed within 10 days. So theoretically, that folder should shrink in size soon after you have installed all the Windows updates.

    The DataStore folder contains the database with the full Windows update history for the computer. Once it is deleted, the update history dialog will be blank like I had shown above, but all your updates will still remain. You should really never delete the DataStore folder unless you are told to do so or if Windows Update is completely corrupt and misconfigured.

    Note that you may not be able to delete certain folders and the ReportingEvents file. In the case where you can’t delete a folder, just open the folder and delete all the contents inside. For me, I got an error when trying to delete the DataStore folder, so I just went inside the folder and deleted the database file and all the other files in the folder.

    Check for Windows Updates

    If you did remove the SoftwareDistribution folder, you will want to go to Windows Update again to check for updates. It will show that you have never perform a check for updates since the update history is now gone.

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    Click the Check for updates button and be prepared to wait a while as the database is being recreated.


    So the main point here is that you cannot really get rid of all Windows Updates at once unless you have a really old restore point saved on the system. Secondly, you should only delete the Downloads folder in the SoftwareDistribution folder if you are looking to save space or simply install all the latest updates and wait 10 days to see if they are removed automatically.

    Thirdly, you should only delete the DataStore folder if something is really wrong with Windows Update like not showing any new updates for several months, etc. Hopefully, this gives you a better understanding of how Windows Update works and how the files are stored. If you have any questions, post a comment. Enjoy!

    Founder of Online Tech Tips and managing editor. He began blogging in 2007 and quit his job in 2010 to blog full-time. He has over 15 years of industry experience in IT and holds several technical certifications. Read Aseem’s Full Bio

    Mahesh Makvana is a freelance tech writer who specializes in writing how-to guides. He has been writing tech tutorials for over a decade now. He’s written for some of the prominent tech sites including MakeUseOf, MakeTechEasier, and Online Tech Tips. Read more.

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    Think a recently installed update is causing any issues on your Windows 11 PC? You can roll back the update and undo all the changes that it made to your computer. We’ll show you how to uninstall both updates and builds in Windows 11.

    In Windows 11, you get two types of updates: builds and regular updates. A build is a major update that brings new features and appearance changes. A regular update, on the other hand, patches bugs and vulnerabilities. You can remove both of these kinds of updates if you find them problematic on your Windows 11 PC.

    Table of Contents

    • Uninstall an Update on Windows 11
    • Uninstall a Build on Windows 11

    Uninstall an Update on Windows 11

    Removing a regular update (also known as a cumulative update) is easy in Windows 11. You just have to choose the update to remove in Settings and it will be removed.

    To start, open the Settings app on your PC. Do this by pressing Windows+i at the same time.

    In Settings, from the left sidebar, select “Windows Update.”

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    On the “Windows Update” page, click “Update History.”

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    In the “Update History” menu, from the “Related Settings” section, choose “Uninstall Updates.”

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    You will now see a list of installed updates on your PC. To remove an update, select it in the list and then click “Uninstall” at the top.

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    An “Uninstall an Update” prompt will appear. Click “Yes” in this prompt to continue.

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    And Windows 11 will begin to remove the selected update from your PC. When it’s done, you will be all set.

    If you decide undoing an update isn’t enough, don’t forget it’s possible to downgrade to Windows 10.

    Uninstall a Build on Windows 11

    You can uninstall builds just like regular updates but there’s a catch. You can only remove a build within 10 days of installing it. If it’s been more than 10 days, you can’t roll back the build. In this case, you will have to reinstall Windows 11 or restore a full system backup on your computer if you still want to go back.

    Note: When you uninstall a build, your personal files are not deleted, but any changes made to your apps and settings since the most recent update will be erased.

    To remove a build that has been installed within the last 10 days, open the Settings app on your PC. Do this by pressing Windows+i simultaneously.

    On the Settings screen, in the left sidebar, click “System.”

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    Scroll down the “System” page and click “Recovery.”

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    On the “Recovery” screen, next to “Advanced Startup,” click “Restart Now.”

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    You will see a “We’ll Restart Your Device So Save Your Work” prompt. In this prompt, click “Restart Now” to restart your PC.

    Tip: Make sure you save your unsaved work before restarting your computer.

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    When your PC boots back up, you will see a “Choose an Option” screen. From here, head into Troubleshoot > Advanced Options > Uninstall Updates > Uninstall Latest Feature Update.

    There, click “Uninstall Feature Update.” And Windows 11 will remove the latest build installed on your PC!

    If your issues persist even after uninstalling updates and builds, consider booting your PC into safe mode and troubleshoot the issues there.

    here is a “oneliner” to uninstall all Windows Update at once. They were deinstalled in order from the highest to the lowest KB Number which increases speed of the remove process(Latest fix first).

    And extended to deinstall a defined number of fixes

    4 thoughts on “Windows: Script to uninstall all Hotfixes and Updates”

    Thanks for this.

    The first script to uninstall all updates didn’t quite work for me. It didn’t wait for the wusa process to finish and carried on trying to do the others while one was already running.

    I fixed this by just removing the line:
    while((Get-Process “wusa” -ErrorAction SilentlyContinue).Count -ge 1)

    and adding in the following 2 lines in its place:
    Wait-Process wusa
    Start-Sleep -s 1

    So the complete script that worked for me as expected was:

    Get-WmiObject -query “Select HotFixID from Win32_QuickFixengineering” | sort-object -Descending -Property HotFixID|% <
    write-host (“Uninstalling update “+$sUpdate);
    & wusa.exe /uninstall /KB:$sUpdate /quiet /norestart;
    Wait-Process wusa
    Start-Sleep -s 1

    I replaced the part with your lines of code.

    Thank you Michael

    very very useful,
    Thanks a lot.

    Thanks for this nice article.

    Just a suggestion:
    (Select-Object -First 20) can also be used to uninstall limited number of KBs.

    When Microsoft released this month’s updates for its Windows operating system, no one could foresee the troubles it would cause some customers of the system.

    Shortly after installing the update, some customers experienced blue screen of death errors which prevented the system from booting into the operating system or even safe mode.

    Depending on how tech-savvy users are that experienced the issue, they may have managed to regain control of the system by using system restore or by restoring a backup of the system.

    The patch MS14-045 was quickly identified as the cause and Microsoft has pulled its download for the time being which means that current updates should not cause any related issues to users anymore.

    Microsoft was quick to recommend to customers to uninstall the updates (2982791, 20960028, 2075710 and 2975331) but did not reveal how that is done on the bulletin page.

    This article walks you through the uninstallation of Windows Updates in general using the two aforementioned updates as examples, and provides you with tips and best practices along the way as well.

    Removing installed updates

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    Updates can be removed in several ways. Probably the easiest option for users is to use the uninstall a program applet of the Control Panel.

    1. Tap on the Windows-key, type remove program and select uninstall a program from the list of options (
      • Windows 8 calls it add or remove programs
      • Windows 10 users may use Windows-X to open the Control Panel and select Uninstall a Program > View installed updates.
      • Windows 11 users need to select Start > Settings > Windows Update > Update History > Uninstall Updates.
    2. Click on view installed updates on the left sidebar to display all updates installed on the system. It may take a couple of seconds before the full list is displayed on the screen. Here you find all installed updates listed.
    3. Since there is no search. you may want to sort the updates by installation date. If you see installed on listed here, click on the table header to sort from newest to oldest. If you don’t see it here, right-click on the header and add it first.
    4. Locate the update “Security Update for Microsoft Windows (KB2982791)”.
    5. Right-click the update and select uninstall from the context menu. Confirm that you want to remove the update and wait for the process to complete.
    6. Depending on the update, you may be asked to reboot the PC to complete the process.

    From the command line

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    Updates can also be removed from the command line using the wusa tool. To do so, you need to know the KB (KnowledgeBase) number of the patch you want to remove.

    • Tap on the Windows-key, type cmd.exe, right-click on the result and select run as administrator. This launches an elevated command prompt.
    • To remove an update, use the command wusa /uninstall /kb:2982791 /quiet and replace the KB number with the number of the update that you want to remove

    What if you cannot boot into Windows?

    If you get a blue or black screen of death while booting into Windows or another error message, you may want to hit F8 during the boot process to display the advanced boot menu.

    Note : This is somewhat tricky on Windows 8 due to the accelerated boot process. It may be easier to use a Windows 8 disc instead if you have one and select restore from there when it comes up.

    If you can display the advanced boot options you may want to select “Start Windows using Last Known Good Configuration” first. This is only available on Windows 7 and older systems and not on Windows 8.

    It attempts to load the last configuration that the operating system booted in successfully.

    You can also try and load Safe Mode, and if you can, uninstall updates from there.

    Windows 8 users who get into the advanced boot options need to select Troubleshoot -> Advanced Options -> System Restore to recover the system using a previously created restore point.

    How to prepare yourself

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    It pays to be prepared for these kind of situations. If you have Windows on disc already you are all set and don’t really need to do anything.

    If your system shipped without disc, you may want to create a system repair disc to make sure you have a disc that you can boot into if the operating system fails to boot.

    Windows 7

    • Tap on the Windows-key, type backup and restore and select the option.
    • Select create a system repair disc from the left sidebar menu.
    • Insert a blank DVD into the computer’s DVD drive and click on create disc to start the process.

    Windows 8 or 10

    • We don’t know why Microsoft removed the option to create a system repair disc this way from Windows 8.1 and 10.
    • What you can do instead is to create a recovery drive on a USB flash drive.
    • Tap on the Windows-key, type recovery drive and select the option.
    • Confirm the UAC prompt that is displayed afterwards.
    • Click next on the first screen and select the right drive letter on the next.
    • Note that everything that is on the drive will be deleted so make sure you pick the right drive letter.

    You can boot from the system repair disc or recovery drive whenever you cannot boot into Windows directly anymore. You may need to alter the boot sequence in the BIOS / UEFI though to do so depending on how it is set up.

    Chris Hoffman is Editor-in-Chief of How-To Geek. He’s written about technology for over a decade and was a PCWorld columnist for two years. Chris has written for The New York Times and Reader’s Digest, been interviewed as a technology expert on TV stations like Miami’s NBC 6, and had his work covered by news outlets like the BBC. Since 2011, Chris has written over 2,000 articles that have been read nearly one billion times—and that’s just here at How-To Geek. Read more.

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    Windows 10 automatically downloads and installs all updates. This includes security updates, feature updates, and driver updates provided through Windows Update. This is generally a good thing, but if a driver or update causes problems you can uninstall it and block Windows from downloading it again.

    Step One: See Which Updates and Drivers Were Recently Installed

    If you’re not sure which device driver or update Windows just installed that might be causing you problems, you can view the list of installed updates. Boot into safe mode, if you need to, Head to Settings > Update & security > Windows Update and click “Update history”. You’ll see a list of updates and the dates they were installed here.

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    Step Two: Uninstall the Problematic Update or Driver

    Next, you’ll need to uninstall the offending update or driver update—but doing so is different for each.

    Uninstall an Update from the Settings App

    The option to uninstall Windows Updates (not driver updates) is buried in the Settings app. Head to Settings > Update & security > Windows Update > Update history. Click the “Uninstall updates” link here.

    This link takes you to the “Uninstall an update” dialog, where you can uninstall an individual Windows Update if it’s causing problems on your system.

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    This only lists all the updates that have been installed since the last major update, or “build“, of Windows 10. For example, Windows 10’s Creators Update, Anniversary Update, and November Update were all major updates.

    To roll back a build of Windows 10, head to Settings > Update & security > Recovery. If it’s been less than 10 days since you installed a build and you haven’t removed its files with Disk Cleanup, you’ll see a “Go back to an earlier build” option. Click “Get started” to roll back to your previous build of Windows 10. For example, if you used this option after installing the Creators Update, you’d roll back to the Anniversary Update.

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    Roll Back a Driver from Device Manager

    Drivers can be particularly problematic. If you roll back a driver or install a different one yourself, Windows Update will continue downloading and installing that specific driver over and over, overwriting your preferred driver whenever it checks for updates. We’ll talk about how to stop that in a moment, but first, let’s talk about how to roll back the driver.

    To roll back a driver, right-click the Start button at the bottom-left corner of your screen or press Windows+X and select Device Manager to launch the Device Manager. Locate the device whose driver you want to uninstall, right-click it, and select “Properties”. Click the “Driver” tab and click “Roll Back Driver”.

    The option to roll back a driver was added in Windows 10’s Anniversary Update. Previously, you had to uninstall the device from your system and delete the driver so you could reinstall the original driver.

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    Step Three: Prevent a Driver or Update From Being Installed from Windows Update

    Just uninstalling drivers or updates won’t prevent them from being installed again. There’s no way to “hide” an update or block updates from within Windows itself, but Microsoft provides a downloadable tool to do this. It’s intended for temporarily hiding buggy or otherwise problematic while they don’t work properly on your system.

    When you run this troubleshooter, it will search for available updates and allow you to “hide” them, preventing Windows from automatically installing them. In the future, you can run this troubleshooter again and unhide the updates when you want to install them.

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    Alternatively: Stop Windows 10 From Automatically Installing Updates (Not Recommended)

    If you want to temporarily prevent Windows from automatically downloading and installing any updates, you can do it without using the above tool to block updates. Set your connection as metered to prevent Windows 10 from automatically installing most updates. We don’t recommend this, though, as this will prevent important security updates from being installed.

    If you don’t want Windows touching your system’s hardware drivers, you can configure Windows to never update the drivers for a specific hardware device. You could also disable driver updates entirely and tell Windows Update to never install new driver versions.

    Last Updated on February 24, 2020 by admin 1 Comment

    Not all Windows updates always improve your PC’s performance or address issues. Although Microsoft does extensively test every update before pushing out to end-users, at times, because of the wide range of devices and third-party software out there, updates might degrade the performance and even stop Windows from booting.

    If you have been experiencing issues after installing a recent update, Windows 10 (like previous versions) offers easy ways to uninstall one or more updates. You can uninstall an update either via Control Panel or from the Command Prompt.

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    In this guide, we will see how to uninstall an update in Windows 10. These methods apply to all editions of Windows 10.

    Method 1 – uninstall an update via Control Panel

    Method 2 – uninstall an update via Command Prompt

    Method 3 – uninstall an update via Settings

    Method 4 – uninstall an update when PC fails to boot

    Method 5 – restore your PC to an earlier date

    Method 1 of 5

    Uninstall an update via Control Panel

    Step 1: Open Control Panel by typing its name in the Start menu or taskbar search box and then hitting Enter key.

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    Step 2: Click Uninstall a program to open Programs and Features window.

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    Step 3: On the left-pane of Programs and Features, click the link labeled View installed updates to view all installed updates on your PC.

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    Step 4: Finally, right-click on the update that you want to uninstall, and then click Uninstall button to remove the update.

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    Method 2 of 5

    Uninstall an update via Command Prompt

    Step 1: To uninstall an update from Command Prompt, you need to open an elevated Command Prompt. To run Command Prompt as an administrator, type CMD in Start menu search box, right-click on the search result entry, and then click Run as administrator option.

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    Alternatively, right-click on the Start button on the taskbar to open the power user menu, and then click Command Prompt (admin).

    Step 2: In the Command Prompt, type the following command and then press Enter key to view all installed updates.

    wmic qfe list brief /format:table

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    Step 3: Next, enter the command mentioned below to uninstall an update.

    wusa /uninstall /kb:updatenumber

    In the above command, replace updatenumber with the KB number of the update that you have obtained in Step 2. To get the update number, you can also refer to the instructions in Method 1 to view all installed updates and their numbers.

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    Click the Yes button when you see the confirmation dialog.

    Method 3 of 5

    Uninstall an update via Settings

    Step 1: Open Settings app by clicking its name on the left side of the Start menu or using the Windows logo + I hotkey.

    Step 2: Navigate to Update & Security > Windows Update page. Click the View update history link to see all updates installed on your Windows 10 PC.

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    Step 3: As you can see, the list shows KB number of updates, installed date, and the type of the update. Click the link labeled Uninstall updates to open the Installed Updates window of Control Panel.

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    Step 4: Finally, right-click on the update you want to remove, and then click the Uninstall button. Click the Yes button when you see the confirmation dialog. If asked, perform a reboot.

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    Method 4 of 5

    Uninstall an update when Windows 10 fails to boot

    There is a provision in recent versions of Windows 10 to uninstall the most recently installed update without booting into the Windows operating system. Refer to our how to uninstall an update when your PC is not booting guide for step-by-step directions.

    Method 5 of 5

    Consider restoring your PC to an earlier date to uninstall an update

    If the system restore point functionality is turned on, Windows 10 automatically creates a restore point before installing an update. You can make use of this restore point feature to get rid of the update that has been troubling you. More importantly, when you restore, Windows will preserve all data, but you might lose apps installed post creating the restore point.

    Please refer to our how to restore a Windows 10 to an earlier date guide for step-by-step instructions.

    Unable to uninstall windows update

    I’m trying to uninstall KB4592438 and I’m getting error An error has occurred. Not all updates were successful uninstalled”. Can you please help me out to uninstall this update.” I tried using CMD but I’m getting a similar error. Please assist.

    3 Answers

    • Sort by Created Created
    • Sort by Oldest Oldest
    • Sort by Votes Votes

    Try to reset Windows Components and uninstall again

    If still no help, try these steps:

    Boot into WinRE command prompt

    List the packages in a pending state:

    x:\windows\system32\dism.exe /image: /Get-Packages >>

    Example: x:\windows\system32\dism.exe /image:c:\ /Get-Packages >> c:\temp\packages.txt

    Open the text file where you piped get-packages. If you see any install pending patches, run remove-package for each package name:

    dism.exe /image: /remove-package /packagename:

    Example: x:\windows\system32\dism.exe /image:c:\ /remove-package /packagename:Package_for_KB4014329
    Hope this helps and please help to accept as Answer if the response is useful.
    Best Regards,

    Here’s the steps you can try.

    -Click Start, type CMD and run as administrator
    -Copy and paste each of the command below and hit enter.

    Wait until the command finishes scanning any corrupted system files then proceed with the next command.

    DISM /Online /Cleanup-Image /RestoreHealth

    Once done proceed with these steps.
    Reset Windows Update Components.

    Go to this link and download the Windows Update Agent.

    -Once you download the zip look for the folder ResetWUeng and drag it to your desktop.
    -Go to your desktop, right click on the file and run it as administrator
    -Press Y and enter to continue then choose number 2 to Reset the Windows Update components

    Disclaimer: This is a non-Microsoft website. The page appears to be providing accurate, safe information. Watch out for ads on the site that may advertise products frequently classified as a PUP (Potentially Unwanted Products). Thoroughly research any product advertised on the site before you decide to download and install it.

    Once done restart your device and try to install the update again.

    If issue persist you try the repair upgrade this will re-install the Windows without affecting your files and apps, it will repair and replace any corrupted system files.

    Microsoft releases Windows updates to help users to keep their computer systems and software up-to-date. When you are running Windows 10, the updates will be installed automatically on the computer if you don’t disable the automatic Windows Updates. Windows updates like the security patches are very important and necessary to keep your system safe from cyber attacks. However, not all the updates are useful while a few updates may cause problems such as audio problems, network failure, and even blue screen of death. To prevent those problems accordingly, you can learn how to uninstall Windows update before it breaks your computer using Windows update uninstall tool.

    A quick tip: If your existing Windows 10 PC is running the most current version of Windows 10 and meets the minimum hardware specifications it will be able to upgrade to Windows 11. But before that, you need to ensure that your PC is compatible. Can I Run Windows 11 is a free tool to help you check the compatibility.

    Here are 3 free solutions to uninstall a problematic Windows update on Windows 10:

    Solution One: Uninstall problematic Windows updates by Control Panel

    Solution Two: Roll your Windows back to the previous state with System Restore feature

    Solution Three: Use IObit Uninstaller to uninstall problematic Windows updates

    Tip: For those who want to uninstall drivers from Windows, here are 5 ways.

    Solution One – Manually remove Windows updates by Programs and Features

    Safe Mode is a special mode that can help users troubleshoot system issues especially when the problems already occurred on the computer. It allows Windows to boot only with essential system programs and services.

    Step 1: Boot into Safe Mode

    > Open Start Menu in the left bottom and click the “Power” icon, then hold the “Shift” key down while you select “Restart “.

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    > Then you’ll come to “Choose an option” screen, select Troubleshoot > Advanced options > Startup Settings > Restart

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    > After your PC restarts, press F4 or F5 when you see this screen to start your PC in Safe Mode.

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    Step 2 Uninstall Windows updates from Programs and Features

    > Press Windows key + X key to open Quick Access Menu and then select “Control Panel”.

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    > Click on “Programs” and then click on “View installed updates”.

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    > Then you can select the problematic update and click the Uninstall button.

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    Solution Two – Roll your Windows back to the previous state with System Restore feature

    If you can’t boot into Safe Mode, get no uninstall option for Windows update or have a problem identifying the problematic update, you have an alternative way to roll your Windows back to a working state by using System Restore feature in Windows 10. System Restore allows you to revert the operating system to a previous point of any stored Windows states. But you have to make sure that you have created restore points when your computer works well.

    Here you will know how to create a restore point and restore Windows system manually and automatically by reading the following tip article:

    Solution Three – Use IObit Uninstaller to uninstall problematic Windows updates

    Though system restore does not affect any of your documents, pictures or other personal data, recently installed programs and drivers might be uninstalled. Therefore, you’d better try a proper way to uninstall Windows updates and avoid any unexpected risks. IObit Uninstaller is a powerful and easy-to-use uninstall tool which offers secure and complete uninstall solutions to help users to uninstall any unwanted programs including bundleware, stubborn programs, bloatware, Windows Apps/updates, plug-ins/toolbars and etc.

    Step 1: Launch IObit Uninstaller and select “Windows Updates”.

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    Step 2: Simply click on the “Trash Bin” button to uninstall the problematic update.

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    Or you can select more than one updates to uninstall them in a bunch.

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    Particularly, you can create a restore point during the uninstalling process with IObit Uninstaller and roll back your computer in case you uninstall a useful update by mistake.

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    Simply click on the “Settings” button in the up-right corner and select “Restore”.

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    Then you’re able to restore the computer by restore point with one click.

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    Therefore, IObit Uninstaller is a good choice to uninstall a problematic Windows update. It not only offers a quick uninstall but also avoids unexpected mistakes.

    If your computer is freaking out after you installed a Windows 10 update, here’s how to uninstall the patch and return to an earlier version of the operating system.

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    Windows updates often bring bug fixes, security patches, and new features to your PC, but they can also backfire—introducing problems like performance degradation or even panic-inducing data loss. If you’re noticing some quirkiness after installing an update, you can roll it back to try and get things working again.

    There are two main kinds of Windows updates: Quality Updates and Feature Updates. Quality updates include security patches, bug fixes, and other small tweaks inside those regular “Cumulative Updates” you’ll see on the Windows Update page in Settings. Feature Updates are larger, and come every six months or so packed with new features and major changes. Each of these can be rolled back through different methods.

    How to Uninstall Quality Updates

    If a smaller Windows update has caused some odd behavior or broken one of your peripherals, uninstalling it should be pretty easy. Even if the computer is booting fine, I generally recommend booting into Safe Mode before uninstalling an update, just to be on the safe side.

    Open the Start menu, click the Power button, then hold Shift as you press Restart—that should present you with Windows’ recovery menu when your computer reboots. (If Windows won’t start up at all, you can hold the power button as your computer’s booting (Opens in a new window) to invoke the recovery menu the next time you turn it on.)

    In the recovery menu, head to Troubleshoot > Advanced Options > Startup Settings > Restart. Once your computer restarts, you’ll be presented with a list of options, and you can press the number 3 on your keyboard to enter Safe Mode.

    Once you’re in Safe Mode, head to Settings > Update & Security > View Update History and click the Uninstall Updates link along the top. Windows will present you with a list of recently installed updates, complete with links to more detailed descriptions of each patch alongside the date you installed it.

    If you can remember when your problems started happening, that install date should help you determine which update to remove. Select the update in question, then click the Uninstall button that appears above the list. It’ll take a moment, but once it’s finished, you can see if your problems persist.

    Note that once you uninstall an update, it will try to install itself again the next time you check for updates, so I recommend pausing your updates until your problem is fixed.

    If that Uninstall button doesn’t show up on this screen, that particular patch might be permanent (Opens in a new window) , meaning Windows doesn’t want you to uninstall it. I’ve heard tales of unsupported trickery (Opens in a new window) that gets around this, but I haven’t tested myself. Instead, Microsoft recommends using System Restore or a system backup to roll your computer back to a previous state. (You do have a backup, right?)

    How to Uninstall a Windows 10 Feature Update

    Smaller quality updates come to your PC on a pretty regular basis, but Windows 10 Feature Updates are different. Twice a year or so, Windows will prompt you to download one of these major versions, like the May 2020 Update. Microsoft tries to avoid issues by testing these updates on many different hardware configurations, and only rolling it out after your setup is deemed suitable. Still, problems happen, so Windows offers a rollback option.

    There’s one catch: you can only uninstall a major update within 10 days after installing it, so act fast if you think the update may have borked your system. After 10 days, Microsoft removes the old files to free up space on your hard drive, and you can no longer roll back.

    To uninstall a Feature Update, head to Settings > Update & Security > Recovery, and scroll down to Go Back to the Previous Version of Windows 10. Click the Get Started button to start the uninstallation process. If the button isn’t clickable, it’s possible your 10 days are already up, or you removed the old files with Disk Cleanup and it can no longer roll back. If you have a system backup, now would be the time to use it.

    If Your Computer Won’t Boot Into Windows at All

    If, after installing an update, you can’t even boot into Windows to follow the above instructions—even through Safe Mode—Windows should automatically attempt to roll itself back. If that fails, however, you have one final option (before restoring from that backup you definitely have).

    Hold the power button as your computer’s booting (Opens in a new window) to turn it off, then turn it back on. This should bring you to Windows’ recovery options, just like when you boot into Safe Mode. Only this time, head to Troubleshoot > Advanced Options and choose Uninstall Updates. This will present you with the option of uninstalling the latest Quality Update or the latest Feature Update, which will hopefully allow you to boot back into Windows safely again.

    It doesn’t present you with a list of recent updates the way Windows’ Control Panel does, so we still recommend trying the steps in the above sections if you can. However, if all else fails, this recovery option is a last-ditch effort.

    Like What You’re Reading?

    Sign up for Tips & Tricks newsletter for expert advice to get the most out of your technology.

    This newsletter may contain advertising, deals, or affiliate links. Subscribing to a newsletter indicates your consent to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy. You may unsubscribe from the newsletters at any time.

    Your subscription has been confirmed. Keep an eye on your inbox!

    Windows 11 updates are designed to improve security, add new features, and improve system performance. However, there are situations when the next downloaded Windows 11 update can disable the system and create trouble for you. These may be device problems, incompatibility of programs, or simply not booting to the desktop. In this case, you need to uninstall this update for a while until Microsoft fixes all its errors. Here, we have explained how to uninstall the Windows 11 updates and patches through the options, command line and when the computer does not boot.

    Method 1: Uninstall Windows 11 Updates from Options

    1. Go to Settings > Windows Update > Windows Update Log.

    2. Scroll down and click on “Uninstall Updates”.

    3. In the new window of the control panel, select the update with one mouse click and click on the “Delete” button from above.

    Method 2: Uninstall Windows 11 Updates using CMD

    Press Win + X and select Terminal (Admin). Next, press Ctrl + Shift + 2 to open a Command Prompt window. Below commands can be entered in PowerShell as well.

    • wmic qfe list brief /format:table – displays a list of installed updates.
    • wusa /uninstall /kb:5004342– remove the selected patch KB. Replace with your own.

    Method 3: Uninstall Windows 11 Updates when the PC doesn’t boot

    1. Turn off and turn on the Windows 11 PC or laptop on the button 3-4 times, reaching an error that does not boot to the desktop or the boot logo for windows 11. Thus, we will run diagnostics and automatic recovery. In the automatic recovery window, click on “Advanced options”.

    2. In Advanced Options, go to Troubleshoot > Advanced Options > Uninstall Updates .

    3. You will be presented with the option to uninstall updates:

    • A hotfix is a cumulative update recently installed to improve something that is not significant.
    • Component Update is a significant update that comes out two times a year. A kind of rollback to the previous version.


    You should be aware that not all Windows 11 updates will be removed as they are considered critical. There are, of course, workarounds, but they do not guarantee much success, and we do not recommend it as it can make it even worse. What to do?

    • Examine what the mistake is and try to fix it.
    • You can roll the system back a couple of days using a restore point when the update has not been installed.

    Hello Friends – I have reason to believe that a handful of windows updates deployed on a 1/10/2018 caused features of outlook to stop working.

    I know how to uninstall updates via command prompt – but only ALL updates. I also know how to get a list of updates installed on a paticular date in powershell but not how to uninstall those.

    Need to be able to run it on 1 machine.

    • local_offer Tagged Items
    • How to uninstall all windows updatesPowerShell star 4.7

    The Edge is Real: Harness its Force

    2 Replies

    I would install the PSWindowsUpdate module and then use the Uninstall-Windowsupdate cmdlet

    As far as identifying the updates by date you can use the Get-WUHistory cmdlet. Something like this for the last 7 days

    So the whole thing could be something like:

    This topic has been locked by an administrator and is no longer open for commenting.

    To continue this discussion, please ask a new question.

      How to uninstall all windows updates

    Wireless Mouse Options

    I know everyone will have their own opinion but I have to ask the question for my own input. Does anybody spend 100.00 on a mouse?Do you have a “go to” mouse for yourself or end users?Are you still using a trackball?Are you still using a roll ball mouse f.

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    How do you point out your boss faults in a nice way?

    I could see my department head is overwhelmed by many issues.But I feel there are a lot of things which my boss hasn’t done but should be done.If I come with long list of things that are not right, I’m concerned the spirit might be crushed for doing a ter.

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    Spark! Pro series 26th May 2022

    Today in History: 1897 – Dracula Goes On Sale The first copies of the classic vampire novel Dracula, by Irish writer Bram Stoker, appear in London bookshops on May 26, 1897. A childhood invalid, Stoker grew up to become a football (soccer) star at.

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    It Comes Down to This.

    32+ years in IT at all levels, and the job search returns this as my best matchJust wow. Way to validate my existence.

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    Snap! Microsoft Build, DuckDuckGo, Windows File Explorer, happy Geek Pride Day!

    Your daily dose of tech news, in brief. Happy Geek Pride, Towel, & Lilac Day! Not sure what that is? Then make sure to read the last story on here! You need to hear this. Microsoft shows off Windows updates at Build dev event Microsoft Bui.

    Windows updates causing problems? Here’s how you can uninstall problematic Windows 10 updates in a simple and step-by-step guide.

    Windows 10 automatically installs any and all updates automatically. Sure you can pause updates when needed but it is still limited. If you install a Windows update on day one or if there is some hardware or software incompatibility, it is very easy to screw things up. In the best case, you can log into Windows and uninstall the offending update. At worst, the system won’t boot up or goes through a boot loop.

    To make matters worse, Windows hides the update uninstallation option deep within the settings and control panel app. For most beginners or even regular users, it can be quite a task to find the required options to uninstall Windows update.

    No matter the situation, if you ever want to uninstall a Windows 10 update, follow the below steps and you will be good to go. To make things easier, I covered both situations where you can boot into Windows and cannot boot into Windows. Depending on your situation, follow the method of your choice.

    1] From the PC Settings App

    The new PC Settings app is not yet a complete replacement for the good old control panel but it works just fine. Since Microsoft moved most of the functionality from the control panel to the PC Settings app, you can use it to uninstall Windows 10 updates.

    1. First, press Win + I to open the Settings app.

    2. After opening the Settings app, go to the “Update & Security → Windows Update” page. On the right panel, click on the “View update history” button.

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    3. On the next page, click on the “Uninstall updates” link appearing at the top.

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    4. The above action will open the old control panel window. Here, find the update you want to uninstall, select it and click on the “Uninstall” button appearing at the top options bar.

    A quick tip: You can arrange the update by their installed date by clicking on the “Installed on” column.

    5. As soon as you clicking the button, the uninstallation procedure will start. Depending on the update, you might have to follow a wizard but it is pretty easy.

    6. After uninstalling, click on the “Restart now” button to reboot Windows.

    Do keep in mind that you cannot uninstall security or feature updates. You can only uninstall the latest quality update.

    2] From Command Prompt

    You can also use the Command Prompt to quickly uninstall the Windows updates. There are two main steps in this method. First, you need to know the actual update KB number. Since each update has its own KB number, you can use the KB number to uninstall the target update.

    1. First, open the start menu, search for “Command Prompt”, right-click on the result and select the “Run as administrator” option.

    2. After opening the Command Prompt, execute the below command to list all the installed Windows updates.

    3. From the list of updates, note down the KB number of the update you want to uninstall. You can find the KB number under the “HotFixID” column. For example, I want to uninstall the latest update so copied the KB number “4515871”. How to uninstall all windows updates

    4. Once you have the KB number, use one of the below commands to uninstall the target update.

    • No automatic restart (you should manually restart):
    • Automatic force restart:

    Depending on the update, you might see a warning prompt. Click on the “Yes” button to continue the uninstallation process.

    3] Uninstall Windows Updates from Safe More (Cannot Boot into Normal Mode)

    In the event you cannot boot into Windows, the above two methods won’t work. In that situation, you can boot into safe mode and then uninstall the problematic update from there.

    2. Once you are in Safe Mode, open the PC Settings app with Win + I keyboard shortcut and go to the “Update & Security → Windows Update” page.

    3. On the right panel, click on the “View Update History” button.

    4. On this page, click on the “Uninstall Updates” link appearing at the top of the window.

    5. In the control panel, window, select the update you want to uninstall and click on the “Uninstall” button. Alternatively, right-click on the update and select Uninstall.

    6. Follow the uninstallation wizard. After uninstalling, reboot Windows and you should be able to boot normally.

    Wrapping Up

    As you can see, though tricky it is fairly easy to uninstall Windows 10 updates. I hope the guide helps you. If you are stuck or need some help, comment below and I will try to help as much as possible.


    This article contains more information about the following topics that are related to the removal of Office updates:

    • The requirements to remove Office updates by using the Add or Remove Programs tool.
    • How to determine whether an Office update can be removed by using the Add or Remove Programs tool.
    • Known issue that may occur when you try to remove Office updates.
    • How to remove an update by using a Microsoft Windows Installer command.

    Some Office updates can’t be removed. Some examples include:

    • Service packs
    • Office server product updates
    • Some updates to Office shared components. In this case, the Microsoft Knowledge Base article that describes the update notes that the update cannot be removed.

    More Information

    The requirements to remove Office updates by using the Add or Remove Programs tool

    The computer that is running Microsoft Office must meet the following prerequisites to use the Add or Remove Programs tool to remove Office updates:

    Microsoft Windows Installer version 3.0 or version 3.1 must be installed before you install the removable Office update.

    • Microsoft Windows Installer version 3.1 is preferred. For more information about how to obtain Windows Installer 3.1 (v2), see Windows Installer 3.1 v2 (3.1.4000.2435) is available.
    • Windows XP Service Pack 2 (SP2) already includes Microsoft Windows Installer 3.0.3790.2180. Additionally, the 2007 Microsoft Office suites require Windows XP SP2.
    • Windows Server 2003 Service Pack 1 (SP1) already includes Microsoft Windows Installer 3.1.4000.1830.
    • Windows Vista and Windows Server 2008 already includes Microsoft Windows Installer 4.00.6001.0.

    The computer must be running Windows Vista, Windows XP SP2, Windows Server 2008, or Windows Server 2003 SP1.

    When you install either of these service packs, the Add or Remove Programs tool is updated to display Windows Installer updates under the product name.

    Removing an Office XP update requires the original installation source to be available. Removing an Office 2003 update requires the original installation source to be available if the Local Installation Source feature in Office 2003 Setup is not used.

    How to determine whether an Office update can be removed by using the Add or Remove Programs tool

    Windows XP and Windows Server 2003

    To determine whether an Office update can be removed by using the Add or Remove Programs tool, follow these steps:

    1. Click Start, click Run, type appwiz.cpl in the Open box, and then click OK.
    2. In the left column, click Change or Remove Programs.
    3. Click to select the Show Updates check box.
    4. In the Currently installed programs and updates list, click the update that you want to remove.

    If the Remove button is available, you can remove the Office update.

    Windows Vista and Windows Server 2008

    To determine whether you can use the Add or Remove Programs tool to remove an Office update, follow these steps:

    1. Click Start, type appwiz.cpl in the Start Search box, and then press ENTER.
    2. Under Tasks, click View installed updates.
    3. Locate and select the update in the list.
    4. If the update can be removed, the Uninstall option will be available in the toolbar.

    Known issue that may occur when you try to remove Office updates

    The computer meets the prerequisites, but you can’t remove an update

    This issue may occur if the computer did not meet the prerequisites at the time that the update was installed. The computer must be running Windows Installer version 3.0 or version 3.1 before you install the removable update.

    How to remove an update by using a Windows Installer

    There are some cases in which you do not have the option to remove an update when you use the Add or Remove Programs tool.

    If this issue occurs, you can remove the update by using Windows Installer 3.1. The Windows Installer 3.1 redistributable system component will install on the following operating systems:

    Microsoft Windows 2000 Service Pack 3 (SP3) and Microsoft Windows 2000 Service Pack 4 (SP4)

    Windows XP original release version, Windows XP Service Pack 1 (SP1), and Windows XP SP2

    Windows Server 2003 original release version

    Windows Server 2003 SP1 already includes Windows Installer 3.1.

    For more information about how to obtain Windows Installer 3.1 (v2), seeWindows Installer 3.1 v2 (3.1.4000.2435) is available.

    Command syntax

    With Windows Installer 3.1, you can remove an update by typing a command in the Run dialog box. For example, to remove an update, click Start, click Run, type the following command in the Open box, and then click OK:

    msiexec /package /uninstall “full_path_to_.msp_file” /qb

    When you try to remove an Office update, you may be prompted for your Office source CD-ROM.

    The following explains the placeholders for this command:

    • The product_code placeholder represents the product code GUID that is associated with the Office product that you installed an update for.
    • The full_path_to_.msp_file placeholder represents the full path of the update package (.msp file).

    The following explains the parameters for this command:

    The /qb switch: If you use the /qb switch, you’re prompted if an update isn’t removable. If you use the /passive switch, you aren’t prompted if an update isn’t removable. If you use the /qb switch, and if an update isn’t removable, you receive the following message:

    Uninstallation of the patch package is not supported.

    For example, to remove an update where the product code is “<0C9840E7-7F0B-C648-10F0-4641926FE463>“, and the path of the .msp file is “C:\Update\file name.msp”, type the following in the Run dialog box:

    To obtain the full path of the .msp file, follow these steps:

    Locate the .exe file that you used to install the Office update. If you do not have the file saved to the hard disk drive, download and then save the Office update to a folder on the computer.

    Use a file extraction utility, such as WinZip, to extract the files from the .exe update file.

    One of the files that is extracted should be a .msp file. This is the file that you must point to when you run the command to remove the Office update.

    Instead of the full path of the .msp file, you can also specify the patch GUID. For example, to remove an update where the product code is “<0C9840E7-7F0B-C648-10F0-4641926FE463>“, and the patch GUID is ““, type the following in the Run dialog box:

    The third-party products that this article discusses are manufactured by companies that are independent of Microsoft. Microsoft makes no warranty, implied or otherwise, about the performance or reliability of these products.


    For more information about how to remove Office updates that are installed by using Windows Installer version 3.0 or version 3.1, see Uninstalling Patches.

    Windows 7 reigned supreme as Microsoft’s premier computer Operating System for a good few years before it was succeeded by Windows 8. Since that is the case, when a Windows user installs Windows 7 on a computer from scratch in today’s day and age, they have the painstaking task of downloading and installing years’ worth of updates for Windows 7, with the computer constantly rebooting, ahead of them.

    Over the years, Microsoft has released hundreds of updates for Windows 7, almost all of which are extremely important, which is why it is crucial for any user who installs Windows 7 Service Pack 1 from scratch on a computer to download and install each of these updates. Thankfully, Microsoft understands just how time-consuming and tedious a task downloading all available updates for a fresh installation of Windows 7 can be, which is why the tech giant has released the “Windows 7 SP1 Convenience Rollup”.

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    The Convenience Rollup allows Windows 7 users too, with the download and installation of only one update package install every single update released for Windows 7 between February 2011 and the 16 th of May, 2016. The Rollup essentially functions as Windows 7 Service Pack 2.

    Unfortunately, Microsoft has not made the Convenience Rollup available through Windows Update, meaning that any user who installs Windows 7 on a computer will have to go out of their way to download and install the Convenience Rollup. If a user does not opt for the Convenience Rollup, the only alternative for them is to allow Windows Update to download and install all available updates one by one – an aggravatingly slow process.

    If you want to install the Convenience Rollup, you are first going to have to make sure that you have Windows 7 Service Pack 1 installed as the Rollup can only be installed on computers running on Windows 7 Service Pack 1. Once that’s out of the way, you can move on to actually downloading and installing the Windows 7 Service Pack 1 Convenience Rollup.

    Step 1: Find out whether you are using a 32-bit or 64-bit version of Windows 7

    1. Open the Start Menu.
    2. Right-click on Computer, and click on Properties in the resulting context menu.
    3. See whether the System type: field under System says 32-bit Operating System or 64-bit Operating System.

    How to uninstall all windows updates

    Step 2: Download and install the April 2015 “Servicing Stack” update

    In April 2015, Microsoft rolled out a “Servicing Stack” update for the Windows 7 Operating System. For reasons not yet revealed by Microsoft, you have to download and install this update before you can actually install the Convenience Rollup.

    1. Click here to be taken to the official download page of the April 2015 Servicing Stack update, and scroll down to Method 2: Microsoft Download Center.How to uninstall all windows updates
    2. If you are using a 32-bit version of Windows 7, click on Download the package now in front of All supported x86-based versions of Windows 7. If you are using a 64-bit version of Windows 7, click on Download the package now in front of All supported x64-based versions of Windows 7.
    3. On the next page, click on the “Download” link to initiate the download.
    4. Wait for the update package to be downloaded.
    5. Once the update package has been successfully downloaded, navigate to the location it was downloaded to, double-click on the downloaded file to run it and go through the wizard to install the update.

    Step 3: Download and install the Convenience Rollup

    1. Click here to download the 32-bit version of the Convenience Rollup, or here to download the 64-bit version of the Convenience Rollup.
    2. Wait for the Convenience Rollup package to be downloaded.
    3. Once the file has been downloaded, navigate to where you saved the file, locate it and double-click on it to run it.
    4. Go through the wizard to install the Convenience Rollup on your computer, and with it, the majority of the updates ever rolled out for the Windows 7 Operating System.
      Note: Sometimes the update might take long to install.

    Note: As stated before, the Windows 7 Service Pack 1 Convenience Rollup only consists of the updates for Windows 7 released between February 2011 and the 16 th of May, 2016. Microsoft has released a few updates for Windows 7 computers after the 16 th of May, 2016, and you are going to have to manually install these updates through Windows Update after you have installed the Convenience Rollup. Microsoft has also promised a single large update for Windows 7 computers with bug fixes and stability improvements every month, as well as a few updates for security problems and patch deployments every now and then, so be on the lookout and check for updates in Windows Update often. If you have any issues while downloading the update consult our Windows 7 updates not downloading post.

    Here’s how to save yourself from a bad Windows update

    Contributing Editor, ITworld |

    Every once in a while, you get a bad Windows update, like the one last month that caused problems with some Windows 7 machines. Fear not — here’s how to uninstall a bad one.

    How you uninstall varies slightly depending on the version of Windows you have, so I’ll show you how to do it in Windows Vista, Windows 7, and Windows 8.

    On Windows 7 and Windows Vista

    If you’ve got a Windows 7 or Windows Vista machine, click the Start button and choose Programs–>Programs and Features–>View installed updates. You’ll see a list of your most recent updates. Click the one you want to remove, click Uninstall, then follow the prompts. That should do the trick.

    If that doesn’t work, the problem might be that your computer is connected to a corporate network which is managed by Group Policy, and that won’t let you uninstall. In that case, you’ll need to ask your IT staff to solve the problem.

    Sometimes you think the problem was cause by Windows Update, but it might in fact have been caused by another problem on your system. If uninstalling Windows Update doesn’t solve the problem, your best bet is to use System Restore. To use it, get to System Restore by typing System Restore into the Window search box, pressing Enter, then clicking System Restore. On the screen that appears, select either “Recommended restore,” which is the most recent restore point, or else selecting “Choose a different restore point,” then browsing through them and choosing a different one. (Your best bet is to select the recommended one.) From then on, just follow the wizard.

    On Windows 8

    You uninstall a Windows update on Windows 8 in essentially the same way that you do on Windows 7 or Windows Vista, except that you get to the uninstall screen in a slightly different way. On the Start screen, press the Windows Key + W and in the search box that appears, type in “View installed updates.” Click the “View installed updates” link. You’ll see a list of your most recent updates. Click the one you want to remove, click Uninstall, then follow the prompts.

    As with Windows Vista and Windows 7, if that doesn’t do the trick, the problem might be that your computer is connected to a corporate network which is managed by Group Policy, and that won’t let you uninstall. In that case, you’ll need to ask your IT staff to solve the problem.

    If uninstalling the Windows update doesn’t solve the problem you’re having, there may be another issue on your system. In that case, your best bet is to use System Restore. To use it, when you’re on the Start screen, type System Restore, then select “Create a restore point.” On the screen that appears, click System Restore. A wizard launches. Click Next, and follow the wizard to go to a previous Restore point.

    This story, “How to uninstall any Windows update” was originally published by ITworld .

    Preston Gralla is a contributing editor for Computerworld and the author of more than 45 books, including Windows 8 Hacks (O’Reilly, 2012) and How the Internet Works (Que, 2006).

    The 12 Best Linux Distributions for Windows Users

    How to Turn Fast Startup On or Off in Windows 10 & 11

    How to View Devices by Connection in Device Manager

    Here Are All the Device Manager Error Codes and Solutions

    Show Your Support for MajorGeeks a Donation

    5 Ways to Open Administrative Tools in Windows 10 & 11

    How to Create a Safely Remove Hardware Shortcut in Windows 10 & 11

    How to Play Minecraft Classic For Free

    How to Check Your Available VRAM in Windows 10 & 11

    Should You Clean Your Windows Registry?

    Published by Timothy Tibbetts on 02/11/2022

    Suppose you need to remove pending Windows updates, for example, after disabling Driver Updates. Here’s how to delete pending Windows Updates, complete with a video guide.

    TIP : Hard to fix Windows Problems? Repair/Restore Missing Windows OS Files Damaged by Malware with a few clicks

    Here’s what you might be seeing.

    Open an elevated command prompt or PowerShell and type in net stop WuAuServ. This command stops the Windows Update service. Keep PowerShell or the Command Prompt open for later.

    Open File Explorer and find C:\Windows\SoftwareDistribution. We want to delete this folder, but let’s rename it to be safe. We suggest SoftwareDistribution.Old so it’s easy to find. Once deleted, Windows will recreate this folder almost immediately.

    Go back to PowerShell or the Command Prompt and type in net start WuAuServ to start Windows Updates again.

    Finally, we’d reboot and check Windows Updates to see if the pending updates are gone. If so, open File Explorer and see SoftwareDistribution next to SoftwareDistribution.Old, go ahead and delete SoftwareDistribution.Old.

    TIP : Hard to fix Windows Problems? Repair/Restore Missing Windows OS Files Damaged by Malware with a few clicks

    If you want to try and install those pending updates, try rebooting or download the Windows Update Troubleshooter and follow the prompts.

    If your problem was related to not wanting Windows Updates to download drivers be sure and see How-To Stop Windows Updates From Downloading Drivers on Windows 10.

    Most printers require that you install the latest printer driver to help the printer work well. Your driver could also be damaged if you’ve experienced power outages, computer viruses, or other problems. Downloading and installing the latest printer driver can often resolve these problems.

    Install the latest printer driver

    Here are several ways to update your printer driver.

    Windows Update might find an updated version of your printer driver. To use it:

    Right-click Start , then select Settings > Windows Update.

    Select Check for updates.

    If Windows Update finds an updated driver, it will download and install it, and your printer will automatically use it.

    If your printer came with a disc, it might contain software that can help you install drivers for your printer or it may be able to help you check for driver updates.

    Check your printer manufacturer’s support site. To find it, search the internet for the name of your printer manufacturer plus the word “support,” such as “HP support.”

    Driver updates are often available in the “Drivers” section of a printer manufacturer’s website. Some support sites let you search for your printer model number directly. Locate and download the latest driver for your printer model, then follow the installation instructions on the manufacturer’s website.

    Most drivers are self-installing. After you download one, double-click (or double-tap) the file to begin installing. Then follow these steps to remove and reinstall the printer.

    Right-click Start , then select Settings > Bluetooth & devices > Printers & scanners.

    Find the printer, select it, then select Remove.

    After removing your printer, add it back by selecting Add device. Wait for your device to find nearby printers, choose the one you want, then select Add device.

    What to do if the driver doesn’t install

    Here are some things you can do if the driver doesn’t install.

    In previous versions, the Settings app, Fax, and Microsoft XPS Document Writer were installed automatically. If you need to install Fax and XPS manually, check out the instructions below:

    Note: You’ll need to have a Windows client machine. Fax is not supported on ARM devices.

    For Fax:

    Right-click Start , then select Settings > Apps > Optional features.
    Open Optional features

    Select View Features.

    In the search box, type “Windows Fax and Scan.”

    Select the check box next to Windows Fax and Scan in the results and select Next.

    For Microsoft XPS Document Writer:

    Select the search icon on your taskbar, then type “Turn Windows features on or off” and select the Control panel option with that name.

    Find the Microsoft XPS Document Writer folder, select the check box next to it, and select OK.
    If the check box is already checked, clear it and select OK. Then reopen the Windows Features window you were just using and recheck the box to reinstall the XPS file printer.

    Select Restart now to complete the install.

    To check if the install was successful, you can print out a test page.

    Right-click Start , then select Settings > Bluetooth & devices > Printers & scanners.
    Open Printers & scanners

    Select Microsoft XPS Document Writer.

    Select Print test page.

    In the Save as type box, choose XPS Document (*.xps) and select Save.

    The file will then print to the selected location.

    If a device driver couldn’t be installed automatically, there may be an optional driver available that your printer can use. You can check by following the steps below:

    Right-click Start , then select Settings > Windows Update.
    Open Windows Update

    Select Check for updates at the top of the page.

    After the check is complete, select Advanced options, then select Optional updates.

    Select Driver updates if available.

    Select a checkbox next to a driver that’s associated with the device you’re attempting to install.

    Select Download & install.

    Note: If you didn’t find an optional driver that works for your printer, you might need to download and install the driver from the printer manufacturer’s website.

    Most printers require that you install the latest printer driver so that the printer will work well. If you recently upgraded from an earlier version of Windows, your printer driver might work with the previous version but might not work well or at all with Windows 10. Also, if you’ve experienced power outages, computer viruses, or other problems, your printer driver might be damaged. Downloading and installing the latest printer driver can often resolve these problems.

    Install the latest printer driver

    Here are several ways to update your printer driver.

    Windows Update might find an updated version of your printer driver. To use it:

    Select Start , then select Settings > Update & Security > Windows Update.
    Open Windows Update

    Select Check for updates.

    If Windows Update finds an updated driver, it will download and install it, and your printer will automatically use it.

    If your printer came with a disc, it might contain software that can help you install drivers for your printer or check for driver updates.

    Check your printer manufacturer’s support site. To find it, search the internet for the name of your printer manufacturer plus the word “support,” such as “HP support.”

    Driver updates are often available in the “Drivers” section of a printer manufacturer’s website. Some support sites let you search for your printer model number directly. Locate and download the latest driver for your printer model, then follow the installation instructions on the manufacturer’s website.

    Most drivers are self-installing. After you download them, double-click (or double-tap) the file to begin installing it. Then follow these steps to remove and reinstall the printer.

    Select Start , then select Settings > Devices > Printers & scanners .
    Open Printers & scanners

    Under Printers & scanners, find the printer, select it, and then select Remove device.

    After removing your printer, add it back by selecting Add a printer or scanner. Wait for your device to find nearby printers, select the one you want, and then select Add device.

    What to do if the driver doesn’t install

    If you double-click the installation file and nothing happens, follow these steps:

    Select Start , then select Settings > Devices > Printers & scanners .
    Open Printers & scanners

    Scroll down to Related Settings and select Print server properties.

    Select the Drivers tab, and see if your printer is listed. If it is, you’re all set.

    If you don’t see your printer listed, select Add, and in the Welcome to the Add Printer Driver Wizard, select Next.

    Select your device’s architecture, and then select Next.

    On the left, select your printer manufacturer, and on the right, select your printer driver.
    How to uninstall all windows updates

    Select Next, select Finish, and follow the instructions to add your driver.

    Follow the instructions in the section above to remove and reinstall the printer.

    How to bleach facial hair

    Hair bleach can be a cheap and efficient means to hide unwanted dark hair on your face. The best facial hair bleach for you will be one that reduces the instance of irritation, can help to soften the skin, and will provide you with lasting results. A good bleach will also not smell too strong while it’s on your skin. When buying bleach, always be sure to use a product that has been specially formulated for use on the face to avoid unnecessary irritation problems. Given hair removal alternatives, using facial hair bleach can be a painless and non-follicle damaging way to reduce the visibility of your unwanted facial hair.

    The chemicals in bleaching agents can be harsh. Many people who use facial hair bleach encounter skin irritation that results in redness and even minor pain. To help counter these potential problems, you should try to find a facial hair bleach that is made with skin-soothing ingredients, like emollients. Some facial hair bleaches are even made with aloe vera to help stop irritation before it starts.

    The scent of a bleaching agent can be strong and unpleasant to some people. If you’re a person who is sensitive to smells, or who simply would prefer not to smell the chemicals in a facial hair bleach, you can try to find a bleaching agent with a pleasant fragrance. There are also facial bleaches made with oils that can soften the skin. These might be beneficial to you if you’re concerned with your skin’s texture.

    If you want to get long-lasting results, try to look for a facial hair bleach that is capable of keeping your hair light for several weeks. Many facial hair bleaches will only keep your hair bleached for two weeks or so. Read the back of bleaching packaging to determine how long you can expect the results of bleaching to last after using a particular product.

    It’s important to understand that you shouldn’t use bleach on your face that is intended to be used on other parts of your body. The hair bleach that is formulated to be used on other body parts can be especially harsh on the delicate parts of the face. Facial hair bleach that has been formulated to be used on the facial area can reduce the instances of irritation that you would probably encounter using regular hair bleach.

    Specialty: Cosmetic, Laser, and Hair Transplant Surgery

    Dr. Jyoti Gupta is a board-certified (IADVL) dermatologist specializing in cosmetic, laser, and hair transplant surgery. She has done over 1000 hair transplant surgeries and 3000 aesthetic procedures and is renowned for using minimal combin. more

    Shaheen holds a postgraduate degree in Human Genetics and Molecular Biology. She is a Geneticist with proficiency in Biotechnology, Immunology, Medical Genetics, Biochemistry, Microbiology, and Geneti. more

    How to bleach facial hair

    Constant visits to the salon to bleach your hair can be an expensive and time-consuming affair. On top of that, constantly exposing yourself to chemical bleach can be more harmful to your skin than you think. If you are looking to ditch those chemicals, there are a few ways to lighten your facial hair naturally. In this article, we look at some of the natural ingredients from the pantry you can use to lighten your hair.

    In This Article

    5 Tips To Lighten Facial Hair

    1. Lemon Juice

    Lemon is rich in vitamin C, a nutrient widely used to treat pigmentation. It also is often used as an ingredient in cosmetic bleaching agents (1). Hence, it may help in lightening facial hair.

    You can use lemon juice as follows:

    1. Squeeze lemon juice into a small bowl.
    2. Dab a clean cotton ball with a teaspoon of the lemon juice.
    3. Apply it to your face.
    4. Leave it on for 15-20 minutes before rinsing with water. Repeat this once every day.

    Caution: Lemon juice extract can cause skin irritation. Do a patch test before trying this remedy.

    2. Turmeric

    Turmeric mixed with lemon juice can help in lightening facial hair. Lemon juice extract is rich in vitamin C that can aid in bleaching facial hair while turmeric has been used for ages to remove superfluous hair (2).

    1. Mix turmeric powder and lemon juice into a thick paste.
    2. Apply it all over your face with a cotton ball and leave it on for 15 minutes.
    3. Rinse your face thoroughly with water.Repeat two times in a week.

    Caution: The turmeric paste might leave a yellow tinge on your skin. Hence, don’t leave it on for a long time. Also, wear old clothes to prevent staining.

    3. Tomatoes

    Tomatoes are great sources of vitamin C. Tomato paste mixed with lemon juice can aid in lightening facial hair.

    1. Make a paste of tomatoes.
    2. Mix this paste well with a teaspoon of lemon juice.
    3. Apply the mixture generously to the affected areas on your face.
    4. Leave it on for 15-20 minutes before rinsing with cold water. You can try this remedy one to two times a week.

    4. Papaya

    Papaya contains an enzyme called papain. Papain extracts were found to have depilatory effects (3). The paste of papaya mixed well with lemon juice extracts can help lighten facial hair.

    1. Make a paste of papaya fruit by mashing it.
    2. Mix this well with a teaspoon of lemon juice.
    3. Apply it to the affected areas of your face and leave it on for 20 minutes.
    4. Rinse thoroughly with water. You can repeat this two times a week.

    5. Chickpea Flour

    Chickpea flour is one of the oldest used remedies for facial hair removal. The paste of chickpea flour sticks to the skin as it dries. Upon rinsing, the fine hair that sticks to the paste can be removed easily.

    1. Take two tablespoons of chickpea flour and mix it well with turmeric and water to make a thick paste.
    2. Apply it to the affected areas of your face with a cotton ball and leave it on for 15 minutes.
    3. Gently scrub with a soft cotton pad using warm water. Repeat one to two times a week.

    These are the ways you canlighten your facial hair. But why should you go for these options? Why not opt for commercial bleaching?

    What Are The Side Effects Of Bleaching Facial Hair?

    Commercial facial bleaches contain chemicals like hydrogen peroxide(4). Regular exposure to such chemicals can cause significant harm to your skin. The side effects caused by chemical bleaches include:

    • Skin irritation
    • Itchy rashes
    • Swelling
    • Redness
    • Skin discoloration

    A lot of women have facial hair. They go to parlors for bleaching procedures to minimize the appearance of facial hair. All of these chemical reactions may lighten facial hair at some point. However, keep in mind that these chemical ways of lightening facial hair might be harmful to the skin over time. As a result, it is preferable to avoid using chemicals and instead try to lighten facial hair naturally. Follow the tips discussed in the article to lighten facial hair. You may consult your dermatologist before using natural ingredients on your face. This will help avoid the risk of allergic reactions.

    Frequently Asked Questions

    Does potato juice lighten facial hair?

    Potato juice can act as a bleaching agent and lighten facial hair. For this, you need to take a slice of potato and rub it onto your skin for about five minutes. Rinse thoroughly.You can repeat this two times a week.

    Does plucking chin hair make it grow worse?

    Hormonal or genetic factors control hair growth. Hence, plucking or tweezing chin hair does not make it grow worse.

    Dark facial hairs can be embarrassing, but you don’t have to live with unsightly facial hair. Dermatologists provide permanent hair removal services, or you can try removing or bleaching your facial hair at home. Drugstores and beauty supply stores sell creams designed to bleach facial hairs, but if you have sensitive skin or prefer natural ingredients, you may wish to try a few home treatments for bleaching hair before spending money on expensive items.

    Hydrogen Peroxide

    Use hydrogen peroxide to lighten the hair on your face. You’ll need to mix six percent hydrogen peroxide with ammonia to make the facial hair bleach. The Fat Free Kitchen website suggests mixing 10 drops of ammonia with 15 grams of hydrogen peroxide to create the bleach. Apply the mixture to your dark facial hair immediately after mixing and leave it on for 20 to 30 minutes before rinsing. If the bleach does not lighten your hair to your liking, you can repeat the process the next day. Peroxide and ammonia are strong chemicals, so don’t use them to bleach your eyebrows or eyelashes. Perform a test patch on a small area of skin to make sure you won’t have a negative reaction to the bleach.

    Lemon Juice

    Make a safe and effective natural bleach for unsightly facial hair with lemon juice. The Become Gorgeous website suggests mixing lemon juice with honey to form a facial bleaching paste. Apply the paste to dark facial hairs and leave it on for 20 minutes before rinsing. Lemon juice is a mild bleach, so you will need to repeat this process to achieve significant lightening of your facial hair. If you experience redness or irritation, stop using the lemon juice and honey combination. Be sure to keep the lemon juice away from your eyes to avoid discomfort.


    Tomatoes can lighten your facial hair naturally and quickly, according to the Become Gorgeous website. Start with clean skin and rub a cut tomato half over any areas of your face that have dark hairs. Leave the tomato juice on your face for four minutes, then rinse with cool water. You should see immediate effects, but you can repeat this process until your hair reaches your desired level of lightness.


    Use the pulp from a papaya fruit to lighten the hair on your face. The I Love India website suggests mixing papaya pulp with milk to form a thick paste. Apply this paste to dark hairs on your face and massage the mixture into your skin for 10 minutes. After massaging, wait another five minutes before rinsing the paste from your skin.

    November 16, 2021, 4:40 pm

    Many of us have been there.

    Looking in the mirror, your eyes widen in frustration and disbelief. “Again?” you sigh. Enough is enough. You want to easily hide unsightly facial hair without the pain of waxing, the risk of shaving, and the expense of electrolysis.

    Or, perhaps you’re a man who is eager to experiment with the funky-bleached-beard trend before it completely disappears.

    Read on to discover how to bleach facial hair with hydrogen peroxide – safely and effectively.

    Sure, you can find bleaching kits are on the shelves of your local drug store or beauty shop. But if you already have the materials at home, and you consider yourself a relatively capable, responsible adult, you might consider a DIY version.

    What is hydrogen peroxide?

    It’s good to know exactly what it is you’ll be working with. We’ll make this little science lesson as painless as possible.

    Formally known as H2O2, hydrogen peroxide is a clear liquid that is used in many contexts. It’s a cleaning agent, an antiseptic, and yes, even a rocket propellant!

    Don’t let that scare you. It is not the same chemical as household bleach and is not harmful when used in diluted forms.

    If H2O2 comes into contact with hair and skin, it can remove the melanin, or natural color found within.

    It’s often the main ingredient in hair bleaching products.

    Eventually, the color returns, but hair and skin quality will decline the more they are exposed to the chemical. Something to remember as you handle it with care.

    How to Bleach Facial Hair With Hydrogen Peroxide

    Let’s talk about the process in detail.

    1. Clean your skin

    Be sure to cleanse the area you are bleaching before you start. Use soap or cleanser that has a pH level of 7, meaning it is neutral, not acidic or basic.

    Please note: if there are areas of broken or irritated skin on your face, delay bleaching until you’ve properly healed.

    2. Mix the solution

    It’s best to use 3% hydrogen peroxide. It’s important to dilute it so that it won’t be too harsh. To be extra careful, put on gloves before you handle the chemical.

    Combine some water and H2O2 in a glass. Mix well. Remember to avoid getting the liquid in your eyes.

    3. Test first

    Like any hair or skin treatment involving strong chemicals, it’s wise to test it out on a small, inconspicuous area before going all the way. Find a small patch of skin that is not too noticeable (i.e. inner arm) and apply a small amount of the mixture using a cotton swab.

    Wait a few minutes, then rinse well. If you have redness and irritation that lasts, there’s a good chance you need to dilute the solution with more water or find a gentler method of bleaching.

    4. Apply

    Apply the mixture to your facial hair with a cotton swab thoroughly. Leave it on for approximately 20 minutes. Some suggest going out into the sunlight during this time to boost its potency.

    Remember, a little tingling is normal, but if you have intense discomfort on the skin, remove the bleach immediately!

    5. Remove

    When your timer goes off, wash the skin well with cool water. Be sure to remove all traces of the hydrogen peroxide. Examine the altered color of your facial hair. Not light enough? Repeat the process to reach the desired look.

    6. Condition and care

    Your skin might be a little sensitive after the bleaching procedure, so it’s a good idea to moisturize and use sunscreen when going outdoors.

    Hydrogen Peroxide Beard Bleaching

    Yes, this is a thing! Fellas, if you’re dying to try it, listen up. The process for bleaching your beard is essentially the same as the steps mentioned above; wear gloves, keep your eyes safe, try a skin and even a hair strand test before you begin.

    There are a few key differences when bleaching a beard.

    • To protect your face, apply some petroleum jelly to the skin around the beard line with a finger or cotton swab.
    • Instead of using 3% hydrogen peroxide, 6% will also be safe and more effective. Mix it with ammonia for extra lightening power and apply it to your beard right away. This can be done with gloved hands and cotton pads, a spray bottle, or even a brush. It’s also wise to be in a well-ventilated room to avoid inhaling fumes.
    • You can let the solution remain on your beard for up to 30 minutes. The longer you leave it, the lighter your beard will become, but don’t go beyond this time. Remember to quit if you feel strong discomfort or pain.
    • After rinsing the beard and face well, you can apply a beard moisturizer to protect the hair.

    Bleaching Hair with Hydrogen Peroxide and Baking Soda

    Baking soda is an alkaline powder that can give your bleaching intensity a bit of a kick in the pants. Also, it’s easier to apply to your face because the baking soda forms a paste when mixed with the liquid.

    It won’t drip off as easily once applied.

    Again, this method is very similar to the one above. Make sure you blend the hydrogen peroxide and baking soda thoroughly in a glass or bowl before applying it with a brush or makeup sponge.

    Of course, be sure to completely remove when rinsing.

    Does bleaching facial hair have side effects?

    Whether you choose to color facial hair with hair bleach or hydrogen peroxide, there are a few side effects you should be aware of.

    It’s important to wash the solution off when you’ve reached the maximum time. As you know, leaving it on your skin for too long can cause lighten the skin and cause redness and irritation.

    If you’re using too high a concentration of H2O2, you may end up with a chemical burn on your skin.

    Remember to dilute, test, and rinse when you need to.

    Also, as hydrogen peroxide oxidizes the hair and follicles, it breaks down the proteins. This can result in hair that becomes broken, damaged, and brittle.

    It can even cause hair loss.

    If you’re a woman bleaching facial hair that you don’t want anyone to see, this might seem like a bonus!

    However, if you’re simply changing the color of your beard, it’s a side effect you may want to consider before starting.

    Commit to taking health and safety precautions seriously. If you experience a chemical burn on your skin or if you get the solution in your eyes, wash with cool water immediately and then consult a doctor about treatment.

    Here’s some more information about how to bleach facial hair with hydrogen peroxide and other ways to bleach with this chemical.

    Happy grooming! We hope you enjoy not only the process but the outcome of your coloring experience.

    Facial Bleaching with unnatural products is a temporary solution and can cause skin damages. But when it comes to natural bleaching, it is not harmful. Read.

    How to bleach facial hair

    Most women prefer to go to beauty parlours to get rid of facial hair that grows on the upper lip, chin, and forehead. Though facial hair can be temporarily removed with the help of a thread, one can even lighten them by bleaching. If parlours are not your cup of tea and yet you want to hide facial hair, here are five tips to lighten your facial hair naturally with home remedies from your kitchen.

    Lemon juice:

    Lemon is rich in vitamin C. It is widely used in treating pigmentation. It is also a major ingredient in cosmetic bleaching. All you need is one lemon and a cotton pad. Squeeze the lemon and dab the cotton pad in it. Apply it in the affected area and rinse it off after 15-20 minutes. Repeat the procedure daily for better results.


    Radish is rich in antioxidants and vitamins that benefits the body in several ways. The intake of radish is good for health but it is even good for the facial skin. It even acts as a natural bleach. Wash the radish well before using it. Peel it and grind to extract the juice. Apply all over the dark region and wash off after 15-20 minutes.


    Tomatoes are a great source of Vitamin C. It helps in clearing skin naturally as well as quickly. Slice a tomato into pieces and rub it all over your face, leave it unattended for 15-20 minuntes and then wash it with cold water. Immediate effects can be seen but it is better to be consistent with the procedure.

    Chickpea Flour:

    Chickpea flour is one of the most traditional ways to lighten facial hair naturally. All you need is chickpea flour and water. Make a paste out of it. Add turmeric for better results. Apply this paste on your affected areas with a cotton ball and leave it for 15 minutes. Gently scrub with a soft cotton pad using warm water. Repeat the procedure two times a week.


    Papaya contains an enzyme called papain. Papain extracts have been found to have depilatory effects. Mash papaya and mix it well with lemon juice., apply it on the affected areas and leave it on for 20 minutes. Rinse thoroughly with water. Repeat this two times a week.

    How to bleach facial hair


    • 1 Bleaching facial hair
    • 2 Bleaching the face using the cream
    • 3 natural bleaches for bleaching facial hair
      • 3.1 tomatoes
      • 3.2 Honey and lemon mixture
      • 3.3 Turmeric and milk mixture
      • 3.4 A mixture of milk and papaya
      • 3.5 Milk
      • 3.6 Methods used to remove facial hair
    • 4 References

    Bleaching facial hair

    Some women may suffer from the presence of excess hair on the face, which appears obvious when they see it, so they resort to many methods to get rid of it, such as performing sessions to remove it with a laser, or removing with traditional methods that may cause an increase in the amount of hair on the face, or by using special preparations and creams. For dyeing and bleaching facial hair, but this method causes a problem for sensitive skin or those where pimples appear, and from here it is possible to follow safe natural methods for bleaching facial hair, which with perseverance will give guaranteed and satisfactory results. [1] [2] [3]

    Bleaching the face using the cream

    A special cream can be used for bleaching the face that comes in a package that comes with oxygen, and the materials consisting of bleaching powder and creamy oxygen are mixed according to the instructions attached to the package, which is a fairly safe way, but it is better to test a small area on the body to make sure that there is no allergy to these creams. [4]

    Natural mixtures for bleaching facial hair

    As for the natural mixtures and materials that can be used to bleach facial hair, we mention here the most important of them:


    Tomatoes are considered one of the most effective substances in lightening and concealing hair color, and in this way, all you need is a small fruit of tomato so that you divide it into two halves and massage the face with it, and then leave it on your face for five minutes before washing the face with water, and repeat this process three Times a week. [2]

    Honey and lemon mixture

    The mixture of honey with lemon is one of the best natural substances that works to lighten excess hair color, just mix a simple amount of a teaspoon each of honey and lemon juice, and spread the mixture on your face and leave it for twenty minutes, then wash your face with cold water, and use this mixture twice a week. [3]

    Turmeric and milk mixture

    Turmeric has properties that act as a natural substance to remove color from hair, so that dark or black hair becomes devoid of any color and milk is added to give the skin white, and here you will need two tablespoons of turmeric with a tablespoon of liquid milk and then mix them to get a paste, then Cut the dough into small pieces and put each piece on your face and leave it for a quarter of an hour, then wash your face with water, and it is advisable not to go out of the house after applying this mixture for several hours, because turmeric will leave a yellow trace on the face. [1]

    A mixture of milk and papaya

    Use half a papaya after mashing it and add a little liquid milk to it to make a paste, put the paste on your face to be thick and leave it for ten minutes, then wash your face with cold water, you will notice that the hair color on the face is a finger lighter after each use. [5]

    the milk

    Used milk or yoghurt to Lightening face by massaging the face of any of them, and this is because they contain acids contribute to the whitening face and give him a softness, rub your face with milk or yogurt and leave for ten minutes and then wash your face with cold water, and with repeat this method three times a week , you’ll notice You got the desired result. [2]

    Methods used to remove facial hair

    It is possible to get rid of excess facial hair by modern methods, but it is somewhat expensive. If you do not have a desire to bleach facial hair, we will share with you here the most important methods and techniques used to get rid of facial hair: [6]

    • The use of a topical treatment prescribed by a dermatologist, and this case is for those who suffer from excessive and thick hair in the facial area with no imbalance in the body hormones , and this treatment is used for the face area only and may have some side effects.
    • Remove facial hair with wax, and here the face must be washed and dried before starting to remove facial hair, and then apply an amount of talcum powder to avoid irritation and redness of the face after using wax, then use a moisturizing cream after waxing and avoid exposure to the sun for a whole day.
    • Hair removal using laser and this technique must be done by a doctor or specialist, and the doctor may advise to resort to laser under certain conditions such as skin color and hair density.
    • Lightening facial hair using a dedicated cream, so that the cream is distributed on the facial hair and left for several minutes, and you can get this cream from the pharmacy, but if you are of brown skin, we advise you not to use this cream because the lightening will be clear and its appearance is not beautiful.

    When you have embarrassing facial hair, but you don’t want to shave, wax or have it removed via laser, bleaching is an effective way to minimize the appearance of the hair. In fact, using a store-bought bleaching kit is the safest way to lighten facial hair, because it is specifically formulated for the delicate skin on the face. Just make sure that you follow the bleaching kit directions carefully to ensure the best possible outcome and less noticeable facial hair.

    Use a facial bleaching kit made by a reputable cosmetics company. You can find it in the hair removal section of your drugstore, where you can choose from a variety of manufacturers.

    Spot-test the bleaching kit on an inconspicuous place before you apply it to your face. This helps you to ensure that the bleach won’t irritate your skin or cause an allergic reaction. Testing it on the more sensitive skin on the backside of your upper arm is close enough to the sensitivity of your skin, yet it won’t show if you do have a reaction.

    Apply a small amount of petroleum jelly to the area surrounding the area that you intend to bleach. This ensures that you are not unnecessarily bleaching the surrounding areas, and using only the amount of bleach that you need.

    Apply the bleach with a the small brush that comes in the kit. If your kit did not come with a brush, using an old, clean soft bristle toothbrush works well too. Brush the bleach all over your darkest hair, going in the direction of the hair growth — making sure to fully cover your dark facial hairs.

    Wait the prescribed amount of time, and watch the clock carefully. Leaving the bleach on too long could make the hair too light, or even a reddish orange in color, or it could cause your skin to become irritated. Once the time is up, rinse the bleach off with warm water to remove.

    Dry your face with an old towel, as some of the bleach could transfer to the towel and cause it to fade. Apply petroleum jelly to your face protects your lips and mouth from getting the bleach in and on them too.

    By Vandita Bhasin

    Hello everyone, so today being a cosmetologist, I will be telling you how to bleach your facial hair with the right tips and tricks for the best result.
    Okay so let’s begin !

    How to bleach facial hair

    How to bleach facial hair

    About bleaching: Well, bleaching basically lightens the hair and is an effective way to disguise pigmented facial or body hair that anyone finds unacceptable. The effect lasts up to 4 weeks.
    Cream Bleach has chemicals that lighten our facial hair. Technically it is not removal of superfluous hair but it makes it considerably less noticeable by camouflaging the hair.

    How to bleach facial hair

    Hydrogen peroxide and ammonia used in bleach formulations is a strong skin irritant. Perform a patch test on your inner arm before bleaching.

    • Removal of tanning.
    • Removal of dead skin cells (exfoliation).
    • Lightens the facial hair.
    • Brightens dull, shallow skin.
    • Removes oiliness.
    • Slightly antiseptic.
    • Reduces severity of blemishes.

    Now let’s jump into the application!

    Things you’ll need:
    • A bleach kit ( any would work depending on your skin type like VLCC, Fem, Oxy etc)
    • Hand sanitizer
    • Cleanser
    • Toner
    • Moisturizer
    • SPF
    • Lacto Calamine
    • Tissue
    • Non-metallic bowl
    • Spatula
    • Headband
    • Face pack brush

    How to bleach facial hair


    • Sanitize your hands.

    • Wear a head band ensuring only facial hair gets bleached.

    • Clean the area to be bleached with cleansing milk or mild cleanser according to your skin type.

    • Apply some toner on a cotton pad and gently dab it all over your face. Remember to dab the toner and not swipe.

    • Blot skin dry with a tissue ensuring the skin is free from any grease which would form a barrier to the hair lightening products.

    • Apply pre bleach cream before if it’s available in your kit.

    • Next, mix the cream and the activator powder in a non-metallic bowl using a spatula.

    How to bleach facial hair

    • The proportion of the cream : activator should be 7:1 . If you are bleaching for the first time make sure you add only a pinch or one and a half pinch of activator.

    How to bleach facial hair

    • Apply the mixture with a face pack brush first on the side locks, then on your upper lips, following with chin, forehead, nose area, cheeks and at last your neck. (Mild itching is normal)

    How to bleach facial hair

    • Leave it for 10 minutes and check after 7 minutes. Reapply the mixture if hair needs further lightening.

    • The duration can be increased in case the hair is coarse. Skin type and tolerance should also be kept in mind while deciding the duration.

    • Remove the bleach with spatula and wipe with moist cotton.

    • Apply the post bleach pack if it’s available in your kit. Leave it for 5 minutes and remove.

    • Apply moisturizer since bleaching tends to dry up the skin.

    • Do not expose area to sun for 24 hrs.

    Tip for sensitive skin:

    • Add a drop of lacto calamine lotion to your bleach mixture. This would help to minimize the effect of bleach and make it a little mild for your use.

    I hope you have a safe and happy bleaching! 🙂

    Bleach your facial and body hair with this simple method that I’ve found to be completely natural, inexpensive and effective.

    How to bleach facial hair
    Everything you need to Bleach your Facial and Body Hair

    Facial Hair Bleaching

    Some women may suffer from the presence of excess hair on the face, which appears clear when seen, so they resort to many ways to get rid of it, such as conducting sessions to remove it with a laser, or removing it by traditional methods, which may cause an increase in the amount of hair on the face, or using special lotions and creams.

    To dye and bleach facial hair, but this method causes a problem for sensitive skin or those in which grains appear, and from here, it is possible to follow safe natural methods of bleaching facial hair, which with regularity will give guaranteed and satisfactory results.

    Benefits of bleaching for the face for peeling

    The face has many benefits, among which we mention the following:

    1. Giving the face freshness, and this method is suitable for girls who do not pick their eyebrows and do not prefer it. Hiding the excess hair, and this method is suitable for women with light skin in particular and corny, and it is not suitable for dark-skinned women at all due to the dissonance of the skin color with the color of the blonde facial hair later on.
    2. It is also suitable for girls with very light hair, and does not suit those who suffer from excessive hair and its appearance significantly, with the presence of lighting, the appearance of thick hair will be completely unpopular.

    Side effects of bleaching the face

    Among the damages caused by bleaching the face are:

    1. The materials used in bleaching the face are dyes such as hair dyes, and chemicals are included in their composition, and some of them contain high levels of oxygen water that can cause skin irritation, burns and infections, and sometimes can cause damage to cells.
    2. Facial bleaching may harm a pregnant woman, and may cause her to have a miscarriage, as the skin absorbs these chemicals and transfers them to the fetus through the blood, which may lead to poisoning.
    3. Facial bleaching can cause burns and pigmentation of the skin, especially when going out in the sun after the bleaching process. Bleaching of the face leads to dry skin; The materials used absorb fluids from the skin and cause dryness.
    4. Facial bleaching can harm sensitive skin and cause it to have many problems.

    The right way to bleach facial hair

    • Adopting a good quality bleach for the face, and not using bleach used for hair dye.
    • Consult a dermatologist about bleaching in the event that there are some grains on the face, or for those with sensitive skin and large pores.
    • Do a sensitivity test before applying the bleach to the face by placing a little bit of bleach mixed with peroxide on the elbow of the hand, leaving it for a while, and waiting for the results for twenty-four hours.
    • Adhere to the instructions written on the blond package and not to increase the ingredients, and mix them in a proportional manner based on one amount of powder versus two amounts of peroxide.
    • Washing and drying the facial skin and distributing the blond with caution, while making sure to wear gloves, and to bleach the eyebrows first. It is preferable to define them with an eyebrow pencil in advance to follow the drawn shape with a layer of Vaseline around the eyelid and the circumference of the eyebrows to provide additional protection for the eye.
    • Distribute the blond face using a small brush that fits the areas of the face. It is preferable to use a very small brush for the eyebrows, or you can use cotton buds.
    • Adhere to the specified period, and wipe the bleach before washing it with a cotton swab.
    • Wash the face and clean it with warm water and an appropriate cleanser and soothe the skin by applying a soothing tonic to soothe the skin and close the pores.

    How to bleach facial hair

    If you’re sick and tired of having to spend time dealing with your facial hair, there’s hope! These 6 methods will give you soft and silky skin in no time.

    Softer Hair, Smoother Skin

    Facial hair is more than a cosmetic issue. It can cause irritation, ingrown hairs, and even your foundation to appear cakey or uneven. Softening facial hair is a great way to have smoother skin without dealing with the hassle of regrowth. If you want to learn how to soften facial hair, try these 8 tips from the comfort of your own home (and without shelling out any big bucks).

    Don’t Fall for This…

    Ditch the Razor

    The first and most important step in softening facial hair is to avoid shaving at all costs. It’s an old wives’ tale that shaving your hair will cause it to grow back thicker or darker, and it’s even common for some cultures to shave a newborn’s head for her to have thick, luxurious hair when she grows up. While shaving doesn’t exactly make your hair thicker, it does make it appear that way. That’s because it bluntly cuts the end of the hair, which is usually tapered and fine.

    This can give the illusion of a darker color or thicker feel, while it doesn’t change the hair follicle. If you’re looking to soften your facial hair, don’t shave. If you do want to remove it, try waxing instead. Not only will the results last longer, but the regrowth of the hair follicle will be tapered and not as coarse.

    …But Do Fall for This!

    These steps will revolutionize the way your skin looks and feels–sans facial hair!

    Have a Stellar Skin Care Routine

    Before jumping into any creams, serums, or devices, you should have a great skincare routine down. If your skin has been feeling not so soft lately, it may not be due to your facial hair. The build-up of dead skin cells, makeup, and sweat can bring down your skin’s quality. It can also make your facial hair feel thicker or more pronounced. Think of your facial hair like the hair on your head. If you never shampooed or conditioned your hair, and more importantly, your scalp, of course, you’d have some issues.

    Like your hair, you should wash your face every morning and night. Because our facial skin is more delicate, opt for a cleanser that’s paraben and fragrance-free. Follow it up with a toner to minimize your pores and a moisturizer to lock in your skin’s natural oils. A good skincare routine will also help exfoliate and loosen hairs, which is helpful for removal.

    Opt for a Face Cream

    One of the most popular options to soften facial hair is to use a cream. These creams, made by famous companies like Nair or Veet, have a gentle chemical agent that actually dissolves the hair follicle above the skin’s surface. This formula, which is made to be gentler than the one you would use on your legs, is great for softening facial hair or completely removing it.

    Consider Bleaching

    Another popular option to soften the appearance of facial hair is by using a bleaching cream. If you have especially dark or stubborn facial hair, bleaching can be a lifesaver. For one, the results will last a very long time. For the entire duration of the follicle’s life cycle, it will remain light in appearance. The hair will blend in naturally with your skin, making it almost invisible. If you can’t beat your facial hair…work with it!

    There are some downsides to this method, however. For one, it can cause tingling, burning, or discomfort when you apply the formula to your skin. In some cases, it can even burn your skin. It also can cause your facial hair to feel more coarse or dry, which may be a downside if you’re looking for smoother skin.

    Try Electrolysis for Permanent Results

    The most effective method in dealing with facial hair is electrolysis. Before, electrolysis was a high-tech treatment enjoyed by the likes of celebrities or plastic surgery connoisseurs. You can still receive in-person electrolysis treatments today, and many do. However, if you’re looking to minimize or soften a small amount of facial hair gently, you can complete these treatments at home. Several companies manufacture at-home, FDA-approved devices that offer electrolysis on a smaller scale.

    The results aren’t instant, but after the first treatment, you’ll see that your hair will be finer and lighter in appearance. With several treatments, you can permanently inhibit hair growth on your face, underarms, or legs. If regular maintenance is not your thing, you might consider taking the time for some electrolysis treatments so you can permanently put an end to unsightly facial hair.

    Ask Your Stylist

    If you’re having a problem with your facial hair, how about letting it be someone else’s problem? Many women today seek out the services of eyebrow threaders, lash artists, and of course, hairstylists. Many of these professionals also offer services to soften or remove facial hair using professional equipment.

    You can save time and hassle by asking your stylist to treat your facial hair while getting your eyebrows or lashes done. If you’ve ever been hesitant to try waxing, most people find it more comfortable to let an experienced professional do it!

    How to Soften Facial Hair

    The trick to softening facial hair is to work with it. Simply shaving or waxing the hair is not only painful but is only a temporary fix. While electrolysis is one of the most effective methods to deal with facial hair, it’s also expensive (and not without side effects). Creams, including lightening creams, have been the most tried and true of the methods out there, but their results are short-lived.

    Determine what results you’re looking for and how much maintenance you’re willing to do. Bleaching, for example, is a great option for those who want their results to last as long as possible. On the other hand, electrolysis is an equally attractive option, especially since it’s permanent and can be done at home. Whatever method you use, make sure it’s safe and backed by research.

    Looking to make a drastic style change and turn your locks platinum? The only way to achieve white-blond strands is with hair bleach. At-home hair bleaching may intimidate the hair color newbie, but with the right tools lightening your hair yourself isn’t just possible, it’s easy.

    But with so many hair bleaching products on the market, finding the right bleach for your mane can be a challenge. To go blond safely and successfully, you need to find the right strength formula at the right price. If you’re feeling overwhelmed by all the options, we’re here to help.

    How to bleach facial hairHow to bleach facial hair

    How do hair bleaching products work?

    During the process of bleaching, hair cuticles swell, which allows oxidation to occur. The oxidation process gradually removes the hair’s pigment, resulting in a lighter color. The longer you keep bleach in your hair, the more pigment is removed. The strength of the hair bleaching product’s developer affects the speed of the bleaching process.

    Bleaching changes the porousness of your hair strands, making it seem as if a texture change has occurred. Hair may appear more voluminous and is often easier to style after bleaching.

    Too much bleaching, though, can damage your hair. If hair is too porous, it doesn’t just absorb moisture, it loses it quickly as well, making hair dry and brittle. Using the wrong developer strength also increases the amount of damage done to your hair.

    What you should know before you bleach your hair

    Before you don protective gloves and start bleaching, there are a few things to consider.

    Bleaching is not hard to do, but it’s also easy to mess up. It requires patience. You may not get your hair to look exactly right on the first round of bleaching.

    It’s much easier to bleach hair that has not been chamically treated than it is to change already dyed hair. The lighter your natural hair color, the easier it will be to make the change to blond. Since it takes longer to go blond if you’ve got darker hair, you should expect more damage as a result.

    Bleaching your hair will cause it to dry out, considerably. Have a deep-conditioning hair mask on hand to liven up your locks post-treatment. Bleach will also damage your hair. Be prepared to give your locks extra TLC post-bleaching.

    After bleaching, it won’t take long for dark roots to show. Going platinum requires a lot of upkeep. Returning to your original hair color won’t be hard, but getting back to blond again will be tougher.

    Keep in mind that the hair bleaching product that works for one person won’t necessarily work for you.

    Bleaching the hair will lighten their color, thus making them less noticeable. This article explains about how to bleach facial hair. Read on…

    Some of us have unwanted facial hair. These hair can lead to problems and can hamper the beauty of the face. Most of us opt for removing this facial hair, but even after removing, there are chances of the hair growing back again. Hence, it is not a very feasible longer term option. The other solution is bleaching. Bleaching lightens the color of the hair and this makes them less noticeable. Bleaching hair naturally is a better option than removing the hair altogether. As, after the removing the hair, they can grow again at a much faster rate. Below, I have mentioned a few methods to bleach facial hair which will be helpful. You may also like to know more on skin bleaching methods.

    How to Bleach Facial Hair Naturally

    Facial bleach kit

    Before you bleach you face, make sure that it is clean. Wash your face with a mild cleanser and then pat it dry.

    According to the directions mentioned on the package, mix bleach powder and activator cream. After mixing, the mixture should appear white in color. Also, it should be consistently thick.

    This cream should be applied to the area of the face which you want to bleach. The cream should be applied with the bleaching spatula which comes along with the bleaching kit. The layer which you apply should be thick. Apply the cream in such a way that all the unwanted facial hair is covered.

    After a few minutes, wipe away the bleach. The amount of time for which the bleach should be kept on the face will be mentioned on the package. You can make use of the spatula for wiping away the bleach.

    If the color of the facial hair does not change to the desired color, then you can again apply the bleach cream and follow the same procedure.

    After the desired color is obtained and if the hair has lightened enough, you can wash off your face with warm water. After you have washed your hair, dry it with a cotton towel. Check if the hair has lightened enough. In this way, you can bleach facial hair at home.

    Bleaching cream contains strong chemicals which can have an adverse effect on your skin. Hence, before you bleach your facial hair, perform a test patch. After performing the test patch, wait for 24 hours. If, it does not show any adverse reactions, then you can bleach your hair. If any adverse reaction is observed, then it is better if you avoid bleaching the facial hair. Read more on how to bleach skin.

    How to Bleach Facial Hair With Hydrogen Peroxide

    Cut the rhubarb in small pieces and place them in a pot. Add water to this pot. The level of the water should cover all the rhubarb. Then, allow the rhubarb to boil for 30 to 40 minutes. Strain this and put this liquid in a bottle.

    After that, mix hydrogen peroxide and lemon juice in a container. and then add lavender oil to this mixture. Add this mixture to the bottle containing the liquid of rhubarb and place this bottle in the refrigerator.

    Whenever you want to bleach facial hair, wash your face clean and then, apply this liquid to your hair. Make sure that you apply this liquid evenly over the hair which you want to bleach. After it dries, you can wash it off. Repeat this procedure regularly to lighten the facial hair. You may also like to know more on bleaching skin naturally.

    You can also go through our articles on:

    Bleach Ingredients – Active Ingredient in Bleach

    How Does Bleach Work

    After reading the article, I guess all of you’ll know how to bleach facial hair. Though the process of bleaching is simple and does not require much time, its regular usage can have an adverse effect on the skin.

    1. How to Dye Sideburns
    2. How to Whiten Beards
    3. How to Use a Toner When Coloring Hair
    4. How to Make a White Beard Whiter
    5. How to Get Rid of the Gray in Beards

    How to bleach facial hair

    Kevin Winter/Getty Images Entertainment/Getty Images

    In a world of highlights and ombre hair, bleached hair still manages to make a bold statement. If you bleach your hair, you’ll want to dye that hard-earned beard to match. The hair on your face requires a more sensitive bleaching process than the hair on your head, as facial skin is more easily irritated. Commit to the bleaching process and lighten your beard at home.

    Pick up a quarter-sized amount of petroleum jelly, and smooth it over the skin that is next to your beard on your face and neck. This will protect it from being tinted or dried out by the bleach.

    Place a sheet of newspaper on a flat surface and set a plastic bowl on top of it. Pull on a pair of rubber gloves, and mix the bleach and developer together in the bowl. Use a bleach that is safe for the face, and follow the directions on the packaging.

    Dip a color brush into the bleach, and brush it over your beard. Coat your beard once, as bleach is very strong and typically removes color with one application.

    Leave the bleach on your beard for the minimum amount of time indicated on the packaging. Look into the mirror to see if the hair has lightened to the desired shade. When it has, use your rubber gloves to expose the root of the hair and brush a thin layer of bleach onto it. Let the bleach process for the maximum amount of time indicated on the packaging.

    Rinse your beard with warm water until the water runs clear. Coat your beard in the provided toner, and allow it to sit for 20 minutes. Toner will remove any orange or yellow tones from the beard while helping to condition the hair.

    Rinse the toner from your beard with warm water. Soak a cotton cloth in warm water and use it to wipe the petroleum jelly from your skin.

    Go light the right way.

    February 18, 2022

    Whether you want to get blonde hair, indulge in the icy hair trend or try a fun pastel hair color, one thing’s for certain — getting a lighter hair color will require using hair bleach. If you prefer to color your hair at home as opposed to visiting the salon, it’s essential to know how to bleach hair properly to get your desired results.

    Luckily, bleaching hair at home is easy with the right at-home bleach kit. Keep reading to learn how to bleach your hair on your own — and the best L’Oréal Paris bleach products you can use to do it.

    What You Need to Know Before Bleaching Your Hair

    If you’re looking to take the plunge and go blonde or try a trendy shade like lavender hair , it’ll take patience. Depending on how dark your starting color is (your base color), it could take multiple sessions for you to achieve your desired hue. And if you want to make a seriously drastic change — like going from dark brown hair to platinum blonde — it may be a good idea to visit a professional colorist, as this could take quite a bit of work and skill to achieve.

    That being said, you can learn how to bleach your hair at home with the right know-how. Keep reading to learn what to do.

    How To Bleach Your Hair At Home

    Now that you’re a bit more aware of what your hair transformation will require, it’s time to dive into the actual process.

    First things first, grab a hair bleaching kit. Sticking with a kit will make things simple, as it will include everything you need: bleach powder, developer, gloves and instructions. Speaking of instructions, be sure to follow the ones in your kit and note that they will differ a bit from product to product.

    A general breakdown of how bleaching your hair works is as follows: First, you’ll mix together bleach and developer, then you’ll brush the mixture onto your hair, being careful not to get it on your skin or clothes (we recommend wearing something no longer in your outfit circulation).

    After applying, the bleach should be left on your hair for typically somewhere between 15 and 30 minutes. How long bleach is left on hair can vary depending on your starting color, the product you’re using, the volume of your developer and whether your strands have been bleached before.

    Once the bleach is ready to be rinsed out, you’ll need to shampoo and condition your mane. Most bleach kits come with an extra nourishing conditioner, so make sure to slather your strands with that. Rinse once more, then wait for your strands to dry to see your amazing results.

    After your strands are bleached — if you want a hair color besides blonde — follow up with the color of your choice. You may need to wait between bleaching and coloring if you’re using a permanent hair color.

    We recommend consulting with a professional via the L’Oréal Paris Hair Color Concierge . They can answer questions regarding how long you need to wait to color after bleaching, give you recommendations about which hair bleach may suit you best, as well as which hair color kit to use after you’ve lightened your strands.

    Our Best Bleach For Hair

    Looking for the best bleach for hair? Try one of our favorite hair bleach kits below.

    L’Oréal Paris Féria in Hyper Platinum Advanced Lightening System Bleach : Ideal for those starting with darker base colors, this hair lightening system can lift up to eight levels without compromising your hair’s health.

    L’Oréal Paris Super Blonde : This bleaching kit can lighten dark brown and medium brown hair. With its advanced super-lightening action, it delivers smooth, even blonding from root to tip and lightens natural or color-treated hair in one simple step.

    L’Oréal Paris Colorista Bleach All Over : This hair bleach is designed to work on dark blonde, light brown, and medium brown hair. The kit contains a developer crème, bleaching powder, lightening crème, anti-brass conditioner, gloves, and an instruction sheet.

    Editor’s tip: If you’re leaving your hair blonde, you may want to tone your hair after bleaching. Be sure to use an at-home hair gloss once a week to get rid of unwanted brassiness. We love the L’Oréal Paris Le Color Gloss OneStep In-Shower Toning Gloss for a deep conditioning treatment that boosts color and shine — no gloves or mixing necessary.

    Photography: Chaunte Vaughn, Senior Art Direction: Melissa San Vicente-Landestoy, Senior Visual Designer: Hannah Packer, Associate Creative Producer: Becca Solovay, Makeup Artist: Jonet Williamson, Hair Stylist: Akihisa Yamaguchi, Wardrobe Assistant: Victoria Ochoa, Digital Tech: Kyle Thompson, Model: AnnChristine Velazquez

    Do you have facial hair? Does that make you feel embarrassed when you are with your friends? Facial hair is one of the biggest problem areas when it comes to looking our absolute best. It makes one look unpleasant and definitely not feminine.

    So, what can you do to lighten your facial hair? Well, there are certain natural ways that can help you with it! Want to know them? Go ahead with your read!

    How To Lighten Facial Hair Naturally – 5 Simple Ways:

    Given here are the natural ways to lighten facial hair!

    1. Honey And Lemon:

    Honey is a popular natural hair lightening ingredient. It bleaches your facial hair very gently. It also hydrates your skin. Honey is ideal for all skin types since it contains natural pH balancing properties.

    • 2 tablespoons of organic honey
    • 1 teaspoon of lemon
    1. Add both the ingredients in a bowl and mix them well.
    2. Then apply it all your face with a face pack brush or your fingers.
    3. You could also wet your face with water to help in the better absorption of the natural ingredients.
    4. Leave the pack on your face for good 15 to 20 minutes and then rinse it off.

    This natural facial hair lightening mixture works really well as the traces of hydrogen peroxide in organic honey act as a gentle lightening agent. When combined with lemon, which has great portions of vitamin C, it doubles up the benefits of lightening facial hair.

    2. Wild Turmeric:

    Wild Turmeric has been used as a facial hair lightening agent from the ancient times. Regular application of wild turmeric naturally lightens color pigments in your hair, making your hair appear lighter naturally!

    • 2 tablespoons of wild turmeric
    • 1 tablespoon of milk
    1. Take both the ingredients and mix them into a fine paste.
    2. Apply it all over your face and leave it for 15 minutes.
    3. Then rinse your face with water and pat dry.

    You might notice a light yellow tint to your skin due to the staining properties of turmeric. Therefore, apply this face pack on weekends or days when you are at home.

    3. Lemon:

    Lemon can bleach your facial hair faster with its skin bleaching properties. As it works pretty fast, it may cause a little irritation. So, you should always try a patch test behind your ears before applying it to your face.

    • 1 and half tablespoon of Lemon juice
    • 1 teaspoon of sugar
    1. Mix both the ingredients and massage it like a scrub all over your face.
    2. Then, leave it for 5 to 10 minutes and wash it off.

    4. Chickpea Flour:

    A chickpea flour pack helps in exfoliating your facial skin by removing dead skin as well as unwanted hair. The added benefit is that it also lightens your skin tone along with lightening facial hair.

    • 2 tablespoons of chickpea flour
    • 1 tablespoon of milk or cream
    • 1 teaspoon of turmeric
    1. Take all the ingredients and mix them into a fine paste.
    2. Apply it all over your face and leave it for 15 minutes.
    3. Then, gently scrub it with a soft facial pad or a cloth dipped in light lukewarm water.
    4. Alternatively, you could also add a teaspoon of yogurt or rose water to this mixture to moisturize your skin.

    5. Papaya And Milk:

    Papaya deeply nourishes the skin as well as bleaches your facial hair. This recipe is very gentle. And this pack suits all the skin types.

    • 2 tablespoons of mashed papaya
    • 1 teaspoon of milk
    1. Add both the ingredients in a bowl and mix them well.
    2. Then apply it over your face with a face pack brush or your fingers.
    3. Leave the pack on your face for good 15 to 20 minutes and then massage it with wet fingers before rinsing it off.

    Facial hair can really spoil the way you look.

    Now stop wondering on how to lighten facial hair naturally and apply the above mentioned ingredients regularly to notice good results. The effect might differ with your hair color. If you have dark black hair, you might notice results a little later than those with lighter facial hair.

    Hair bleach can be a cheap and efficient means to hide unwanted dark hair on your face. The best facial hair bleach for you will be one that reduces the instance of irritation, can help to soften the skin, and will provide you with lasting results. A good bleach will also not smell too strong while it’s on your skin. When buying bleach, always be sure to use a product that has been specially formulated for use on the face to avoid unnecessary irritation problems. Given hair removal alternatives, using facial hair bleach can be a painless and non-follicle damaging way to reduce the visibility of your unwanted facial hair.

    The chemicals in bleaching agents can be harsh. Many people who use facial hair bleach encounter skin irritation that results in redness and even minor pain. To help counter these potential problems, you should try to find a facial hair bleach that is made with skin-soothing ingredients, like emollients. Some facial hair bleaches are even made with aloe vera to help stop irritation before it starts.

    The scent of a bleaching agent can be strong and unpleasant to some people. If you’re a person who is sensitive to smells, or who simply would prefer not to smell the chemicals in a facial hair bleach, you can try to find a bleaching agent with a pleasant fragrance. There are also facial bleaches made with oils that can soften the skin. These might be beneficial to you if you’re concerned with your skin’s texture.

    If you want to get long-lasting results, try to look for a facial hair bleach that is capable of keeping your hair light for several weeks. Many facial hair bleaches will only keep your hair bleached for two weeks or so. Read the back of bleaching packaging to determine how long you can expect the results of bleaching to last after using a particular product.

    It’s important to understand that you shouldn’t use bleach on your face that is intended to be used on other parts of your body. The hair bleach that is formulated to be used on other body parts can be especially harsh on the delicate parts of the face. Facial hair bleach that has been formulated to be used on the facial area can reduce the instances of irritation that you would probably encounter using regular hair bleach.

    We list down the dos and dont’s of bleaching your face. Read on!

    Written by Tania Tarafdar | Updated : February 25, 2016 10:08 AM IST

    When it comes to covering facial hair, many opt for skin bleaching. While bleaching can certainly lighten your facial hair, there are certain dos and don ts you should keep in mind before you bleach your skin. Whether you get it done at a salon or do it on your own at home, make sure you remember these points. Also, read this before you try any facial hair removal technique.


    Use a mild bleach cream

    Also Read

    • Frequent bleaching of face is not recommended: Know why
    • Get rid of unwanted facial hair with these chemical-free home remedies
    • 4 natural remedies to get rid of facial hair at home during lockdown

    Not all bleaching creams are safe for use. Many contain the compound sodium hypochlorite which can cause a chemical reaction on your skin and lead to breakouts. According to skin specialist Dr Shefali Trasi Nerurkar, Using a mild bleach cream once a month is safe for the skin but if you buy a bleach which is strong, restrict it to once in two months. Also, read this before you bleach your back.

    Do a patch test

    Do not skip the patch test as you may be allergic to the bleach you use. Some bleach can also leave permanent spots on your skin. Before using the product, do a patch test on your elbows and see if your skin reacts to the product.

    Read the instructions

    Before applying the bleach read the instructions first. Make sure that you do not add a lot of bleach with the hope that your skin will become fairer. Check the quantity of the bleach you mix as too much of it can cause adverse reactions.


    Avoid bleaching on dry or sensitive skin

    Avoid bleaching if you have sensitive, dry or pigmentation on your skin. Bleaching can also lead to dermatitis if your skin is sensitive or if you are allergic to bleach says well-known dermatologist Dr Jaishree Sharad.

    Don t bleach too often

    Don t bleach too sparingly. You should not go for it more than once in a month. You may think that bleach can lighten the hair on your skin and camouflage it but it cannot make your skin fairer. The bleach makes your hair colour match your skin tone and make the hair unnoticeable.

    Do not go out to the sun after bleaching

    Do not over-do it and expose your skin to the sun after bleaching at least for an hour or two. Even if you do, ensure that you apply ample sunscreen before you step out. Also, ensure that you do not use any other skin product after bleaching your skin. Here’s how you can choose the best sunscreen.

    There are various cultural viewpoints on body hair. In some places, shaved legs are the norm for females, while in others, leg hair on a woman is seen as attractive. Throughout the world, however, most people see female facial hair, such as wisps under the chin or hairs on the upper lip, as unattractive or freakish, as evidenced by circuses promising bearded ladies. According to writer Victoria Sherrow, this universal disgust has to do with facial hair making a woman look masculine; a mustache on a female’s upper lip is a prominent symbol of a woman not fitting within defined gender norms. Sherrow posits that our reaction to female facial hair may be something of an evolutionary throwback to our need to procreate: Since the woman no longer has the smooth, hairless skin of a child, she may be too old to mate [source: Sherrow].

    Regardless of why we’re turned off by female facial hair, it’s impossible to deny that its presence concerns many women. While a woman can take a day off from shaving her legs and wear a concealing pair of jeans, facial hair is front and center, prominent to anyone she comes in contact with. There are many removal methods for facial hair, including tweezing, waxing and shaving. Shaving a mustache, however, may not reassure a woman concerned about her femininity, and many women are erroneously convinced that shaving these hairs will make them grow back thicker and coarser. While that’s not true, women may not like the sensation of stubble as the hair grows back. Tweezing and waxing can be extremely painful. For these reasons, many women turn to bleaching to take care of a little hair on the lip. Is this method effective?

    Item 01 (Current Slide)



    How to bleach facial hair


    Smooth, no-drip formula mixes fast and easily. Consistent results every time. Gentle formula with comforting Aloe Vera Sweet almond scent. Kit Includes: Creme Bleach, Baking Soda Activator, Mixing Tray, Applicator and Complete Instructions in English and Spanish. Dermatologist tested and Salon tested.


    Wash face gently with soap and cold water. Pat dry.

    USING THE ML SCALE on the mixing cup, pour powder activator up to the 5 ML line.Squeeze CREME HAIR BLEACH FOR FACE into mixing cup, filling to the 15 ML line. Use the spatula to level the creme. (Now you have the right proportion of two parts bleach to one part activator!) Cap tube and bottle tightly.

    Use the enclosed applicator to thoroughly blend the activator and creme bleach. You are now ready to bleach. Never mix creme bleach and activator until you’re ready to begin treatment. Always discard any unused mixture after treatment.

    Wash cup and applicator after each use.With applicator, apply thoroughly blended mixture onto area to be bleached. Be sure to only cover all hair you want lightened.

    Leave mixture on face for 8 minutes; use applicator to remove mixture from one small area. If hair is not completely bleached, apply more mixture over area and wait 5 more minutes.

    Wash mixture off your face with cool water. Dry thoroughly.

    Does Sally Hansen creme hair bleach work?

    So easy to use and works really well! I use this on my face and even to lighten the hair on my arms. I have VERY dark and and prefer not to shave my arms. I use this [product: sally – hansen -extra-strength- creme – hair – bleach -for-face-&-body] to bleach my “lady stache”.

    How do you use Sally Hansen face bleach?

    HOW TO APPLY Wash face gently with soap and cold water. USING THE ML SCALE on the mixing cup, pour powder activator up to the 5 ML line. Use the enclosed applicator to thoroughly blend the activator and creme bleach . Wash cup and applicator after each use .

    Is bleaching good for facial hair?

    Bleaching facial and body hair is considered a hair removal method even though it doesn’t actually get rid of any hair . However, it’s made to remove the dark pigment of hair and color it to a light shade of blonde. It’s a good option for those who don’t like the look of the hair and really don’t mind the feel of it.

    How long do you leave Sally Hansen facial hair remover on?

    What is the best facial hair bleach?

    Best Sellers in Hair Bleaching Products #1. Jolen creme bleach pot 30ml. Jolen Creme Bleach Original Formula 125ml. Jolen Creme Bleach Plus Aloe Vera, 1.2 oz. Sally Hansen Creme Hair Bleach for Face (2 Pack) Jolen Creme Bleach , Original Formula – 4 oz. Sally Hansen Creme Bleach Xtra Strength Face & Body (2 Pack)

    Can I shower after bleaching body hair?

    Once you’re finished lightening your hair , take a clean washcloth and wipe off the bleached area. You can also hop in the shower quickly to rinse off if you prefer. Peroxide isn’t harmful for your skin, but it may dry it out over time. Apply a nourishing lotion to rehydrate your skin.

    How do you mix bleach and activator?

    Application: Mix well the Bleach Cream with Powder Activator in the ration of 10g (big spoon) to 1g (small spoon). Apply the bleach to the face. After washing the bleach , apply the Insta Post Herbal Bleach Post Bleach Pack on your face.

    Does Sally Hansen Bleach expire?

    Do Sally Hansen products have an expiration date? Expiration dates are clearly printed on a product package, when applicable, as required by law. An expiration date confirms the presence of an active ingredient and provides the date after which the product will not perform as indicated.

    Is face waxing better than bleaching?

    Though more prevalent after shaving, ingrown hairs can also occur after waxing as well. In terms of preventing ingrown hairs, bleaching is superior to waxing . In summary, bleaching facial hair is an excellent way to hide it, particularly if it’s not so long.

    Is bleaching upper lip hair safe?

    Bleaching any upper lip hair will instantly minimise its appearance on light skin tones. This method is super-effective in 10 mins flat; however, it isn’t for everyone. “I have read that that is definitely a possible complication with hair bleaching .

    How can I permanently whiten my skin naturally?

    How to lighten skin tone? 14 skin – whitening beauty tips to lighten your skin tone naturally ! Get enough sleep. Drink enough water. Wear sunscreen even when indoors. Moisturize your skin . Massage your face with olive oil and honey. Facial steam. Use cold rose water. Exfoliate your skin .

    What is the best product for removing facial hair?

    Below, the best hair removal products you can use at home. Best Overall: Dermaflash Luxe Anti-Aging, Exfoliation & Peach Fuzz Removal Device. Best for Upper Lip: Finishing Touch Flawless Hair Remover . Best for Facial Hair : Bliss Poetic Waxing At Home Wax Kit. Best Budget: Sephora Collection Level Setter Razors.

    What is the best cream to remove facial hair?

    Top 10 Best Facial Hair Removal Creams 1 – Olay Smooth Finish Duo Facial Hair Removal Cream. 2 – Avon Skin So Soft Facial Hair Removal Cream . 3 – Veet Gel Hair Removal Cream for Sensitive Skin. 4 – Salley Hansen Hair Removal Cream for Face and Body. 5 – Jolen Cream Bleach For Facial Hair Removal. 6 – Liberex Unisex Hair Removal Cream.

    What is the best facial hair remover for sensitive skin?

    The 6 best facial hair removal creams Nair Hair Remover Face Cream. Sally Hansen Crème Hair Remover. Boots Smooth Care Hair Removal Cream . Veet Face Cream. Acorelle Hair Removal Cream. Avon Moisturising Facial Hair Removal Cream.

    Dying your beard white can significantly change your appearance and many people do it mainly for two reasons. If you are concerned about gray patches appearing on your facial hair, you can consider dying whole of it white. Additionally, wearing a white beard during the Christmas holiday is something fun if you want to play the role of Santa or Father Christmas. However, dyeing your beard white if it is all-natural black can be a complicated process. All the same, you can achieve awesome results if you follow certain steps. As such, read on to learn how to dye your beard white.

    Table of Contents

    Steps How To Dye Your Beard White

    Bleach Your Beard

    If you have a black beard and you want to dye it white, then it is crucial to bleach it first. However, bleaching takes a couple of days to enable the hair to recover before you dye it. Additionally, you should know that beards are coarser than scalp hair and the other thing is that facial skin is sensitive than the skin on our scalp. Therefore, you should choose the right product for bleaching your facial hair and follow the instructions for each product.

    Choose The Right White Beard Dye

    Before you dye your beard white, it is essential to choose the right dye. You can choose between permanent or temporary dye but if you bleach your beard, it will be good to go for permanent dye. A temporary spray or dye is safe than box dyes but you may not achieve the desired white color. All the same temporary dyes are not invasive and you can use them whenever you want and they are easy to remove.

    Dye Your Beard White

    There are different steps that you can take to dye your beard white. All the same, you should carefully follow the instructions on the particular dye that you want to use be it permanent or temporary. Before you dye your beard, you should wear gloves and apply petroleum jelly to the skin around the beard to prevent it from burns that can be caused by the bleach. The bleach can also leave unsightly marks on your skin.

    Mix the bleach to form a smooth paste and follow the exact instructions of the product. You can test the paste on a small patch to see how the dye will look like. When satisfied, apply the bleach on your beard and leave it to set as instructed. Rinse the beard with water then apply the toner. After that, you can rinse your beard again then apply some beard oil.

    • Coloring Dyeing Kit


    Dyeing your beard can significantly improve your appearance and you can do it if you want to play the role of Santa during the Christmas holiday. There are different products that you can use to dye your beard white. Here is how to dye your beard white in short:

    • Bleach your beard
    • Choose the right dye
    • there are just a few s
    • Apply Vaseline on the side of your beard before dying it
    • Wear gloves and apply the dye
    • Rinse your facial hair

    Bleaching hair is not so much a hair removal method, but a quick and easy way to make those unwanted facial hairs less noticeable. Bleach disguises dark hairs, transforming them into a blonde or golden color; making the hairs harder to see. This can be useful on an area that has thin but dark hairs like the face or neck. At home bleaching works by applying a chemical, namely bleach, to the selected area, and the bleached hair is removed of its pigment. Dark haired individuals often find that bleaching a slight mustache is much less painful, more private, and far cheaper than other methods. Generally, even the highest-end facial hair bleaches are not going to cost you much more than $15.

    Hair Bleaching Instructions

    The hardest thing about applying bleach is mixing your bleach solution and not making a mess during the process. Be careful not to ruin your best towels! With most hair bleaching products you have to mix a bleach cream with an activation powder. With this in mind, try to only make as much as you need for that session to avoid spilling the solution everywhere. Apply the bleach mixture to the area you want to be lightened, and wait about 10 minutes, depending on the area. Never exceed 15 minutes! Then remove the cream and rinse with cool or lukewarm water. Pat dry without rubbing. Remember to safely dispose of your unused bleach mixture. Since you’re working with potentially toxic chemicals, you should always start with a test patch. If redness or irritation occurs take it off immediately and discontinue use.

    Popular Hair Bleaching Products

    There are a variety of commercial hair bleaches available. Each brand is not terribly different, but you should always follow the instructions careful. Some of the more popular bleach brands include Sally Hansen, Jolen, and Veet. It basically comes down to which one you trust the most.

    Sally Hansen Creme Hair Bleach – Sally Hansen, an industry leader in beauty care and hair removal products, also markets a top brand of hair bleach. Sally Hansen Creme Bleach is probably the best bleach for those prone to skin irritation. It’s hypoallergenic and dermatologist tested, not to mention it comes with Aloe Vera. A lot of consumers also think Sally Hansen’s sweet almond smell sets it apart from other bleaches.

    Jolen – Jolen Creme Bleach is one of the more expensive bleach products for facial hair on the market. However, Jolen’s bleach products come in variety of options. You can buy full bleach kits or even small 1 oz. bottles. Jolen also has Aloe Vera to keep irriation to a minimum you’ll probably find the bleach that’s right for area you wish to treat.

    Veet® – The Veet Hair Bleaching Cream is inexpensive, but effective. Veet’s bleach has a subtle fragrance and softening oils making it easy to apply and suitable for sensitive areas like your upper lip and chin. Veet offers a trusted name and product familiarity that few company can match.

    Side Effects of Bleach

    Bleach is definitely one of the safer hair removal alternatives, but that’s not to say that it’s completely without its side effects. It can cause irritations and skin discolorations, and while temporary, could become a major inconvenience.

    Cost of Bleach Could be on the Rise

    While hair bleaching products are relatively inexpensive, that doesn’t necessarily mean using bleach as a permanent solution is. If you end up having to bleach those hairs every month to two weeks, the cost can really start to add up in the long run.

    For persistant hair, consider more permanent hair removal methods like laser hair removal or electrolysis.

    It is cream with chlorine compounds which is used usually when people want to look fair or don’t want to go in for hair removal. Bleach lightens the skin by preventing pigments from releasing melanin, a chemical which gives skin its colour; and it also turns the hair white/cream colour so it blends with the skin tone.It’s a cheaper alternative to hair removal but test a small portion out on a portion of your skin that isn’t conspicuous – like the back of your calf – before applying it to more sensitive areas like the face, to make sure you are not allergic to it.

    Wash area to be bleached with soap and cold water; dry. With a spatula, measure about one-quarter teaspoon powder and place on tray. Clean spatula. Measure about one-half teaspoon creme. Blend powder and creme well. Apply mixture with spatula covering hair completely. Keep mixture on for about ten minutes. Remove with spatula. If hair is not completely bleached, reapply the mixture for another five to ten minutes.

    Cream Bleach produces instant results and makes the user appear fairer within 15 minutes.Cream bleaches are so easy to use that women can safely use them at home.

    Always test for sensitivity before applying, even if tested before.Never apply after a hot bath.Use the mixture within 30 minutes of preparation; otherwise the effectiveness will wear off.Do not apply on cuts or abrasions, moles, skin disorders or make-up, as they may cause a burning sensation or irritation.Wait at least 24 hours after use before applying an astringent.Do not use metal dishes or spoons for preparing the mixture, as they can cause chemical reactions in the ingredients.Use for 15 minutes, if fair complexioned and 25-30 minutes, if dark complexioned.Use once in 15 days, as the lightening effect may not last too long.As the skin is a living tissue, melanin is produced continuously.Keep containers tightly after use.Always store the kit in a cool, dry and dark place away from excessive heat, since this could reduce its effectiveness.

    Wash area to be lightened with soap and cool water and gently pat dry with a towel (do not rub).Squeeze equal amounts of Bleach and Accelerator into the mixing tray and replace caps tightly on the correct tubes (white cap on Bleach and blue cap on Accelerator).
    Thoroughly mix the two creams together using the spatula.Apply cream using spatula making sure hair is completely covered.After 10 minutes remove a small amount cream to check the result.If hair is not completely bleached, reapply cream and leave for maximum of 10 minutes longer, checking after 5 minutes.
    Once desired result is obtained, rinse cream off with warm water and gently pat dry.
    Very dark hair require a second treatment, which should not be carried out for 24 hours.

    First prepare yourself for the bleaching. Wear your plastic gloves and tie a towel on your neck that you don’t mind ruining. Now you are all set for the bleaching.Take the supplied brush in your hand. Dip it in the solution and then start from the back of your head. Then from the back of the head move the brush to the top. With the help of the brush evenly distribute the mixture. Work as quickly as possible so that you can distribute it evenly on your head before it gets tougher. Once you have applied the solution put on the plastic cap on your head.Do make sure that you keep the solution on your head for appropriate time. Keeping it for a short time won’t give you result and keeping it for more than required time will burn your hair and may result into breakage and hair loss.After you rinse all the bleach off your hair use a mild shampoo to ensure that no chemicals are left on hair. After the bleaching process moisturizing hair is must since bleaching dries hair.

    color it blond(get arm hair color for like 5 bucks at a drugstore like frys or albertsons-i used to do that), nair hair removal, trimmer(dosent kale it rown in thick like shaving does and it dosent go quite as low,thats what i do), orthats all i really know cause i cant shave or wax either!!

    Blend the bleaching cream with a 2 to 1 ratio, 2 parts bleach and 1 part bleach accelerator.
    Avoid applying bleaching cream after a hot shower or bath as the skin may be more sensitive due to the opening of the pores from steam.
    Avoid direct sunlight on the area for at least 24 hours after bleaching.

    cream bleach it’s not that horrible but you have to be careful where it goes and how much you use. if you screw up you could permanently mess up your skin tone. also, if the hair and skin color isn’t that different than i wouldn’t bother.

    For natural bleaching: – mix milk and lemon juice. The milk will break as
    soon as you mix the lemon juice in it. Use that mixture to massage on your
    body. It works as natural bleaching.

    Useful article.. I was not aware about so much in detail about bleaching.

    Facial hair threading is one of the most popular hair removal methods that Arab women use the most. To ensure the best results and to avoid skin irritation, which is so common after threading, you actually need to prepare your skin for facial hair threading. So read along to know what you have to do, to prepare your skin for a less-painful facial hair threading experience.

    1. First of all, you should time yourself on a schedule for regular facial hair threading appointments. Your facial hair doesn’t have to be a certain length to go for threading, however, excessive facial hair threading will leave you with an irritated skin. That’s why you shouldn’t overdo it.

    2. Avoid exfoliating your skin the day of your facial hair threading appointment. When your skin is exfoliated, it becomes more sensitive with threading, and this might lead to redness.

    3. Hydration is key to make your skin less sensitive before threading. Make sure to load up on water, it’s a small trick to prepare your skin for facial hair threading.

    4. Before you start the facial hair threading process, make sure to wash your face with ice-cold water! You can also massage the area with an ice cube. This will numb your skin, and will make everything a little less painful.

    5. You’ll probably think this is super weird, but you can actually apply mint toothpaste on your upper lip area before threading. What does it do? It cools down the face and makes it ready for threading.

    6. For a flawless facial hair threading process, you can apply talc powder where you’ll be pulling out the hairs. Talc powder soothes your skin, and absorbs any oils that can make the thread slip while using it.

    7. Don’t go to your facial hair threading appointment while you have any makeup on! Make sure to remove your makeup using a gentle makeup remover, and cleanse your face well prior to threading.

    8. Lastly, you should keep calm and try to relax! Breathe well, and you’ll be done before you even know it.

    How to bleach facial hair

    Last update: 12 May, 2022

    Facial hair is one of the enemies of female beauty not only because it appears continuously, but because it usually occurs abundantly and notoriously.

    It’s estimated that at least 10% of women have facial hair during their child-bearing years. However, it usually appears in different ways depending on hormonal activity.

    In any case, those who have it consider it a beauty problem. Therefore, they look for methods to remove it without affecting the beauty of their skin.

    The problem is that many of the current methods of doing this are quite aggressive or contain chemicals that cause allergies, blemishes, and other imperfections.

    How to remove facial hair naturally?

    Fortunately, there are also completely natural recipes whose composition helps get rid of body hair without causing unwanted reactions.

    While not all of them eliminate body hair altogether, constantly using them contributes to significantly diminishing its appearance.

    And so, in this article, we want to share the 5 best natural remedies that get rid of facial hair so you can readily use them in your beauty routine.

    1. Chickpea flour and lemon

    Known for centuries in Indian culture, today this recipe is one of the most used home remedies to remove unwanted facial hair and impurities from the skin.


    • 5 tablespoons chickpea flour (50 g)
    • The juice of ½ lemon
    • 1 teaspoon natural yogurt (7 g)


    • Add all the ingredients in a bowl and beat them together until you get a creamy texture.
    • Then, apply the product to the target areas and leave it on for 20 to 30 minutes.
    • When dry, remove it with a towel, pressing firmly in the direction of hair growth.
    • After, remove any of the remaining product with a damp cloth or warm water.
    • Apply it two or three times a week, only in the evening.

    2. Corn flour and egg

    This combination of ingredients creates a sticky and thick paste after applied. This paste facilitates the removal of hair that affects the beauty of the face.

    Its ingredients are very soft and leave the treated area feeling clean.

    You might also like:


    • 1 egg
    • 5 tablespoons cornflour (50 g)


    • Beat the egg and combine it with the cornflour. Be sure to form a thick paste.
    • Spread the product over your upper lip area and let it dry for a few minutes.
    • Then, rub it your skin using gentle circular massages to get rid of the hair in this area.
    • Rinse with warm water and use this treatment twice a week.

    3. Papaya and turmeric

    When combined with the benefits of turmeric, using it leaves the skin smooth and free of excess hair and dead skin cells.


    • 1 slice of papaya
    • 1 teaspoon turmeric powder (5 g)


    • Grind the papaya slice to create a paste and then mix it with turmeric powder.
    • Then, rub the mask on the desired area with gentle circular massages and let it dry for 20 minutes.
    • After this, rinse the paste off with warm water and dry the area with a towel.
    • Also, use this remedy two or three times a week.

    4. Milk and turmeric

    This paste made with milk and turmeric helps remove the small hairs that grow in the mustache area.

    These two ingredients have anti-inflammatory and exfoliating properties that inhibit unwanted hair growth while making the skin smooth as well as improving how it looks.

    Bleaching hair is not so much a hair removal method, but a quick and easy way to make those unwanted facial hairs less noticeable. Bleach disguises dark hairs, transforming them into a blonde or golden color; making the hairs harder to see. This can be useful on an area that has thin but dark hairs like the face or neck. At home bleaching works by applying a chemical, namely bleach, to the selected area, and the bleached hair is removed of its pigment. Dark haired individuals often find that bleaching a slight mustache is much less painful, more private, and far cheaper than other methods. Generally, even the highest-end facial hair bleaches are not going to cost you much more than $15.

    Hair Bleaching Instructions

    The hardest thing about applying bleach is mixing your bleach solution and not making a mess during the process. Be careful not to ruin your best towels! With most hair bleaching products you have to mix a bleach cream with an activation powder. With this in mind, try to only make as much as you need for that session to avoid spilling the solution everywhere. Apply the bleach mixture to the area you want to be lightened, and wait about 10 minutes, depending on the area. Never exceed 15 minutes! Then remove the cream and rinse with cool or lukewarm water. Pat dry without rubbing. Remember to safely dispose of your unused bleach mixture. Since you’re working with potentially toxic chemicals, you should always start with a test patch. If redness or irritation occurs take it off immediately and discontinue use.

    Popular Hair Bleaching Products

    There are a variety of commercial hair bleaches available. Each brand is not terribly different, but you should always follow the instructions careful. Some of the more popular bleach brands include Sally Hansen, Jolen, and Veet. It basically comes down to which one you trust the most.

    Sally Hansen Creme Hair Bleach – Sally Hansen, an industry leader in beauty care and hair removal products, also markets a top brand of hair bleach. Sally Hansen Creme Bleach is probably the best bleach for those prone to skin irritation. It’s hypoallergenic and dermatologist tested, not to mention it comes with Aloe Vera. A lot of consumers also think Sally Hansen’s sweet almond smell sets it apart from other bleaches.

    Jolen – Jolen Creme Bleach is one of the more expensive bleach products for facial hair on the market. However, Jolen’s bleach products come in variety of options. You can buy full bleach kits or even small 1 oz. bottles. Jolen also has Aloe Vera to keep irriation to a minimum you’ll probably find the bleach that’s right for area you wish to treat.

    Veet® – The Veet Hair Bleaching Cream is inexpensive, but effective. Veet’s bleach has a subtle fragrance and softening oils making it easy to apply and suitable for sensitive areas like your upper lip and chin. Veet offers a trusted name and product familiarity that few company can match.

    Side Effects of Bleach

    Bleach is definitely one of the safer hair removal alternatives, but that’s not to say that it’s completely without its side effects. It can cause irritations and skin discolorations, and while temporary, could become a major inconvenience.

    Cost of Bleach Could be on the Rise

    While hair bleaching products are relatively inexpensive, that doesn’t necessarily mean using bleach as a permanent solution is. If you end up having to bleach those hairs every month to two weeks, the cost can really start to add up in the long run.

    For persistant hair, consider more permanent hair removal methods like laser hair removal or electrolysis.

    How to bleach facial hair Natural skin bleach for fair skin at home

    Many of us use bleach creams to lighten and match the color of facial hairs with that of the skin color so that the skin looks fairer, brighter and lighter. Bleaching ensures that the facial hairs are not much visible. Bleaching is an easy solution though if you don’t want to use store bought chemical bleach creams then these natural bleach to lighten facial hair will be for you. Not only these natural bleaching methods will spare you from the damage chemicals will do. They are good for sensitive skin that can get irritated very easily with the use of chemical bleaches.

    Homemade Skin Bleaching Tips

    Here are some natural bleaches to lighten the facial hair to get fair skin.

    1. Lemon Juice as a Instant natural skin bleach

    Lemon juice is a very multipurpose product whether you want to lighten the complexion, bleach the facial hair or to get rid of the marks, lemon can be said as a best mate to do all this for you. The enzymes in lemon juice bleach the color of the facial hair and match them with the skin color to make skin look fair. Lemon juice can be a bit strong for the delicate skin hence using it with some honey or some rose water is the best. Lemon can be excellent homemade Herbal bleach for the face as well as hair.

    How to use lemon to naturally bleach the skin and dark hair

    • Take a teaspoonful of lemon juice and mix some honey into it.
    • Mix both of them well and apply on the face.
    • Keep this for 20 minutes and then rinse off with plain water.
    • Let some sunlight on your face for 5 minutes when you have this lemon treatment.

    How to bleach facial hair

    Sunlight will help bleach the facial hair soaked up on lemon juice. This remedy can be tried daily or thrice a week to naturally bleach and lighten the facial hair. If you have extra sensitive skin that gets red after the use of lemon juice, then decrease the quantity of the lemon juice used. Lemons are excellent bleaching agents for oily skin. If redness or irritation persists then wash your face with cold water and stop the treatment, possibly your sensitive skin is not adjusting well with this treatment.

    2. Tomatoes as home made skin bleach

    After the lemons, tomatoes are the second hot favorite when one desires to lighten marks and to bleach the facial hair to get fair skin. The way to use tomatoes is quite simple and easy.

    How to apply tomato to lighten dark hair on face

    • Take a tomato and cut it. Rub the slice on the face gently for 5 minutes.
    • Leave the juices to soak into your skin for 20 minutes.
    • Wash your face with plain water.

    If you are thinking how to natural bleach your face then, doing this treatment regularly will lighten and bleach the naturally darker facial hair so that they are less visible and shouldn’t make your skin look dull. Overnight application can aids in the whitening of the skin within few days. Make sure that you do this treatment at least thrice a week to get faster results.

    3. Papaya as a natural skin bleach

    I personally love papayas, as they are multipurpose and multifunctional. Apart from making the skin fairer, bleaching the dark facial hair, they give an extra glow to the skin. You can either use papaya pulp with some honey or with some lemon juice. When it mixed up with the lemon juice then its desired results are seen very soon. Both the enzymes in lemon juice and the papain in papaya work their way to give results faster.

    How to use papaya to bleach the skin

    • Take some pulp of papaya and mix some honey and lime juice into it.
    • Mix it and apply on the cleansed face.
    • Keep for 15- 20 minutes and then rinse.

    It bleaches and lightens the facial hair. Skin tone appears fairer and smoother. These can be the added bonus of this wonderful instant face pack other than bleaching the dark hairs for dark skinned people.

    4. Urad dal (White lentils) Treatment to bleach hair

    Another quick remedy to naturally bleach facial hair is using a lentil face pack. It is a dual purpose facial treatment as it lightens the hair and makes the hair strand finer, so that they are less visible.

    • Soak white lentils or urad dal at night and then in the morning grind them.
    • Once you get a coarse paste, put some drop of lime juice in it.
    • Apply this on the face and keep for 20 minutes.
    • Wash the face with tepid water with gentle scrubbing with the pack on the face.

    Make sure to keep the lentils paste coarser, not fine powdery. While you scrub the face with this it, try to be gentle. This face pack exfoliates the skin taking off the dead skin layer. Gradually, it removes the facial hair and bleach them mildly. This is an effective treatment to get rid of the facial hairs. Do not be too harsh while scrubbing and taking this coarse pack off your face. It may turn skin red. Do it regularly twice a week. It can lighten the skin as well as bleach the skin effectively. Do check the White tone face powders for skin fairness

    5. Orange Peel and yoghurt as a natural skin bleach

    Another natural way to bleach the facial hair is with yoghurt and orange peel. Take some orange peel powder and a teaspoonful of curd. In a small bowl. Mix both of them and apply on face. Rinse off after 20 minutes.

    6. Gram flour and egg white as natural skin bleach

    Gram flour and egg white also bleach the facial hair for a fair complexion naturally.

    • Take a teaspoonful of gram flour and some egg white.
    • Mix both the ingredients to make a paste of thick consistency.
    • Apply evenly on the clean face. Once dried, take it off in a rubbing motion and wash off with lukewarm water.

    This face pack will remove the facial hair with regular use. Egg white naturally bleaches the facial hair to match then with the skin color.

    7. Tea and lime juice to bleach skin

    Mix some tea water and lime juice in a small bowl. Apply on the face thrice a week to get good results. Keep the mixture on the face and once it gets dry. Wash off with luke warm water.

    These natural bleach for the facial hair, bleaches gently and naturally that is why it may take some extra time for these treatments to show up desired results. In order to fetch the benefits, try to be consistent with the remedies. When any redness or irritation persists discontinue doing the treatment and wash off the face with cold water.

    Facial hair threading is one of the most popular hair removal methods that Arab women use the most. To ensure the best results and to avoid skin irritation, which is so common after threading, you actually need to prepare your skin for facial hair threading. So read along to know what you have to do, to prepare your skin for a less-painful facial hair threading experience.

    1. First of all, you should time yourself on a schedule for regular facial hair threading appointments. Your facial hair doesn’t have to be a certain length to go for threading, however, excessive facial hair threading will leave you with an irritated skin. That’s why you shouldn’t overdo it.

    2. Avoid exfoliating your skin the day of your facial hair threading appointment. When your skin is exfoliated, it becomes more sensitive with threading, and this might lead to redness.

    3. Hydration is key to make your skin less sensitive before threading. Make sure to load up on water, it’s a small trick to prepare your skin for facial hair threading.

    4. Before you start the facial hair threading process, make sure to wash your face with ice-cold water! You can also massage the area with an ice cube. This will numb your skin, and will make everything a little less painful.

    5. You’ll probably think this is super weird, but you can actually apply mint toothpaste on your upper lip area before threading. What does it do? It cools down the face and makes it ready for threading.

    6. For a flawless facial hair threading process, you can apply talc powder where you’ll be pulling out the hairs. Talc powder soothes your skin, and absorbs any oils that can make the thread slip while using it.

    7. Don’t go to your facial hair threading appointment while you have any makeup on! Make sure to remove your makeup using a gentle makeup remover, and cleanse your face well prior to threading.

    8. Lastly, you should keep calm and try to relax! Breathe well, and you’ll be done before you even know it.

    TNN | Last updated on – Apr 14, 2021, 18:07 IST

    01 /6 How to get rid of facial hair naturally

    Unlike hair on the other body parts, facial hair are quite visible, and can make or break your look. If you find it tedious to visit a salon every few weeks, here are some simple and effective home remedies to remove your facial hair naturally.

    02 /6 ​Sugar and Lemon Juice

    All you need to do is mix two tablespoons of sugar and lemon juice, along with 8-9 tablespoons of water. Heat this mixture until bubbles start to appear and then, let it cool. Apply it on the affected areas using a spatula and keep it for about 20-25 minutes. Wash it off with cold water, rubbing in circular motion.

    Wondering how it works? Well, sugar is a natural exfoliating agent, and warm sugar sticks to your hair, not skin. Lemon juice works as a natural (and cheap) bleach for the skin hair, and also helps to lighten the skin tone. Say bye to the painful facial waxing!

    03 /6 ​Lemon and Honey

    This is another method to replace waxing. Start with mixing two tablespoons of sugar and lemon juice, and one tablespoon of honey. Heat the mixture for about three minutes and add water to make the mixture thinner, if required.

    Once the paste cools down, apply cornstarch on the affected areas and spread the paste in the direction of hair growth. Next, use a waxing strip or a cotton cloth, and pull the hair out in the opposite direction of growth.

    Honey helps in moisturising the skin, and hence this method is highly recommended if you have dry skin.

    04 /6 ​Oatmeal and Banana

    This method is quite handy. Blend two tablespoons of oatmeal with a ripe banana, and apply this paste on the affected areas. Massage it for 15 minutes, and wash it off with cool water. Oatmeal makes a great, hydrating scrub and is loaded with antioxidants that helps to remove redness from your skin. Apart from removing your facial hair, this paste will also give you a glowing skin.

    05 /6 ​Potato and Lentil

    Mix a tablespoon of honey, lemon juice each with five tablespoons of potato juice. Meanwhile, grind the lentils (soaked overnight) to a smooth paste. Add all the ingredients and apply the mixture for about 20 minutes on the affected area. Wash it off once it is completely dry.

    This paste makes a thin crust that helps in hair rmoval. Plus, potato helps in bleaching the hair, making them less visible.

    06 /6 ​Egg White and Cornstarch

    Mix a tablespoon each of cornstarch and sugar with egg white. Apply this mixture on the areas where you have unwanted hair and peel it off once it is dry. Quite simple, isn’t it? Egg white is sticky, and forms a thin film on skin when combined with sugar and cornstarch. This method is not suitable for acne prone skin as egg white contains Vitamin A which may lead to breakouts. (Images: Shutterstock)

    TNN | Last updated on – Apr 14, 2021, 18:07 IST

    01 /6 How to get rid of facial hair naturally

    Unlike hair on the other body parts, facial hair are quite visible, and can make or break your look. If you find it tedious to visit a salon every few weeks, here are some simple and effective home remedies to remove your facial hair naturally.

    02 /6 ​Sugar and Lemon Juice

    All you need to do is mix two tablespoons of sugar and lemon juice, along with 8-9 tablespoons of water. Heat this mixture until bubbles start to appear and then, let it cool. Apply it on the affected areas using a spatula and keep it for about 20-25 minutes. Wash it off with cold water, rubbing in circular motion.

    Wondering how it works? Well, sugar is a natural exfoliating agent, and warm sugar sticks to your hair, not skin. Lemon juice works as a natural (and cheap) bleach for the skin hair, and also helps to lighten the skin tone. Say bye to the painful facial waxing!

    03 /6 ​Lemon and Honey

    This is another method to replace waxing. Start with mixing two tablespoons of sugar and lemon juice, and one tablespoon of honey. Heat the mixture for about three minutes and add water to make the mixture thinner, if required.

    Once the paste cools down, apply cornstarch on the affected areas and spread the paste in the direction of hair growth. Next, use a waxing strip or a cotton cloth, and pull the hair out in the opposite direction of growth.

    Honey helps in moisturising the skin, and hence this method is highly recommended if you have dry skin.

    04 /6 ​Oatmeal and Banana

    This method is quite handy. Blend two tablespoons of oatmeal with a ripe banana, and apply this paste on the affected areas. Massage it for 15 minutes, and wash it off with cool water. Oatmeal makes a great, hydrating scrub and is loaded with antioxidants that helps to remove redness from your skin. Apart from removing your facial hair, this paste will also give you a glowing skin.

    05 /6 ​Potato and Lentil

    Mix a tablespoon of honey, lemon juice each with five tablespoons of potato juice. Meanwhile, grind the lentils (soaked overnight) to a smooth paste. Add all the ingredients and apply the mixture for about 20 minutes on the affected area. Wash it off once it is completely dry.

    This paste makes a thin crust that helps in hair rmoval. Plus, potato helps in bleaching the hair, making them less visible.

    06 /6 ​Egg White and Cornstarch

    Mix a tablespoon each of cornstarch and sugar with egg white. Apply this mixture on the areas where you have unwanted hair and peel it off once it is dry. Quite simple, isn’t it? Egg white is sticky, and forms a thin film on skin when combined with sugar and cornstarch. This method is not suitable for acne prone skin as egg white contains Vitamin A which may lead to breakouts. (Images: Shutterstock)

    How to bleach facial hair

    Up next
    Use Olive Oil to Reduce Stubborn Stretch Marks (14 Methods)
    Share article

    How to disappear that pesky facial hair – are you facing the same challenge like me?

    I don’t usually like to hide my natural skin with heavy makeup. Yet when I go makeup-less, I want it to look flawless. One of the toughest challenges I faced for flawless skin was facial hair.

    When it comes to deal with it, from tweezers, shaving to waxing I tried it all – some caused redness and some thickened my hair. I was scared to try laser treatment or electrolysis – due to their side effects. The last option was to try some home remedies. I researched a lot online and found many remedies but most of the people claimed a honey-lemon method to be the best. So tried it – though I didn’t achieve the results overnight, within a matter of time, my facial hair has reduced drastically…

    Don’t believe it? Here is a quick proof on how honey-lemon helps to remove facial hair.

    • This combination acts as regular wax used in salons. When applied to the skin, it sticks like glue. When peeled off, it pulls the hair right from the roots.
    • The anti-inflammatory and anti-bacterial properties of both the ingredients reduce the redness and irritation.
    • Honey moisturizes and hydrates.
    • Lemon tightens the open pores.

    I tried few methods using the combination, they worked well for me. Give them a try – they may provide same results like me. Here I have listed the procedures I tried…

    1. Honey and Lemon

    1. Mix 1 tablespoon of fresh lemon juice and 4 tablespoons of honey.
    2. Apply the mixture on facial hair.
    3. Allow it to rest for 15 minutes.
    4. Remove it using a damp cloth soaked in lukewarm water.
    5. Repeat 3 times a week.

    2. Honey, Lemon, and Oatmeal

    Oatmeal is a great exfoliating agent. It helps to remove accumulated dead cells.

    1. Mix 1/2 teaspoon coarsely ground oatmeal, 1 tablespoon each of honey and lemon.
    2. Apply on facial hair and leave it on for 20 minutes.
    3. Gently, scrub off the mask using wet fingers in circular motions.
    4. Wash off with lukewarm water and pat dry.
    5. Follow 3 times a week.

    3. Honey, Lemon, and Sugar

    1. Mix 1 tablespoon of sugar, 1 teaspoon each of lemon and honey.
    2. Boil the mixture on low flame for 3 minutes.
    3. Remove from the heat and let it cool down to room temperature.
    4. Using a small amount of corn starch, dust the areas where you want to remove unwanted hair.
    5. With a spatula, apply the mixture in the direction of hair growth.
    6. Press a waxing strip on the mixture and quickly pull in the opposite direction of hair growth.
    7. Wipe off with a damp cloth and pat dry.

    4. Honey, Lemon, Potato and Yellow Lentil

    1. Soak 1 bowl of yellow lentil overnight and blend them next morning.
    2. Blend 1 potato, strain, and extract the juice.
    3. Mix yellow lentil paste, potato juice, 1 tablespoon honey and 4 tablespoons lemon juice.
    4. Apply this mixture on unwanted facial hair.
    5. Let it rest for 30 minutes.
    6. Wet your finger and rub against the growth of facial hair.
    7. Wipe off with a damp cloth and pat dry.
    8. Repeat 3 times a week.

    All these methods have shown results to me. I hope they will work wonders for you as well. Before we finish off the article, I would like to share few tips and precautions to consider for facial hair removal.

    1. Having a steam bath before using any remedy, will open the pores and aid easy hair removal.
    2. Don’t expect results overnight, be patient and follow regularly to achieve results.
    3. Consult a doctor, if unwanted facial hair didn’t reduce after using the above methods. Sometimes it may be caused due to menopause, PCOD, and other reasons.

    Was this article helpful? Let us know your experience in the comments section below.


    The honey lemon mask really help me to get rid of facial is also enhancing the skin tone.I dont know whether it can give a permanent result. It’s been 2 weeks now. I am using cotton pieces to pull of the mask after 20 minutes. It is less painful and I hope it will help you all.

    Thanks for sharing your experience.

    Does it bleach the hairs that are outside or does it get rid of melinine in the hair folicle? Bcz if it’s not permanent I’d only do it for bleaching & waxing

    Can it be done everyday a week to work faster? Does it grow back thinner?

    Can you keep wat u didn’t use and reuse it the next time?

    Can you exactly tell which method are you talking about?

    The same question with her. So, yeah, I’m using honey and lemon.

    Same I’m reusing the honey-lemon mix in 1 week.

    Is the honey-lemon suppose to pull hair out or gradually make it fall out? I heard it permanently removes hair after 6 months…

    I have thick chin hairs will it work for me I’m starting this tomorrow

    It may help. So, try it and share your experience.

    I started today onwards honey and lemon facial hair removal ..Daily am going to use this remedy..I hope it will be given a good result within 30 days .

    Can I do the honey-sweet method everyday for faster results or do I have to do 3 time a week?

    Does the honey lemon hair bleach the hair that is outside the skin or does it get rid of melinine from the hair folicle?

    Will using honey and lemon mask help removing facial hair permanently

    It will remove the hair however it doesn’t stop the hair growing again. It just acts like waxing.

    Is this a permanent remedy?

    Nope, this process works just like waxing. It will remove the hair but it doesn’t stop the hair re-growth.

    Is this method suitable for a Trans womans face. Hairs are much more densely packed. I want to try it, but I know waxing normally is out of the question because of the very high risk of damaging the skin when pulling out many hairs at once in such a small area.

    This method may not be effective if the hair thickness is more. It is effective for removing thin hairs.

    I tried the honey and lemon recipe. It wasn”t too thick and some dripped off my face. Is it suppose to do that? I didn’t feel it pull any hairs out.

    Reduce the quantities of honey and lemon. Apply a thin layer on the face and massage for few minutes and rinse off with water. You can add some turmeric or gram flour into the mixture to make it thick.

    How long should the hair be when using honey, lemon, and oatmeal?

    You can rinse off the application after gently scrubbing for 3 – 5 minutes.

    Hi I want to try the honey, lemon and sugar recipe but when the hair grows back will it be thicker?

    Nope, the hair will not be thicker.

    can i use only lemon, is it usefull. i cant use honey

    honey and lemon is it permanent facial hair remove??

    Is bleaching harmful for the skin? In how many weeks can one bleach?? any beauty experts..pls give some genuine piece of advice.

    I don want to wax ,cus I’ll have to wax the whole face and the skin becomes saggy.

    Does bleaching the facial hair harm your skin??
    You might be allergic to the bleach, so I would suggest testing it on a small patch of skin that no one will see. As long as you read the directions on the box and follow them carefully, you shouldn’t have a problem. Good luck!
    Reply:I would get my facial hair bleached by a proffesional only because if you do it the wrong way you can harm your skin and cause scarring. Waxing is an option but it will remove the top layer of the facial skin which can later cause sagyness and there will always be that chance of burning.

    What you can also do is get your facial hair threaded wich is a like getting the hair tweezed but instead of one by one it would be one large area of hair being removed then the other. Some salons offer it. It irratates the skin the least out of all the facial hair removing methods. Sugaring is also another facial hair removal option( natural wax which removes nothing more than the dead layer of skin cells)

    I gave you some other options but you would be sage with getting your facial hair bleached only if it is done by a proffesional.

    Good luck!
    Reply:There are so many good products for bleaching facial hair and they are made not the hurt the skin. Some have smells that you might be bothered by. Just experiment with different products and see which one you like.
    Reply:The facial bleach by Sally Hansen is very mild and shouldn’t irritate your skin. You have to test it on a small spot before you go apply it all over.

    You can use Nair for the face that will get rid of the unwanted dark hair, it makes your face smooth and is less of a nightmare than wax and bleaching.

    Best of luck to you.
    Reply:Try a depilatory cream like surgi cream or sally hansen instead.

    Bleaching will make your skin more vulnerable to the sun. Your skin can become damaged beyond repair if you don’t protect it at all times with sunscreen after bleaching.

    Bleaching and insufficient protection from the sun can increase melanin in your skin and cause hyper pigmentation (discoloration).

    Also, bleaching only hides the hair, doesn’t remove it. Nothing worst than looking like a furry peach in the sun.
    Reply:There is a special bleach to use for the facial hair, this is not harmful like the ordinary bleach but of course if you use it to often this could be harmful. Normally, if you bleach you facial hair you can always do it every 4 to 6 weeks or it could be longer than that since our facial hair doesn’t grow faster like other part of our body it will take sometimes to re due it again.

    How to clean ash off of a car

    How to clean ash off of a car

    Ash falls aren’t just harmful to people and the environment, they can be harmful to vehicles’ paintwork too, aside from being unsightly. That’s why you should clean ashes off your car immediately, as they can damage the paintwork. They must not simply be wiped off though, as they are abrasive.

    So the right way to clean them off would be car washing. How to clean ash off your car requires washing with a pressure washer and a pH-neutral car wash soap. If the ashes are too stubborn though, you would need degreaser.

    Table of Contents

    What You Need to Follow This Tutorial

    How to clean ash off of a car

    Using the right cleaning products and tools will make the cleaning much more effective and efficient. So prepare the appropriate items for cleaning ashes off a car that are mentioned in this list.

    1. Pressure Washer or Garden Hose

    The use of a pressure washer would make cleaning off the ashes easier. If you don’t have a pressure washer, a garden hose with a pressure-inducing extension would also work. But if you don’t have the extension either, you can simply place your thumb over the hose’s opening to add pressure.

    2. Pressure Washer Extender, Step Ladder, or Stool

    If you’re washing a van or SUV, you could use a pressure washer extender, step ladder, or stool to reach the car’s roof when rinsing.

    3. pH-Neutral Solution (pH Seven)

    Ash has high alkalinity, so when you’re going to wash ash off car, do away with alkaline car wash soaps, as they are not effective in getting rid of alkaline contaminants.

    A pH-neutral car wash soap, specifically one with pH seven, would be more effective for the job without causing any damage to the paintwork. You can check a car wash soap’s pH level on its front label or back label.

    4. Water

    Like for most cleaning solutions, you would need water for diluting.

    5. Buckets

    You would need two buckets for your solution and for rinsing your wash mitt or towel and scrub brush.

    6. Microfiber Towel, Microfiber Wash Mitt, or Sheepskin Wash Mitt

    You should use a microfiber towel, microfiber wash mitt, or sheepskin wash mitt for hand washing your car. Do not use a sponge, as its open cells can trap particles, which would then be dragged across the paintwork and cause micro scratches.

    7. Scrub Brush for Wheels

    A wheel cleaning scrub brush is a long cylindrical brush, which makes it easier to clean the wheels and hubcaps. You should use one that has sturdy bristles to effectively clean off the ashes and grime.

    8. Degreaser

    If there are thick, stubborn ashes on your car, you would be needing a degreaser to get rid of them.

    9. Spray Bottle

    If you would be using a degreaser, you would also need a spray bottle for diluting and applying it.

    10. Wax

    Applying wax would protect your car from future ash falls and other contaminants.

    11. Microfiber Wax Applicator

    A microfiber applicator would be needed for applying the wax.

    Step by Step Instructions

    How to clean ash off of a car

    Apart from using the right cleaning products and tools, you must also do the process of washing ash off your car properly to achieve the best results. See how it is done below.

    Step 1: Rinse Away the Ashes With a Pressure Washer or Hose Starting From the Roof Going Down

    You must thoroughly rinse the car immediately when you see ashes on its exterior so that they won’t cause any damage to the paintwork. Although ashes are not harmful to the paintwork when they are dry, when dew or rain gets them wet, they become caustic and can damage the paintwork.

    Rinse the car with a pressure washer starting from the roof going down to the sides of the car, its front, its back, and finally, the wheels.

    Working from the top is the ideal way to rinse, because if you rinse from the bottom up or at random, you would have to redo the rinsing if the ashes and dirt re-coat the lower parts of the car when you work on the upper parts later.

    Step 2: Prepare Your pH-Neutral Solution

    As mentioned earlier, you need a pH-neutral car wash soap to do an effective and thorough cleaning. You may check the instructions on the product label to see how you can prepare it.

    It’s important to create suds, as the more suds there are, the more effective the soap is in getting rid of the ashes.

    Step 3: Wash the Car With the Solution Starting From the Roof Going Down

    Hand wash your car using either a microfiber towel, microfiber wash mitt, or sheepskin wash mitt. Same as how you rinse the car, hand wash your car starting from the roof going down to the lower parts of the car for more efficient cleaning.

    Step 4: Clean the Hubcaps With a Wheel Cleaning Scrub Brush

    Dip the wheel cleaning scrub brush into the bucket with car wash soap, and use it to scrub the hubcaps and wheels clean. Make sure you get the soap on all visible parts, even the holes of the hubcaps, to ensure that you get rid of all the ashes and grime in all the nooks and crannies.

    Step 5: Rinse the Car With a Pressure Washer

    Again, start from the roof going down so that you won’t have to do any re-rinsing. Rinse with the pressure washer, holding it up high to work on the roof first. Then move on to the other lower parts of the car.

    Step 6: For Thick, Stubborn Ash, Use a Degreaser

    First, dilute the degreaser. Prepare a spray bottle and mix the degreaser and water thoroughly by shaking the spray bottle.

    Diluting would depend on the degreaser’s strength. Heavy-duty degreasers would typically require a 1 to 10 degreaser to water ratio for diluting.

    Spray your car from the top going down. When spraying the windows, don’t spray the solution on them directly, but rather, spray the solution onto a microfiber cloth, and rub the cloth against them. Let the solution sit on the surface for about three to five minutes, then rinse it off.

    Step 7: Rinse the Car Once Again

    Do one final rinse to remove the stubborn ashes and the degreaser from your car. Remember to work starting from the roof going down.

    Step 8: Apply Wax to Protect the Paintwork

    After you get ash off car, apply wax onto it using a microfiber applicator, and let the wax sit on the surface according to the product instructions. You can also apply it on the windshield and headlights. Afterwards, buff the surface with a microfiber towel.


    These steps on how to clean ash off your car must be done immediately and carefully to avoid causing damages to your vehicle. Now that you know how to do it, why not also share this information to other car owners by hitting the share button. We’d also like to hear your thoughts in the comments.

    • Home
    • Car News By Brand
    • Ford News
    • Chevrolet News
    • Hyundai News
    • Celebrity Car News
    • Just for Laughs
    • Motorsports
    • Product Reviews

    Wildfires aren’t just dangerous for the environment and those who live in the vicinity; the ash from these blazes can also harm your car’s exterior. Here are some tips for shielding your vehicle from wildfire soot and how to clean it off when it does get on your car.

    Ways to protect your car

    The wildfires caused it to rain ash and burnt embers out here in Boulder. Here they are on my car

    The easiest way to keep your car clean from ash is to keep it in a garage. If you don’t have a garage, invest in a car cover. This product will serve as a protective barrier to ward off any soot and other debris from nearby wildfires.

    Yet another simple way to preserve your vehicle’s paint coat is to regularly wax it. You can do this yourself or select waxing as an add-on the next time you drive your car through a touchless car wash.

    What is the best way to clean ash off your car?

    You don’t want to try and wipe the ash off as it could scratch the paint on your car.
    This is what you should do when wildfire ash lands on your vehicle:

    Wash it at home

    As soon as you notice ash on your vehicle, rinse the exterior thoroughly with a hose to remove the soot. This is the most important step to removing ash from your vehicle’s surface, according to NBC 7 San Diego.

    That’s because ash contains chemicals like calcium and potassium. When it’s dry, the ash won’t harm your car’s surface. However, when it gets wet from dew or rain, the ash turns into a caustic substance that can damage your car’s paint coat.

    After rinsing it, use warm water, car soap, and a soft sponge to cleanse the outside of the vehicle. Make sure to start with the roof and work your way down the sides to the wheels. This will help prevent re-coating washed surfaces with any loose soot or debris.

    As you’re washing each part of your vehicle, rinse each area with hose water as you clean it to remove accumulated ash as fast as possible. Dry the car with a microfiber towel and apply a protective coating of wax to shield it from future soot buildup.

    Take it to an automatic car wash

    Automatic car washes are an even better way to go to remove ash from your car. When wildfires are raging in your area, it might be unsafe to spend time outside washing your car, exposing your lungs to smoke and ash particles in the air.

    Stay safe and save yourself some hassle by taking your vehicle to a touchless car wash. Another perk of automatic car washes is that they tend to be less abrasive than the handwash method. (It’s a good idea to review these helpful tips before you head to the automatic car wash, though.)

    How to clean ash off of a car

    Whitney Russell resides in Dayton, though her spirit can be found beach-bumming in Puerto Rico (the land of her half-Puerto Rican heritage). When not crafting car-related content, she can be found chasing after the most amazing toddler in the world, watching her “beaver” of a husband build amazing woodworking projects, hanging out with two crazy dogs, and visiting family and friends. She also enjoys traveling, crafting, and binge-watching period dramas when time allows. See more articles by Whitney.

    “Do not take a rag and dust your car off,” said Craig Burnett of Chemist, Mothers Inc. “You’re going to abrade your car. Those little articles can be abrasive and can scratch the vehicle.”

    So it’s best to give the car a thorough washing. But be careful here too. The wrong kind of soap can make things worse when mixed with the alkaline contained in fire ash.

    “I would suggest a pH balance car wash, something in the neutral spectrum,” said Burnett. “There’s no sense in trying to get rid of alkaline with an alkaline car wash so let’s use a balanced car wash and do a good thorough job.”

    There’s almost no way of knowing what kind of soap a commercial car wash is using so you might want to consider doing it yourself and use a soap specifically made for car finishes.

    Experts also say a good coat of wax is the best prevention.

    “Those people who have a good car care regime going are probably going to be in pretty good shape,” said Burnett. “It’s those people who don’t take care of their car on a regular basis who need to step it up during the fire season.”

    The ash and smoke that come with a brush fire could make your car look pretty bad if not dealt with properly. But almost as bad and maybe even worse is the interior where a huge brush fire can leave a big stink.

    First, give the carpet a good vacuuming. Tiny soot particles can hide here. If you have fabric seats, hit them with the vacuum too.

    Sometimes your car’s air conditioner will smell like smoke for days after a fire.

    AC-Clean from Justice Brothers was originally designed to remove mildew odors but they discovered that it works well on smoke smell too.

    You spray it into the outside air intake. Follow the directions on the can and it’ll essentially rid the AC system’s inner passages of odors.

    It doesn’t take much time to get your car looking and smelling great inside and outside after a big fire.

    How to clean ash off of a car

    Is your car covered in ash in the wake of the fire in the Gorge? Same here. And while certainly the least of our worries right now, it’s still a problem—like taxes and bill upkeep—that we’re going to have to deal with eventually. My automobile knowledge extends no further than my AAA membership and appreciation for Les Schwab as a purveyor of free popcorn and coffee and a nice place to read while you get your tires fixed. So I need more than just these “Why you should not wipe the ash off your car” posts invading the internet right now. I get it! No scraping permanent cuts into my car through my own incompetence! But what AM I supposed to do?

    Why, look to California of course!

    No surprise: Though ash falling from the sky feels wrong and weird and like we are living inside Dante’s Peak with no Pierce Brosnan to save us, California is used to this horror, and an ancient LA Times article has the lowdown. Here’s their protocol for the post-ash care and keeping of your car, from California’s Auto Club:

    * Whenever possible, put the car in the garage or cover it, not only to protect it from ash but also to prolong the finish on the vehicle, the trim and the tires.

    * If you can’t do either, gently wipe off the vehicle with a long-handled car duster.

    * Wash the vehicle thoroughly with warm water, a soft mitt, a towel or sponge and car wash soap. Rinse the vehicle thoroughly and dry with a soft, clean towel or chamois.

    * After the fires are over, inspect and, if necessary, replace the engine air filter, and have mechanics inspect and replace ventilation filters in the passenger compartment. A dirty air filter can restrict fuel economy and increase vehicle emissions.

    * Check and, if necessary, change windshield wipers for the winter season. Make sure the wiper fluid reservoir is filled, and spray the windshield first to avoid scratching it.

    * Keep the sunroof and windows closed. Outside of the fire areas, run the air conditioner on “recirculate” until the outside air quality significantly improves. Once the air quality is better, set the air conditioner on “fresh” or “vent” so you’re moving outside air inside. If the interior smells like smoke, add a vehicle air freshener to mask the odor.

    * Thoroughly vacuum floor mats and cloth surfaces. Wear a mask if necessary.

    Support The Portland Mercury

    * Once the air clears, wax your vehicle in the garage after it’s been washed and is cool. Car wax helps protect the finish against ash as well as hard-water spots and rain.

    LOL, who has a garage? Not me. I’ll be taking the “fixing it in post” soapy water approach. And if you go to a car wash, our own Wm. Steven Humphrey has a pro-tip: Listen to this song while you go through and do some quality waist-up dancing in your car to pass the time—especially if you are ferrying small children who find the gushing soapy water traumatizing. Good luck!

    Taal Volcano’s recent eruption in the country has accented the need for drivers to be aware of the damages caused by volcanic ash in their vehicles.

    These damages are at their worst when they scratch your car’s paint, windows and wiper blades.

    They can get inside every opening in your vehicle, which can easily clog air-filtration systems and brake assemblies. This causes the brakes to malfunction and the car’s engine to fail and overheat over time.

    Ash from a volcano can also make driving difficult and dangerous. Cars that travel fast can stir up and create “cloud dusts” that can lessen visibility on the road. And if that’s not enough, ash can decrease tire traction, especially when the roads are wet or covered with marking.

    This brings us to one important point: Never underestimate volcanic ash. They can cause a lot of damage–especially if you don’t clean them correctly.

    What is Volcanic Ash?

    Volcanic ash is different from the common ash we see when burning paper or wood. The latter is soft, while the ash from volcanic activity is hard and insoluble in water.

    And while volcanic ash may be smaller than the standard ashes, the mineralogical composition might vary depending on the type of volcano it originated from.

    Take the case of Taal Volcano. According to a research and study made by by Carating, Juico, and Okhura, the ashes spewn out from Taal contain more basalt to basaltic andesite rocks than igneous types found in some volcanoes.

    Why is this significant? Basalt is a hard rock. It’s a common ingredient used to create tiles or bricks–or even as a base for roads and pavements. In fact, the word “basalt” is derived from Late Latin “basaltes”, a misspelling of Latin “basanites”, which means “very hard stone”.

    According to ScienceStruck, it’s 6 on the Mohs scale, and in terms of tensile and shear strength, basalt rocks fall in the strong to very strong category. This makes them very tough–enough to scratch metal or break glass.

    How It Affects Vehicles

    So what this means for vehicles is that ash from some volcanoes are far more damaging compared to others.

    All volcanic ashes are abrasive–but the volcanic ash from Taal is more abrasive due to its more “basaltic” properties.

    That’s why it’s important to be careful when cleaning your vehicle. Volcanic ash contains minute rocks that can cause deep scratches on your vehicle’s surface. And once these scratches appear, then it’s only a matter of time before metal rusts, or glass weakens in strength.

    12 Steps in Cleaning Your Vehicle

    This brings us to another important point: Make sure to clean off volcanic ash very carefully.

    And by carefully, we mean AVOID WIPING them off–especially when car paints and windshields are involved.

    Here’s a step-by-step guide on the proper way to clean them:

    1. Hose off your car first. This allows the water to loosen surface deposits, allowing the ashes to fall off easily. Another alternative you can do here is to “air clean” the ashes using a blower. This one is messier, however, but it does the job decently.

    2. You’ll be using three buckets with different sponges here. The first bucket and sponge will be used for cleaning the car’s windshield, windows, and wipers (using a PH-neutral soap or shampoo); a second bucket and sponge is used for cleaning the vehicle’s entire body; and a third bucket is used for cleaning the tires.

    Using individual buckets for each of your vehicle’s areas will make sure that the water doesn’t get contaminated by the debris from the other buckets.

    3. It’s important to clean using only one stroke: from top to bottom. This ensures that the debris will fall down the vehicle naturally, allowing for easier rinsing and lesser debris contamination.

    4. When doing the actual cleaning, follow this routine: Get the first bucket, and hose a small area of your windshield to remove remaining debris. Then sponge the small area off using a PH-neutral shampoo or soap (to neutralize the ashes’ acidity). Repeat the entire process again, moving forward on a different spot methodically until you’ve covered all the areas of your windshield.

    Do the same for your wipers and glass windows as well.

    By the way, it’s important to wash all crevices, especially around the windshield and windows. Dust may have gathered in these places, so you might have to lower your windows down (or even open your car doors) to get rid of the debris lodged inside these small spaces.

    5. Get the second bucket for cleaning the vehicle’s entire body. Using a different sponge, repeat the same procedure in number 4, making sure to clean only from top to bottom.

    6. Then get the third bucket for the tires, and follow the same procedures outlined in number 4.

    7. Now, rinse off your vehicle thoroughly, starting from the hood and down to the tires. To be sure that all debris are washed off, it’s good to perform a second round of rinsing before you dry it off.

    8. Dry off the vehicle with a high quality microfiber drying towel or synthetic chamois.

    9. Apply a good polish or wax to add protection to your vehicle. Not only do they prevent ash from settling on the surface or even in small crevices, but they can also form a mild barrier against acidic deposits.

    10. Make sure you’re car’s tires, rubber seals, and wiper blades are well-sealed by applying automotive rubber treatment.

    11. Cover the passenger compartment vent inlet with thick, loosely woven felt-type material to filter air that gets inside your car. The vent inlet is often located at the base of the wind-shield, and usually found under (or on the side) of the vehicle’s hood.


    12. Make sure to frequently wash your car until the volcanic eruptions stop. This will help prevent the volcanic ash from settling and causing damage.

    Better yet, just cover your entire vehicle with a good, quality car cover. Not only is this good preventive measure for you, but it will also save you a lot of time (and effort) in cleaning the ashes off your vehicle.

    How to clean ash off of a car

    Iceland’s Fimmvorduhals volcano erupts. Image: Henrik Thorburn

    Email This Page

    How to clean ash off of a car

    Iceland’s Fimmvorduhals erupts. Image: Henrik Thorburn

    Whether or not you believe in global warming, one thing is clear: worldwide, we’ve been getting some pretty severe weather and natural disasters as of late.

    While we don’t have too many active volcanoes to worry about in the United States, it’s never too early to plan for your car care needs should one pop up in an adjacent town. If you live in Europe, where eruptions of Icelandic volcanoes seem to disrupt air traffic on a regular basis, you’re probably well versed on how to deal with abrasive, acidic volcanic ash.

    In case you’re not, the following car care tips come from car-care product manufacturer Autoglym, who saw a significant increase in customer service calls after last year’s volcanic eruption.

    If your car is covered with volcanic ash, here’s what the car care experts recommend:

    • Soak the paint with water to loosen surface deposits
    • Use a pH-neutral car wash solution
    • Lift and carefully clean wiper blades, as volcanic ash can scratch windshields.
    • Carefully clean window seals to avoid scratching glass when lowering windows
    • Use a rubber treatment to clean and maintain rubber seals, wiper blades and tires
    • Wash your car frequently until after the volcanic dust settles

    We’d add “park inside if possible” to the list, but be careful using a car cover if inside parking isn’t an option. Even a small amount of abrasive volcanic ash, trapped between a car cover and your paint, is enough to cause significant scratching.

    If there’s a bright side, volcanic ash doesn’t dent cars quite the way that baseball-sized hail does.

    A sad reality for many people parked around the United States right now is that their cars are being blanketed with ash from the western wildfires. Obviously the physical threat to humans and animals is more urgent, but if you’re being affected by fire and have the mental bandwidth to care about your car’s paint, you may appreciate some tips that could make life easier.

    Ideally, you would keep your car garaged when it’s ashy outside, but that’s not always possible. The second-best preventive measure would be a cover or at least a nice wax job. But sometimes your car just has to plow through wildfire air and needs to be cleaned afterward.

    If you’re short on time, the quickest solution is to rinse the car often with a lot of water. Scrubbing is dangerous because you can end up rubbing sharp things into your paint. Rinse, rinse, rinse. Wipe gently. Wax will protect your paint, but you should apply it only if you’re absolutely sure the car is really clean.

    After reading about how important a good rinse is, you might be wondering, “Am I in danger of wasting water needed for fire suppression?” That’s a good question. I can’t say I know how finite the water supply is where you are reading this, but it’d be worth taking a little time to look that up for yourself before you spend ages hosing off your vehicle.

    This Instagram post mentions that, and I have to shoutout @4x4ward here for inspiring me to write this blog! (Also, I just bought a bunch of stickers from its store. They’re cool.)

    JACHS NY Exclusive Memorial Day Sale

    Get stylish for summer
    Take 65% off everything JACHS NY has to offer during this deal exclusive to our readers. Code is valid through Thursday, June 2, but why wait?

    If you want to get a little deeper, car cleaning pros at the Chemical Guys have put out a couple of videos on the subject of de-ashing cars.

    Here’s an older clip that essentially explains how a coat of wax helps. Of course, don’t forget that you need to wax your machine before it gets ash’d on.

    And here’s another Chemical Guys vid about removing ash. And while this clip is mainly designed to sell the company’s cleaning wares, one important takeaway is to clean your cleaning equipment often while you’re washing an ashy car.

    AAA’s advice echos what you’ve already seen: Do a lot of thorough rinsing. AAA also recommends replacing your cabin air filter and engine intake air filter if you drive around in smoky air for any extended period of time. That’s a good idea, but maybe just inspect them before outright replacing.

    Checking an air filter isn’t rocket surgery. If it looks dirty, drop a new one in. You might want to think about replacing your windshield wipers, too – if ash piles up and gets smeared across your windshield, the wipers could wear quickly.

    There are dozens of other posts around the internet from various sites and local news outlets on the topic of car cleaning, and they all pretty much concur that the best way to clean a car covered in ash is to rinse the hell out of it, rinse it again and exercise extreme caution with any kind of scrubbery business.

    How to clean ash off of a car

    How to clean ash off of a car

    1. Pretreat with a prewash stain remover.

    2. Launder, using the warmest water and the type of bleach that are safe for the fabric.

    3. If the stain remains, sponge with rubbing alcohol and launder again.


    1. Using a clean white cloth, sponge the stain with a dry-cleaning solvent.

    2. Blot until the solvent is absorbed.

    3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 until the stain disappears.

    1. Mix one tablespoon of liquid hand dishwashing detergent with two cups of cool water.

    2. Using a clean white cloth, sponge the stain with the detergent solution.

    3. Blot until the liquid is absorbed.

    4. Repeat Steps 2 and 3 until the stain disappears.

    5. Sponge with cold water and blot dry to remove the detergent solution.


    1. Sprinkle baking soda, cornstarch, or other absorbent on the stain. Let stand at least one hour, and then vacuum.

    2. Using a clean white cloth, sponge the stain with a dry-cleaning solvent.

    3. Blot until the solvent is absorbed.

    4. Repeat Steps 2 and 3 until the stain disappears.

    5. Sponge the carpet to remove the solvent and blot until the liquid is absorbed.

    A little bit of wax goes a long way.

    How to clean ash off of a car

    Taal volcano’s eruption has brought about ashfall – a hazardous material to both humans and vehicles. Volcanic ash consists of small particles of rock and glass that can not only physically damage your paint but chemically as well. These can contain sulfur and other chemicals that can slowly eat away the layers of paint on your car. It can also damage the glass elements of your vehicle as well.

    Clean your car immediately, but gently.

    How to clean ash off of a car

    If your car is covered in ashes you need to immediately clean them off. However, do not use a dry cloth or a sponge to remove the material from your car. Dealing with volcanic ash while dry could damage your paint. You can use either a regular garden hose or a pressure washer to clean off the ash.

    When using a garden hose, make sure to let it flow freely. You will be utilizing the volume of water to push and lift the dirt off your vehicle. The same can be said for a pressure washer. It can be used but at the lowest setting. The objective is not to quickly push off the dirt but to gently remove it. Make sure to check your vehicle’s drain holes, as well as these, could be clogged. You can use high water pressure in these areas in order to clear them of debris. This will prevent water from building up inside your vehicle and rusting it out.

    Use shampoo to clean your car.

    How to clean ash off of a car

    When cleaning off your vehicle, it is best to use car shampoo as it can neutralize the acid from the small particles of ash. After watering off the ash, spray the car shampoo on with a foam gun. If a foam gun is unavailable you can opt just to apply the shampoo gently and liberally.

    Use the two bucket method.

    How to clean ash off of a car

    After the preliminary rinse is done, make sure to wash your vehicle using the two bucket method so that you can isolate the dirt you have just collected with each rinse. This also ensures that the cloth or mitt you use for cleaning will remain the dirt and debris free. Having dirt on the washcloth may scratch your paint, so it is important to rinse frequently.

    Air or towel dry your vehicle gently.

    How to clean ash off of a car

    After you have removed all the dirt, you can now air dry or towel dry your car with a thick microfiber cloth. The microfiber lets you pick up smaller particles you might have missed. Once the vehicle is dry you can now add wax. The wax will act as your first line of defense in case you need to use your vehicle again, so make sure to apply it liberally and gently according to the condition of the surface.

    Cover your vehicle when not in use.

    How to clean ash off of a car

    When not in use, a car cover is a must. This creates a physical barrier between your vehicle’s paint and the ash. When a car cover or covered parking is not available use a spare cloth or whatever material is available to protect your vehicle’s glass elements. These could easily get scratched if you run your wipers without water. Make sure to have your wipers in the upright position when storing your vehicle. This reduces the risk of your wipers being damaged by the ash and can serve as a reminder to clean off the dirt and debris before setting off.

    Related Articles

    Latest Features

    How to clean ash off of a car

    How much does it cost to insure a Volkswagen T-Cross / Featured Article

    If you want to make sure that you have bumper-to-bumper protection from accidents and expensive repairs for your Volkswagen T-Cross then this is much you will need to set aside.

    How to clean ash off of a car

    Head to Head: Toyota Veloz vs Mitsubishi Xpander / Featured Article

    Both the Veloz and Xpander are formidable seven-seaters in their segment and price point. Which one is better?

    How to clean ash off of a car

    Isuzu D-MAX: Workhorse or lifestyle pickup truck? / Featured Article

    It has evolved to be something that can be both a workhorse and a lifestyle vehicle.

    The Taal Volcano in Batangas, a popular tourist spot, spewed ashes and smoke on January 12, 2020. While it’s important to keep yourself safe during this natural calamity, it’s equally crucial to know what to do after. Remember, ash can trigger health problems, like discomfort while breathing and skin irritation, not to mention property damages.

    Know the proper cleanup procedures to follow after ashfall from a volcanic eruption.

    How to Protect Your Health After Ashfall

    Your well-being is your first priority, so make sure to use masks when going back to your home, cleaning it, or venturing outdoors. An N-95 respirator is what you need. Unlike a cloth mask or a surgical mask, this can filter most of the airborne ash particles. At the same time, this kind of mask fits the face better than a surgical mask. Remember that they’re disposable; you have to replace them after use for 8 hours.

    If N-95 isn’t an option, use a damp cloth to cover your nose and mouth. As for your eyes, wear goggles, or at least eyeglasses. If you can use long-sleeved tops and long pants, better. You want to protect your skin from contact with volcanic ash, too.

    How to Clean the House After Ashfall

    One thing you need to watch out for is ash on your roof. Although fine materials, dust can be very heavy, especially when mixed with rainwater, and can cause the collapse of a building. Remove them as quickly as you can. Follow this step by step guide to cleaning the house as soon as ashfall has stopped:

    1. Wear protective masks and eyewear.
    2. To clean the roof, use a shovel to scrape ash off, especially if you’re working with a thick layer.
    3. Exercise caution in ash removal. Ash is slippery. Be careful not to fall when working on your roof.
    4. Clean the roof and gutters with water to prevent corrosion.
    5. To clean the inside of the house, work in sections, starting from the top floor.
    6. Open all doors and windows to make sure you have good ventilation before the clean-up.
    7. Use water when cleaning surfaces. A soaked cloth or sponge is helpful.
    8. Shake loose ash from sofas and other pieces of furniture before using a vacuum cleaner or dish rag to wipe them off.
    9. Replace sofas or beds that have been soaked in muddy ash, as it may be hard to remove all traces of ash on them.
    10. Clean clothes exposed to ash using powder detergent.
    11. Avoid floor sweepers with side brushes as these may throw dust back into the air. Fans will also do more harm than good. Stick to damp rags.
    12. Replace air conditioner filters and clean the appliance thoroughly. Check the unit every now and then in the months after the eruption.
    13. To clean the exterior of the house, use a garden hose to dampen the ash in the garden and yard. Moistened ash will keep the particles from being whisked into the air. Do make sure to use water sparingly. Otherwise, you will find it hard to remove heavy, thick layers of mud.
    14. Use a garden hose to wash windows and doors with soapy water.
    15. Gather the ash in an area far from drainage to avoid clogging. Keep the dust in industrial bags and dispose of them quickly.

    How to Clean Your Car After Ashfall

    Volcanic ash is a mixture of rock, mineral, and glass. It’s highly abrasive. To clean your car without causing more damage, follow these steps:

    1. Wear goggles and face masks before starting.
    2. Do not wipe the car directly with a rag or even a microfiber cloth.
    3. Remove the accumulated ash using water, especially for the windshield. This prevents the dust particles from scratching the glass surface.
    4. Be careful when working around the vehicle, as accumulated mud might lead to trips and falls.
    5. Clean-up is necessary not only for the car exterior but also for the actual motor. Ash can get to the inside of your engine bay, which may damage fans, belts, filters, or brakes. It may even affect your radiator’s cooling capacity. Get your car checked and serviced to make sure everything is working properly.
    6. It is best not to drive your car until it has been serviced. Use it only when necessary. Ash, even the dry kind, makes the road slippery, so you’re essentially driving in very hazardous conditions. At the same time, you wouldn’t want to whip up more particles on the road, leaving your vehicle covered in thick dust.

    Stay tuned for additional announcements regarding the volcanic eruption, especially if you’re living near the affected area or the fault line . Get details on areas to avoid and evacuation centers (your loved ones may have transferred in these locations). Jot down emergency hotline numbers in your locale, so you can easily reach authorities in case of power outages or medical assistance needs later. Ask updates from your family and friends, too. Reassure them that you’re safe.

    In times of volcanic eruptions or any natural disaster, knowing what to do after is just as important as learning how to prepare. Not only will it ensure your safety, but it will also give you peace of mind. Knowledge is power. Remember these tips to know how to clean your house and car, and to protect your health after the ash has settled.

    NBC 7 Responds looked at what you should do to avoid lasting damage to your car’s paint or interior.

    By Consumer Bob and Nicholas Kjeldgaard • Published September 11, 2020 • Updated on September 16, 2020 at 12:36 pm

    Even if you live miles away from wildfires, you can still see their impact right outside your door. Ash from those fires can land on cars, and could eventually damage their exterior.

    “Ash on the car does not harm your car in the dry state,” said Greg Boes of the National City and Crystal City Car Washes. “But on a dewy night, or when it’s foggy outside, you wake up in the morning and your car is wet. Then it could have potential hazards.”

    Boes runs three car washes in the South Bay. He says people are coming in and asking what they should do about their car’s paint.

    “They want to know if it’s bad for their paint and the best thing to do about it,” said Boes. “We anticipate a very busy weekend.”

    Boes says you don’t want to try and wipe the ash off as it could scratch the paint on your car. If you aren’t getting your car washed, he recommends at least hosing it off.

    “It’s just like any dirt that’s on your car, it’s gritty,” said Boes. “Hosing it off, a good strong water stream to hose it off would definitely help.”

    Just make sure you’ve washed it all off. Leaving ash on your car overnight can cause it to have a chemical reaction as dew or fog turns it wet.

    How to clean ash off of a car

    Was it the coffee that went flying when you hit that bump, or the soda that seeped into the fabric and stained your seat, or the chewing gum that you scratched at and picked apart, but still remains?

    Whatever caused your stain, there’s no need for you to use a professional car seat cleaning company or take your car to a costly detailer. With a little know-how, which we’ll provide, and a little elbow grease, which you’ll provide, you will be able to clean your fabric car seats so they shine like new.

    How to get stains out of fabric car seats

    The spills and stains in your car can become embedded in the fabric of your upholstery. Don’t delay, because the more time that passes, the odor will set in and engulf the interior of your car.

    Everyone who owns a car wants to know how to get stains out of fabric car seats Here are seven simple, straightforward tips that will do the trick. No pain, no stain!

    1. Pre-cleaning

    It doesn’t hurt do start with a little vacuuming. Attached the stiff brush to the vacuum and remove any loose dirt, food, or other materials that don’t belong in your car.

    2. Use baking soda if you have a nasty stain that covers a small area.

    Baking soda? That’s right, it happens to be an effective cleaner and deodorizer, and super inexpensive. As you will see, how to clean fabric car seats is part art and part science. If you don’t have any, go to the store and get some. When you return, find an old tooth brush. Then you’re ready to get started.

    Pour ¼ cup of baking soda in a small bowl and mix with warm water. That’s your solution. Now apply it to the area that has the stained fabric, and use the toothbrush, rotating it in a circular motion, so the bristles can work the stain out.

    For more difficult stains, let the solution seep into the stain for a half-hour before you scrub it. Dampen a clean cloth and use it to clean away any residue.

    3. Club soda

    Isn’t club soda for mixing cocktails? Yes, but it’s also considered by some to be the best way to clean fabric car seats. Club soda is essentially carbonated water with extra minerals like potassium bicarbonate and potassium citrate. If you’re wondering how to get stains out of fabric car seats, a club soda-based solution could do the magic. It is most suitable for small stains but probably not your go-to solution for heavy-duty cleaning.

    Here’s all you need to do:

    Pour club soda into a spray bottle, and then spray it on to the fabric of the car seat. Use a scrub brush to deepen the soda into the fabric and loosen the dirt. Then use a clean towel to wipe away any remaining moisture. You see, how to clean fabric car seats is easier than you ever imagined.

    4. Use vinegar

    Another more powerful alternative is using vinegar, which is usually better and less costly than any professional car seat cleaning method.

    Create the solution by combining one gallon of hot water with one cup of vinegar into a bucket, and then add a little dish soap for good measure.

    Apply the solution to the stain and let it seep into the fabric. Use a soft brush to scrub the area and watch the stain disappear! Then, pour a small amount of warm water over the area, to remove the soap. Use a dry microfiber towel to wipe away any remaining moisture. Make sure your car door windows are open, so it can air dry.

    5. Laundry detergent

    To pull this off, you can use either liquid or powdered detergent. Make the solution by mixing the detergent with some warm water in a bucket. Pour some of the solution onto the stain, allowing it to seep in. Don’t be too generous with the solution, so as not to saturate the car seat.

    Use a cloth to clean and scrub your target area on the seat, increasing pressure on the stain as needed. After the stain has faded, wet a second cloth with cold water and use it to remove any remaining residue from the seat. Let the seat air dry with your car windows open.

    6. Use a professional car seat cleaning product

    Instead of concocting your own solution, you can go to the store and buy an upholstery cleaner for your car. Apply the cleaner to your car fabric, per the instructions, and don’t use more than is required.

    Allow the cleaner to sit on the fabric for five minutes. To remove the stain, use a wet cloth to scrub the stained area. Really work it in good, adding more cleaner as needed.

    If that doesn’t do the trick, use a soft-bristled brush over the area. When done, rinse your target area with warm water to get rid of the residue, and gently press a dry cloth over the area.

    Make sure your windows are open and wait at least an hour before sitting on the seat.

    7. Steam cleaning

    If you have had it with scrubbing, maybe it’s time to bring in your secret weapon, a heavy-duty, steam cleaning machine. As we said previously, make sure first to vacuum or clean the seats to get rid of any debris, trash, and easy to remove dirt.

    Steaming is one of the most powerful and effective techniques, and can remove not only the stain but any odor too. Many people will attest that it’s the best way to clean fabric car seats. This method, which blows hot water onto a fabric surface and uses suction to remove the grime, is appropriate if your car is very dirty.

    You should notice a world of difference right away. Not just the way it looks, but that refreshing smell! If the stain doesn’t disappear entirely, then try the brush attachment. When done, open the windows and let the car air dry.

    Bonus Tip

    Get rid of gum or chocolate stains using this tried and true method:

    Grab an ice pack or ice cubes and place it over the chocolate or gum stain for ten minutes. Give it some time to freeze, and then the substance should come right off. If any remains, use a butter knife to scrape off the rest.

    To summarize, if you have a car stain, why spend good money on a professional car seat cleaning company when you can do it yourself? In this blog-post, we showed you how to clean fabric car seats using everyday household products like baking soda and vinegar.

    What is the best way to clean fabric car seats? That’s really for you to decide; try different methods and see what works for you. We hope our tips on how to get stains out of fabric car seats were useful, and also saved you time and money.

    This blog post was contributed by Fix Auto San Rafael, a leading industry expert and collision repair shop servicing the Marin County.

    Our resident cleaning expert explains how to get the sticky stuff off your hands, the roof of your Volvo, and anywhere else it strays.

    How to clean ash off of a car

    While there are worse Yuletide cleaning jobs than removing pine sap from your car, the sticky resin that gets everywhere as you’re transporting and setting up the Christmas tree isn’t something you can simply wash away with soap and water. Here’s how to get rid of it.

    How to clean ash off of a car

    Removing Sap From Your Person

    We’ll get to the sap on your car in a minute: First you have to remove any sap that got on your hands—preferably before you start driving and transfer it to the steering wheel.

    There are as many products that will do this as there are ways to trim a tree, and you’ll often hear people recommend things like paint thinner or mineral spirits. Sure, those will work, but there are gentler options that will perform just as well, and are therefore a better choice for use on your delicate skin. Among those are rubbing alcohol and products like hand sanitizer and nail polish remover, which contain a high concentration of alcohol.

    Cooking oils, like olive or coconut, are also excellent for quickly taking sap off of skin. Plain old salt can be used to slough away sap by rubbing a bit between your hands; it gets bonus points for serving as an exfoliating agent.

    Removing Sap From a Car’s Exterior

    Hoisting your Christmas bush up on the roof of your car will inevitably leave a stick trail of resin on the exterior. When it comes to removing that sap, preserving the paint job is priority number one. Paint thinner, for example, would be an ill-advised tool for this particular operation.

    Out of an abundance of caution, I checked in with Bob Sorokanich, deputy online editor at Road & Track, who recommends using a spray-on remover like Turtle Wax Bug & Tar for removing small droplets of sap from a car’s exterior. For removing larger swaths, he cautions that you may need something stronger. “This may sound crazy, but gel hand sanitizer does a great job of removing sap blobs from your car’s paint. Squeeze a small dot on your fingertip, rub it on the blob of sap, and let it sit for a few seconds. It’ll dissolve the sap almost immediately and you can wipe it away with a wet paper towel or a clean, damp rag. I make sure to rinse and wipe the spot a few times, otherwise the alcohol in the hand sanitizer can lift the wax off your paint job and leave a dull spot.”

    How to clean ash off of a car

    He suggests that you finish up the job by spraying an instant detailer, like Mothers California Gold, to clean up any smudges and polish the area to a nice shine.

    Removing Sap From the Interior of the Car

    Most people transport a tree by strapping it to the top of the car, but it’s not uncommon to put smaller trees, or items like garlands and wreaths, in the backseat or in the trunk of a station wagon, which can leave sap on seats and floormats. If you’ve got a can of WD-40 rolling around in the trunk, it can be pressed into service to take sap off of leather, just be sure to go over the area with a damp, sudsy rag or a premoistened wipe to remove the WD-40 residue.

    Rubbing alcohol (or hand sanitizer) is the ticket to safely removing sap from carpeted floor mats, fabric upholstery or seat covers. Rubbing alcohol can also be used on leather, but you should be sure to wipe it away with a damp rag so that it doesn’t cause the leather to dry out.

    How to clean ash off of a car

    And as for those pine needles that are now everywhere.

    Before I leave you, here are two quick tips for handling pine needle pick-up: As counterintuitive as it sounds, before using a vacuum to clean up pine needles, empty the canister or bag. Pine needles are bulky, and your vacuum will perform better if you start with an empty chamber. You’ll also want to switch to the hose attachment, or use a handheld vac, so that the sticky needles won’t get stuck in a vacuum’s brush attachment.

    That same advice about the hose attachment also applies to the vacuuming up of confetti, which may prove helpful to know come January 1!

    If you’ve taken a road trip during bug season or travel long distances for a living, you are most likely experienced in the after effect bug splatters on your car’s paint. A beautiful paint job littered with the remains of lovebugs, mosquitoes, and other insects can be disheartening. We’ll show you how to remove bugs from a car using a few simple ingredients that won’t harm the clear coat on the vehicle.

    You can often tell how much a person travels by the amount of bug litter on the front bumper and windshield of their car. These specks of bug guts may seem like they should be easy to remove by going through the car wash, but that doesn’t always work. Some insects leave such a sticky mess behind that you need to use other methods of removal.

    1. How to Get Bugs Off a Car
      • How to Clean Bugs Off a Car
      • Best Way to Remove Bugs Using Baking Soda
      • Removing Dead Bugs from a Car with Dryer Sheets
      • Best Way to Remove Bugs from Your Car Windshield
      • Removing Bug Guts from a Car with Oil
      • Rubbing Bugs Off a Car with a Magic Eraser
      • Prevent Bug Splatters on Your Car with a Bug Deflector
      • Prevent Bug Splatter Stains with Wax

    How to Get Bugs Off a Car

    There are several ways to remove dead bugs from your car without having to take it to a detailer. While some of the methods are pretty basic, others may surprise you. We’ll show you how to clean bugs from your car in a few easy steps.

    How to Clean Bugs Off a Car

    Many times, you don’t need to use a strong cleanser to clean your car. Before you bring out the big cleaning guns, try a simple cleaning solution. The following recipe shows you how to clean bugs off a car using a little soap and water.

    Car Bug Cleaner

    • Johnson’s baby shampoo
    • Dish soap
    • Hot water
    • Bucket
    • Bug sponge

    Fill a bucket or container with hot water and add a few squirts of baby shampoo or a degreaser dish soap. Dip a bug sponge into the soapy water and scrub the bug remains off the car using a circular motion.

    This solution works well for the windows, the paint on the car, the tires, and is a great DIY cleaner for car headlights that have bug remains on them. Rinse the vehicle with clean water from a garden hose.

    Best Way to Remove Bugs Using Baking Soda

    Baking soda is an excellent car soap substitute. It is alkaline and a mild scrubbing agent that works well at removing dirty bits of dead bugs from the car.

    Baking Soda Car Bug Remover

    • 4 tablespoons baking soda
    • 1-quart warm water
    • Bucket
    • Microfiber cloth

    Pour warm water and baking soda into a bucket and mix. Dunk a microfiber cloth into the solution and apply it to the car.

    Rub the dirty areas with the cloth in a circular motion to remove dead bugs. Rinse the vehicle with a hose and dry it with a microfiber towel.

    Removing Dead Bugs from a Car with Dryer Sheets

    Fabric softener is not just for softening and removing lint from clothing. Those dryer sheets can also remove dead bugs from a car. This method also works well as a tar remover.

    Dryer Sheet Method

    • Dryer sheets
    • Spray bottle
    • Warm water

    Fill a spray bottle with some warm water and spray onto a sheet of fabric softener. Rub the softener sheet in a circular motion onto the bug splattered areas of the car.

    The solution in fabric softener sheets works by loosening the bugs for easy removal. Once the bug grime is gone, wash your car as you typically would and give it a proper waxing.

    Best Way to Remove Bugs from Your Car Windshield

    A vinegar solution is the best way to remove bugs from your car windshield and also the best way to clean your car windows, whether they have bug guts or not. Vinegar is a mildly acidic liquid that cleans the glass of all kinds of dirt and debris without leaving streaks. This method also works well for cleaning aluminum rims with vinegar.

    Vinegar Car Cleaner

    • 1 cup white vinegar
    • 1 cup of water
    • Spray bottle
    • Microfiber cloth

    Pour the vinegar and warm water into a spray bottle and label for future use. Spray the glass cleaning solution onto the windshield and wipe it with a cloth using circular motions to remove dead bugs. Reapply the spray a second time and use a clean cloth to wipe away any residue.

    Repeat the steps on other car windows that need cleaning. Vinegar is also the perfect solution for cleaning tires with household products you already have in the pantry. It is ideal for cleaning virtually every area of the car, both inside and out.

    Removing Bug Guts from a Car with Oil

    Various household oil substances work for removing bugs from your car and to clean tree sap off your car and windows, as well. We have listed several of these oil types that get the job done. These oils can also be used for removing tree sap.

    Oil Bug Remover

    • Cooking spray
    • Baby oil
    • Lamp oil
    • WD-40
    • Microfiber cloth

    Apply one of the mentioned oils or sprays onto a soft cloth and rub it onto the buggy area of the car or to the tree sap stain using circular motions. After the bugs are gone, clean the car with soap and water, rinse with clean water, and then follow up with a proper waxing.

    Rubbing Bugs Off a Car with a Magic Eraser

    Magic Erasers can clean just about anything, so it shouldn’t come as a surprise to discover that it can also remove dead bugs from your car.

    Erasing Bug Splats

    Get a Magic Eraser wet and rub the bug stains on the car with a gentle motion and not too much force. Using too much pressure or trying this method with a dry eraser may cause surface damage to the paint on your car.

    Prevent Bug Splatters on Your Car with a Bug Deflector

    If you often travel long distances, consider putting a car deflector onto the front of your car to prevent those bugs from making a mess on the paint.

    Bug Deflector

    Bug deflectors work by keeping bugs off the car paint, along with other debris. As bugs hit the deflector, they are swept up over the top of your vehicle and away.

    You can pick up an auto bug deflector from any auto parts store. Attach the deflector to the front bumper of your car by following the manufacturer’s instructions.

    Prevent Bug Splatter Stains with Wax

    Applying wax or car sealant to the front of your vehicle is a great way to prevent bugs from sticking to the paint.

    Car Waxing

    Clean the entire car using soap and water, rinse with clean water, and dry. Use a car wax such as Turtle Wax Bug, and apply it to a sponge. Rub the wax onto a section of the car using a circular motion.

    Continue doing this in parts until the car is covered in wax. Use a cloth to remove the wax by buffing the sections using a circular motion.

    While cleaning bugs off the front of your car may not be the most desirable job, it doesn’t have to be a chore. You can turn a gross job into a simple task as long as you use the right cleaning product or tool and a little elbow grease.

    Use a streak free glass cleaning solution to remove bugs from the windshield and one of our other cleaning solutions to remove dead bugs from the rest of your vehicle.

    Knowing how to remove bugs from a car keeps your vehicle looking like new even after those long road trips, so why not share these bug removal tips with your friends and family on Pinterest?

    If you are a smoker and you have a habit of smoking in your car (particularly with the windows up), then you have probably noticed a smoke residue built up on the interior windshields of your car. If you drive the same car every day, it may not be immediately apparent. Once you sit in a non-smoker’s car, however, you can easily tell the difference. A hazy windshield not only detracts from the clean look of your car, it also poses a safety hazard, particularly when driving in inclement weather or at night. Here are some ways you can clean smoke residue off your car’s windshields.

    Step 1

    Approach the interior front windshield from the passenger’s seat to avoid obstruction from the steering wheel.

    Step 2

    Begin trying to remove the smoke residue using a household glass cleaner and a microfiber cloth. Microfiber leaves behind less lint than other cloths.

    Step 3

    Try a vinegar and water solution if the household cleaner doesn’t take the smoke residue off. Many people advocate applying it with a black-and-white newspaper. The newspaper ink acts like a glass polisher and no lint is left behind on the windshield.

    Step 4

    Give rubbing alcohol or chrome polish a try if the traditional glass cleaners don’t work.

    Step 5

    Take your car for a professional detailing if you can’t resolve the problem. Talk to the detailers about your smoke residue issue beforehand.

    Help prevent the problem by avoiding smoking with the windows up or only cracked slightly. If possible, avoid smoking in the car altogether.

    • Don’t forget to clean the other windows in your car as well. The side window, rear windshield and even the sunroof can be clouded by smoke residue.
    • Almost any glass cleaning solution can be applied with newspaper with the same effects.
    • The more smoke residue you allow to build up on the inside of your windshields, the harder it will be to remove. Once you clean off your windshields sufficiently, keep up a regular weekly cleaning to prevent a thick residue from forming again with continued smoking.

    Things You’ll Need

    • Vinegar
    • Household glass cleaner
    • Newspaper
    • Microfiber cloth
    • Avoid using ammonia or ammonia-based glass cleaners on any windows that have tint in them. This can discolor the tint or remove it.
    • If you use any cleaning products with ammonia or other caustic agents in them, allow the car to air out after cleaning the windshield before spending time in the car to avoid breathing in the fumes.

    This article was written by a professional writer, copy edited and fact checked through a multi-point auditing system, in efforts to ensure our readers only receive the best information. To submit your questions or ideas, or to simply learn more, see our about us page: link below.

    How to clean ash off of a car

    How to clean ash off of a carPersonally I enjoy nothing better than going on a driving holiday in the spring time. But one of the pitfalls of a long road trip can be thousands of insects smashed into the front end of your car! If you drive at night, in the warmer months, when there are lots of bugs around then this seems to just increase the problem. Also the longer you leave the bugs stuck to the front of your car the harder it is to remove them!

    After putting off cleaning the front of my car I was dreading how much time it would take to clean away the now hard and crusty bugs. I went searching online for some tips on how to clean the dead bugs off my car more easily. I wanted some tips that would save me time and elbow grease but that would also be safe to use on my car.

    Previously I had used a commercial car bug cleaner and standard car sponge but I found that a lot of time and rubbing was required. The following methods all worked a lot more easily and most utilised items I already had around the house.

    Super Clean Degreaser

    The following video by an auto detailer shows how to clean bugs from the front of your car using a product called Super Clean. While this product might do the job really well I put it at number four because I did not already have this product at home and I could not find where to buy it in Australia.

    Dryer Sheets

    While searching online I came across several forums that suggested that a dryer sheet could be used to clean the bugs off a car. The following video shows how to extract some of the softener from within the sheets and then how to use it to clean bugs from the front of a car. I used this method on a small section of my car and found that it worked reasonably well. The main down side was that the dryer sheet became very slippery and was hard to work with when wet. I wouldn’t recommend using this method if you have lots of bugs over a large area of your car.


    I hadn’t thought of using WD40 when cleaning my car but it should come as no surprise that the product claiming to have 2000+ uses has “Automotive -Removes bugs, road tar and tree sap” listed as one of them!

    So I gave it a go using a soft cloth and again it did a pretty good job. I was a bit worried about using it on the paint work though so I only tried a small area. This method would be great if you had a large chrome grill on the front of your car.

    Bug Sponge

    A while ago, in anticipation of this job, I had bought a bug sponge but I had yet to try it out. I initially thought that the bug sponge alone would not be enough to remove the hundreds of very dry bug spots that were on my car.

    How to clean ash off of a car

    After trying the other three methods on small sections, I dipped the bug sponge into my regular car wash solution and rubbed it over the front of the car. I was amazed at how easily the bugs came off with just the use of the bug sponge!

    I have included a video below that shows how to use a bug sponge to clean insects off the front of your car. In the video they also sprayed the front of the car with bug off to help break down the bugs.


    In summary the dryer sheet method and WD40 worked reasonably well but I don’t know if I could use them on large areas of paintwork, especially as they are not specifically designed for cleaning cars.

    At the end of the day I would recommend that everyone gets themselves a bug sponge if they don’t have one already. I was able to clean a large number of bugs from the front of my car just using my regular wash ‘n wax car wash and the bug sponge!

    The pictures below show close up views of my car before and after I cleaned the bugs off (mostly done with the bug sponge).

    Whether you’re traveling via an airplane, automobile, or sea vessel, having Wi-Fi on the go is advantageous in many ways. Information technology means you stay connected with the rest of the earth while on the movement!

    Wi-Fi access has proved to exist more of a necessity for many people around the globe. While some people rely upon information technology for entertainment, others depend on it for piece of work. Now new machine models feature congenital-in Wi-Fi for flexible access to the internet.

    How to clean ash off of a car

    In a single word, yeah.

    A motorcar connected to Wi-Fi is more user-friendly than you tin imagine. Scenarios that may need you to get continued to Wi-Fi include; seeking help in case of an emergency, seeking real-time traffic updates, using a navigator, or connecting with friends over the internet.

    Today, getting your car continued to Wi-Fi has become simpler and more than affordable, with enough of choices to pick from.

    All the same, while many people might prefer turning their smartphones into a sharable mobile hotspot, this option might not exist reliable, dissimilar getting a dedicated device for providing internet admission.

    Regardless of the method, y’all may choose for wireless internet in your car, the service will come at a price.

    How to Get Wi-Fi in Your Auto

    There are several ways yous could get Wi-Fi in your vehicle at an economical toll.

    one. Turn Your Smartphone Into a Mobile Hotspot

    The easiest way to go connected while on the go in your machine would be to turn your smartphone into a portable hotspot.

    As the most efficient way to connect to the cyberspace when driving, you could turn on the option through your settings.

    The procedure is different according to whichever device you lot are using. Confirm with the user manual of your specific phone to be sure of the process. However, for most, if non all smartphones, you can locate the selection from your smartphone’s network settings.

    Furthermore, turning your smartphone into a mobile hotspot might drain the battery much faster. Consider having a charger past your side.

    2. Go a Dedicated Mobile Hotspot Device

    These devices volition work similarly to a smartphone when creating the mobile hotspot, simply that’southward where their similarities cease.

    Defended mobile hotspot devices tin only connect you to the internet and tin’t exist used to practice anything else a smartphone can do. You can employ these devices anywhere with network coverage, including areas outside of your car.

    Furthermore, you could get a dedicated cocky-contained hotspot or buy a dongle (small computer hardware that’due south connected to some other port for added functionality) to get the job done!

    three. Connect Using an OBD-II Device

    Although OBD-II is less portable compared to a smartphone or defended hotspot device, the equipment offers more than functionality than the other ii in terms of connectivity.

    The OBD-II plugs direct to the OBD-II port, a place where machine technicians perform computer diagnostic tasks.

    The significant advantage of picking an OBD-Ii device over any other pick for Wi-Fi connectivity in the car is that the device tin can connect directly with your smartphone via an app.

    This helps nowadays real-time data almost the car’s location. Interestingly, you can too run into where the car has been in the by!

    Cars manufactured after 1996 come up with OBD-II ports, making them a viable pick for people with older cars.

    How Does Auto Wi-Fi Work?

    Generally speaking, Wi-Fi built into the car is not part of your cellular or home internet plan. Neither is it an extension of the two plans.

    Auto Wi-Fi comes bundled with your automobile’s arrangement, which ways you can connect to the internet without having to turn your smartphone into a mobile hotspot, buy a dissever hotspot dongle, or utilize an OBD-II device.

    The car’s entertainment system will act similar to a router and bring an cyberspace connection into the cabin. Car manufacturers such as Toyota have partnered with several service providers, such as AT&T and Sprint, to make this possible.

    Y’all can but access the feature by purchasing a subscription through your car’s manufacturer the same mode you pay for your home internet.

    You tin can turn on the feature for well-nigh vehicles by navigating to the onboard touch screen monitor settings. Alternatively, in that location should be a push button on your machine’south dashboard that turns on the characteristic.

    Furthermore, you should purchase a data programme via your respective car manufacturer or service provider to use the feature to connect to the internet.

    How Much Does Car Wi-Fi Cost?

    As stated earlier in this article, automobile Wi-Fi is not an extended plan of your usual dwelling data plan.

    You’ll pay directly to the car manufacturer or a service provider as per the subscription agreement betwixt you and the visitor. The pricing is different depending on how much information yous’d like and who your service provider is.

    A typical Wi-Fi plan will cost you around $twenty to $40 per calendar month, but that will vary with the programme and provider. Practise bank check with your specific manufacturer to ostend the actual figure for the subscription.

    What Providers Offer Wi-Fi Service for Cars?

    Cellular providers such as T-Mobile, AT&T, and Verizon provide Wi-Fi plans for vehicles.

    However, non all automobile manufacturers offer auto Wi-Fi services in their cars. Only a select number of vehicles come with this option.

    Chrysler was the first manufacturer to build cars with a Wi-Fi-enabled device. Other manufacturers, such equally Full general Motors (GM), take followed conform with their new vehicles.

    Again, bank check with your car manufacturer to decide what service provider has partnered with them in providing Wi-Fi services in your automobile.

    Practice Some Cars Have Built-in Wi-Fi?

    Some cars exercise come up with a built-in Wi-Fi device that does not need a separate device to connect to the internet.

    Cars such as the Chevrolet Cruze, Chrysler 200, Audi A3, and many more than have a built-in Wi-Fi device with a stronger signal than the traditional hotspot feature in our smartphones.

    How to clean ash off of a car

    Ready to get rid of smoke smell in your car for good? In this article, we’ll cover how to get smoke smell out of your car, including how to remove cigarette smell from cars.

    Cigarette smoke and cigar smoke can stick to interior car surfaces, leaving an unpleasant, strong smell. So what’s the best method to get smoke smell out of a car? OdoBan eliminates odors at the source, and can help you get rid of smoke smell once and for all!

    To get started, here’s what you’ll need:

    • OdoBan Disinfectant and Odor Eliminator Multi-Purpose Concentrate
    • Measuring cup (not for food use)
    • Clean, plastic spray bottle (for spots and small areas)
    • Microfiber cloths
    • Paper towels
    • Handheld vacuum or shop vacuum

    After mixing OdoBan in a spray bottle, always label your OdoBan solution (for example, “car odor eliminator spray”). You can find free printable secondary labels on our website.

    A few quick safety reminders:

    • Never mix OdoBan with any cleaning products or chemicals.
    • Always use OdoBan as directed on the label.
    • Don’t measure OdoBan with measuring cups used for food and drink.
    • Allow treated surfaces to dry before using the car.

    Subscribe on YouTube for OdoBan Videos

    How to Get Cigarette Smell Out of Car Interiors

    Though it can be challenging to get rid of smoke smell in cars, it can be done! Getting cigarette smell out of cars is a three-step process, including:

    1. Replace and treat cabin air filter
    1. Initial car interior cleaning
    1. Car deodorizing treatment

    Before getting started, you’ll first need to mix OdoBan concentrate to make an automotive smoke odor eliminating spray use-solution. Alternatively, you can use an OdoBan Ready-to-Use Spray. These sprays are already mixed and ready for use.

    To make an OdoBan car smoke smell remover spray use-solution, mix 22 ounces of OdoBan concentrate per gallon of water.

    For a standard 32-ounce spray bottle, mix 5 ½ ounces of OdoBan concentrate with water.

    How to Make a Car Smoke Smell Remover Spray Solution with OdoBan Concentrate

    1. Measure 5.5 oz of OdoBan concentrate in a measuring cup, not used for food and drink.
    1. Carefully pour the measured OdoBan concentrate into a clean, plastic 32-ounce spray bottle.
    1. Fill the remainder of the spray bottle with plain tap water.
    1. Seal the spray bottle tightly.
    1. Label the spray bottle.

    Note: Before using OdoBan, or any cleaning product, on any upholstery, carpet, or fabric, always test a small, inconspicuous area for colorfastness. For leather seats, we recommend using a specialty product formulated for leather.

    Step 1: How to Replace and Treat Cabin Air Filter with OdoBan

    A cabin air filter is used in most cars to constantly filter air in the car’s interior. For cars with smoke smell, these filters are likely saturated with smoke residue. These filters are typically accessible behind the glove box, but refer to your owner’s manual or vehicle repair guide for specifics on your car.

    Here’s how to replace and treat the cabin air filter:

    1. Spray new cabin air filter liberally with OdoBan solution. Set aside to dry.
    1. Remove the old, smoke-filled air filter.
    1. After the filter has completely dried, install the new, treated cabin air filter.

    Step 2: How to Clean Car Interior to Remove Smoke Smell

    With your new air filter installed, now is a great time to clean the inside of the car. This initial cleaning will help remove dirt and loosen odor-causing particles on car interior surfaces. During this step, we’ll also use OdoBan to clean car interior surfaces.

    Here’s how to clean a car with smoke smell:

    1. Using OdoBan solution and a microfiber cloth, clean the hard surfaces in the car. These surfaces include the dash, arm rests, overhead light coverings, doors, and footwell panels. Take care to lift yellowed smoke stains, like on the steering wheel and door panels.
    1. Remove the car floor mats and trunk mats and set aside for cleaning.
    1. With the floor mats removed, thoroughly vacuum the interior surfaces and the floor mats. Be sure to remove any remaining cigarette ash under the seats or in the footwells.
    1. Optional: Carpet extraction treatment. For very dirty or smelly car carpet or car floor mats, you can even use a carpet cleaner or extraction cleaner with OdoBan. Be sure to dry thoroughly.
    1. When dry, place the cleaned car mats back in the vehicle.

    Step 3: How to Deodorize Car Interior to Remove Smoke Smell

    After a surface cleaning, the final step for getting smoke smell out of the car is a deodorization treatment with the OdoBan car smoke smell remover spray solution.

    Here’s how to deodorize a car with smoke smell:

    1. Liberally spray cloth seats, headrests, headliner, floors, and other cloth surfaces with the OdoBan spray solution.
    1. Turn on the car and set the AC to recirculate.
    1. Liberally spray OdoBan near the car cabin air intake vents. Cabin air intake vents are typically located in the front footwells or at the base of the windshield.
    1. Exit the vehicle and close the car doors. Allow the AC system to run on recirculate for ten minutes.

    Note: Do not occupy the vehicle during recirculation. Do not breathe the wet mist.

    To remove smoke smell from cars, it’s important that OdoBan can reach the source of any lingering smoke odors. Smoke particles firmly attach to soft surfaces, like cloth seats and headliners. Give these areas extra attention during the deodorization treatment, allowing the OdoBan smoke odor eliminator solution to reach the smoke particles and completely remove the odor.

    If trying to get rid of smoke smell in a car that has been smoked in for several years, it may take multiple cleaning and odor treatments before the smoke smell is completely gone.

    Water spots are easy to see on any car’s paint finish or glass, especially on those with dark or black paintwork. Follow these steps to learn how to remove water spots from car surfaces and prevent future water spots from occurring in the future.


    STEP 1

    • Wet the surface of the area where water spots are present with a damp sponge or rag.
    • If ringlets appear around the water spots and the finish feels rough, heavy water spotting or acid etching may be present.

    How to clean ash off of a car

    STEP 2

    • If the water spots are on the surface and are new, wash the vehicle with Turtle Wax M.A.X.-Power Car Wash to remove any loose dirt and towel dry.
    • For water spot removal, fill a bucket with one pint of white distilled vinegar and one pint of distilled or soft water.

    How to clean ash off of a car

    “I have to say, this is the best cleaner I have ever used. my car looks spotless and the shine is great.”

    STEP 3

    • Apply the solution to the affected area using a sponge on one section at a time, keeping the finish wet for 1 to 2 minutes.
    • Rinse the area with water where the solution was applied and towel dry.

    How to clean ash off of a car

    Related Articles

    How To Remove Scratches From A Car Window

    How to clean ash off of a car


    • Three levels of cleaning power from moderate to extreme for the wash best suited to your needs
    • Removes stains, tar, tree sap and even old wax to prep and restore tired surfaces
    • Fragrance-infused formula creates a pleasant atmosphere for a refreshing car care routine
    • Hurry while stocks last!


    How to clean ash off of a car


    • Three levels of cleaning power from moderate to extreme for the wash best suited to your needs
    • Removes stains, tar, tree sap and even old wax to prep and restore tired surfaces
    • Fragrance-infused formula creates a pleasant atmosphere for a refreshing car care routine
    • Hurry while stocks last!


    Subscribe for your newsletter and the rewards will be in your inbox before you even get there


    News, events and insights from Turtle Wax® worldwide


    Exclusive offers and discounts on Turtle Wax® products


    Regular treats and surprises for all subscribers


    At Turtle Wax, we’re a dedicated team of auto enthusiasts that live and breathe Turtle Wax® & auto culture. We’re driven to innovate and create amazing new products with state-of-the-art, easy to use technology.

    We’re dedicated to our loyal fans who fuel us to create products specially designed for their needs all around the globe – no matter the format or experience level. And, we’re also driven by value – we’ll always have great products at a great price.

    Quick. Convenient. Reliable .

    Written by Anthony Volk on August 7, 2018 . Posted in Auto Glass Care Tips

    How to clean ash off of a car

    The professional car glass repair team at Anthony Volk has compiled a handy guide. Here are cheap, DIY methods for removing the ten most challenging things from vehicle windows and windshields.

    1. Window Tint

    Here’s how to remove window tinting film. Use a hairdryer or heat gun to loosen the adhesive on the window tint. Put it on the high setting and hold it about two inches from the glass. Lift the edges away from the glass with a plastic scraper. Work in sections, heating the tinting film and peeling it off. Use a clean lint-free rag and WD-40 to rub off any adhesive still sticking to the window. Finally, clean the car window with glass cleaner and paper towel.

    2. Decals

    Stickers and decals on car glass don’t need to last forever. Most stickers can be scraped off easily after soaking them in soapy water or a solution of laundry softener and water. It’s safer to use plastic scrapers because razor blades may scratch the windshield.

    For stubborn vinyl decals, try heating the area first with a hairdryer or heat gun. With the high heat setting, warm the decal and the adhesive will begin to detach. Then, use a plastic blade to scrape the decal off the windshield. Adhesive remover, like Goo Gone, can help get rid of any remaining residue. Finally, clean the car glass with a lint-free rag.

    3. Tree Sap

    Sticky tree sap can be a real challenge to clean off car glass, especially if it has been smeared by the wipers. We recommend using simple rubbing alcohol*. If you have a can of bug remover product, this usually works well too. Pour a small amount of diluted alcohol on a rag, then lay it on top of the sap and let it sit for one minute. Next, use the rag to rub the area. Continue to add more alcohol solution and wipe with the rag until it’s all gone. Clean up using glass cleaner.

    4. Spray Paint

    Don’t despair, spray paint on a windshield isn’t permanent. First, scrape the paint off the glass with a plastic blade. Use long strokes across the glass in one direction, not back and forth. Next, use a small amount of acetone nail polish remover to attack any remaining paint on the glass. Pour it onto a microfiber cloth and gently rub the painted area. Finally, rinse the windshield and wash the car thoroughly.

    5. Gum

    Chewing gum can be difficult to remove from any surface. A quick trick for getting it off a windshield is to use ice to harden the gum. Once you have pulled off as much as possible, put a few ice cubes in a plastic bag and place it on the remaining gum. Hold it there for a few minutes. Then, peel the remaining gum off the glass. If the area is still sticky, spray it with a bug remover product and rub it in with a clean rag. To clean up, use soapy water and a sponge.

    6. Bugs

    The one downside of the summer is bug splatter on the windshield. Specific bug removal sprays, such as Turtle Wax or BEST Bug-Off, are available and usually do the trick. However, a great DIY alternative is using WD-40.

    Soak the dirty spot with the oil and let it sit for a few minutes. Next, scrub the glass with the scratchy side of a regular kitchen sponge. Finally, wipe that area of the windshield clean with a microfiber cloth.

    7. Acid Rain Stains

    Acid rain can cause a lot of damage to vehicles. Though it may not pose any great risk to windshields or windows, it can certainly decrease visibility. For tough acid rain stains, there is a cheap solution. Clean the car glass with white vinegar and water. You can fill a spray bottle with one cup of vinegar diluted in one quart of water. Use a clean part of a microfiber cloth or paper towel each time you wipe the glass. It should dry clean and streak free.

    8. Water Spots

    It can be frustrating to see pesky water spots on your windshield right after a car wash. To get rid of them, make a vinegar solution with equal parts plain white vinegar and distilled water. Apply this solution to the water spots and let sit. After about one minute, rinse and dry the windshield with a dry paper towel.

    9. Ice

    Everyone hates standing out in the cold and slowly chipping away at ice on the windshield. One handy way to dissolve the ice quickly is to spray it with a rubbing alcohol* solution. Keep a spray bottle filled with ⅔ rubbing alcohol and ⅓ water in your garage. A quick spray across the windshield will dissolve the ice and, unlike regular water, it won’t refreeze to the glass.

    10. Wiper Marks

    Clean windshield wiper streaks away using alcohol-based glass cleaner and a lint-free rag. It’s important to clean under the wipers. Then, spray a fresh rag with the glass cleaner, lift the wipers up and clean the blades. As you’re doing this, check the condition of the wiper blades. Streaking might be a sign that it’s time to replace them.

    *Be sure to dilute the rubbing alcohol properly – at least 15%. It should never be used at full strength because it can damage the car’s paint.

    Professional Car Glass Services Near You

    If it’s time to repair or replace your car window or windshield. Call our team of car glass professionals at (484) 999-3319 or use the easy online quote request form.

    How to clean ash off of a car

    After much debate and budgeting you’ve finally opted to invest in long-term Paint Protection for your car. Great. Still, you have some questions about what happens afterwards. With the help of Schmicko, let’s dive in to answer those questions for you right here so that you can keep your pride and joy looking top-notch day in and day out.

    Proper Car Washing After Ceramic Coating/Paint Protection

    1. Wash Your Car Often

    Many people mistakenly believe that once you have a Ceramic Coating or Paint Protection for your car, you no longer need to wash it regularly. This is absolutely false. You need to give your car a frequent washing just like you normally would. Just because it is coated with premium protection does not mean it is 100% resistant stain proof and can’t get dirty. It can still get dirty, except cleaning the car will be significantly easier than a car that was not coated. You will instantly feel the difference once you have had your coating applied. Also, it is recommended that you don’t wash the car for up to a week once you have installed it.

    1. When to Wash

    It’s not a good idea to wash your car in direct sunlight or as long as the paint stays hot, this goes for any car irrespective of whether it has paint protection or not. When you wash your vehicle in direct sunlight the heat causes the water to quickly evaporate, leaving water-spots on your car and can cause the product to evaporate, tedious when it happens. The heat can further reduce the durability of the Ceramic Coating or Paint Protection even though they have excellent resistance against them.

    1. Do Not Wash Your Car Within 7 Days of Application

    You must give both Paint Protection Film and Ceramic Coating some time to completely cure on the vehicle. Washing can interfere with the curing process. Even though most ceramic coatings will dry almost instantly, they still need time to fully cure, so harden and give off its maximal gloss/shine.

    1. If Using A Pressure Washer

    Do not use a pressure washer that can damage the finish of your car. Give sufficient distance when rinsing the surface, most pressure washers are safe to use. Typically the petrol based pressure washers have high PSI, also a bonus in that you can attach a foam lance to the pressure washer for a touchless foam wash – also an excellent option.

    1. Remove Bird-Droppings, Dead Bugs, or Tree Sap

    Ceramic Coatings/Paint Protection Film cannot withstand everything. Natural acidic contaminants will do serious damage to them and harm their durability when left unnoticed or treated. Also, when removing any spots from your car, remember to blot not wipe, in order to minimize scratching to your finish. Despite having strong resistance against chemical damage, it is always a great idea to consistently wash your car as to avoid the etching of chemical contaminants. It would take time for these chemicals to eat through the coating, yet it is always better to be safe than sorry

    1. Don’t Dry Wipe Your Ceramic Paint Protection

    When you are going to wipe down your car, make certain that the surface is wet as to ensure that there is some degree of lubrication involved.

    1. Do Not Use Excessive Force or Powerful Chemicals

    Remember to always treat your coating and film gently, in the same manner you would factory paint. Moreover, keep powerful chemicals such as bug and tar removers tend to degrade the condition of your coating or film. These will do serious damage and reduce the durability of these products. There is a good reason why these chemicals can cut through etched on bugs and road tar, it’s because they are quite aggressive. So, only do use these chemicals only if necessary.

    All of these suggestions are really just a matter of common sense. When you have something costly done to protect the finish of your car, you should automatically know that you must treat it right. Try to avoid making foolish mistakes above all, and think your actions through before you spontaneously rush off and do the wrong thing. Having your car chemically protected is a big investment, and you want it to last as long as it possibly can. The longer it lasts, the longer your car will remain in good shape too.

    Filed Under: News Tagged With: ceramic coating

    Removing tree sap damage from car paint can be troublesome and sticky. What’s a tree sap? Tree Sap is very acidic. Tree sap occurs in two ways. One tree emits sap from the soil, from the trunk, and spreads through the leaves. The sap contains life-giving sugars that trees use to consume.

    Resin, on the other hand, is a somewhat different composition. This resin functions mostly as a defence against illness or insect attacks. Anyway, all of these excretions will create havoc on your paint, plastic trim, headlights and other things in your vehicle.

    Initially, the tree sap or the resin would not harm the colour of the vehicle. Although these sticky products have several sugars and acids though, you can actually continue to feed on surfaces like transparent coats if you neglect them. When it does, it grays, contributes to blemishes or discolouration. Whatever you call this adherent substance, it is tough to extract it from your vehicle. A regular soap solution does not react well. If you leave it be, it’s going to turn dark and be much harder to remove.

    Whether it is pine trees, palm trees, maple trees or orange trees, it does not matter – it is still a frustration to be addressed. It isn’t tricky to remove sap from your car, but it needs to be removed quickly. The longer you let it sit, the more difficult it is to remove. Read this article to ensure you understand how to correctly and quickly remove tree sap.

    Is tree sap harmful to car paint?

    Tree sap is a very sticky material that hardens until it falls to the surface of the vehicle. Leaving tree saps on the surface of your car’s paint can produce serious harm to the clear coat as well as to the paint layers below the surface.

    Will tree sap come off in a car wash?

    Tree sap is sugary and incredibly sticky. Meaning that you simply won’t cut it by spraying your car with cold water, as it does in fast, power-driven car washes. To extract some sticky, sweet material like that from your car, you will need warm water to melt the sugars.

    How do you remove tree sap from a car without damaging the paint?

    Step 1: Basic Car Wash

    You first have to wash your car thoroughly. You shouldn’t miss this valuable step. It’s usually good practice to let nothing like tree sap or any other residue sit in your car for days. As you can damage the paint over time when leaving things like this on your car.

    Many of them can simply be taken away with warm water and soap. It can take dirt, grimness and sediment out of it when you wash your car thoroughly. If you’re trying to scrub the sap from your car before you wash it, you might ground the persistent dirt particles into the paint.

    Step 2: Removing the Tree Sap from Car Paint

    As typically hardened, clear or reddish raised areas, tree sap spots shall be visible. They may have started eating your car’s paint job for some time and can also be surrounded by areas of degradation typical for long-term hardened sap. You can get to the nitty-gritty of removal now that you know where the sap is.

    Pour in clean clothes or terrycloths with a sap remover solution for several drops. You can also try rubbing alcohol if you do not want to buy a product. Place the sap cloth on the surface and press for at least 30 seconds to 1 minute on the area (the pressure will help the remover to soak into the sap).

    After you allow the solution to work, you can start using some elbow grease to rub the sap away. Make sure you do this gently, or you will scatter the sap across the surface of your vehicle, causing a more severe problem.

    Suppose the sap is hardened and doesn’t come off. In that case, you can repeatedly soak the area with more solvent or rubbing alcohol, then manually rub it away until you’ve got rid of it all.

    Step 3: Remove sap from your windshield/windows

    If the sap is on your windshield or windows, remember: do not use your windshield wipers on a fresh sap! It’s just going to spread it around and leave you with messy stripes that are hard to remove. Instead, you should take the same steps as before. You may also use the box cutter blade to extract the toughest bits of sap from the bottle. Only be careful, as these blades are pretty sharp.

    How to Prevent Tree Sap Damages on Your Car

    Removing the tree sap can leave the spot dull, so you might want to polish the area with the car wax to bring back its original lustre. Prevention is the best solution. Protect the finish of your car by making sure it always has a fresh wax coat. The car paint finish is porous and will allow contaminants to seep inside. A fresh wax coat lasts a few months, depending on its exposure to the elements, how often you wash your car, and what kind of soap you’re using.

    Another way to protect the finish of your car is to apply a seal to it. Besides wax, new products, such as ceramic coatings, seal the paint finish from contamination. Ceramic coatings may last a lot longer, but they need to be stripped off before they can be reworked when worn out. Waxes and sealers will just let the tree sap or any staining contaminant slip off the finish when the car is washed.

    Finally, tree sap or stains should not dry up under the sun on the finish of the car. Try to rinse off the tree sap or contamination ASAP before it happens, because once it does, it will do permanent damage to your car’s finish. The only solution would be to sand it down, paint and finish the spot or the entire panel.

    Spandas Lui

    How to clean ash off of a car

    One of the biggest purchases you’ll make in your life is a car. Obviously you’d want to keep the paint job in tip top condition so you can admire it and to retain its resale value. While some wear and tear on your car is inevitable, you may be doing things that inadvertently ruin the paint job without even realising. We look at eight common paint problems that are easily preventable.

    Innocent everyday happenings like accidentally spilled fuel, cheeky finger writings or annoying bird droppings can leave long-lasting stains and scratches on the surface of your car or, even worse, cause corrosion.

    “There are so many things that happen every day that can damage the paint on your car, which many people are not aware of,” Ford vehicle operations chief engineer Richard Burt said. Burt has worked for Ford Paint since 1994 and leads the team that engineers the paint used on Ford vehicles in Asia Pacific.

    “Luckily, you can easily prevent these elements causing permanent damage to your car’s paint job by making sure to be proactive about cleaning away any spills, splatters and muck promptly and properly.”

    Here are some of the ways you may be ruining your car’s paint — and tips from Richard Burt on how to avoid them:

    #1 Splattered bugs

    Bugs might be tiny but can do actual damage to the paint on your car. Insects are surprisingly acidic, and if they are not properly cleaned off the surface of your car, they can actually etch into the paint.

    Tip: Don’t put off cleaning splattered bugs from your car for too long — as time goes on, they become more difficult to remove. If you act quickly, all it takes is a little bit of bug and tar remover, a soft wash cloth and some elbow grease.

    #2 Spilled fuel

    Though most people want to make sure they get their every cent’s worth when topping up their gas tank, filling it to the brim actually increases the chance of having gas overflow and spill onto your car. If left alone and not quickly wiped away, the spilled fuel can seep into the top coat of the paint causing it to lose its shine, and leaving a stain on your car’s finish that is very difficult to remove.

    Tip: To avoid leaving a brown fuel-colored blemish around the gas tank cap on your car, if you dribble gas down the side of your car, try to clean it as soon as possible with a fine microfiber cloth. It doesn’t hurt to use a little instant detailer as well.

    #3 Bird droppings

    Not only are bird droppings ugly, they can actually do some serious damage to your car’s paint job. With a diet full of berries, seeds and even bits of gravel, these acidic and grainy droppings can stain, dull and scratch your paint, and take the gloss off if left lingering on your car too long.

    Tip: Spray a bit of wash solution onto the affected areas and use a soft microfiber cloth to gently wipe away the droppings. Use a lifting motion to avoid dragging any grit across the paint.

    #4 Stone chips

    Loose stones, pebbles and stone chips are everywhere on the road. These tiny pieces are kicked up from the ground and peck at the sides your car. This can chip the top paint coat and sometimes even go all the way down to the lower layers of paint, exposing them to weathering they are not equipped to handle.

    Tip: It’s best to treat these chips as soon as possible to prevent the affected spots from rusting.

    #5 Fingerprints

    We’ve all used our fingers to write a funny message or draw a goofy doodle onto a dirty car (or two) before. Little did we know that these innocent acts of jest, though oddly satisfying, can ruin the paint on a car. Dragging your fingers across the paint acts like sandpaper, grinding the dirt and debris into the paint and leaving wiry markings that will last long after the dirt is gone.

    Tip: The easiest way to avoid this is not to do it, but it’s still bound to happen. You can use a duster to wipe down your car every day to prevent accidental sanding, or if you need to remove small scratches, you can use a little bit of polish — just remember to wash your car before polishing.

    #6 Ash

    Murky air can leave behind a layer of ash and soot on your car. Though many people would be immediately inclined to wash this away with some water, mixing water with ash can actually create powerful alkalis that can ruin your car’s finish.

    Tip: The easiest way to avoid this is to keep your car covered if you leave it parked outside. To get the ash off, gently dust the ash away with a car duster.

    #7 Dirty washing accessories

    Regardless of how many times you wash your car, if you are working with dirty wash accessories, you can cause permanent damage to the paint. Even if you are cleaning with the softest and finest microfiber cloth or sponge, the moment it drops on the ground it will pick up microscopic bits of grit, sand and dirt, which can’t be entirely washed off. If you continue to wash your car with dirty accessories, you might be left with wiry swirls and scratches on your car.

    Tip: If your washing cloth or sponge drops onto the floor, just grab a new one. It’s always useful to keep a spare cloth or two beside you to avoid scratching your car with dirty accessories, and having to detail or repaint it. If you can take your car to a get a touchless wash, that’s even better: A touchless wash removes any chance of microscopic pieces of dirt and grit from coming in contact with your car.

    #8 Sand and Salt

    Both sand and salt are very abrasive. The biggest threats these two elements pose to a vehicle are scratches and rust, which can be accelerated by continuous exposure to salt. And due to the construction of a vehicle with most of the underbody exposed, most damage occurs underneath the car where you make not see it as easily.

    Tip: The best and easiest thing car owners can do is to regularly wash their car with clean water to remove these abrasives. Water will float sand and salt off the car without rubbing against the paint.

    How to clean ash off of a car

    Did you know that some of the most common products in our households and environment can damage car paint ? If you’re not careful, you can ruin your car’s paint and end up needing a complete scrape-to-metal paint job!

    Here are the things you need to avoid so you don’t ruin your car’s paint:

    1. Dirty Car Cleaning Materials. Scrubbing your car with a dirty piece of cloth or sponge will not only make the dirt stick on the car paint but may also abrade it. That’s why you see those hairline scratches everywhere!

    2. Coffee. Do you leave your morning cup on the car hood every day before driving to work? Those coffee spills are no laughing matter. Make sure you wipe them off or else the acidity will break down your car paint.

    3. Bird Droppings. Since these are excreted material, droppings contain several acidic components that can stain the car surface.

    4. Gasoline. Filling your tank to the point of overflowing will cause the fuel to drip all over your car paint. This can leave discoloration and permanent stains if not cleaned off properly.

    5. Construction Debris. Never leave your car near a construction site because the cement, falling rocks, and dust will ruin your car paint and may even cause dents on the surface.

    How to clean ash off of a car

    6. Silly String and Mustard. These two household items can leave a stain when they are left on the surface of your car to dry. The damage becomes worse if they are exposed to direct sunlight.

    7. Ashes. When ash and soot fall on car paint, it can stain the surface a terrible gray-black color which is similar to tar.

    8. Snow. It is highly advisable to park in a garage or at least cover your car when it’s snowing because the cold temperature can create undesirable chemical reactions to your paint. It also speeds up corrosion.

    9. Shaving Cream. The chemicals in this product can leave a mark on the paint that will become permanent if not wiped off immediately.

    10. Brake Fluid. This actually works like paint thinner. If you accidentally drip it on your car paint, you will surely regret it.

    11. Sharp Objects. Never leave sharp objects lying around nearby your car, especially if you don’t have a garage, you have kids, or your neighbors are unruly. Sharp items like keys, nails, razors, scissors, and other hand tools can cause permanent paint damage that will require complete overhaul.

    12. Shoe Polish. Like shaving cream, shoe polish leaves a permanent stain that can’t be removed even if you scrub on the spot for hours.

    How to clean ash off of a car

    Be careful when handling any of these items near your car’s surface to avoid car paint damage.

    Use KevianClean Car Wash Shampoo to keep your car paint sparkling clean and spotless!

    How to clean ash off of a car

    How to clean ash off of a car

    1. A pile of old ashes in the firebox

    2. Black soot on the glass

    3. Smoky stains on the surrounding brick, marble, or tile

    Fastest Fireplace-Cleaning Fixes

    1. Trash the ash. A wet/dry vacuum with a disposable bag will handle the job, once the pile has cooled for at least four days. But if you don’t have one of those heavy-duty suckers — or just don’t feel like hauling it out — do this instead: After the ash is completely cold, sprinkle it with damp tea leaves or coffee grounds to cover the stale smell and keep down dust (so you don’t inhale it). Then scoop the pile with a fireplace shovel (don’t worry if you can’t get it all — leaving an inch or two behind is fine), and dump it into a metal can, bucket, or even an old stockpot or clay flowerpot. Discard the mess outside, ideally in a metal trash container, but definitely away from your house.

    2. Clear things up. To remove light soot or a cloudy film from glass doors, mix a solution of equal parts white vinegar and warm water and pour into a spray bottle. Spritz a bit on a paper towel and dip it into the fireplace ashes to use as a gentle abrasive (smart, right?). To finish, spray glass and wipe clean with a microfiber cloth. If soldered-on gunk won’t budge (and if you really care), scrape it away with a razor blade.

    3. Brush it off. If you have smoke stains on your fireplace facing, begin by squirting them with water — it’ll keep the cleaning solution from soaking in too fast (this is particularly important with brick). Then dip a brush in a solution of 1/4 cup all-purpose cleaner to 1 gallon water; give spots a quick scrub; rinse with a clean sponge; let dry. For marble or other stones, squirt with water, then go over with a soft cloth dipped in mild dishwashing liquid and water. Rinse and wipe dry. One exception: If brick facing is more than 50 years old, it may crumble if you scrub with a cleaner. Just vacuum the surface with your soft-brush attachment.

    How to clean ash off of a car

    • Vinegar has lots of uses in the home and in the car. You can use it from everything from deodorizing to cleaning the windshield or upholstery. As a general rule, use 3 parts water to one part vinegar for your cleaning solution. You can also mix 3 parts vinegar to 1 part water in a spray bottle and spray your windshield to help keep it free of frost in the winter.

    2. Dawn Dish Soap

    • Dawn, when mixed with a bucket of water, becomes an inexpensive car soap. If you want to increase the impact, add vinegar for tough grime on your car and tough stains on your seats or floors. Do not use on leather seats. Leather needs moisture and this mixture may be too abrasive.

    How to clean ash off of a car3. Essential oils

    • If you have essential oils at home, you can create your favorite scent and make your own hanging car air freshener! This is a really fun idea to customize the scent of your car. Here is a simple tutorial of how to make your own:
    • Rubbing alcohol is great for removing stains. Dab the stain with alcohol and make sure to use a die-free cloth. Do not rub, just dab. (link to cleaning ink from seats) You can also use a solution of ¼ cup of rubbing alcohol to 1 liter of water to prevent frost from accumulating on your windshield in winter. If your windshield is already frosty, spray undiluted rubbing alcohol directly on the outside of windshield and watch the ice melt away!

    5. Woolite

    • Woolite works as a leather cleaner! Use a mixture of 1 part Woolite to 10 parts water to clean and condition your leather seats. This post found on Pinterest has step-by-step instructions:
    • Cornstarch is another household cleaning wonder that can be used when cleaning your car. To clean your car windows, use a solution of ½ cup cornstarch to 4 cups of water, spray on to your glass, wiped with a clean, die-free rag (such as a washcloth). Your windows will sparkle almost as brightly as your smile! You can also use cornstarch as a natural deodorizer on your upholstery, sprinkle on and let sit for 30 min before you vacuum. If you have a grease or oil spot on your upholstery, floorboards or mats cover it with cornstarch and let it set for 12 hours. Cornstarch will absorb the grease, then vacuum and clean.
    • If your headlights are getting foggy, use toothpaste to brighten them up! Just apply toothpaste to the clear plastic casing, and scrub with a brush. Wipe the excess away.
    • Not only is coconut oil great for cooking and softening your skin and hair, it is also an excellent conditioner for leather. First wipe your leather clean with a damp (not wet) clean die-free cloth, dry. Add small amounts of coconut oil and rub into the leather gently with a clean, dry cloth. Make sure to spot test first. We at tested this idea and it worked great!

    9. Fabric Softener Dryer Sheets

    • Some commercial products for cleaning your car can actually do more damage than good. Use a dryer sheet to wipe dust off of your cars dashboard instead. You can even tuck a sheet in the glove box or between the seats to help keep your car smelling as fresh as your laundry. Placing a dryer sheet in your air filter can also help keep rodents away!

    How to clean ash off of a car10. Olive Oil

    • After you have dusted your dashboard, you can add shine with a little olive oil. First make sure to spot test in a hidden area before you treat the whole area. Once you are sure that no discoloration will occur, apply a small amount olive oil to the dash and rub with a clean cloth. It will look shiny and new!

    11. Cooking Spray

    • Cooking spray can be used to keep dirt and brake-dust off of your tires and wheels when cleaning your car. Just clean the area and spray on the cooking oil. This will make cleaning your tires easier in the future. You can also use it to remove bugs stuck to the front of your car, just spray and wipe.
    • What can’t baking soda do? It deodorizes, just sprinkle it on your floor mats and vacuum away for a refresher. It is also a less abrasive cleaner. Use a paste of baking soda and water to clean dirty seat belts. Apply the paste to the nylon, gently scrub, rinse, and air dry. It is important to use non-abrasive cleaners on seatbelt material so that you do not weaken the integrity of the fabric.

    Don’t put your trust in automatic car washes.

    How to clean ash off of a car

    I believe in the devil for one reason and one reason only. After every seemingly car wash, the clouds darken, the humidity goes up, and little water bombs drop from the sky. Whether a small sprinkle or a thunder-cracking deluge, it’s like there’s a vengeful deity with a creepy laugh-cackle somewhere controlling the precipitation, “Truman Show” style.

    This unlucky coincidence used to automatically spool up the anger turbo, but knowing I can easily repeat the wash for free at home eases the mind. Washing a car is like a little love peck between partners. You show it attention and care, and it returns the feeling with the warm fuzzies you get from having a long-lasting great-looking ride.

    The Drive and its partners may earn a commission if you purchase a product through one of our links. Read more.

    The Basics of Washing a Car

    Estimated Time Needed: Less than an hour

    Skill Level: Beginner

    Vehicle System: Exterior

    Car Washing Safety Precautions

    I’ll be honest, the only safety precaution I really take when washing my car is making sure I’m not in the way of other cars. I’ll typically post up in a driveway in my bare feet and basketball shorts and get after it with a bucket in tow. However, if you’re using chemicals to wash the car, you could use safety glasses to protect your eyes. Otherwise, just make sure your car is cooled down, it’s parked in the shade, and the parking brake is on.

    Legal Precautions

    Different towns, cities, and states have different laws, restrictions, and regulations. Because of this, washing a car at an apartment, condo, or even a house in certain neighborhoods could technically be illegal. I’ve never personally had an issues with this, but some areas are stricter than others, so make sure you’re in the clear.

    Pro Tips for Washing a Car

    Prepare for the job with these extra tips.

    • An extra person to help you rinse while you wash can save a bit of time and make things easier.
    • Make sure your clothes do not have buttons, rivets, or anything else that could scratch your car’s paint.
    • Keep your wheel-cleaning tools separate from your body-cleaning tools.
    • Be careful with used towels, both regular and microfiber. They might have dirt buried inside of them that could scratch your paint.

    Everything You’ll Need To Wash a Car

    Preparation will always be the key to completing any job with your car. Gather the items you’ll be using, read our step-by-step guide to make an attack plan, and get after it. Here’s a checklist to make things easy:


    • Water hose
    • Spray nozzle
    • Two buckets
    • Two dirt traps
    • Microfiber car wash mitt
    • Microfiber towels
    • Two drying towels or a shammy
    • Wheel brush


    • Car wash soap
    • General automotive degreaser
    • Wheel cleaner

    Here’s How To Wash a Car

    1. Park in the Shade

    It’s best not to wash your car when it is in direct sunlight, so find a shady spot or wait for the sun to go down.

    2. Rinse the Car Down

    Using a hose and spray nozzle or a pressure washer, spray the car down. Hitting every inch of the vehicle, including the underside and wheel wells, rinse loose dirt off. This will help prevent scratches during the main wash.

    3. Wash the Wheels and Tires

    Using a microfiber towel, microfiber mitt, and/or wheel brush designated only for your wheels, spray wheel cleaner and rub over the surfaces of the wheel. Make sure to get into the cracks and on the backside of the wheel. Once the wheels are done, spray them down and wash your tires, if you need to.

    4. Start Washing the Car in Sections From the Top Down

    After your wheels are done, rinse the car down again. At this point, some people choose to use degreaser on spots with bugs or other road films, but it’s not always necessary. Grab your two buckets with dirt traps at the bottom and add your soap directly to your microfiber mitt or into one of the buckets.

    Dip your mitt into the first bucket, start washing the car’s roof, and work your way down. Wash the car in sections, and move around the vehicle, rinsing as you go. After each section, dip your mitt into the second bucket to rinse it off, squeeze out the nasty water, then dip it into the first bucket and proceed with the wash. Continue until the whole car is clean.

    5. Rinse it Again

    Once you’ve washed the entire car, rinse the whole thing in water again. In general, I try to keep rinsing the car while I’m washing, which is when a friend is helpful. I never allow the car to air dry before I dry it with towels.

    6. Clean Sill and Jambs

    Using a damp microfiber towel, quickly wipe off the dirt inside the car on the door sills, jambs, and bottom edges.

    7. Use Two Towels for Drying

    I prefer the two-towel method for drying. First, quickly go over the entire car with the first towel to collect a large majority of the water. Second, use the other towel to detail dry and pick up the leftovers.

    8. Protect Your Clean

    After you wash your car, it’s time for protection. Not everybody details and/or protects their cars, but we highly recommend it. A wax or coating will not only keep the car in good contindition for longer, it will also make future washes even easier.

    9. Wait for the Rain

    It always rains after washing a car. Why doesn’t the universe like clean cars?

    FAQs About Washing a Car

    You’ve got questions, The Drive has answers!

    Q. Can you wash a car with dish soap?

    A. If you’re not a perfectionist or are a casual car owner, it’s fine. I’ve seen my dad do it my entire life. However, it is important to know that certain dish soaps are caustic and the chemicals aren’t good for the paint. I personally always use soap specifically made for washing cars. It’s inexpensive, and you can buy big jugs that last a long time. Grab some next time you’re at the store.

    Q. Can you wash a car with only water?

    A. Yes, you can, and there will be no harm done. This method is perfect for quick rinse jobs that you can do